Travel
Planner
Quick
Menu
--------------------------------------------------------------
Introducing
Uganda
Uganda
Facts
Political
Past
Recommended
Reading
and
Maps
Internet
References
Entry
Visa
'
s
Uganda
Missions
Abroad
Diplomatic
Missions
in
Uganda
Getting
There
and
Away
Transportation
Bus
Time
Table
and
Fares
ex
Kampala
Uganda
Wildlife
Authority
Gorilla
Permits
Gorilla
Rules
and
Information
Birding
in
Uganda
-----------------
Towns
and
Cities
------------------
Bundibuygo
Entebbe
Fort
Portal
Jinja
Kabale
District
Kampala
Kasese
Kisoro
District
Lira
Masaka
Masindi
Mbale
Mbarara
Soroti
Tororo
---
National
Parks
and
Wildlife
Reserves
---
Bwindi
Impenetrable
Forest
Katonga
Wildlife
Reserve
Kibale
Forest
National
Park
Kidepo
Valley
National
Park
Lake
Mburo
National
Park
Mga
Hinga
National
Park
Mt
.
Elgon
National
Park
Murchison
Falls
National
Park
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
-
Ishasha
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
-
Mweya
Rwenzori
Mountains
National
Park
Semliki
Game
Reserve
Semliki
National
Park
--------------
Special
Interest
Areas
---------------
Budongo
Forest
Reserve
Bujagali
Falls
Crater
Lakes
Kaberole
District
Lake
Bunyonyi
Kalinzu
Forest
Reserve
Mabira
Forest
Reserve
Mpanga
Forest
Reserve
Ngamba
Island
Reserve
Ssese
Islands
--------------------------
HOME
--------------------------
Uganda
is
the
birders
'
ultimate
destination
Uganda
has
more
bird
species
per
square
kilometre
than
any
other
country
in
Africa
.
Uganda
,
roughly
the
same
size
as
the
UK
,
can
boast
a
national
list
of
1008
species
!
This
figure
represents
more
than
half
the
bird
species
that
can
be
found
in
the
whole
of
Africa
.
The
key
to
Uganda
'
s
diversity
is
its
variety
of
habitats
:
arid
semi
-
dessert
,
rich
savannahs
,
lowland
and
montane
rainforests
,
vast
wetlands
,
volcanoes
and
an
Afro
-
alpine
zone
.
Uganda
covers
an
altitude
from
650
to
5000m
.
Palm
Nut
Vulture
-
Murchison
Falls
Forests
:
Situated
on
the
equator
Uganda
has
an
area
contiguous
with
the
great
Guinea
/
Congo
Basin
Rainforest
on
its
Western
border
.
Subsequently
there
are
a
number
of
west
and
central
African
bird
species
occurring
in
Uganda
that
are
not
found
elsewhere
in
East
Africa
.
There
are
more
than
700
forest
reserves
in
Uganda
.
One
particular
region
is
the
Albertine
Rift
Endemic
area
(
ARE
)
,
which
has
38
species
of
birds
confined
to
Uganda
,
Rwanda
,
Burundi
and
the
Congo
.
Of
these
ARE
s
Uganda
has
25
,
mostly
confined
to
the
forests
of
Magahinga
and
Bwindi
National
Parks
in
the
Southwest
.
Wetlands
:
Uganda
has
30
,
000
square
kilometers
of
wetland
.
210
species
from
the
Shoebill
and
African
Skimmer
to
the
endemic
Fox
'
s
Weaver
.
4
Papyrus
endemics
;
Papyrus
Gonolek
,
Papyrus
Canary
,
White
-
winged
Warbler
and
Papyrus
Yellow
Warbler
.
A
White
-
winged
Black
Tern
roost
of
2
-
3
million
birds
in
the
Entebbe
area
.
Savannahs
vary
from
the
remote
,
semi
-
dessert
,
dry
thorn
-
scrub
region
of
Karamoja
in
the
Northeast
,
to
the
richer
fertile
savannahs
of
the
western
Rift
valley
.
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
has
a
bird
list
of
604
species
the
highest
for
any
protected
area
in
Africa
.
Shoebill
Stork
-
UWEC
Some
of
the
dry
thorn
-
scrub
birds
:
Swallow
-
tailed
Kite
Pygmy
Falcon
Fox
Kestrel
Quail
Plover
Black
-
headed
Plover
Lichtenstein
'
s
and
Four
-
banded
Sandgrouse
Kori
,
White
-
bellied
and
Hartlaub
'
s
Bustards
White
-
crested
Turaco
White
-
bellied
Go
-
away
bird
Piapiac
Bristle
-
crowned
Starling
Abyssinian
Roller
Abyssinian
Ground
Hornbill
Karamoja
Apalis
Yellow
-
billed
Shrike
Pygmy
Sunbird
Brown
-
rumped
Bunting
Kampala
and
Entebbe
:
Over
550
species
for
the
region
.
A
suburban
garden
list
of
206
species
.
212
species
listed
in
12hrs
by
3
people
.
One
of
the
largest
urban
breeding
colony
of
Marabou
Storks
.
Great
Blue
and
Ross
'
s
Turacos
are
common
city
birds
.
Within
The
Kampala
region
are
two
major
forest
reserves
less
than
an
hours
drive
from
the
city
which
hold
a
variety
of
very
special
birds
that
includes
:
Nahan
'
s
Francolin
Cassin
'
s
Hawk
Eagle
Crowned
Eagle
Blue
-
breasted
and
White
-
bellied
Kingfishers
Blue
-
throated
Roller
Purple
-
throated
Cuckoo
-
shrike
Tit
-
Hylia
Brown
Twinspot
Grey
-
rumped
and
Blue
Swallows
Emerald
,
Red
-
chested
and
Black
Cuckoos
Weyn
'
s
Weaver
Some
common
urban
birds
:
Open
-
billed
Stork
Grey
-
crowned
Crane
Wahlberg
'
s
Eagle
Palm
-
nut
Vulture
Black
and
White
Casqued
,
Crowned
and
Pied
Hornbills
Cuckoo
Hawk
Bat
Hawk
White
-
faced
Scops
Owl
African
Grey
and
Brown
Parrots
Red
-
faced
Lovebird
Black
-
headed
Gonolek
Uganda
'
s
10
most
commonly
sought
after
Birds
:
Shoebill
African
Green
Broadbill
Green
-
breasted
Pitta
Nahan
'
s
Francolin
Brown
-
chested
Plover
Karamoja
Apalis
Black
Bee
-
eater
Ruwenzori
Turaco
Red
-
fronted
Antpecker
Purvell
'
s
Illadopsis
Top
Birding
spots
in
Uganda
:
Mabamba
Swamp
:
Shoebill
Stork
-
Access
from
Mpigi
30
km
west
of
Kampala
.
To
get
to
Mabamba
by
public
transport
from
Kampala
take
a
taxi
from
the
New
Taxi
Park
to
Kasanji
.
From
Kasanji
town
take
a
boda
-
boda
to
Mabamba
Bay
for
Ushs2
,
000
-
.
Journey
from
Kasanji
13
.
5
km
.
If
you
are
coming
with
your
own
vehicle
when
departing
Kampala
at
the
Natete
roundabout
drive
29
.
1
km
and
turn
left
onto
a
good
marrum
road
to
Kasanji
which
is
a
further
17
.
5km
.
At
the
roundabout
in
Kasanji
town
proceed
straight
for
a
further
3
.
9
km
and
turn
right
for
9
.
6
km
where
you
will
arrive
at
Mabamba
Bay
.
Bwindi
Impenetrable
Forest
:
Buhoma
-
Ruhija
-
Black
Bee
-
eater
,
African
Green
Broadbill
Budongo
Forest
:
Kaniyo
Pabidi
-
Purvels
Illadopsis
,
Shinning
Blue
Kingfisher
,
White
Crested
Turaco
Budongo
Forest
:
The
Royal
Mile
-
Chocolate
Backed
,
Dwarf
,
Blue
Breasted
Kingfishers
Mga
Hinga
National
Park
:
Ruwenzori
Turaco
,
Red
tufted
Malachite
Sunbird
Murchison
Falls
:
Red
Fronted
Bee
Eaters
,
Denhams
Bustard
,
Shoebill
Mabira
Forest
:
Nahan
'
s
Francolin
and
various
forest
species
Bigodi
Wetland
Sanctuary
:
Black
Billed
Turaco
,
White
Spotted
Crake
Lake
Mburo
:
Papyrus
Gonelek
,
Finfoot
Rwenzori
Mountains
:
Various
Sunbird
species
Semliki
National
Park
:
White
Crested
Hornbill
,
Red
Dwarf
Hornbill
,
Red
Rumped
Tinker
Bird
Kibale
Forest
:
Green
Breasted
Pitta
Shoebill
Stork
-
Mabamba
Swamp
Migration
:
Uganda
is
situated
in
a
major
flyway
between
the
Albertine
and
Great
rift
Valleys
.
Of
Uganda
'
s
1008
species
,
137
are
Palearctic
migrants
.
At
times
of
peak
Spring
passage
,
Waders
congregate
at
all
the
muddy
lagoons
around
the
Entebbe
peninsular
with
mixed
flocks
of
thousands
of
birds
.
Thousands
of
Steppe
Buzzards
and
migrant
Black
Kites
head
south
with
smaller
numbers
of
Honey
Buzzard
,
Steppe
and
Booted
Eagles
each
October
.
Flocks
of
European
Hobbies
moving
through
join
their
African
counterparts
to
feed
at
dusk
in
flocks
of
upto
30
or
more
around
the
hills
of
Kampala
.
Barn
Swallow
and
Sandmartins
congregate
in
the
millions
feeding
on
the
even
larger
swarms
of
Lake
Flies
.
The
Yellow
Wagtail
overwinters
with
an
estimated
1
million
birds
roosting
in
the
reedbeds
along
the
Kazinga
Channel
in
QENP
.
Conclusion
For
a
10
-
14
day
trip
in
Uganda
a
birder
could
probably
see
in
the
region
of
400
-
500
species
and
have
had
the
experience
of
birded
in
some
of
the
most
exciting
and
beautiful
scenery
in
Africa
.
Recommeded
reading
:
Where
to
watch
birds
in
Uganda
-
Jonathan
Rossouw
&
Marco
Sacchi
.
Cover
picture
right
.
Download
this
comprehensive
free
Ugandan
bird
checklist
650KB
compiled
by
Great
Lakes
Safaris
Ugandan
Bird
Guides
:
Uganda
'
s
top
bird
guides
are
all
members
of
The
Uganda
Bird
Guides
Association
.
Within
the
ranks
of
the
association
are
several
excellent
national
bird
guides
and
those
that
specialise
regionally
.
The
summer
might
be
over
,
but
there
is
no
reason
to
stay
indoors
.
Norway
is
full
of
autumn
activities
for
people
of
all
ages
with
everything
from
musk
ox
safaris
to
salmon
fishing
.
Find
something
that
suits
you
!
17
/
10
/
2006
::
The
leaves
are
slowly
but
surely
transforming
from
the
familiar
green
to
a
diversity
of
yellow
,
orange
and
red
.
The
beautiful
colours
is
one
reason
why
people
trek
outdoors
,
even
in
the
receding
summer
temperatures
.
And
once
outside
in
the
fresh
air
,
there
are
plenty
of
activities
to
embark
upon
.
The
four
national
parks
Jotunheimen
,
Rondane
,
Dovre
and
Dovrefjell
-
Sunndalsfjella
offer
long
stretches
of
unspoilt
nature
,
and
in
all
parks
you
can
find
both
organised
trips
as
well
as
opportunities
for
solitary
relaxation
.
In
the
mountain
ranges
you
can
observe
the
musk
ox
in
their
habitat
.
The
musk
ox
is
a
mighty
survivor
from
the
last
ice
age
and
can
only
be
found
in
a
few
countries
,
including
Norway
in
the
Dovrefjell
region
.
On
a
musk
ox
safari
you
can
experience
the
large
animals
up
close
,
and
possibly
get
a
sniff
of
their
characteristic
strong
smell
.
For
those
looking
for
inspiration
in
the
kitchen
,
berry
and
mushroom
hunting
can
be
a
good
idea
.
The
selection
of
berries
and
mushrooms
in
Norway
is
one
of
the
biggest
in
Europe
,
and
if
you
concentrate
you
might
just
find
a
yellow
carpet
of
mushrooms
hiding
under
the
trees
.
River
rafting
is
perhaps
not
for
the
timid
,
but
most
tour
operators
offer
trips
for
both
beginners
and
the
advanced
.
Sjoa
is
one
of
the
most
frequently
visited
rivers
,
and
runs
from
Jotunheimen
through
Gudbrandsdalen
.
Both
rafting
and
kayaking
are
popular
activities
and
from
the
river
you
can
observe
a
magnificent
natural
scenery
.
One
of
Norway
'
s
most
successful
exports
is
the
salmon
and
it
is
perhaps
not
surprising
that
angling
is
a
popular
activity
among
the
Norwegian
people
.
In
addition
to
salmon
,
there
are
more
than
300
species
of
fish
in
Norway
,
and
from
the
British
salmon
lords
started
coming
here
at
the
beginning
of
the
19th
century
sports
fishing
has
drawn
enthusiasts
from
far
and
near
.
For
tour
operators
and
more
information
,
go
to
:
www
.
visitnorway
.
com
Norwegian
Ministry
of
Foreign
Affairs
Send
this
article
to
a
friend
Print
version
On
a
musk
ox
safari
you
can
observe
the
animals
up
close
.
The
musk
ox
is
only
found
in
a
few
countries
.
Photo
:
www
.
opplandbooking
.
com
Rafting
for
pros
and
beginners
-
Norway
has
both
.
Photo
:
Sjoa
Rafting
There
are
more
than
300
species
of
fish
in
Norway
,
though
the
country
is
probably
most
known
for
its
salmon
.
Photo
:
Bernd
Kuleisa
/
Innovasjon
Norge
1
.
Mountain
Gorilla
Tracking
Uganda
is
well
known
worldwide
as
home
to
over
half
of
the
world
’
s
population
of
mountain
gorillas
.
These
primates
have
their
own
natural
habitat
in
the
tropical
rain
forests
located
in
the
South
West
of
the
country
.
360
gorillas
are
living
in
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
,
where
four
families
are
habituated
for
the
tourist
visits
.
Gorilla
tracking
is
the
first
choice
for
any
visitor
traveling
to
Uganda
,
as
this
is
an
unforgettable
and
unique
experience
.
Acacia
Safaris
offers
the
opportunity
to
realize
un
unforgettable
gorilla
safari
in
Uganda
.
2
.
Chimpanzee
Trekking
Uganda
is
hosting
a
large
population
of
different
species
of
primates
,
like
chimpanzee
,
black
and
white
colobus
,
red
tailed
monkey
,
blue
monkey
,
golden
monkeys
,
bush
babies
.
The
Chimpanzee
trekking
is
another
experience
that
Uganda
offering
to
its
visitors
,
as
there
are
many
families
habituated
to
the
human
presence
.
Uganda
counts
an
estimated
number
of
5
.
000
chimpanzees
.
This
activity
is
possible
in
Kibale
National
Park
,
Budongo
Forest
and
Kyambura
Gorge
(
in
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
)
.
3
.
Wildlife
safaris
game
drive
in
the
National
Parks
Uganda
offers
ten
organized
National
Parks
,
as
well
as
a
number
of
Natural
Forests
and
Natural
Reserve
areas
,
with
a
broad
range
of
different
safaris
and
wildlife
experience
.
Among
the
significant
attractions
are
:
the
boat
-
launch
trips
(
in
Queen
Elizabeth
,
Murchison
Falls
,
Lake
Mburo
)
,
natural
walks
and
game
drives
in
any
park
with
private
vehicles
.
Very
different
from
other
African
countries
,
“
safari
”
in
Uganda
means
a
real
closeness
to
the
nature
,
the
animals
,
the
people
,
the
ambience
.
Safari
in
Uganda
is
a
unique
opportunity
of
true
,
direct
and
uncontaminated
wildlife
.
4
.
Bird
Watching
Uganda
is
gaining
an
increasing
reputation
as
an
exceptional
worldwide
destination
for
“
bird
watching
”
activities
.
Although
the
size
of
Uganda
is
not
particularly
big
,
however
it
hosts
over
1000
species
of
birds
(
whereas
in
Europe
there
are
700
species
)
,
also
due
to
the
diversity
of
its
territory
(
from
the
Lake
Victoria
,
to
Rwenzori
mountains
,
to
the
desert
land
of
Karamoja
)
.
Bird
watching
activities
are
available
basically
everywhere
:
from
the
Ssese
islands
of
Lake
Victoria
,
to
the
National
Parks
and
Natural
Reserves
.
Amongst
the
birds
,
many
are
special
,
such
as
Shoebill
stork
,
Papyrus
gonolek
,
African
fish
eagle
,
horn
bills
,
lyre
tailed
honey
guide
.
The
best
sites
for
bird
watching
are
:
Semliki
National
Park
and
Wildlife
Reserve
,
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
,
Queen
Elizabeth
National
park
,
Lake
Mburo
National
Park
,
Murchison
Falls
National
Park
,
Mabira
Forest
and
Bigodi
Wetland
Sanctuary
.
Acacia
Safaris
offers
a
well
qualified
birding
guides
and
specific
itineraries
.
5
.
Water
Rafting
and
Source
of
the
Nile
The
legendary
Source
of
the
river
Nile
from
Lake
Victoria
is
located
in
Uganda
,
close
to
Jinja
town
.
This
is
the
starting
point
for
the
white
water
rafting
route
,
which
is
widely
regarded
to
be
as
exhilarating
as
the
more
famous
Zambesi
Gorge
below
Victoria
Falls
.
About
10
kms
downriver
of
the
Source
of
the
Nile
is
Bujagali
Falls
,
a
series
of
impressive
rapids
,
fantastic
scenery
even
for
spending
a
relaxing
day
.
The
whitewater
rafting
activities
have
three
options
:
half
day
,
full
day
and
two
days
,
from
a
minimum
of
5
kilometers
to
30
kilometers
.
All
levels
and
ages
are
considered
;
safety
is
guaranteed
by
high
professional
staff
and
equipments
.
Acacia
Safaris
is
booking
your
unforgettable
rafting
experience
on
river
Nile
.
6
.
Rwenzori
Mountaneering
,
the
“
Mountains
of
the
Moon
”
Rwenzori
is
the
biggest
mountain
range
in
Africa
,
running
for
over
120
kms
along
the
border
with
Congo
.
Originated
from
the
geological
phenomena
along
the
Albertine
Rift
Valley
,
It
has
not
a
volcanic
origin
unlike
many
other
African
mountains
.
Today
it
is
enclosed
within
the
Rwenzori
Mountains
National
Park
.
In
the
central
part
,
there
are
six
main
mountains
.
The
highest
is
Mount
Stanley
,
whose
main
snow
covered
peak
,
Margherita
,
5
.
109m
,
is
the
third
in
Africa
,
only
after
Mount
Kilimanjaro
and
Mount
Kenya
.
In
the
legend
Rwenzori
Mountains
are
known
as
the
“
Mountains
of
the
Moon
”
.
The
first
climber
to
ascend
the
highest
peaks
of
Rwenzori
was
the
Italian
Prince
Luigi
Amedeo
of
Savoy
the
Duke
of
Abruzzi
in
1906
.
2006
is
the
Centenary
of
the
historical
climbing
.
Joint
initiatives
will
occur
both
in
Italy
and
Uganda
aimed
at
promoting
the
image
of
this
little
known
area
of
the
world
,
far
from
the
international
tourist
circuits
.
Visit
the
official
website
of
the
Celebrations
and
for
information
on
the
Rwenzori
:
www
.
rwenzoriabruzzi
.
com
.
Activities
:
Visitors
to
the
Rwenzori
can
undertake
the
seven
days
long
“
central
circuit
”
trekking
,
with
possible
climbing
up
to
the
main
peaks
.
Otherwise
a
number
of
hiking
options
(
one
day
,
two
days
or
more
)
are
possible
from
the
locations
surrounding
the
Park
(
Kasese
,
Fort
Portal
,
Ibanda
)
.
It
is
remarkable
that
many
people
visit
Rwenzori
to
experience
the
extraordinary
vegetation
,
the
colorful
flowers
and
lobelias
.
Visits
to
Rwenzori
are
advisable
during
the
dry
season
from
December
to
February
and
from
June
to
September
.
Acacia
Safaris
promotes
the
Rwenzori
trekking
and
climbing
as
an
unforgettable
experience
for
whoever
likes
mountaineering
and
trekking
in
an
original
and
exclusive
place
.
7
.
Ecotourism
and
Cultural
Tours
Uganda
is
a
multicultural
and
multi
tribal
society
,
with
at
least
33
tribes
and
languages
.
Many
regions
in
Uganda
have
kingdoms
including
the
Buganda
,
Busoga
,
Bunyoro
and
Toro
.
Kingdoms
and
tribe
are
still
very
meaningful
for
people
’
s
life
,
beliefs
and
uses
.
The
main
Ugandan
tribe
is
the
Baganda
,
corresponding
to
the
area
of
Kampala
and
Entebbe
,
today
represented
by
the
Buganda
king
and
Buganda
Parliament
in
Kampala
(
Bulanghe
)
,
where
the
chiefs
(
head
of
tribes
)
are
seating
to
discuss
the
problems
and
life
of
their
people
.
As
a
consequence
,
tourism
in
Uganda
is
also
:
cultural
tourism
,
traditional
handicraft
,
dance
and
music
performances
,
local
medicine
demonstration
,
local
brewery
production
(
banana
beer
,
sorghum
beer
)
,
local
beliefs
and
their
traditional
sites
.
For
this
reason
it
is
well
developed
the
form
of
“
community
tourism
”
,
also
with
a
proper
association
,
UCOTA
(
Uganda
Community
Tourism
Association
)
,
which
is
working
for
improving
the
livelihoods
of
the
local
village
communities
.
Uganda
is
the
paradise
of
“
ecotourisme
”
,
where
visitors
are
welcome
as
the
people
see
them
as
a
vehicle
for
a
sustainable
tourist
development
.
In
Uganda
tourist
activities
are
carried
out
in
the
respect
of
the
environment
and
culture
.
There
are
plenty
possibility
for
eco
-
friendly
itineraries
,
including
nature
walks
,
trekking
,
cycling
.
8
.
Ssese
Islands
and
Lake
Victoria
Much
of
the
Ugandan
territory
is
covered
with
water
,
rivers
and
lakes
.
The
biggest
lakes
are
:
Victoria
,
Albert
,
Edward
,
Kyoga
.
In
particular
,
Lake
Victoria
–
the
biggest
in
Africa
-
is
becoming
a
tourist
destination
in
Uganda
thanks
to
the
attractions
offered
by
the
archipelago
of
the
Ssese
Islands
,
though
is
still
a
virgin
place
.
These
are
84
in
number
:
some
of
them
are
very
small
;
others
have
big
extension
and
population
,
like
Bugala
Island
,
which
is
actually
hosting
most
or
the
accommodation
,
beach
and
activities
,
like
fishing
,
bird
watching
excursions
,
and
boat
riding
.
The
second
and
spectacular
island
is
Bukasa
,
where
you
can
experience
real
fishermen
village
life
,
natural
walks
in
an
uncontaminated
forest
,
experiencing
African
crops
and
fruits
.
Activities
.
Ssese
Islands
are
reachable
through
public
transport
boats
from
Kasenyi
Landing
Site
or
by
ferry
boat
from
Entebbe
Pier
to
Lutoboka
Bay
in
Bugala
Island
.
Other
internal
transportation
can
be
arranged
by
hiring
private
boats
.
9
.
Sport
Fishing
Sport
fishing
is
done
on
Lake
Victoria
and
Murchison
Falls
National
Park
.
The
main
catch
of
the
Lake
is
the
Nile
Perch
,
which
is
the
largest
fresh
water
game
fish
in
the
whole
world
;
the
method
of
fishing
is
by
use
of
trolling
lures
.
The
most
common
fish
of
the
lake
is
tilapia
.
At
Murchison
Falls
,
fish
are
often
caught
using
a
live
bait
.
Fishing
is
generally
done
over
a
few
days
,
requiring
some
level
of
fitness
and
experience
.
Acacia
Safaris
organizes
your
sport
fishing
activity
,
especially
if
you
choose
to
visit
Ssese
Islands
.
10
.
Kampala
Kampala
is
the
capital
city
of
Uganda
,
with
over
1
.
2
milion
inhabitants
(
Census
2002
)
.
Originally
,
like
Rome
,
was
founded
on
seven
hills
,
each
with
its
own
particular
function
(
Namirembe
,
Makerere
,
Kibuli
,
Kololo
,
Rubaga
,
Mulago
and
Old
Kampala
)
.
It
is
named
after
“
impala
”
,
which
is
an
antelope
specie
common
in
the
region
.
Kampala
is
also
the
political
capital
of
Buganda
Kingdom
,
and
hosts
the
Parliament
(
Bulanghe
)
,
the
Royal
Palace
and
the
tombs
of
the
kings
(
Kasubi
tombs
)
.
The
Buganda
tribe
represents
over
20
%
of
the
whole
population
in
Uganda
and
it
speaks
Luganda
,
which
is
the
spoken
language
in
Kampala
and
most
of
Southern
Uganda
.
Kampala
is
a
modern
and
very
safe
town
,
which
offers
to
her
visitors
a
number
of
cultural
and
artistic
sites
,
a
part
from
the
entertainments
and
the
possibilities
for
walking
through
the
shops
and
markets
of
the
city
centre
.
Sightseeing
in
Kampala
:
The
National
Theatre
,
The
Parliament
Building
,
“
Nommo
”
Art
Gallery
,
Uganda
Museum
,
African
Exposure
Craft
Market
,
Kasubi
Tombs
,
Bulange
(
Buganda
kingdom
Parliament
)
,
Saint
Paul
’
s
Namirembe
Protestant
Cathedral
,
Saint
Mary
’
s
Rubaga
Catholic
Cathedral
,
Hindu
Temple
Bahai
,
Kibuli
Mosque
.
Back
to
Uganda
main
page
..
<<
the
last
ten
years
peace
and
tranquillity
have
returned
to
most
of
Uganda
.
The
country
has
regained
the
qualities
for
which
it
was
once
named
"
The
Pearl
of
Africa
"
:
sprawling
game
reserves
,
breathtaking
views
,
rich
cultural
traditions
and
the
people
.
Uganda
attracts
the
free
spirits
,
the
Africa
lovers
,
and
the
adventure
seekers
.
There
is
much
to
see
and
do
-
the
sheer
exhilaration
rafting
of
the
mighty
Nile
,
the
unforgetable
awe
of
trekking
mountain
gorillas
,
majestic
forests
,
birdwatching
,
the
excitement
of
stalking
chimpanzees
in
the
wild
,
Murchison
Falls
where
the
Nile
River
plunges
twenty
metres
through
a
seven
metre
crevice
,
the
wonder
of
climbing
Mt
.
Elgon
,
the
serene
beauty
of
the
many
islands
in
Lake
Victoria
,
the
World
Heritage
listed
Rwenzori
Mountains
-
truly
an
unforgetable
life
experience
,
and
many
other
beautiful
places
.
BREAKING
NEWS
-
RWENZORI
MTS
MAY
RE
-
OPEN
VERY
SOOOOOOON
!!
From
the
source
of
the
White
Nile
on
Lake
Victoria
to
the
snow
capped
Rwenzori
Mountains
,
from
the
plains
of
Kidepo
National
Park
to
the
lush
forests
of
Bwindi
National
Park
,
Uganda
is
a
country
of
astonishing
contrasts
and
rich
diversity
.
Mt
Elgon
National
Park
is
situated
on
the
Uganda
/
Kenya
border
and
is
about
30km
north
east
of
Mbale
town
.
You
may
book
to
climb
Mt
Elgon
either
in
Mbale
at
the
Uganda
Wildlife
offices
(
quite
a
walk
from
the
centre
of
town
)
or
book
when
you
get
up
to
Budadiri
.
There
is
a
small
basic
campground
at
Budadiri
and
the
park
rangers
will
pick
you
the
morning
of
your
trek
.
A
five
day
permit
costs
$
90
plus
you
have
to
pay
for
a
guide
at
$
10
per
day
and
porters
at
$
7
per
day
.
Mt
.
Elgon
is
a
relatively
easy
mountain
to
climb
,
but
you
definitely
need
warm
clothes
,
a
tent
and
a
rain
coat
as
it
can
be
cold
nd
rainy
.
The
best
time
of
the
year
to
climb
is
June
to
August
and
December
to
March
which
is
during
the
dry
season
.
Sipi
Falls
on
the
northern
side
of
the
mountain
is
well
worth
the
time
to
visit
.
There
are
several
campsites
however
the
Crows
Nest
is
the
most
popular
with
bandas
and
camping
overlooking
Sipi
Falls
.
Murchison
Falls
National
Park
is
about
four
hours
drive
from
Kampala
,
situated
north
of
Masindi
and
bisected
by
the
Nile
River
.
Murchison
Falls
is
spectular
with
the
Nile
River
forcing
it
'
s
way
through
a
seven
metre
wide
chasm
.
From
Para
Rest
Camp
you
can
organize
a
boat
trip
up
the
Victoria
for
$
10
per
person
(
minimium
10
people
)
where
you
are
treated
to
spectular
viewing
of
hippos
,
crocodiles
basking
in
the
sun
,
elephants
,
bufflo
,
and
many
other
animals
.
At
the
base
of
the
falls
you
stop
on
a
small
island
so
as
to
experience
the
unforgetable
atmosphere
.
The
park
is
home
to
the
much
sort
after
shoebill
stork
whick
lives
in
the
many
papyrus
swamps
and
is
popular
amongst
birders
.
To
experience
the
best
game
drives
it
is
better
to
organize
a
ranger
or
guide
,
cross
the
river
on
one
of
the
ferries
(
$
40
over
&
back
)
and
do
a
game
drive
in
the
north
western
sector
.
Kidepo
Valley
National
Park
is
tucked
away
in
the
savannah
of
the
remote
Northeast
region
.
Many
say
it
has
the
most
striking
scenery
in
all
of
Uganda
.
It
is
host
to
more
large
mammal
species
than
any
other
national
park
in
Uganda
;
28
are
found
nowhere
else
in
Uganda
,
among
these
are
:
jackal
,
African
hunting
dog
,
bat
eared
fox
,
striped
hyena
,
aardwolf
,
cheetah
,
and
caracal
,
Grant¹s
gazelle
,
greater
kudu
,
lesser
kudu
,
roan
antelope
,
Beira
oryx
,
Guenther¹s
dik
dik
,
mountain
reedbuck
,
common
duiker
,
klipspringer
,
oribi
,
Defassa
waterbuck
,
Uganda
kob
,
and
bohor
reedbuck
.
This
alone
is
impressive
,
but
when
combined
with
the
over
460
bird
species
,
it
becomes
one
of
the
most
faunistically
impressive
national
park
in
all
Uganda
.
The
only
drawback
is
the
fact
that
it
takes
considerable
time
or
money
or
both
to
reach
.
By
far
the
best
way
to
reach
Kidepo
is
by
chartering
a
flight
.
This
will
cost
about
$
380
a
person
but
you
need
a
minimum
of
5
people
before
you
can
charter
the
flight
.
Otherwise
you
are
looking
at
a
280
km
.
road
through
treacherous
land
.
There
are
a
few
places
to
stay
,
but
they
range
widely
in
price
from
$
10
to
$
200
.
If
you
want
³
o
ff
the
beaten
track²
then
this
is
the
place
for
you
.
Or
it
is
possible
to
catch
public
transport
up
to
Soroti
then
make
your
way
up
to
Kaabong
from
there
you
may
get
the
supply
truck
from
the
park
which
comes
into
Kaabong
every
Saturday
morning
to
pick
up
supplies
and
returns
to
the
park
Saturday
afternoon
.
This
arrangement
is
only
for
travellers
(
tourists
)
to
get
into
to
park
and
not
a
local
transport
.
Although
it
is
considered
safe
to
travel
to
Moroto
via
Soroti
,
it
is
NOT
recommended
to
travel
Mbale
directly
to
Moroto
as
there
is
problems
with
renegade
groups
.
However
having
said
that
a
much
better
way
to
get
up
to
Kidepo
National
Park
is
to
travel
from
Kampala
to
Kidepo
is
via
Lira
to
Kitido
by
bus
.
This
bus
leaves
Kampala
daily
and
arrives
in
Kitido
at
around
sunset
.
From
Kitido
although
not
regular
you
can
get
transport
to
Kaabong
where
every
Saturday
you
may
catch
the
supply
truck
which
goes
to
Kaabong
on
a
shopping
trip
every
saturday
..
This
is
a
special
arrangement
for
tourists
only
who
wish
to
visit
Kidepo
National
Park
.
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
is
one
of
the
best
places
to
see
the
mountain
gorilla
in
Uganda
.
As
you
might
guess
from
the
name
,
this
is
a
genuine
tropical
rainforest
.
About
half
of
the
worlds
mountain
gorilla
population
live
within
the
park
and
this
is
the
main
reason
for
visiting
the
park
.
There
are
also
around
93
mammal
species
and
345
bird
species
inhabiting
the
area
.
The
best
approach
for
getting
to
see
the
gorillas
is
to
contact
a
Kampala
tour
operator
and
give
them
a
window
which
you
will
be
available
to
visit
the
park
.
You
can
expect
to
pay
$
250
for
the
excursion
,
but
its
well
worth
the
money
.
The
experience
of
seeing
mountain
gorillas
up
close
i
the
wild
is
one
of
the
most
unforgettable
experiences
you
can
have
in
³
t
h
e
pearl
of
Africa²
.
Mgahinga
Gorilla
National
Park
is
the
smallest
park
in
Uganda
and
is
1
of
2
parks
that
you
can
see
the
mountain
gorilla
.
It
has
incredible
panoramic
views
of
the
Virunga
Mountains
-
a
series
of
6
extinct
and
3
active
volcanoes
.
The
park
protects
76
mammal
species
,
which
includes
:
the
golden
monkey
,
black
and
white
colobus
,
leopard
,
elephant
,
giant
forest
hog
,
bushpig
,
buffalo
,
and
bushbuck
.
Also
,
the
park
hosts
87
bird
species
.
There
are
several
activities
to
pursue
in
the
park
including
:
caving
,
forest
walks
,
and
day
hikes
which
could
easily
occupy
a
week
of
your
time
.
There
is
a
nice
,
inexpensive
place
to
stay
,
Amarijambere
Iwacu
Community
Campground
,
just
outside
the
park
.
Camping
is
$
3
(
$
4
for
a
hired
tent
)
.
There
are
bandas
for
$
10
and
dorm
beds
cost
$
5
.
For
Mgahinga
,
gorilla
permits
are
$
175
plus
$
15
park
entrance
.
Lake
Bunyonyi
,
meaning
³
p
l
a
c
e
of
little
birds²
,
is
a
great
place
to
relax
for
a
couple
of
days
.
The
lake
is
very
beautiful
,
with
many
small
islands
and
is
surrounded
by
terraced
hills
.
The
lake
is
a
beautiful
place
to
get
away
from
the
hustle
and
makes
quite
a
romantic
setting
nestling
in
the
hills
.
There
are
several
buses
from
Kampala
to
Kabale
everyday
.
This
will
take
about
6
hours
and
costs
$
12
,
000
.
To
get
to
the
lake
from
Kabale
,
you
may
get
a
taxi
which
should
cost
about
10
,
000
-
or
alternatively
-
Mondays
and
Fridays
there
is
a
local
market
at
the
lake
so
there
is
plenty
of
public
transport
for
1
,
000
.
Kibale
Forest
Reseve
,
25
km
south
of
Fort
Portal
is
home
to
the
highest
density
of
primates
in
Africa
.
While
the
main
attraction
are
the
chimpanzee
,
other
primates
include
the
red
-
tailed
monkey
,
vervet
,
L
Hoest
'
s
.
blue
monkey
,
grey
cheeked
manabey
,
red
colobus
,
black
and
white
colobus
,
and
olive
baboon
.
Over
300
bird
species
can
be
found
within
the
park
boundries
.
Kibale
Forest
has
involved
the
local
community
in
eco
-
tourism
projects
and
preservation
of
wildlife
.
Both
staff
and
community
are
enthustastic
about
the
future
of
the
park
and
animal
/
bird
species
within
-
well
done
-
.
Visitation
fees
are
$
7
for
non
residents
and
$
5
for
residents
.
You
may
camp
inside
the
park
for
$
10
which
is
a
great
experience
.
Nearby
Bogodi
Wetland
Santuary
and
Lake
Nkuruba
are
well
worth
visiting
with
Lake
Nkuruba
running
a
campsite
with
camping
,
bandas
and
a
small
hut
overlooking
the
lake
.
The
forest
around
the
small
crater
lake
is
home
to
much
wildlife
and
often
visited
by
chimpanzee
as
they
travel
through
the
area
.
Rwenzori
National
Park
,
(
POSSIBILY
RE
-
OPENING
SOON
)
unfortunately
the
Rwenzori
Mountains
were
closed
three
years
ago
due
to
insecurity
and
rebel
activity
in
the
area
,
however
since
January
2000
the
situation
has
been
calm
.
Early
this
year
(
2000
)
his
Excellency
,
the
Honorable
President
of
Uganda
,
Yoweri
Kaguta
Museveni
climbed
to
the
top
of
the
Rwenzori
with
several
journalists
to
show
that
security
was
OK
and
the
journalists
wrote
saying
that
the
mountains
should
be
reopened
.
Since
then
three
seperate
groups
of
mountaineers
have
climbed
and
returned
with
glowing
reports
of
their
experience
.
They
were
also
very
pleased
with
the
Ugandan
Army
,
their
attitude
towards
tourists
and
professional
commitment
to
maintaining
security
.
It
has
been
recommended
that
the
park
be
re
-
opened
however
there
is
a
lot
to
be
done
.
The
bridge
crossing
is
in
poor
condition
and
needs
repair
,
the
huts
need
repair
,
and
infrastucture
needs
to
be
put
in
place
.
We
have
been
told
that
all
going
well
,
as
soon
as
is
possible
the
Rwenzori
Mountains
will
re
-
open
and
once
again
become
a
major
attraction
in
East
Africa
.
The
board
of
Uganda
Wildlife
Authority
is
to
hear
latest
developments
and
suggestions
at
their
next
board
meeting
and
discuss
the
possibility
of
re
-
opening
the
park
,
if
the
answer
is
'
yes
'
then
,
their
recommendation
will
be
forwarded
to
the
Ministry
of
Tourism
,
discussed
,
and
plans
made
on
how
to
implement
any
discission
.
Should
it
be
to
open
revelant
arrangements
and
processes
will
then
be
made
for
the
Ministry
of
Tourism
to
officially
anounce
the
decision
.
Trekking
will
not
be
allowed
prior
to
opening
however
there
is
HOPE
.
We
will
keep
you
posted
as
soon
as
news
breaks
,
with
prices
,
how
to
arrange
and
book
IT
S
ALL
KOBS
:
Hima
manager
Dennis
Kashero
(
left
)
hands
utl
Kobs
team
their
prize
By
Kalungi
Kabuye
Main
Cup
final
Utl
Kobs
22
Harlequins
5
Plate
Final
MTN
Heathens
19
Impis
0
Bowl
final
Impis
II
20
Bruins
5
Shield
final
Rhinos
32
Saracens
0
KOBS
'
formidable
run
continued
yesterday
as
they
made
easy
work
of
Kenyan
side
Harlequins
,
beating
them
convincingly
22
-
5
to
win
the
2006
Hima
Mak
rugby
10s
.
The
utl
Kobs
capped
a
great
year
with
the
victory
at
Kyadondo
but
,
admitted
the
Hima
contest
was
tougher
this
year
.
The
presence
of
the
Kenyan
teams
means
you
cannot
take
anything
for
granted
,
so
it
was
indeed
a
tougher
tournament
than
last
year
,
Kobs
captain
Timothy
Mudoola
said
.
But
the
players
had
the
right
attitude
,
they
clearly
wanted
to
win
,
and
it
s
the
sweeter
for
that
because
we
can
achieve
a
sweep
of
all
the
trophies
this
year
.
Kob
s
Simon
Wakabi
was
top
try
scorer
with
52
points
,
while
James
Gichuru
from
Impis
was
named
the
MVP
.
In
the
Plate
,
MTN
Heathens
took
out
revenge
on
the
Hima
Impis
,
crushing
them
19
-
0
,
while
Impis
II
salvaged
something
for
the
hosts
by
beating
MUBS
Bruins
20
-
5
to
lift
the
Bowl
.
Kobs
reached
the
final
after
seeing
off
Nairobi
University
s
Mean
Machine
12
-
7
in
the
quarters
.
Pirates
drew
0
-
0
with
MTN
Heathens
,
who
had
to
win
a
toss
of
a
coin
to
advance
to
the
semis
.
The
Hima
10s
are
traditionally
the
last
item
on
the
rugby
calendar
,
but
with
this
year
s
World
Cup
qualifiers
,
the
Sevens
Circuit
has
two
legs
left
.
POST
:
MANAGER
CORPORATE
PLANNING
(
01
POSITION
)
DEPARTMENT
:
CORPORATE
SERVICES
REPORTS
TO
:
ASSISTANT
COMMISSIONER
RESEARCH
&
PLANNING
ROLE
:
Plan
and
coordinate
the
development
and
evaluation
of
the
URA
business
plans
in
line
with
the
URA
corporate
strategy
KEY
RESULT
AREAS
:
1
.
Coordinate
and
supervise
the
preparation
of
annual
URA
business
plans
,
monitor
and
evaluate
their
implementation
in
line
with
URA
business
strategy
.
2
.
Coordinate
the
compilation
of
URA
departmental
Business
plans
(
including
planning
charts
and
checklists
)
,
monitor
implementation
and
prepare
the
evaluation
reports
in
line
with
the
URA
Business
strategy
3
.
Evolve
revenue
collection
strategies
for
existing
and
new
heads
to
ensure
revenue
collection
growth
and
sustainability
and
initiate
/
examine
feasibility
for
new
tax
heads
in
line
with
URA
business
strategy
.
4
.
Formulate
a
framework
for
soliciting
information
from
internal
and
external
clients
and
support
the
forecast
and
planning
to
ensure
optimal
performance
in
tax
administration
operations
.
5
.
Manage
the
development
of
strategy
/
concept
papers
covering
all
URA
tax
heads
and
specifically
recommending
any
necessary
systems
re
-
engineering
or
corporate
image
improvement
measures
.
6
.
Manage
the
performance
and
development
of
staff
in
line
with
the
URA
Human
Resource
Management
Manual
.
Person
specifications
a
)
Character
:
Candidate
must
have
Strategic
,
conceptual
and
analytical
skills
Self
driven
person
with
excellent
Oral
and
written
communication
skills
A
results
oriented
person
with
ability
to
work
under
pressure
.
Interpersonal
and
client
interaction
skills
with
ability
to
lead
and
work
as
part
of
a
team
Versatility
and
willingness
to
work
across
various
functional
areas
.
Demonstrated
high
level
of
integrity
b
)
Qualifications
:
Essential
:
A
Bachelors
degree
in
Economics
or
Statistics
from
a
recognized
Institution
.
Post
Graduate
qualifications
in
strategy
development
or
management
.
A
demonstrated
interest
and
knowledge
in
tax
policy
formulation
and
tax
administration
.
Added
Advantage
:
Research
related
or
project
management
training
.
Considerable
knowledge
of
and
exposure
to
challenges
facing
tax
Administration
.
Computer
Literacy
and
proficiency
in
management
software
like
PRIMAVERA
.
c
)
Experience
:
Must
have
experience
in
performing
economic
evaluations
,
feasibility
studies
and
preparing
requests
for
budgetary
approval
.
Must
have
experience
in
budget
management
and
forecasting
and
project
management
.
At
least
4
years
experience
in
corporate
strategy
development
,
business
analysis
and
plan
execution
monitoring
work
in
a
reputable
organization
and
at
least
two
of
these
should
be
at
middle
or
top
levels
in
the
hierarchy
.
POST
:
SUPERVISOR
RESEARCH
AND
STATISTICS
(
01
Position
)
DEPARTMENT
:
CORPORATE
SERVICES
REPORTS
TO
:
MANAGER
RESEARCH
AND
STATISTICS
ROLE
:
Collect
and
analyze
revenue
related
data
for
decision
making
in
line
with
Departmental
Guidelines
.
KEY
RESULT
AREAS
:
1
.
Collect
,
compile
,
analyze
data
and
information
to
identify
areas
of
potential
revenue
loss
in
the
assigned
sector
(
s
)
,
and
generate
a
report
in
line
with
the
Departmental
Guidelines
2
.
Profile
,
Identify
,
collect
and
establish
the
tax
status
of
various
taxpayers
and
advise
collecting
departments
in
line
with
Departmental
Guidelines
3
.
Evaluate
the
impact
of
tax
policy
measures
on
the
main
revenue
lines
and
generate
periodical
reports
in
line
with
Departmental
Guidelines
.
4
.
Carry
out
Macro
and
Micro
economic
analysis
on
tax
revenue
to
provide
executive
support
for
tax
policy
and
administration
purposes
in
line
with
Departmental
Guidelines
.
5
.
Compile
and
consolidate
all
URA
related
statistical
data
for
revenue
and
expenditure
analysis
in
accordance
with
the
set
reporting
standards
.
6
.
Manage
the
performance
and
development
of
staff
in
line
with
the
URA
Human
Resource
Management
Manual
.
Person
Specifications
:
a
)
Character
:
Candidate
must
have
Strategic
,
conceptual
and
analytical
skills
Self
driven
person
with
excellent
Oral
and
written
communication
skills
A
results
oriented
person
with
ability
to
work
under
pressure
.
Interpersonal
and
client
interaction
skills
with
ability
to
lead
and
work
as
part
of
a
team
Demonstrated
high
level
of
integrity
b
)
Qualifications
:
Essential
:
A
degree
in
Economics
,
Business
Administration
,
Commerce
or
Statistics
.
Research
-
related
training
especially
in
statistical
analysis
,
econometrics
and
research
methods
.
Added
Advantage
:
A
demonstrated
interest
,
knowledge
and
hands
on
experience
in
tax
policy
/
administration
and
exposure
to
the
current
challenges
in
tax
revenue
reporting
/
statistics
.
Computer
Literacy
and
proficiency
in
econometric
tools
like
STATA
,
E
-
VIEWS
,
LIMDEP
or
SPSS
.
c
)
Experience
:
Must
have
experience
in
research
and
statistical
methods
/
modules
including
analysis
of
variance
,
multiple
regression
,
survey
sampling
,
multivariate
methods
,
experimental
design
and
nonparametric
statistics
.
At
least
3
years
technical
or
professional
experience
in
quantitative
and
qualitative
research
,
statistical
data
analysis
techniques
and
program
evaluation
in
a
reputable
organization
.
Benefits
:
These
are
middle
management
positions
in
the
authority
with
an
attractive
remuneration
package
for
the
successful
candidates
APPLICATION
PROCEDURE
:
(
a
)
Interested
candidates
should
post
their
applications
,
including
a
detailed
Curriculum
Vitae
and
copies
of
relevant
certificates
,
testimonials
and
two
(
2
)
referees
in
sealed
envelopes
to
:
The
Commissioner
Corporate
Services
Uganda
Revenue
Authority
P
.
O
.
Box
7279
,
Kampala
OR
Hand
delivered
to
:
The
Assistant
Commissioner
Human
ResourceUganda
Revenue
Authority
-
Training
Centre
Lugogo
Bypass
.
(
b
)
Applications
should
reach
by
5
:
00pm
of
Friday
24th
November
,
2006
.
(
c
)
NB
:
Only
short
listed
candidates
will
be
contacted
.
I
refer
to
Wafula
Oguttu
s
commentary
in
The
New
Vision
of
October
6
on
page
10
titled
,
Who
should
we
blame
for
sleepy
ministers
?
Wafula
,
the
FDC
party
spokesman
,
was
referring
to
President
Yoweri
Museveni
s
speech
at
a
government
retreat
where
the
President
reportedly
told
his
Ministers
and
Permanent
Secretaries
that
they
are
a
sleepy
lot
,
inefficient
and
wasteful
.
The
honest
and
frank
internal
criticism
within
government
has
gotten
a
lot
of
minds
exercised
,
not
least
that
of
Wafula
Oguttu
.
He
has
not
had
much
to
tell
the
country
apart
from
some
dodgy
interpretation
of
financial
numbers
in
government
.
He
missed
the
point
which
was
the
fact
that
there
is
honest
self
assessment
in
government
.
We
have
not
had
any
admission
of
the
inadequacies
of
our
opposition
.
It
only
happens
with
the
odd
disgruntlement
like
when
internal
intrigue
rigs
people
out
of
opportunities
such
as
positions
in
the
shadow
cabinet
,
East
African
Legislative
Assembly
or
facilitation
by
the
state
.
So
it
is
understandable
that
such
dynamism
which
is
alien
to
FDC
is
construed
as
a
vote
of
not
confidence
.
Wafula
has
conveniently
forgotten
their
social
scandals
and
personal
differences
that
rocked
their
retreat
at
Ranch
on
the
Lake
.
It
is
said
that
one
of
their
leaders
was
on
the
receiving
end
of
quite
a
few
slaps
from
her
man
for
flirting
with
a
less
than
honourable
colleague
.
Then
there
were
some
female
officials
who
were
tearing
at
each
other
over
political
supremacy
.
I
do
not
recall
any
resignations
or
departures
as
a
result
.
Certainly
Wafula
was
studiously
silent
.
You
may
recall
that
not
so
long
ago
,
Wafula
was
boasting
in
these
pages
about
training
me
among
many
others
.
It
is
true
and
by
the
time
I
left
I
had
been
working
under
him
for
four
years
.
Those
who
like
me
went
through
his
hands
will
remember
lots
of
good
things
about
Waf
,
as
we
called
him
.
But
there
were
some
very
significant
limitations
too
.
Wafula
does
interfere
a
lot
with
other
people
s
work
.
I
am
made
to
believe
that
this
is
a
habit
he
has
carried
to
his
current
role
at
FDC
.
When
I
worked
as
the
Legal
and
Administration
Officer
,
he
handled
all
the
legal
matters
directly
with
the
company
lawyer
who
was
also
his
brother
in
-
law
.
He
would
go
over
supervisors
and
deal
directly
with
their
reports
sometimes
to
find
fault
on
the
part
of
the
different
bosses
.
I
can
say
this
because
I
worked
with
him
.
But
for
him
to
say
so
of
President
Museveni
with
whom
he
has
never
worked
or
worked
for
,
is
to
engage
in
rumour
mongering
,
quite
typical
for
those
who
know
him
well
.
It
is
therefore
rather
rich
of
him
to
criticise
others
for
failing
to
deal
with
a
vice
which
he
has
richly
nurtured
.
When
he
was
in
charge
at
The
Monitor
,
there
were
some
glaring
errors
which
he
did
not
correct
.
I
remember
standing
outside
the
Dewinton
Road
office
with
him
and
Kyazze
,
the
two
of
us
telling
him
he
needed
a
proper
marketing
department
to
sell
for
revenue
rather
than
just
administering
distribution
of
newspapers
.
He
did
not
think
it
was
necessary
.
Yet
you
hear
him
mourning
about
loss
of
advertising
revenue
because
of
a
ban
by
government
.
He
simply
lacked
initiative
to
deal
with
the
issue
.
For
a
long
time
he
was
told
about
debilitating
cost
of
the
chaos
in
the
accounts
department
yet
he
failed
to
do
anything
about
it
.
Then
he
compounded
it
by
entering
a
newspaper
distribution
deal
that
hindered
circulation
growth
.
This
combination
of
factors
led
to
a
forced
sale
to
the
Aga
Khan
.
It
was
not
the
sweetheart
deal
it
was
presented
to
be
.
Waf
s
leadership
at
The
Monitor
had
the
dubious
reputation
of
presiding
over
two
workers
strikes
that
led
to
departures
including
one
led
by
an
active
shareholder
.
Yet
Wafula
did
not
have
the
decency
to
leave
in
the
manner
he
is
advising
President
Museveni
.
He
was
forced
out
by
the
majority
shareholder
to
pave
way
for
better
performance
.
Waf
s
track
record
at
the
helm
of
any
organisation
is
perhaps
the
best
evidence
of
his
own
assertion
that
accountability
and
self
respect
are
alien
to
the
country
.
For
now
the
majority
shareholders
of
Uganda
think
Museveni
s
leadership
is
performing
,
which
is
why
he
is
still
around
.
Every
time
the
President
asks
poor
or
non
performers
to
leave
government
,
the
Wafulas
come
out
to
say
that
the
President
does
not
tolerate
dissent
.
No
wonder
many
have
wound
up
in
his
political
stable
.
Birds
of
the
same
feathers
flock
together
.
It
is
this
reason
that
the
population
rejected
them
including
Wafula
who
performed
dismally
at
the
parliamentary
elections
.
There
is
something
extra
that
the
people
in
his
village
know
which
rhymes
with
what
I
and
his
majority
shareholders
may
find
familiar
.
The
new
doomsday
message
that
predicts
an
apocalyptic
end
to
the
NRM
rule
is
just
a
smokescreen
for
the
internal
crisis
of
confidence
in
FDC
.
It
masks
the
woeful
inadequacy
to
address
and
deal
with
the
real
issues
.
That
is
why
their
message
is
one
of
lies
,
distortion
and
hatred
for
one
man
,
Museveni
.
Readers
would
have
been
better
served
if
this
space
had
been
sold
to
advertise
the
work
of
a
more
enterprising
business
.
The
writer
is
the
Director
of
the
Government
Media
Centre
Cisco
Certified
Network
Associate
(
CCNA
)
Programme
Programme
Cisco
Certified
Network
Professional
(
CCNP
)
Programme
IT
-
Essentials
Cisco
Certified
Network
Associate
(
CCNA
)
Programme
CCNA
is
a
comprehensive
curriculum
that
includes
four
separate
modules
.
The
curriculum
emphasizes
the
use
of
decision
-
making
and
problem
-
solving
techniques
to
resolve
networking
issues
.
Students
learn
how
to
install
and
configure
switches
and
routers
in
local
and
wide
-
area
networks
using
various
protocols
and
provide
Level
1
troubleshooting
service
,
and
improve
network
performance
and
security
.
Additionally
,
training
is
provided
in
the
proper
care
,
maintenance
,
and
use
of
networking
software
tools
and
equipment
.
The
CCNA
certification
course
features
the
following
modules
:
•
CCNA1
—
Networking
Basics
Upon
completion
of
CCNA
1
,
the
students
will
be
able
to
perform
tasks
related
to
the
following
:
*
Introduction
to
networking
,
network
math
,
networking
fundamentals
*
Cabling
LANS
and
WANS
,
cable
testing
and
working
with
networking
media
such
as
;
copper
,
optical
and
wireless
media
.
*
Ethernet
fundamentals
,
Ethernet
switching
and
Ethernet
technologies
*
OSI
Model
,
TCP
/
IP
Protocol
suite
and
IP
addressing
*
Routing
fundamentals
and
subnets
•
CCNA2
—
Routers
and
Routing
Basics
Upon
completion
of
CCNA
2
,
the
students
will
be
able
to
perform
tasks
related
to
the
following
:
*
Router
Configuration
,
Operating
Cisco
IOS
Software
,
router
boot
sequence
and
verification
,
and
managing
the
Cisco
file
system
of
a
router
.
*
Routing
and
Routed
protocols
*
TCP
/
IP
Suite
Error
and
control
messages
*
Basic
router
troubleshooting
*
Access
Control
Lists
(
ACLs
)
and
restricting
network
access
using
ACLs
•
CCNA3
—
Switching
Basics
and
Intermediate
Routing
Upon
completion
of
CCNA
3
,
the
students
will
be
able
to
perform
tasks
related
to
the
following
:
*
Classless
routing
,
Variable
length
subnet
masking
(
VLSM
)
*
Configuration
of
protocols
such
as
;
Single
Area
OSPF
and
EIGRP
*
Switch
Configuration
*
Virtual
LAN
(
VLAN
)
configuration
and
troubleshooting
.
*
Virtual
Trunking
Protocol
(
VTP
)
and
Inter
-
VLAN
Routing
•
CCNA4
—
WAN
Technologies
Upon
completion
of
CCNA
4
,
the
students
will
be
able
to
perform
tasks
related
to
the
following
:
*
Scaling
Networks
with
NAT
(
Network
Address
Translation
)
and
PAT
(
Port
Address
Translation
)
*
WAN
Design
and
WAN
Technologies
such
as
;
Frame
relay
,
Digital
Subscribers
Line
(
DSL
)
,
ISDN
,
Leased
Line
,
and
X
.
25
.
*
Serial
Point
-
to
-
Point
Links
(
PPP
)
*
Network
administration
and
management
of
workstations
and
servers
.
Minimum
admission
Requirements
To
be
admitted
for
a
course
leading
to
the
award
of
CCNA
Certificate
,
a
candidate
must
have
completed
O
'
Level
and
thus
possesses
O
'
Level
Certificate
.
Cisco
Certified
Network
Professional
(
CCNP
)
Programme
The
professional
-
level
curriculum
builds
on
CCNA
with
more
complex
network
configurations
,
diagnosis
,
and
troubleshooting
.
Students
learn
about
complex
network
configurations
and
how
to
diagnose
and
troubleshoot
network
problems
.
Trains
students
to
install
configure
and
operate
local
-
and
wide
-
area
networks
(
LANs
and
WANs
)
,
and
dial
access
services
for
organizations
with
networks
from
100
to
more
than
500
nodes
with
protocols
and
technologies
such
as
:
TCP
/
IP
,
OSPF
,
EIGRP
,
BGP
,
ISDN
,
Frame
Relay
,
STP
,
and
VTP
.
The
focus
is
on
developing
those
skills
that
enable
students
to
implement
scalable
networks
,
build
campus
networks
using
multilayer
switching
technologies
,
create
and
deploy
a
global
intranet
,
and
troubleshooting
routers
and
switches
for
multiprotocol
client
hosts
and
services
.
The
CCNP
certification
course
features
the
following
modules
:
•
CCNP1
Advanced
Routing
Upon
completion
of
CCNP1
,
students
will
be
able
to
perform
advanced
routing
tasks
including
:
*
Selecting
and
configuring
scalable
IP
addresses
*
Implementing
technologies
to
redistribute
and
support
multiple
,
advanced
,
IP
routing
protocols
such
as
OSPF
,
EIGRP
,
and
BGP
*
Configuring
access
lists
*
Designing
and
testing
edge
router
connectivity
into
a
BGP
network
•
CCNP2
Remote
Access
Upon
completion
of
CCNP2
,
students
will
be
able
to
perform
advanced
remote
access
tasks
including
:
*
Configuring
Asynchronous
connections
*
Point
-
to
-
Point
Protocol
(
PPP
)
architecture
,
protocol
,
callback
,
and
compression
*
ISDN
architecture
,
protocol
layers
,
BRI
and
DDR
*
Configuring
X
.
25
,
Frame
Relay
,
and
AAA
•
CCNP3
Multilayer
Switching
Upon
completion
of
CCNP3
,
students
will
be
able
to
perform
multilayer
switching
tasks
including
:
*
Fast
Ethernet
,
Gigabit
Ethernet
*
VLAN
basics
,
types
,
identification
,
and
trunking
protocol
*
Spanning
Tree
Protocol
*
MLS
processes
,
and
configuration
*
Multicasting
protocols
,
routing
,
and
tasks
•
CCNP4
Network
Troubleshooting
Upon
completion
of
CCNP4
,
students
will
be
able
to
perform
network
-
troubleshooting
tasks
in
areas
such
as
:
*
OSI
Layers
1
,
2
,
and
3
*
TCP
/
IP
,
LAN
switching
,
VLANs
,
Frame
Relay
,
ISDN
,
Appletalk
,
Novell
,
EIGRP
,
OSPF
,
BGP
Admission
Requirements
To
be
admitted
for
a
course
leading
to
the
award
of
CCNP
Certificate
,
a
candidate
must
have
completed
CCNA
and
thus
possesses
CCNA
certificate
.
IT
-
Essentials
This
course
introduces
students
to
information
technology
and
data
communications
.
This
hands
-
on
,
lab
-
oriented
course
stresses
laboratory
safety
and
working
effectively
in
a
group
environment
.
•
IT
Essentials
I
:
PC
Hardware
and
Software
Competencies
Presents
an
in
-
depth
exposure
to
computer
hardware
and
operating
systems
.
Students
learn
the
functionality
of
hardware
and
software
components
as
well
as
suggested
best
practices
in
maintenance
,
and
safety
issues
.
Through
hands
on
activities
and
labs
,
students
learn
how
to
assemble
and
configure
a
computer
,
install
operating
systems
and
software
,
and
troubleshoot
hardware
and
software
problems
.
In
addition
,
an
introduction
to
networking
is
included
.
Acquired
competencies
include
:
*
Building
a
computer
and
installation
of
the
motherboard
,
floppy
and
hard
drives
,
CD
-
ROM
,
and
video
cards
.
*
Installing
and
managing
Windows
operating
systems
.
*
Adding
peripherals
and
multimedia
capabilities
.
*
Knowledge
of
local
-
area
network
architecture
,
networking
protocols
and
the
OSI
Model
,
and
TCP
/
IP
utilities
.
*
Connecting
the
computer
to
a
local
area
network
and
to
the
Internet
.
*
In
addition
to
basic
networking
concepts
,
the
functions
and
configurations
of
a
network
are
also
covered
.
•
IT
Essentials
II
:
Network
Operating
Systems
This
hands
-
on
,
lab
-
oriented
course
is
designed
to
be
an
overview
of
network
operating
systems
and
specifically
covers
the
Linux
Red
Hat
Network
operating
system
.
Students
will
learn
how
to
use
the
Linux
operating
system
,
the
K
Desktop
Environment
(
KDE
)
,
and
GNU
Network
Object
Model
(
GNOME
)
.
This
course
will
be
a
stepping
stone
to
help
prepare
students
for
challenging
careers
,
such
as
skilled
hardware
support
professional
and
Linux
support
professional
.
Acquired
competencies
include
:
*
Configuration
of
network
services
,
including
basic
network
security
and
troubleshooting
.
*
Use
fundamental
command
-
line
features
of
the
Linux
environment
including
file
system
navigation
,
file
permissions
,
the
vi
text
editor
,
command
shells
,
and
basic
network
use
.
*
Explore
GUI
features
including
Applications
Manager
,
Text
Editor
,
printing
,
and
mail
.
*
Know
basic
administrative
tasks
with
Windows
2000
.
Minimum
admission
Requirements
To
be
admitted
for
a
course
leading
to
the
award
of
Certificate
in
IT
Essentials
,
a
candidate
must
have
basic
knowledge
about
the
computer
or
she
/
he
completed
CCA
.
•
Fundamentals
of
Wireless
Local
Area
Networks
(
WLANS
)
Fundamentals
of
Wireless
LANs
is
a
course
that
focuses
on
the
design
,
planning
,
implementation
,
operation
and
troubleshooting
of
wireless
networks
.
It
covers
a
comprehensive
overview
of
technologies
,
security
,
and
design
best
practices
with
particular
emphasis
on
hands
-
on
skills
in
the
following
areas
:
*
Wireless
LAN
setup
&
troubleshooting
*
802
.
11a
&
802
.
11b
technologies
,
products
and
solutions
*
Site
Surveys
*
Resilient
WLAN
design
,
installation
and
configuration
*
WLAN
Security
-
802
.
1x
,
EAP
,
LEAP
,
WEP
,
SSID
*
Vendor
interoperability
strategies
*
Wireless
bridging
The
Wireless
LANs
course
advances
students
on
a
career
path
toward
the
following
occupations
:
systems
engineer
,
product
support
engineer
,
and
systems
integrator
.
For
higher
-
education
bound
students
,
this
course
prepares
them
for
electrical
engineering
or
computer
and
management
information
systems
degree
programs
.
*
Design
a
logical
wireless
LAN
architecture
for
mobile
wireless
users
in
compliance
with
IEEE
802
.
11
standards
.
*
Demonstrate
knowledge
of
the
theory
regarding
the
most
common
factors
that
influence
WLANs
(
including
EM
spectrum
,
radio
wave
propagation
,
modulation
techniques
,
and
frequency
and
channel
usage
in
wireless
technologies
)
.
*
Installation
of
in
-
building
and
building
-
to
-
building
WLANs
with
Cisco
devices
and
appropriate
antennas
that
meet
mobility
and
throughput
specifications
,
including
the
site
survey
and
documentation
.
*
Perform
hardware
setup
and
software
configuration
of
Cisco
Aironet
wireless
products
including
security
using
WEP
,
Cisco
LEAP
,
and
802
.
1x
protocols
.
*
Upgrade
wireless
products
and
troubleshoot
performance
issues
using
event
logging
,
command
-
line
utilities
,
and
diagnostic
tools
.
•
Fundamentals
of
Network
Security
Fundamentals
of
Network
Security
teaches
students
to
design
and
implement
security
solutions
that
will
reduce
the
risk
of
revenue
loss
and
vulnerability
.
This
course
teaches
students
to
design
and
implement
security
solutions
to
reduce
the
risk
of
revenue
loss
and
vulnerability
.
This
course
combines
hands
-
on
experience
,
instructor
-
led
lectures
,
and
a
Web
-
based
curriculum
for
students
Acquired
course
competencies
include
:
*
Security
policy
design
and
management
*
Security
technologies
,
products
and
solutions
*
Firewall
and
secure
router
design
,
installation
,
configuration
and
maintenance
*
AAA
implementation
using
routers
and
firewalls
*
VPN
implementation
using
routers
and
firewalls
Specifics
.
*
Select
appropriate
security
hardware
,
software
,
policies
,
and
configurations
based
on
an
organization
'
s
assessment
of
its
security
vulnerabilities
in
order
to
provide
protection
against
known
security
threats
.
*
Perform
advanced
installation
,
configuration
,
monitoring
,
troubleshooting
,
maintenance
,
and
recovery
on
Cisco
IOS
®
and
PIX
®
firewalls
.
*
Configure
intrusion
detection
feature
on
the
Cisco
IOS
router
and
PIX
firewalls
.
*
Install
and
configure
CSACS
for
AAA
service
on
Cisco
IOS
and
PIX
firewalls
.
*
Configure
site
-
to
-
site
VPNs
between
Cisco
devices
and
remote
access
VPNs
between
Cisco
device
and
clients
to
ensure
privacy
and
confidentiality
.
The
Network
Security
course
advances
students
on
a
career
path
toward
the
following
occupations
:
network
security
analyst
,
senior
systems
analyst
,
and
systems
architect
.
For
higher
education
bound
students
,
this
course
prepares
them
for
electrical
engineering
or
computer
and
management
information
systems
degree
programs
.
Minimum
admission
Requirements
To
be
admitted
for
a
course
leading
to
the
award
of
Certificate
in
WLANs
,
a
candidate
must
have
completed
all
four
CCNA
modules
.
[
Date
Prev
]
[
Date
Next
]
[
Thread
Prev
]
[
Thread
Next
]
[
Date
Index
]
[
Thread
Index
]
RE
:
Proposed
Management
Team
for
the
UIXP
To
:
<
taskforce
@
uixp
.
co
.
ug
>
Subject
:
RE
:
Proposed
Management
Team
for
the
UIXP
From
:
lunghabo
@
linuxsolutions
.
co
.
ug
Date
:
Mon
,
4
Feb
2002
11
:
47
:
04
+
0300
Content
-
transfer
-
encoding
:
7BIT
Content
-
type
:
text
/
plain
;
charset
=
US
-
ASCII
Delivered
-
To
:
taskforce
-
archive
@
lists
.
eahd
.
or
.
ug
Delivered
-
To
:
taskforce
@
uixp
.
co
.
ug
In
-
reply
-
to
:
<
3329C67DF372FD429F610AF04ACDC5381126A5
@
ugamailudb
.
mtn
.
co
.
ug
>
Sender
:
owner
-
taskforce
@
lists
.
eahd
.
or
.
ug
Barbara
could
you
please
indicate
to
us
a
concrete
suggestionon
how
the
IXP
can
out
source
its
proposed
services
and
yet
at
the
same
time
allay
Mr
.
Hans
'
fears
of
IXP
guys
knowing
too
much
about
another
network
?
Otherwise
I
think
Mr
.
Badru
'
s
submission
is
okay
.
Lunghabo
On
2
Feb
2002
,
at
10
:
07
,
Barbara
du
Plessis
wrote
:
>
I
totally
concur
with
Hans
'
comments
.
>
In
addition
,
MTN
already
offers
IXP
services
to
its
customers
and
as
>
such
would
be
unwilling
to
reallocate
nor
procure
additional
resources
>
for
the
UIXP
.
For
practical
and
financial
reasons
it
may
be
beneficial
>
for
the
UIXP
to
consider
outsourcing
its
proposed
services
rather
than
>
investing
in
infrastructure
and
resources
which
it
can
ill
afford
.
>
Contractually
it
can
ensure
all
goals
and
policies
are
achieved
and
>
maintained
and
can
thereby
focus
on
strategic
and
administrative
>
issues
pertinent
to
the
interest
of
all
its
members
.
>
>
Barbara
du
Plessis
>
GM
IT
>
MTN
Uganda
Limited
>
>
>
-----
Original
Message
-----
>
From
:
Hans
U
.
Haerdtle
[
mailto
:
hansu
@
imul
.
com
]
>
Sent
:
Saturday
,
February
02
,
2002
1
:
58
AM
>
To
:
Badru
Ntege
;
techies
@
uixp
.
co
.
ug
>
Cc
:
taskforce
@
uixp
.
co
.
ug
>
Subject
:
Re
:
Proposed
Management
Team
for
the
UIXP
>
>
Well
,
certainly
a
very
noble
idea
from
a
technical
point
of
view
,
but
>
practically
I
don
'
t
see
this
working
.
Building
a
skill
base
of
>
engineers
and
gaining
expertise
is
certainly
in
any
good
and
>
professionally
run
company
'
s
very
own
interest
and
training
will
be
>
provided
to
their
technical
staff
.
>
>
This
is
simply
necessary
in
our
industry
because
the
most
advanced
>
technology
applied
will
give
the
respective
company
the
competitive
>
edge
in
the
market
.
And
this
is
directly
proportional
to
the
company
'
s
>
business
success
due
to
client
appreciation
of
superior
QoS
standards
>
and
delivery
.
Of
course
paired
with
marketing
and
sales
efforts
.
>
>
Let
'
s
be
realistic
:
How
do
you
address
the
issue
of
conflict
of
>
interest
?
By
nature
of
their
work
and
involvement
the
3
proposed
>
rotating
staff
members
would
need
to
have
a
considerable
if
not
>
in
-
depth
knowledge
of
all
the
member
ISP
s
network
concepts
and
>
architecture
.
This
includes
company
proprietary
software
at
least
to
>
some
extend
plus
even
future
planned
upgrades
and
introduction
of
new
>
services
.
Introduced
for
the
very
reason
:
to
provide
better
performing
>
and
more
advanced
services
to
their
clients
and
to
the
industry
and
>
market
as
a
whole
-
and
gain
market
shares
!
In
a
fair
competition
and
>
respecting
proper
business
ethics
.
And
this
very
competition
is
the
>
driving
force
of
any
market
improvement
and
clients
and
the
industry
>
are
the
very
beneficiaries
of
this
.
>
>
Don
'
t
get
me
wrong
:
As
a
techie
I
am
,
this
suggestion
is
certainly
a
>
noble
vision
and
I
could
support
this
within
a
University
or
Institute
>
environment
or
even
between
large
industry
participants
who
put
high
>
level
specialists
together
in
a
scientific
research
joint
-
venture
for
>
reasons
of
cost
and
resource
sharing
.
But
all
this
are
laboratory
>
setups
with
fundamental
scientific
research
tasks
still
far
away
from
>
practical
applications
and
never
close
to
near
-
to
-
market
-
delivery
>
solutions
which
are
already
in
the
hands
of
the
marketing
managers
>
keenly
watching
market
tendencies
and
deciding
on
tactical
release
>
dates
.
>
>
The
IXP
is
certainly
a
very
useful
institution
but
let
'
s
be
honest
:
It
>
is
in
the
first
place
a
commercial
issue
and
not
an
inter
-
networking
>
or
technology
challenge
.
This
very
knowledge
is
the
skill
base
anyway
>
of
the
respective
member
company
and
a
good
part
of
its
success
in
the
>
market
.
It
is
the
commercial
issue
,
which
makes
an
IXP
desirable
>
because
of
the
possible
cost
saving
element
.
Just
like
an
interconnect
>
arrangement
between
telecom
operators
.
For
the
ISP
industry
in
Uganda
>
this
will
be
a
saving
on
relatively
expensive
international
bandwidth
,
>
which
is
at
this
moment
still
only
available
through
expensive
V
-
Sat
>
links
.
Link
redundancy
could
be
an
additional
feature
provided
that
>
interconnect
capacity
requirements
are
met
and
a
commercial
agreement
>
is
in
place
.
>
>
Therefor
the
IXP
is
a
commercial
issue
and
a
facilitation
provision
>
and
it
has
its
operational
costs
for
a
professional
setup
and
running
.
>
Depending
on
the
respective
local
interconnect
traffic
of
a
potential
>
member
it
is
viable
or
not
.
Like
any
other
business
case
.
Otherwise
>
even
now
any
two
or
more
companies
could
go
together
and
setup
private
>
interconnectivity
for
cost
saving
or
other
resource
sharing
reasons
.
>
>
Also
additional
data
interconnect
facilities
could
be
offered
by
the
>
IXP
for
wider
industry
applications
(
WAN
and
VPN
)
or
even
regional
>
inter
-
networking
could
be
proposed
(
if
telecom
operators
are
part
of
>
this
)
with
ultimately
load
balancing
,
resource
sharing
or
link
>
redundancy
features
and
benefits
(
i
.
e
.
Euroring
)
.
But
this
is
>
certainly
a
different
scale
and
would
require
a
complete
different
>
setup
and
approach
in
terms
of
inter
-
networking
architecture
and
>
commercial
requirements
.
>
>
In
my
view
,
the
IXP
has
to
be
an
independent
and
neutral
commercial
>
entity
,
a
service
provider
with
an
offer
to
the
market
to
provide
and
>
manage
interconnect
facilities
and
value
added
services
with
standard
>
connectivity
interfaces
and
scaled
link
capacities
.
>
>
Hans
U
.
Haerdtle
>
General
Manager
>
Infocom
>
>
>
At
09
:
04
PM
2
/
1
/
02
+
0200
,
Badru
Ntege
wrote
:
>
>
>
Members
please
find
below
a
suggested
method
of
running
the
IXP
.
This
>
would
help
us
build
a
good
skill
base
of
engineers
and
also
enable
>
professional
networking
between
engineers
from
different
companies
and
>
network
providers
.
>
>
>
There
will
be
Three
People
detailed
to
work
at
the
UIXP
.
>
>
1
.
Project
Leader
>
2
.
Team
member
>
3
.
Team
Member
.
>
>
The
Project
leader
will
overall
be
responsible
for
the
running
of
the
>
UIXP
.
Ensuring
that
the
UIXP
is
up
and
running
at
all
times
and
will
>
be
the
team
leader
.
He
will
also
be
responsible
for
future
planning
at
>
the
IXP
,
preparing
progress
reports
,
billing
of
members
,
and
>
attracting
new
members
to
using
the
IXP
and
enforcing
the
UIXP
>
Acceptable
Use
Policy
.
He
shall
be
employed
on
a
6
months
-
1
year
>
basis
at
which
point
his
contract
can
either
be
renewed
or
some
other
>
member
takes
up
the
role
.
>
>
The
team
members
will
be
technical
people
from
the
participating
>
entities
who
will
rotate
on
a
3
month
basis
.
These
team
members
will
>
still
be
full
time
employees
at
their
repective
places
of
work
and
>
will
be
doing
part
time
work
at
the
IXP
.
The
IXP
will
pay
them
a
small
>
fee
on
top
of
what
they
get
form
their
parent
companies
for
the
period
>
that
they
work
at
the
IXP
.
The
team
leader
will
also
be
an
employee
of
>
one
of
the
ISPs
doing
part
time
at
his
place
of
work
.
>
>
Thus
at
the
end
of
three
months
,
the
two
technical
people
go
back
to
>
their
respective
places
of
work
and
another
team
of
two
from
some
>
other
members
take
up
work
for
the
next
three
months
.
At
the
end
of
1
>
year
,
the
current
team
leader
would
either
move
back
to
his
place
of
>
work
,
or
his
contract
could
be
renewed
for
another
1
year
period
.
>
>
IN
case
of
the
former
,
then
one
of
the
other
technical
people
probably
>
one
who
interned
with
the
old
team
leader
can
take
over
as
the
next
>
team
leader
.
The
outgoing
team
leader
is
free
and
encouraged
to
apply
>
to
do
a
three
month
stint
as
just
a
team
member
if
he
so
desires
under
>
the
new
team
leader
provided
of
course
that
his
parent
company
is
>
willing
to
release
him
further
.
>
>
It
is
assumed
that
all
these
people
remain
on
payroll
at
their
parent
>
companies
and
will
work
at
the
UIXP
as
part
time
people
.
it
is
>
estimated
that
to
maintain
10
hours
working
time
from
say
8
.
00
a
.
m
.
to
>
6
.
00
p
.
m
.
7
days
a
week
this
would
come
down
to
23
hours
per
person
>
per
week
.
On
any
one
day
of
the
week
,
one
of
the
team
is
on
call
and
>
can
be
called
at
any
time
in
case
of
a
failure
at
the
UIXP
.
>
>
Emoluments
for
the
team
will
be
as
follows
:
>
>
Team
leader
:
Ush
.
480
,
000
/
=
>
Team
member
1
:
Ush
.
190
,
000
/
=
>
Team
member
2
:
Ush
.
190
,
000
/
=
>
>
This
on
top
of
what
their
parent
companies
decide
to
pay
them
per
>
month
.
It
is
up
to
the
parent
companies
to
decide
whether
they
will
>
adjust
their
employee
'
s
salaries
during
this
period
or
not
.
>
>
This
is
done
with
a
vision
of
creating
a
skilled
and
knowledgeable
>
work
force
so
as
to
enhance
the
industry
.
We
believe
the
knowledge
>
gained
would
be
useful
to
the
participants
back
in
their
parent
>
companies
.
>
>
>
>
Badru
Ntege
>
General
Manager
>
Technical
Director
>
Sanyutel
Ltd
>
mob
:
+
256
777
000
88
>
Tel
:
+
256
41
345
466
>
=================================
>
A
network
of
People
and
Technology
>
==================================
>
(
Innovation
and
differentiation
are
the
output
of
a
creative
,
>
empowered
workforce
)
>
>
>
--
>
This
is
the
UiXP
techies
list
.
>
The
list
archives
can
be
found
at
http
:
//
uixp
.
co
.
ug
/
archives
.
>
--
This
is
UiXP
Taskforce
mailing
list
.
Archives
are
available
at
:
www
.
uixp
.
co
.
ug
/
taskforce
Follow
-
Ups
:
RE
:
Proposed
Management
Team
for
the
UIXP
From
:
Randy
Bush
<
randy
@
psg
.
com
>
References
:
RE
:
Proposed
Management
Team
for
the
UIXP
From
:
"
Barbara
du
Plessis
"
<
duplesb
@
mtn
.
co
.
ug
>
Prev
by
Date
:
RE
:
FW
:
Proposed
Management
Team
for
the
UIXP
Next
by
Date
:
RE
:
Proposed
Management
Team
for
the
UIXP
Prev
by
thread
:
RE
:
Proposed
Management
Team
for
the
UIXP
Next
by
thread
:
RE
:
Proposed
Management
Team
for
the
UIXP
Our
policies
will
focus
on
the
core
pillars
of
development
:
The
current
political
pluralism
in
Uganda
has
,
in
effect
,
given
freedom
to
other
political
groups
to
go
and
politically
organize
on
their
own
;
thus
allowing
the
Movement
to
consolidate
and
,
therefore
strengthen
its
management
position
.
Good
Governance
NRM
shall
ensure
that
the
country
is
not
plunged
back
into
chaos
under
the
multiparty
system
and
continue
providing
a
good
environment
to
attract
investors
and
promote
private
sector
growth
.
Economic
management
NRM
shall
continue
to
ensure
macro
economic
stability
,
and
it
shall
target
attaining
high
economic
growth
rates
under
the
strategy
of
private
sector
-
led
,
export
-
oriented
growth
with
emphasis
on
value
addition
to
exports
to
increase
the
earnings
and
create
jobs
for
youth
.
NRM
will
support
and
promote
applied
market
-
oriented
research
geared
towards
adding
value
to
Uganda
’
s
products
.
Education
NRM
shall
ensure
the
effective
implementation
of
compulsory
UPE
,
the
vocationalisation
of
education
at
all
levels
,
and
the
continued
education
of
the
girl
-
child
as
well
as
the
marginalized
groups
.
NRM
shall
introduce
Universal
Secondary
Education
,
and
continue
promoting
university
education
.
NRM
shall
also
ensure
that
Uganda
becomes
the
educational
hub
of
the
region
by
ensuring
high
quality
education
and
encouraging
more
private
investment
in
the
education
sector
.
Health
NRM
shall
continue
to
intensify
the
immunization
programme
to
attain
100
%
coverage
.
The
fight
against
malaria
shall
continue
with
short
-
term
measures
such
as
the
provision
of
mosquito
nets
and
the
spraying
methods
until
malaria
is
eradicated
.
NRM
shall
continue
to
consolidate
the
gains
in
bringing
health
services
nearer
to
the
population
and
also
introduce
health
insurance
.
Agriculture
NRM
Government
shall
ensure
the
production
of
high
quality
and
quantities
of
agricultural
produce
with
a
focus
on
value
addition
with
the
view
of
capturing
the
lucrative
external
markets
.
Infrastructure
NRM
shall
continue
to
build
the
infrastructure
such
as
roads
,
schools
and
hospitals
,
and
shall
attract
more
investment
by
the
private
sector
in
these
areas
.
NRM
shall
expand
the
Energy
and
Mining
,
Communications
and
the
Water
sectors
.
Furthermore
,
NRM
shall
pursue
the
promotion
of
ICTs
to
increase
the
competitiveness
in
the
globalized
economy
.
Development
Finance
NRM
Government
shall
capitalize
the
Uganda
Development
Bank
with
a
view
of
pursuing
long
-
term
borrowing
especially
in
the
processing
of
raw
materials
and
the
Housing
Finance
Company
for
mortgage
financing
to
the
housing
sector
.
NRM
shall
further
encourage
the
private
sector
to
invest
in
mortgage
financing
.
Similarly
,
NRM
Government
shall
avail
micro
finance
with
low
interest
rates
to
organized
groups
,
organizations
and
Savings
and
Credit
cooperatives
.
Tourism
As
the
country
continues
to
promote
the
tourism
industry
by
giving
incentives
such
as
tax
holidays
and
tax
exemptions
on
hotel
inputs
,
NRM
Government
shall
,
in
addition
,
set
up
a
special
fund
for
those
who
wish
to
invest
in
the
tourism
and
hospitality
business
.
Defence
and
Security
NRM
shall
continue
to
professionalize
and
modernize
the
army
and
the
police
for
the
security
and
defence
of
the
country
in
line
with
the
tenets
of
the
East
African
Federation
.
Working
closely
with
both
and
the
Sudan
government
and
the
SPLM
/
A
,
NRM
Government
will
continue
to
pursue
the
remnants
of
LRA
until
there
is
total
peace
in
northern
Uganda
as
the
government
resettles
people
in
IDP
camps
back
into
their
homes
.
Environment
NRM
shall
continue
to
implement
a
strategy
of
aforestation
and
reforestation
by
involving
all
the
local
administration
,
and
formulate
a
policy
that
will
ensure
that
school
children
become
active
participants
in
tree
planting
and
other
environmental
issues
.
NRM
shall
promote
the
use
of
brickets
as
an
alternative
use
to
charcoal
and
wood
fuel
,
with
a
purpose
of
slowing
down
the
destruction
of
our
forests
.
Integration
The
NRM
Government
shall
continue
all
efforts
at
Regional
cooperation
and
integration
in
pursuance
of
bigger
market
,
collective
voice
and
therefore
greater
bargaining
power
;
effective
use
of
shared
resources
and
infrastructure
,
as
well
as
collective
defense
strategy
.
NRM
shall
continue
to
be
at
the
forefront
in
the
promotion
of
regional
groups
like
EAC
,
COMESA
,
IGAD
,
etc
,
while
maintaining
Uganda
’
s
commitment
to
the
observance
of
human
rights
and
freedom
of
all
the
African
people
.
In
particular
,
we
shall
work
for
the
East
African
Federation
around
the
Amosi
Wako
Report
.
Monitoring
and
Evaluation
NRM
shall
strengthen
monitoring
and
evaluation
of
all
projects
and
programmes
and
all
other
manifesto
aspects
to
ensure
their
effective
implementation
.
See
NRM
Manifesto
2006
Our
Vision
-
Way
forward
Environment
We
shall
continue
to
implement
a
strategy
of
afforestation
and
reforestation
by
involving
all
the
local
administration
,
and
formulate
a
policy
that
will
ensure
that
school
children
become
active
participants
in
tree
planting
and
other
environmental
issues
.
We
shall
promote
the
use
of
brickets
as
an
alternative
use
to
charcoal
and
wood
fuel
,
with
a
purpose
of
slowing
down
the
destruction
of
our
forests
.
Development
Finance
We
shall
capitalize
the
Uganda
Development
Bank
with
a
view
of
pursuing
long
-
term
borrowing
especially
in
the
processing
of
raw
materials
and
the
Housing
Finance
Company
for
mortgage
financing
to
the
housing
sector
.
We
shall
further
encourage
the
private
sector
to
invest
in
mortgage
financing
.
Similarly
,
we
shall
avail
micro
finance
with
low
interest
rates
to
organized
groups
,
organizations
and
Savings
and
Credit
cooperatives
.
Integration
The
NRM
Government
shall
continue
all
efforts
at
Regional
cooperation
and
integration
in
pursuance
of
bigger
market
,
collective
voice
and
therefore
greater
bargaining
power
;
effective
use
of
shared
resources
and
infrastructure
,
as
well
as
collective
defense
strategy
.
We
shall
continue
to
be
at
the
forefront
in
the
promotion
of
regional
groups
like
EAC
,
COMESA
,
NEPAD
,
etc
,
while
maintaining
Uganda
’
s
commitment
to
the
observance
of
human
rights
and
freedom
of
all
the
African
people
.
Economic
management
We
shall
continue
to
ensure
macro
economic
stability
,
and
we
shall
target
attaining
high
economic
growth
rates
under
the
strategy
of
private
sector
-
led
,
export
-
oriented
growth
with
emphasis
on
value
addition
to
our
exports
to
increase
our
earnings
and
create
jobs
for
our
youth
.
We
will
support
and
promote
applied
market
-
oriented
research
geared
towards
adding
value
to
our
products
.
Nothing
makes
opposition
worthy
of
people
’
s
votes
2005
-
02
-
03
TWENTY
days
to
the
polls
for
the
general
elections
on
February
23
and
all
opposition
political
cards
and
false
hopes
are
falling
in
heaps
.
In
the
time
left
,
and
with
the
NRM
noose
around
their
collective
necks
,
there
is
so
much
pressure
the
opposition
will
find
it
difficult
to
regain
any
credible
initiative
.
Their
first
collective
wish
had
been
that
the
Government
,
security
agencies
or
some
NRM
officials
and
activists
behave
in
draconian
ways
so
the
opposition
could
cry
foul
and
pull
out
of
elections
citing
repression
,
harassments
,
intimidation
and
“
un
-
level
playing
field
”
.
As
the
campaigns
enter
the
final
critical
bend
,
government
officials
,
agencies
and
NRM
activists
ought
to
remain
cordial
but
vigilant
to
deny
the
opposition
any
excuse
to
cry
foul
,
and
when
defeated
,
they
will
go
back
home
to
wash
dishes
without
public
notice
.
Already
out
of
959
sub
-
county
chairpersons
(
LC3
)
,
the
NRM
has
132
elected
un
-
opposed
,
while
the
combined
opposition
has
below
500
.
For
MP
candidates
the
often
noisy
FDC
and
DP
have
170
and
66
respectively
,
and
UPC
,
still
living
in
a
nostalgic
past
,
has
less
than
50
countrywide
.
Information
from
Lubaga
North
constituency
indicates
that
voters
are
shunning
the
ever
quarrelsome
Olive
Beti
Kamya
Turwomwe
as
they
did
five
years
ago
when
she
came
fifth
in
a
pack
of
six
candidates
.
But
knowing
opposition
behaviour
,
they
are
certainly
bound
to
contrive
new
deceits
and
fake
election
malpractices
,
as
Augustine
Ruzindana
is
already
doing
in
Ruhama
by
claiming
that
UPDF
soldiers
are
beating
up
people
,
but
without
mentioning
any
case
before
the
Police
.
Then
having
realised
that
individually
they
could
not
give
any
serious
and
meaningful
challenge
to
the
NRM
,
they
hyped
for
an
election
coalition
,
which
too
has
fallen
flat
and
now
they
are
fighting
separately
,
and
desperately
.
So
far
,
their
foreign
backers
,
particularly
western
diplomatic
missions
here
who
have
been
barking
on
their
behalf
,
are
also
getting
convinced
that
neither
are
opposition
groups
strong
nor
offering
viable
development
policies
to
be
electable
on
February
23
,
2006
!
Opposition
groups
and
intellectual
critics
have
invested
a
lot
of
energy
,
especially
through
the
media
,
injecting
hatred
,
disgust
,
bias
,
political
,
ideological
and
even
legal
half
-
truths
to
discredit
the
NRM
,
President
Yoweri
Museveni
and
the
coming
elections
,
but
are
not
succeeding
.
And
having
failed
in
all
the
sinister
schemes
,
they
are
now
running
desperately
,
scared
of
the
false
shadows
they
have
constructed
for
some
years
now
.
Everybody
will
remember
how
Besigye
bragged
in
2001
that
he
had
90
%
support
within
the
UPDF
,
but
today
he
claims
a
military
parade
is
meant
to
scare
him
.
But
again
,
Besigye
could
have
been
right
to
have
false
hopes
since
Col
.
Samson
Mande
and
Lt
.
Col
.
Anthony
Kyakabale
openly
supported
him
while
Maj
.
Gen
.
Mugisha
Muntu
,
Maj
.
Amanya
Mushega
and
honorary
brigadier
Eriya
Kategaya
silently
encouraged
his
belligerence
and
defiance
then
.
Dr
Joe
Oloka
Onyango
of
Makerere
University
Law
School
,
one
of
the
opposition
intellectual
pillars
,
has
now
descended
too
low
as
to
promise
to
eat
his
shoes
if
Museveni
loses
the
coming
elections
.
Oloka
argued
that
Museveni
has
to
win
because
the
process
is
already
rigged
,
otherwise
he
cannot
win
a
free
and
fair
contest
.
All
we
can
say
is
as
American
author
Henry
David
Thoreau
warned
in
1849
,
“
The
lawyer
’
s
truth
is
not
truth
,
but
consistency
or
a
consistent
expediency
.
”
Besigye
,
the
FDC
presidential
candidate
and
Oloka
’
s
political
idol
,
has
stated
over
and
over
that
he
has
already
won
the
election
,
but
asked
his
supporters
not
to
“
leave
”
the
polling
stations
until
the
last
vote
has
been
counted
,
fearing
that
his
votes
could
be
“
stolen
”
.
This
week
Besigye
turned
up
to
state
that
this
time
round
,
“
vote
theft
”
by
Government
will
be
difficult
because
the
people
who
“
stole
”
his
votes
in
2001
have
now
crossed
to
FDC
and
will
pass
over
the
tricks
they
used
then
.
Besigye
’
s
confession
is
as
good
as
it
is
useless
,
because
there
was
never
any
official
sanctioned
election
cheating
by
Museveni
and
the
frauds
who
have
crossed
to
FDC
will
certainly
not
put
their
fraud
skills
to
any
effective
use
because
we
are
all
watching
.
Their
pre
-
occupation
to
obstruct
Museveni
has
not
been
helpful
to
them
because
they
failed
to
convince
the
electorate
in
good
time
.
The
ones
who
ridiculed
people
-
power
during
the
referendum
are
now
hoping
to
convince
them
that
they
are
for
them
.
However
,
in
Men
of
Good
Hope
(
1951
)
,
author
Daniel
Aaron
quoted
rights
activist
Theodore
Parker
warning
,
“
If
powerful
men
will
not
write
justice
with
black
ink
,
on
white
paper
,
ignorant
and
violent
men
will
write
it
on
the
soil
,
in
letters
of
blood
and
illuminate
their
rude
legislation
with
burning
castles
,
palaces
and
towns
.
”
That
time
for
the
so
much
ridiculed
peasantry
who
could
not
express
themselves
on
constitutional
matters
has
come
for
them
to
elect
a
president
,
MPs
,
and
LCs
and
those
who
thought
they
could
sidestep
them
are
criss
-
crossing
the
country
hunting
for
votes
.
NRM
is
in
this
election
well
knowing
the
remaining
challenges
of
social
transformation
,
like
banishing
peasantry
production
modes
and
creation
of
market
awareness
in
order
to
enter
and
benefit
from
the
global
economy
.
NRM
’
s
record
of
achievements
makes
it
the
more
viable
option
on
Election
Day
.
By
Ofwono
Opondo
Source
:
New
Vision
;
03
.
02
.
06
Our
Vision
-
Way
forward
Environment
We
shall
continue
to
implement
a
strategy
of
afforestation
and
reforestation
by
involving
all
the
local
administration
,
and
formulate
a
policy
that
will
ensure
that
school
children
become
active
participants
in
tree
planting
and
other
environmental
issues
.
We
shall
promote
the
use
of
brickets
as
an
alternative
use
to
charcoal
and
wood
fuel
,
with
a
purpose
of
slowing
down
the
destruction
of
our
forests
.
Development
Finance
We
shall
capitalize
the
Uganda
Development
Bank
with
a
view
of
pursuing
long
-
term
borrowing
especially
in
the
processing
of
raw
materials
and
the
Housing
Finance
Company
for
mortgage
financing
to
the
housing
sector
.
We
shall
further
encourage
the
private
sector
to
invest
in
mortgage
financing
.
Similarly
,
we
shall
avail
micro
finance
with
low
interest
rates
to
organized
groups
,
organizations
and
Savings
and
Credit
cooperatives
.
Integration
The
NRM
Government
shall
continue
all
efforts
at
Regional
cooperation
and
integration
in
pursuance
of
bigger
market
,
collective
voice
and
therefore
greater
bargaining
power
;
effective
use
of
shared
resources
and
infrastructure
,
as
well
as
collective
defense
strategy
.
We
shall
continue
to
be
at
the
forefront
in
the
promotion
of
regional
groups
like
EAC
,
COMESA
,
NEPAD
,
etc
,
while
maintaining
Uganda
’
s
commitment
to
the
observance
of
human
rights
and
freedom
of
all
the
African
people
.
Economic
management
We
shall
continue
to
ensure
macro
economic
stability
,
and
we
shall
target
attaining
high
economic
growth
rates
under
the
strategy
of
private
sector
-
led
,
export
-
oriented
growth
with
emphasis
on
value
addition
to
our
exports
to
increase
our
earnings
and
create
jobs
for
our
youth
.
We
will
support
and
promote
applied
market
-
oriented
research
geared
towards
adding
value
to
our
products
.
Museveni
sworn
in
2006
-
05
-
13
Chairman
Yoweri
Museveni
was
sworn
in
yesterday
as
Ugandan
President
,
with
a
promise
to
end
the
endemic
corruption
and
electricity
outages
which
he
partly
blamed
for
the
country
’
s
failure
to
meet
this
year
’
s
projected
growth
rate
.
Chairman
was
speaking
after
he
was
sworn
into
office
for
the
next
five
years
,
at
the
inauguration
ceremony
held
at
Kololo
Independence
grounds
.
He
appealed
to
the
UN
,
Democratic
Republic
of
Congo
and
Sudan
to
help
in
the
capture
of
Joseph
Kony
,
the
elusive
leader
of
the
Lords
Resistance
Army
rebels
.
The
occasion
was
witnessed
by
Presidents
Paul
Kagame
of
Rwanda
,
Robert
Mugabe
of
Zimbabwe
,
Abdullahi
Yusuf
of
Somalia
,
Ismail
Omar
Guelleh
of
Djibouti
,
Muhamed
Abdelaziz
of
the
Saharawi
Republic
,
Mwai
Kibaki
of
Kenya
,
Jakaya
Kikwete
of
Tanzania
,
Thabo
Mbeki
of
South
Africa
,
Prime
ministers
Meles
Zenawi
of
Ethiopia
,
Nvuba
Isindore
of
Congo
Brazzaville
and
the
Sudan
'
s
vice
president
,
Salva
Kiir
.
Ceremonies
were
delayed
by
a
heavy
morning
down
pour
.
Chairman
held
up
the
constitution
after
being
sworn
in
.
The
First
Lady
,
Janet
,
stood
at
Museveni
’
s
side
as
he
received
the
instruments
of
power
which
included
,
the
national
flag
,
the
Presidential
standard
flag
,
national
anthem
,
the
coat
of
arms
,
the
public
seal
and
the
Constitution
from
Chief
Justice
Benjamin
Odoki
at
1
.
02p
.
m
amidst
cheers
from
thousands
of
his
supporters
.
A
21
-
gun
salute
followed
prayers
led
by
religious
leaders
.
Mufti
,
Sheikh
Shaban
Mubajje
in
his
prayer
prayed
that
Uganda
and
the
new
leadership
of
Museveni
should
“
turn
our
backs
to
evils
of
corruption
,
embezzlement
of
public
funds
and
bribery
”
.
Chairman
pledged
to
Ugandans
that
his
next
government
will
never
commit
the
same
mistakes
that
have
resulted
into
slowing
down
development
in
the
country
.
“
The
economic
performance
and
the
resultant
social
changes
could
have
been
much
better
if
it
was
not
for
four
factors
:
externally
orchestrated
terrorism
in
northern
Uganda
,
under
spending
on
defence
,
corruption
and
slowness
on
decision
making
in
the
public
service
and
policy
-
mistakes
caused
by
a
combination
of
political
paralysis
within
the
NRM
as
well
s
external
misguided
meddling
,
”
the
President
said
.
He
said
,
a
combination
of
policy
mistakes
and
drought
have
,
in
the
last
one
year
,
caused
the
decline
in
the
nation
’
s
projected
rate
of
growth
from
6
.
5
%
to
4
.
9
%
.
“
As
soon
as
the
new
government
is
formed
,
we
shall
sit
down
and
prioritise
expenditure
in
such
a
manner
that
solving
the
energy
crisis
is
priority
,
”
the
President
who
dissolved
cabinet
this
week
added
.
He
said
that
,
now
that
the
country
has
opened
up
to
multiparty
democracy
,
the
opposition
must
play
a
constructive
role
rather
than
tearing
into
pieces
the
country
.
“
Political
actors
need
to
be
the
political
,
economic
,
social
and
moral
“
doctors
”
of
a
society
.
In
order
to
be
a
useful
doctor
and
treat
sickness
,
you
must
,
first
and
foremost
diagnose
the
sickness
,
and
then
,
prescribe
the
correct
medicine
”
he
added
.
He
said
,
“
Political
parties
,
to
be
useful
in
Africa
need
to
expend
more
effort
on
analysis
“
rather
than
propaganda
and
obscurantism
”
.
Kampala
mayor
elect
,
Nasser
Ssebaggala
,
was
the
only
known
Museveni
’
s
opponent
that
attended
the
ceremony
.
Other
leaders
apart
from
the
NRM
big
shots
came
from
the
recently
registered
political
groups
.
The
Kabaka
of
Buganda
,
Ronald
was
the
other
king
that
did
not
attend
in
person
but
sent
the
Prime
minister
,
Mr
.
Dan
Mulika
.
Museveni
thanked
Ugandans
for
again
putting
their
trust
in
him
and
the
NRM
.
He
said
instead
of
trials
and
tribulations
,
the
NRM
has
time
and
again
led
the
country
to
victory
,
reconstruction
and
enviable
economic
growth
.
The
Chairman
said
under
the
NRM
leadership
,
inflation
rate
has
been
brought
down
from
240
%
per
annum
in
financial
year
1985
/
1986
to
an
average
of
6
.
7
%
to
date
.
Rwanda
’
s
Kagame
attracted
the
loudest
applause
after
Mugabe
when
the
two
Presidents
’
were
introduced
by
the
President
.
Museveni
described
Mugabe
as
an
elderly
statesman
,
and
Kagame
as
a
brother
“
from
near
here
”
.
Much
as
Museveni
and
Kagame
have
not
been
on
good
talking
terms
in
recent
months
,
the
two
leaders
shook
hands
at
least
twice
at
Kololo
.
Source
:
Daily
Monitor
Chairman
joins
MPs
at
end
of
retreat
11
.
05
.
06
Chairman
Museveni
has
emphasized
the
importance
of
study
retreats
describing
them
as
fora
for
the
exchange
of
ideas
and
also
expose
participants
to
new
knowledge
and
conviction
.
The
Chairman
was
last
evening
speaking
at
the
conclusion
of
the
3
day
retreat
for
the
newly
elected
NRM
MPs
for
the
8th
parliament
at
Speke
Resort
Munyonyo
.
Chairman
who
is
to
be
sworn
-
in
and
inaugurated
tomorrow
,
Friday
12th
May
2006
,
at
a
grand
ceremony
in
Kololo
encouraged
MPs
to
continue
the
practice
of
study
.
He
noted
that
the
major
problem
in
Africa
was
lack
of
enthusiasm
by
the
people
to
acquire
knowledge
.
“
Much
of
the
problem
in
Africa
is
that
people
don
’
t
study
,
they
just
hope
that
they
will
be
infected
by
knowledge
.
That
is
why
things
are
not
moving
in
the
continent
,
”
Mr
.
Museveni
observed
.
The
Chairman
told
legislators
that
similar
bi
-
weekly
study
programmes
would
be
organised
for
MPs
in
order
to
enhance
their
knowledge
.
“
The
study
groups
will
be
facilitated
by
guest
speakers
on
various
subjects
to
enable
you
become
an
effective
and
durable
political
force
,
”
he
said
.
Among
those
present
included
among
others
the
Vice
President
,
Prof
.
Gilbert
Bukenya
and
the
Vice
Chairman
of
NRM
Al
Hajji
Moses
Kigongo
.
Our
Vision
-
Way
forward
Environment
We
shall
continue
to
implement
a
strategy
of
afforestation
and
reforestation
by
involving
all
the
local
administration
,
and
formulate
a
policy
that
will
ensure
that
school
children
become
active
participants
in
tree
planting
and
other
environmental
issues
.
We
shall
promote
the
use
of
brickets
as
an
alternative
use
to
charcoal
and
wood
fuel
,
with
a
purpose
of
slowing
down
the
destruction
of
our
forests
.
Development
Finance
We
shall
capitalize
the
Uganda
Development
Bank
with
a
view
of
pursuing
long
-
term
borrowing
especially
in
the
processing
of
raw
materials
and
the
Housing
Finance
Company
for
mortgage
financing
to
the
housing
sector
.
We
shall
further
encourage
the
private
sector
to
invest
in
mortgage
financing
.
Similarly
,
we
shall
avail
micro
finance
with
low
interest
rates
to
organized
groups
,
organizations
and
Savings
and
Credit
cooperatives
.
Integration
The
NRM
Government
shall
continue
all
efforts
at
Regional
cooperation
and
integration
in
pursuance
of
bigger
market
,
collective
voice
and
therefore
greater
bargaining
power
;
effective
use
of
shared
resources
and
infrastructure
,
as
well
as
collective
defense
strategy
.
We
shall
continue
to
be
at
the
forefront
in
the
promotion
of
regional
groups
like
EAC
,
COMESA
,
NEPAD
,
etc
,
while
maintaining
Uganda
’
s
commitment
to
the
observance
of
human
rights
and
freedom
of
all
the
African
people
.
Economic
management
We
shall
continue
to
ensure
macro
economic
stability
,
and
we
shall
target
attaining
high
economic
growth
rates
under
the
strategy
of
private
sector
-
led
,
export
-
oriented
growth
with
emphasis
on
value
addition
to
our
exports
to
increase
our
earnings
and
create
jobs
for
our
youth
.
We
will
support
and
promote
applied
market
-
oriented
research
geared
towards
adding
value
to
our
products
.
Vandals
attack
Monitor
‘
Black
Mamba
’
billboard
Monday
08
May
,
2006
IN
yet
another
act
of
high
-
handedness
against
Monitor
Publications
Ltd
,
its
‘
black
mamba
’
billboard
has
been
vandalised
after
a
standoff
with
police
.
The
billboard
,
which
was
located
near
Kabira
Country
Club
in
Bukoto
,
was
defaced
on
Saturday
night
.
The
so
-
called
“
Black
Mamba
Urban
Unit
Squad
”
,
a
paramilitary
unit
besieged
the
High
Court
on
November
14
last
year
.
They
blocked
the
entrance
to
the
court
chambers
in
a
bid
to
rearrest
22
men
on
trial
for
treason
together
with
leading
opposition
figure
,
Kizza
Besigye
of
the
Forum
for
Democratic
Change
.
The
accused
,
who
court
had
granted
bail
,
opted
to
return
to
prison
.
Justice
James
Ogoola
,
who
was
handling
the
case
,
subsequently
described
the
raid
as
a
“
naked
rape
”
of
the
court
and
ordered
all
military
forces
off
the
court
premises
.
But
the
Black
Mamba
,
who
had
donned
black
T
-
shirts
and
scrappy
bandanas
during
the
raid
,
returned
to
court
masquarading
in
police
uniform
.
Daily
Monitor
exposed
them
in
a
major
scoop
.
“
We
have
been
under
pressure
from
the
Police
Force
to
remove
our
black
mamba
billboards
,
”
Daily
Monitor
’
s
Managing
Director
,
Conrad
Nkutu
,
said
yesterday
.
He
said
the
police
was
concerned
about
billboard
on
Jinja
Road
near
the
Wampewo
Avenue
Roundabout
.
Nkutu
said
the
Principal
Assistant
Town
Clerk
,
Mr
Stephen
Higobero
,
contacted
him
saying
he
had
a
directive
from
above
to
remove
the
billboard
with
immediate
effect
.
Nkutu
said
he
contacted
the
Inspector
General
of
Police
,
Maj
.
Gen
.
Kale
Kayihura
who
said
the
advert
was
“
maligning
the
name
of
the
police
”
.
Subsequently
,
the
Regional
Police
Commander
,
Mr
Grace
Turyagumanawe
,
and
Higobero
met
Daily
Monitor
’
s
Brand
Manager
,
Ms
Jennifer
Ichumar
,
and
the
Legal
and
Administration
Manager
,
Ms
Anne
Abeja
.
“
I
told
them
that
no
law
had
been
broken
and
said
while
it
may
be
embarrassing
,
it
is
the
Police
,
which
allowed
the
black
mamba
to
wear
their
uniform
,
”
Nkutu
said
.
Nkutu
said
the
invasion
of
the
High
Court
became
a
matter
of
public
interest
because
of
the
controversy
.
“
From
the
response
we
got
,
the
public
appreciated
the
photo
journalism
on
the
issue
of
the
siege
of
the
High
Court
by
the
Black
Mamba
,
”
he
said
.
He
said
the
billboard
,
which
was
supposed
to
be
in
place
for
six
months
before
it
could
be
replaced
,
had
only
lasted
a
month
.
He
said
though
he
cannot
point
a
finger
at
the
culprits
for
now
,
“
the
Daily
Monitor
as
an
independent
media
organisation
will
not
take
directives
that
lack
a
basis
from
the
police
”
.
“
We
support
the
police
role
of
maintaining
law
and
order
but
the
police
should
also
abide
by
the
law
,
”
he
said
.
Source
:
Daily
Monitor
.
MPs
debate
animal
movement
cruelty
Sunday
7th
May
,
2006
Parliament
on
Thursday
started
debate
on
the
Animal
Diseases
amendment
Bill
2005
,
which
seeks
to
increase
penalty
on
cruel
transportation
of
animals
.
The
State
minister
for
animal
husbandry
,
Mary
Mugyenyi
,
said
the
Bill
seeks
to
amend
the
Animal
Diseases
Act
,
cap
.
38
so
as
to
increase
the
penalty
prescribed
for
commission
of
an
offence
under
the
act
.
The
Bill
also
seeks
to
control
cross
-
border
spread
of
diseases
.
The
committee
,
chaired
by
John
Odit
,
observed
that
the
Act
prevents
the
cruel
transportation
of
animals
and
provides
a
penalty
of
sh
1
,
000
,
which
is
too
unrealistic
under
the
existing
economic
state
.
The
Bill
seeks
to
provide
for
a
penalty
not
exceeding
100
-
currency
points
(
sh20m
)
or
imprisonment
of
not
more
than
two
years
or
both
,
for
any
offender
.
Source
:
New
Vision
:
Police
arrest
forex
bureau
suspects
THE
Police
have
arrested
four
suspects
over
the
daring
daylight
robbery
of
more
than
sh90m
from
Crane
Forex
Bureau
at
Plot
20
,
Kampala
Road
on
Saturday
afternoon
.
The
proprietor
,
Sudhir
Ruparelia
,
said
,
“
More
than
sh90m
was
robbed
in
an
ambush
when
the
guards
were
disarmed
and
my
staff
put
at
gun
point
.
”
Police
spokesperson
Patrick
Onyango
said
,
“
We
are
holding
two
guards
from
the
forex
bureau
.
They
are
identified
as
Paul
Egou
and
Ronald
Onyango
.
We
shall
not
tell
you
the
name
of
the
company
they
work
for
.
”
The
Police
said
they
had
also
arrested
two
bodaboda
cyclists
,
Deo
Mukiya
who
rides
UDC
530E
and
Godfrey
Mugisha
of
UDA
210H
.
“
We
have
found
out
that
after
the
robbery
,
the
robbers
walked
to
Speke
Hotel
,
where
they
picked
bodaboda
bikes
from
,
”
Onyango
said
.
Crane
Bank
managing
director
A
.
R
.
Kalan
said
,
“
It
happened
at
2
:
00pm
.
Four
men
armed
with
three
SMGs
sneaked
into
the
forex
bureau
posing
as
customers
.
They
were
dressed
in
jeans
and
t
-
shirts
.
They
disarmed
the
guards
,
jumped
over
the
counter
and
ordered
,
in
clear
English
,
for
the
safe
to
be
opened
.
”
He
added
,
“
During
the
robbery
,
there
were
two
guards
.
The
one
who
was
missing
said
he
had
gone
to
a
forex
bureau
next
door
.
The
robbers
moved
very
fast
.
They
did
not
close
the
forex
bureau
doors
during
their
operation
.
They
were
bold
,
”
he
said
.
“
They
removed
all
the
cash
from
the
safe
and
packed
it
into
the
bags
they
had
come
with
.
They
locked
up
five
staff
in
the
toilet
after
the
robbery
and
left
quietly
.
None
of
our
neighbours
knew
what
was
going
on
,
”
Kalan
recalled
.
He
said
the
last
robbery
at
Crane
Forex
Bureau
took
place
four
years
ago
and
that
sh70m
was
stolen
.
“
There
was
an
attempted
robbery
about
two
years
ago
but
it
flopped
because
when
the
robber
tried
to
jump
to
the
counter
,
he
slipped
,
fell
,
was
disarmed
and
arrested
,
”
Kalan
recalled
.
A
visit
by
The
New
Vision
to
the
scene
of
crime
yesterday
revealed
beefed
up
security
by
Saracen
.
Guards
at
Amber
House
,
the
Post
Office
and
adjacent
buildings
denied
knowledge
of
the
robbery
.
Source
:
New
Vision
,
10th
April
,
2006
(
See
Native
Agreement
and
Buganda
Native
Laws
,
Laws
of
the
Uganda
Protectorate
,
Revised
Edition
1935
Vol
.
VI
,
pp
.
1373
--
1384
;
Laws
of
Uganda
1951
Revised
Edition
,
Vol
.
VI
,
pp
.
12
-
26
)
We
,
the
undersigned
,
to
wit
,
Sir
Henry
Hamilton
Johnston
,
K
.
C
.
B
.
,
Her
Majesty
'
s
Special
Commissioner
,
Commander
-
in
-
Chief
and
Consul
-
General
for
the
Uganda
Protectorate
and
the
adjoining
Territories
,
on
behalf
of
Her
Majesty
the
Queen
of
Great
Britain
and
Ireland
,
Empress
of
lndia
,
on
the
one
part
;
and
the
under
mentioned
Regents
and
Chiefs
of
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
on
behalf
of
the
Kabaka
(
King
)
of
Uganda
,
and
the
chiefs
and
people
of
Uganda
,
on
the
other
part
:
do
hereby
agree
to
the
following
Articles
relative
to
the
government
and
administration
of
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
.
1
.
The
boundaries
of
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
shall
be
the
following
:
starting
from
the
left
bank
of
the
Victoria
Nile
at
the
Ripon
Falls
,
the
boundary
shall
follow
the
left
bank
of
the
Victoria
Nile
into
Lake
Kioga
,
and
then
shall
be
continued
along
the
centre
of
Lake
Kioga
,
and
again
along
the
Victoria
Nile
as
far
as
the
confluence
of
the
River
Kafu
,
opposite
the
town
of
Mruli
.
From
this
point
the
boundary
shall
he
carried
along
the
right
or
eastern
bank
of
the
River
Kafu
,
up
stream
,
as
far
as
the
junction
of
the
Kafu
and
Embaia
.
From
this
point
the
boundary
shall
be
carried
in
a
straight
line
to
the
River
Nkusi
,
and
shall
follow
the
left
bank
of
the
River
Nkusi
down
stream
to
its
entrance
into
the
Albert
Nyanza
.
The
boundary
shall
then
be
carried
along
the
coast
of
the
Albert
Nyanza
in
a
south
-
western
direction
as
far
as
the
mouth
of
the
River
Kuzizi
,
and
then
shall
be
carried
up
stream
along
the
right
bank
of
the
River
Kuzizi
and
near
its
source
.
From
a
point
near
the
source
of
the
Kuzizi
and
near
the
village
of
Kirola
(
such
point
to
be
finally
determined
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
Commissioner
at
the
time
of
the
definite
survey
of
Uganda
)
the
boundary
shall
be
carried
in
a
south
-
western
direction
until
it
reaches
the
River
Nabutari
,
the
left
bank
of
which
it
will
follow
down
stream
to
its
confluence
with
the
River
Katonga
;
The
boundary
shall
be
carried
in
a
southwestern
direction
until
it
reaches
the
River
Nabutari
,
the
left
bank
of
which
it
will
follow
down
stream
to
its
confluence
with
the
River
Katonga
;
The
boundary
shall
then
be
carried
up
stream
along
the
left
confluence
of
the
Chungaga
,
after
which
,
crossing
the
Katonga
,
the
boundary
shall
be
carried
along
the
right
bank
of
the
said
Chungaga
river
,
up
stream
to
its
source
;
and
from
its
source
the
boundary
shall
be
drawn
in
a
south
-
eastern
direction
to
the
point
where
the
Byoloba
River
enters
Lake
Kachira
;
and
shall
then
be
continued
along
the
centre
of
Lake
Kachira
to
its
south
-
eastern
extremity
,
where
the
River
Bukova
leaves
the
lake
,
from
which
point
the
boundary
shall
be
carried
in
a
south
-
eastern
direction
to
the
Anglo
-
German
frontier
.
The
boundary
shall
then
follow
the
Anglo
-
German
frontier
to
the
coast
of
the
Victoria
Nyanza
and
then
shall
be
drawn
across
the
waters
of
the
Victoria
Nyanza
in
such
a
manner
as
to
include
within
the
limits
of
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
the
Sese
Archipelago
(
including
Kosi
and
Mazinga
)
,
Ugaya
,
Lufu
,
Igwe
,
Buvuma
,
and
Lingira
Islands
.
The
boundary
,
after
including
Lingira
Islands
,
shall
be
carried
through
Napoleon
Gulf
until
it
reaches
the
starting
point
of
its
definition
at
Bugungu
at
the
Ripon
Falls
on
the
Victoria
Nile
.
To
avoid
any
misconception
it
is
intended
by
this
definition
to
include
within
the
boundaries
of
Uganda
all
the
islands
lying
off
the
north
-
west
coast
of
the
Victoria
Nyanza
in
addition
to
those
specially
mentioned
.
2
.
The
Kabaka
and
Chiefs
of
Uganda
hereby
agree
henceforth
to
renounce
in
favour
of
Her
Majesty
the
Queen
any
claims
to
tribute
they
may
have
had
on
the
adjoining
provinces
of
the
Uganda
Protectorate
.
3
.
The
Kingdom
of
Uganda
in
the
administration
of
the
Uganda
Protectorate
shall
rank
as
a
province
of
equal
rank
with
any
other
provinces
into
which
the
protectorate
may
be
divided
.
4
.
The
revenue
of
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
,
collected
by
the
Uganda
Administration
,
will
be
merged
in
the
general
revenue
of
the
Uganda
Protectorate
,
as
with
that
of
the
other
provinces
of
this
Protectorate
.
5
.
The
laws
made
for
the
general
governance
of
the
Uganda
Protectorate
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
will
be
equally
applicable
to
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
,
except
in
so
far
as
they
may
in
any
particular
conflict
with
the
terms
of
this
agreement
,
in
which
case
the
terms
of
this
Agreement
will
constitute
a
special
exception
in
regard
to
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
.
6
.
So
long
as
the
Kabaka
,
chiefs
,
and
people
of
Uganda
shall
conform
to
the
laws
and
regulations
instituted
for
their
governance
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
,
and
shall
co
-
operate
loyally
with
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
in
the
organisation
and
administration
of
the
said
Kingdom
of
Uganda
,
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
agrees
to
recognise
the
Kabaka
of
Uganda
as
the
native
ruler
of
the
province
of
Uganda
under
Her
Majesty
'
s
protection
and
over
-
rule
.
The
King
of
Uganda
shall
henceforth
be
styled
His
Highness
the
Kabaka
of
Uganda
.
On
the
death
of
a
Kabaka
,
his
successor
shall
be
elected
by
a
majority
of
votes
in
the
Lukiko
,
or
native
council
.
The
range
of
selection
,
however
,
must
be
limited
to
the
Royal
Family
of
Uganda
,
that
is
to
say
,
to
the
descendants
of
King
Mutesa
.
The
name
of
the
person
chosen
by
the
native
council
must
be
submitted
to
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
for
approval
,
and
no
person
shall
be
recognised
as
Kabaka
of
Uganda
whose
election
has
not
received
the
approval
of
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
.
The
Kabaka
of
Uganda
shall
exercise
direct
rule
over
the
natives
of
Uganda
,
to
who
he
shall
administer
justice
through
the
Lukiko
,
or
native
council
,
and
through
others
of
his
officers
in
the
manner
approved
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
.
The
jurisdiction
of
the
native
Court
of
the
Kabaka
of
Uganda
,
however
,
shall
not
extend
to
any
person
not
a
native
of
the
Uganda
province
.
The
Kabaka
'
s
Courts
shall
be
entitled
to
try
natives
for
capital
crimes
,
but
no
death
sentence
may
be
carried
out
by
the
Kabaka
,
or
his
Courts
,
without
the
sanction
of
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
in
Uganda
.
Moreover
there
will
be
a
right
of
appeal
from
the
native
Courts
to
the
principal
Court
of
Justice
established
by
Her
Majesty
in
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
as
regards
all
sentences
which
inflict
a
term
of
more
than
five
years
'
imprisonment
or
a
fine
of
over
£
100
.
In
the
case
of
any
other
sentences
imposed
by
the
Kabaka
'
s
Courts
,
which
may
seem
to
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
disproportioned
or
inconsistent
with
humane
principles
,
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
in
Uganda
shall
have
the
right
of
remonstrance
with
the
Kabaka
,
who
shall
,
at
the
request
of
the
said
representative
,
subject
such
sentence
to
reconsideration
.
The
Kabaka
of
Uganda
shall
be
guaranteed
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
from
out
of
the
local
revenue
of
the
Uganda
Protectorate
a
minimum
yearly
allowance
of
£
1
,
500
a
year
.
During
the
present
Kabaka
'
s
minority
,
however
,
in
lieu
of
the
above
-
mentioned
subvention
,
there
will
be
paid
to
the
master
of
his
household
,
to
meet
his
household
expenditure
,
£
650
a
year
,
and
during
his
minority
the
three
persons
appointed
to
act
as
Regents
will
receive
an
annual
salary
of
£
400
a
year
.
Kabakas
of
Uganda
will
be
understood
to
have
attained
their
majority
when
they
have
reached
the
age
of
I8
years
.
The
Kabaka
of
Uganda
shall
be
entitled
to
a
salute
of
nine
guns
on
ceremonial
occasions
when
such
salutes
are
customary
.
7
.
The
Namasole
,
or
mother
of
the
present
Kabaka
(
Chua
)
,
shall
be
paid
during
her
lifetime
an
allowance
at
that
rate
of
£
50
a
year
.
This
allowance
shall
not
necessarily
be
continued
to
the
mothers
of
other
Kabakas
.
8
.
All
cases
,
civil
or
criminal
,
of
a
mixed
nature
,
where
natives
of
the
Uganda
province
and
non
-
natives
of
that
province
are
concerned
,
shall
be
subject
to
British
Courts
of
Justice
only
.
9
.
For
purposes
of
native
administration
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
shall
be
divided
into
the
following
districts
or
administrative
counties
:
(
1
)
Kiagwe
(
11
)
Butambala
(
Bweya
)
(
2
)
Bugerere
(
12
)
Kiadondo
(
3
)
Bulemezi
(
13
)
Busiro
(
4
)
Buruli
(
14
)
Mawokota
(
5
)
Bugangadzi
(
15
)
Buvuma
(
6
)
Bwekula
(
16
)
Sese
(
7
)
Singo
(
17
)
Buddu
(
8
)
Busuju
(
18
)
Koki
(
9
)
Gomba
(
Butunzi
)
.
(
19
)
Mawogola
(
10
)
Buyaga
(
20
)
Kabula
At
the
head
of
each
county
shall
be
placed
a
chief
who
shall
be
selected
by
the
Kabaka
'
s
Government
,
but
whose
name
shall
be
submitted
for
approval
to
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
.
This
chief
,
when
approved
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
,
shall
be
guaranteed
from
out
of
the
revenue
of
Uganda
a
salary
at
the
rate
of
£
200
a
year
.
To
the
chief
of
a
county
will
be
entrusted
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
,
and
by
the
Kabaka
,
the
task
of
administering
justice
amongst
the
natives
dwelling
in
his
county
,
the
assessment
and
collection
of
taxes
,
the
up
-
keep
of
the
main
road
,
and
the
general
supervision
of
native
affairs
.
On
all
questions
but
the
assessment
and
collection
of
taxes
the
chief
of
the
county
will
report
direct
to
the
King
'
s
native
Ministers
,
from
whom
he
will
receive
his
instructions
.
When
arrangements
have
been
made
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
for
the
organization
of
a
police
force
in
the
province
of
Uganda
,
a
certain
number
of
police
will
be
placed
at
the
disposal
of
each
chief
of
a
county
to
assist
him
in
maintaining
order
.
For
the
assessment
and
payment
of
taxes
,
the
chief
of
a
county
shall
be
immediately
responsible
to
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
,
and
should
he
fail
in
his
duties
in
this
respect
,
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
shall
have
the
right
to
call
upon
the
Kabaka
to
dismiss
him
from
his
duties
and
to
appoint
another
chief
in
his
stead
.
In
each
county
an
estate
,
not
exceeding
an
area
of
8
square
miles
,
shall
be
attributed
to
the
chieftainship
of
a
county
,
and
its
usufruct
shall
be
enjoyed
by
the
person
occupying
,
for
the
time
being
,
the
position
of
chief
of
the
county
.
10
.
To
assist
the
Kabaka
of
Uganda
in
the
Government
of
his
people
he
shall
be
allowed
to
appoint
three
native
officers
of
state
,
with
the
sanction
and
approval
of
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
in
Uganda
(
without
whose
sanction
such
appointments
shall
not
be
valid
)
-
A
Prime
Minister
,
otherwise
known
as
Katikiro
;
a
Chief
Justice
;
and
a
Treasurer
or
Controller
of
the
Kabaka
'
s
revenues
.
These
officials
shall
he
paid
at
the
rate
of
£
300
a
year
.
Their
salaries
shall
be
guaranteed
them
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
from
out
of
the
funds
of
the
Uganda
Protectorate
.
During
the
minority
of
the
Kabaka
these
three
officials
shall
be
constituted
the
Regents
,
and
when
acting
in
that
capacity
shall
receive
salary
at
the
rate
of
£
400
a
year
.
Her
Majesty
'
s
chief
representative
in
Uganda
shall
at
any
time
have
direct
access
to
the
Kabaka
and
shall
have
the
powers
of
discussing
matters
affecting
Uganda
with
the
Kabaka
alone
or
,
during
his
minority
,
with
the
Regents
;
but
ordinarily
the
three
officials
above
designated
will
transact
most
of
the
Kabaka
'
business
with
the
Uganda
Administration
.
The
Katikiro
shall
be
ex
-
officio
the
President
of
the
Lukiko
,
or
native
council
;
the
Vice
-
President
of
the
Lukiko
shall
be
the
native
Minister
of
justice
for
the
time
being
;
in
the
absence
of
both
Prime
Minister
and
Minister
of
Justice
,
the
Treasurer
of
the
Kabaka
'
s
revenues
,
or
third
minister
,
shall
preside
over
the
meetings
of
the
Lukiko
.
11
.
The
Lukiko
,
or
native
council
,
shall
be
constituted
as
follows
:
In
addition
to
the
three
native
ministers
who
shall
be
ex
-
officio
senior
members
of
the
council
,
each
chief
of
a
county
(
twenty
in
all
)
shall
be
ex
-
officio
a
member
of
the
Council
.
Also
each
chief
of
a
county
shall
be
permitted
to
appoint
a
person
to
act
as
his
lieutenant
in
this
respect
to
attend
the
meetings
of
the
council
during
his
absence
,
and
to
speak
and
vote
in
his
name
.
The
chief
of
a
county
,
however
,
and
his
lieutenant
may
not
both
appear
simultaneously
at
the
council
.
In
addition
the
Kabaka
shall
select
from
each
county
three
notables
,
whom
he
shall
appoint
during
his
pleasure
to
be
members
of
the
Lukiko
or
native
council
-
The
Kabaka
may
also
,
in
addition
to
the
foregoing
,
appoint
six
other
persons
of
importance
in
the
country
to
be
members
of
the
native
council
.
The
Kabaka
may
at
any
time
deprive
any
individual
of
the
right
to
sit
on
the
native
council
but
in
such
a
case
shall
intimate
his
intention
to
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
in
Uganda
,
and
receive
his
assent
thereto
before
dismissing
the
member
.
The
functions
of
the
council
will
be
to
discuss
all
matters
concerning
the
native
administration
of
Uganda
,
and
to
forward
to
the
Kabaka
resolutions
which
may
be
voted
by
a
majority
regarding
measures
to
be
adopted
by
the
said
administration
.
The
Kabaka
shall
further
consult
with
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
in
Uganda
before
giving
effect
to
any
such
resolutions
voted
by
the
native
council
,
and
shall
,
in
this
matter
,
explicitly
follow
the
advice
of
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
.
The
Lukiko
,
or
a
committee
thereof
,
shall
be
a
Court
of
Appeal
from
the
decisions
of
the
Courts
of
First
instances
held
by
the
chiefs
of
counties
.
In
all
cases
affecting
property
exceeding
the
value
of
£
5
,
or
imprisonment
exceeding
one
week
,
an
appeal
for
revision
may
be
addressed
to
the
Lukiko
.
In
all
cases
involving
property
or
claims
exceeding
£
100
in
value
,
or
sentences
of
death
,
the
Lukiko
shall
refer
the
matter
to
the
consideration
of
the
Kabaka
,
whose
decision
when
countersigned
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
chief
representative
in
Uganda
shall
be
final
.
The
Lukiko
shall
not
decide
any
questions
affecting
the
persons
or
property
of
Europeans
or
others
who
are
not
natives
of
Uganda
.
No
person
may
be
elected
to
the
Lukiko
who
is
not
a
native
of
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
.
No
question
of
religious
opinion
shall
be
taken
into
consideration
in
regard
to
the
appointment
by
the
Kabaka
of
members
of
the
council
.
In
this
matter
he
shall
use
his
judgment
and
abide
by
the
advice
of
Her
Majesty
'
s
representation
of
assuring
in
this
manner
a
fair
proportionate
representation
of
all
recognised
expressions
of
religious
beliefs
prevailing
in
Uganda
.
12
.
In
order
to
contribute
to
a
reasonable
extent
towards
the
general
cost
of
the
maintenance
of
the
Uganda
Protectorate
,
there
shall
be
established
the
following
taxation
for
Imperial
purposes
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
proceeds
of
the
collection
of
these
taxes
shall
be
handed
over
intact
to
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
in
Uganda
as
the
contribution
of
the
Uganda
province
towards
the
general
revenue
of
the
Protectorate
.
The
taxes
agreed
upon
at
present
shall
be
the
following
:
-
A
hut
tax
of
three
rupees
,
or
4s
per
annum
on
any
house
,
hut
,
or
habitation
,
used
as
a
dwelling
-
place
.
A
gun
tax
of
three
rupees
,
or
4s
per
annum
,
to
be
paid
by
any
person
who
possesses
or
uses
a
gun
,
rifle
,
or
pistol
.
The
Kingdom
of
Uganda
shall
be
subject
to
the
same
Customs
Regulations
,
Porter
Regulations
,
and
so
forth
,
which
may
,
with
the
approval
of
Her
Majesty
,
be
instituted
for
the
Uganda
Protectorate
generally
,
which
may
be
described
in
a
sense
as
exterior
taxation
,
but
no
further
interior
taxation
,
other
than
the
hut
tax
,
shall
be
imposed
on
the
natives
of
the
province
of
Uganda
without
the
agreement
of
the
Kabaka
,
who
in
this
matter
shall
be
guided
by
the
majority
of
votes
in
his
native
council
.
This
arrangement
,
however
,
will
not
affect
the
question
of
township
rates
,
lighting
rates
,
water
rates
,
market
dues
,
and
so
forth
,
which
may
be
treated
apart
as
matters
affecting
municipalities
or
townships
;
nor
will
it
absolve
natives
from
obligations
as
regards
military
service
,
or
the
up
-
keep
of
main
roads
passing
through
the
lands
on
which
they
dwell
.
A
hut
tax
shall
be
levied
on
any
building
which
is
used
as
a
dwelling
place
.
A
collection
of
not
more
than
four
huts
however
,
which
,
are
in
separate
and
single
enclosure
and
are
inhabited
only
by
a
man
and
his
wife
,
or
wives
,
be
counted
as
one
hut
.
The
following
buildings
will
be
exempted
from
the
hut
tax
:
temporary
shelters
erected
in
fields
for
the
purpose
of
watching
plantations
;
or
rest
houses
in
the
fields
for
the
purpose
of
watching
plantations
;
or
rest
houses
erected
by
the
roadside
for
passing
travellers
;
buildings
used
solely
as
tombs
,
churches
,
mosques
.
or
schools
,
and
not
slept
in
or
occupied
as
a
dwelling
;
the
residence
of
the
Kabaka
and
his
household
(
not
to
exceed
Fifty
buildings
in
number
)
;
the
residence
of
the
Namasole
,
or
Queen
Mother
(
not
to
exceed
twenty
in
number
)
;
the
official
residences
of
the
three
native
ministers
,
and
of
all
the
chiefs
of
counties
(
not
to
exceed
ten
buildings
in
number
)
;
but
in
the
case
of
dispute
as
to
the
liability
of
a
building
to
pay
hut
tax
,
the
matter
must
be
referred
to
the
Collector
for
the
province
of
Uganda
,
whose
decision
must
be
final
.
The
Collector
of
province
may
also
authorise
the
chief
of
a
county
to
exempt
from
taxation
any
person
whose
condition
of
destitution
may
,
in
the
opinion
of
the
Collector
is
meant
the
principal
British
official
representing
the
Uganda
Administration
in
the
province
of
Uganda
.
The
representative
of
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
in
the
Uganda
Protectorate
may
from
time
to
time
direct
that
in
the
absence
of
current
coin
,
a
hut
or
gun
tax
may
be
paid
in
produce
or
in
labour
according
to
a
scale
which
shall
be
laid
down
by
the
said
representative
.
As
regards
the
gun
tax
,
it
will
be
held
to
apply
to
any
person
who
possesses
or
makes
use
of
a
gun
,
rifle
,
pistol
,
or
any
weapon
discharging
a
projectile
by
the
aid
of
gunpowder
,
dynamite
,
or
compressed
air
.
The
possession
of
any
Canon
or
machine
gun
is
hereby
forbidden
to
any
native
of
Uganda
.
A
native
who
pays
a
gun
tax
may
possess
or
use
as
many
as
five
guns
.
For
every
five
or
for
every
additional
gun
up
to
five
,
which
he
may
be
allowed
to
possess
or
use
,
he
will
have
to
pay
another
tax
.
Exemptions
from
the
gun
tax
will
,
however
,
be
allowed
to
the
following
extent
:
-
The
Kabaka
will
be
credited
with
fifty
gun
licences
free
,
by
which
he
may
arm
as
many
as
fifty
of
his
household
.
The
Queen
Mother
will
,
in
like
manner
,
be
granted
ten
free
licences
annually
,
by
which
she
may
arm
as
many
as
ten
persons
of
her
household
;
each
of
the
three
native
ministers
(
Katikiro
,
Native
Chief
Justice
,
the
Treasurer
of
the
Kabaka
'
s
revenue
)
shall
be
granted
twenty
free
gun
licences
annually
;
by
which
they
may
severally
arm
twenty
persons
of
their
household
.
Chiefs
of
counties
will
be
similarly
granted
ten
annual
free
gun
licences
;
all
other
members
of
the
Lukiko
or
native
council
not
chiefs
of
counties
,
three
annual
gun
licences
,
and
all
landed
proprietors
in
the
country
with
estates
exceeding
500
acres
in
extent
,
one
free
annual
gun
licence
.
13
.
Nothing
in
this
Agreement
shall
be
held
to
invalidate
the
pre
-
existing
right
of
the
Kabaka
of
Uganda
to
call
upon
every
able
bodied
male
among
his
subjects
for
military
service
in
defence
of
the
country
;
but
the
Kabaka
henceforth
will
only
exercise
this
right
of
conscription
,
or
of
levying
native
troops
,
under
the
advice
of
Her
Majesty
'
s
principal
representative
in
the
Protectorate
.
In
times
of
peace
,
the
armed
forces
,
organised
by
the
Uganda
Administration
will
probably
be
sufficient
for
all
purposes
of
defence
;
but
if
Her
Majesty
'
representative
is
of
the
opinion
that
the
force
of
Uganda
should
be
strengthened
at
the
time
,
he
may
call
upon
the
Kabaka
to
exercise
in
a
full
or
in
modified
degree
his
claim
on
the
Baganda
people
for
military
service
.
In
such
an
event
the
arming
and
equipping
of
such
force
would
be
undertaken
by
the
administration
of
the
Uganda
Protectorate
.
14
.
All
main
public
roads
traversing
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
,
and
all
roads
,
the
making
of
which
shall
at
any
time
be
decreed
by
the
native
council
with
the
assent
of
her
Majesty
'
s
representative
shall
be
maintained
in
good
repair
by
the
chiefs
of
the
saza
(
or
county
)
through
which
the
road
runs
.
The
chief
of
a
county
shall
have
the
right
to
call
upon
each
native
town
,
village
,
or
commune
,
to
furnish
labourers
in
the
proportion
of
one
to
every
three
huts
or
houses
,
to
assist
in
keeping
the
established
roads
in
repair
,
provided
that
no
labourers
shall
be
called
upon
to
work
on
the
roads
for
more
than
one
month
in
each
year
.
Europeans
and
all
foreigners
whose
land
abut
on
established
main
roads
will
be
assessed
by
the
Uganda
Administration
and
required
to
furnish
either
labour
or
to
pay
labour
rate
in
money
as
their
contribution
rewards
,
the
maintenance
of
the
highways
.
When
circumstances
permit
,
the
Ugandan
Administration
may
further
make
grants
from
out
of
its
Public
Works
Department
for
the
construction
of
new
roads
or
any
special
repairs
to
existing
highways
,
of
an
unusual
expensive
character
.
15
.
The
land
of
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
shall
he
dealt
with
in
the
following
manner
:
Assuming
the
area
of
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
,
as
comprised
within
the
limits
cited
in
the
agreement
,
to
amount
to
19
,
600
square
miles
,
it
shall
be
divided
in
the
following
proportions
:
Forests
to
be
brought
under
control
of
the
Uganda
Administration
1500
square
miles
Waste
and
uncultivated
land
to
be
vested
in
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
to
be
controlled
by
the
Uganda
Administration
9
,
000
square
miles
Plantations
and
other
private
property
of
His
Highness
the
Kabaka
of
Uganda
350
square
miles
Plantations
and
other
private
property
of
the
Namasole
16
square
miles
(
NOTE
:
-
If
the
present
Kabaka
died
and
another
Namasole
were
appointed
,
the
existing
one
would
be
permitted
to
retain
as
her
personal
property
6
square
miles
,
passing
on
10
square
miles
as
the
endowment
of
every
succeeding
Namasole
.
)
Plantation
and
other
private
property
of
the
Namasole
,
mother
of
Mwanga
10
square
miles
To
the
Princes
:
Joseph
,
Augustine
,
Ramazan
,
and
Yusufu
-
Suna
,
8
square
miles
each
32
square
miles
For
the
Princesses
,
sisters
,
and
relations
of
the
Kabaka
90
square
miles
To
the
Abamasaza
(
chiefs
of
counties
)
twenty
in
all
,
8
square
miles
each
(
Private
property
)
160
square
miles
Official
estates
attached
to
the
posts
of
the
Abamasaza
,
8
square
miles
each
320
square
miles
The
three
Regents
will
receive
private
property
to
the
extent
of
6
square
miles
each
48
square
miles
And
official
property
attached
to
their
office
,
16
square
miles
,
the
said
official
property
to
be
afterwards
attached
to
the
posts
of
the
three
native
ministers
48
96
Mbogo
(
the
Muhammedan
chief
)
will
receive
for
Himself
and
his
adherents
24
square
miles
Kamuswaga
,
chief
of
Koki
with
receive
.
20
square
miles
One
thousand
chiefs
and
private
landowners
will
receive
the
estates
of
which
they
are
already
in
possession
,
and
which
are
computed
at
an
average
of
8
square
miles
per
individual
,
making
a
total
of
8
,
000
square
miles
There
will
be
allotted
to
the
three
missionary
societies
in
existence
in
Uganda
as
private
property
,
and
in
trust
for
the
native
churches
,
as
much
as
92
square
miles
Land
taken
up
by
the
Government
for
Government
stations
prior
to
the
present
settlement
(
at
Kampala
,
Entebbe
,
Masaka
etc
.
etc
.
)
50
square
miles
Total
19
,
600
square
miles
After
a
careful
survey
of
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
has
been
made
,
if
the
total
area
should
be
found
to
be
e
less
than
19
,
600
then
the
portion
of
the
country
which
is
to
be
vested
in
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
shall
be
reduced
in
extent
by
the
deficiency
found
to
exist
in
the
estimated
area
.
Should
,
however
,
the
area
of
Uganda
be
established
at
more
than
19
,
600
square
miles
,
then
the
surplus
shall
be
dealt
with
as
follows
:
It
shall
be
divided
into
two
parts
,
one
-
half
shall
be
added
to
the
amount
of
land
which
is
vested
in
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
and
the
other
half
shall
be
divided
proportionately
among
the
properties
of
the
Kabaka
,
the
three
Regents
or
native
ministers
,
and
the
Abamasaza
,
or
chiefs
of
counties
.
The
aforesaid
9
,
000
square
miles
of
waste
or
cultivated
,
or
uncultivated
land
,
or
land
occupied
without
prior
gitt
of
the
Kabaka
or
chiefs
by
bakopi
or
strangers
,
are
hereby
vested
in
Her
Majesty
the
Queen
of
Great
Britain
and
Ireland
,
Empress
of
lndia
,
and
Protectress
of
Uganda
,
on
the
understanding
that
the
revenue
derived
from
such
lands
shall
form
part
of
the
general
revenue
of
the
Uganda
Protectorate
.
The
forests
,
which
will
be
reserved
for
Government
control
,
will
be
,
as
a
rule
,
those
forests
over
which
no
private
claim
can
be
raised
justifiably
,
and
will
be
forests
of
some
continuity
which
should
be
maintained
as
woodland
in
the
general
interests
of
the
country
.
As
regards
the
allotment
of
the
8
,
000
square
miles
among
the
1
,
000
private
landowners
,
this
will
be
a
matter
to
be
left
to
the
decision
of
the
Lukiko
,
with
an
appeal
to
the
Kabaka
.
The
Lukiko
will
be
empowered
to
decide
as
to
the
validity
of
claims
,
the
number
of
claimants
and
the
extent
of
land
granted
,
premising
that
the
total
amount
of
land
thus
allotted
amongst
the
chiefs
and
accorded
to
native
landowners
of
the
Country
is
not
to
exceed
8
,
000
square
miles
.
Europeans
and
non
-
natives
,
who
have
acquired
estates
,
and
whose
claims
thereto
have
been
admitted
by
the
Uganda
Administration
,
will
receive
title
-
deeds
for
such
,
estates
in
such
manner
and
with
such
limitations
,
as
may
be
formulated
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
.
The
official
estates
granted
to
the
Regents
,
native
ministers
,
or
chiefs
of
counties
,
are
to
pass
with
the
office
,
and
their
use
is
only
to
be
enjoyed
by
the
holders
of
the
office
.
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
,
however
,
reserves
to
itself
the
right
to
carry
through
or
construct
roads
,
railways
,
canals
,
telegraphs
,
or
other
useful
public
works
,
or
to
build
military
forts
or
works
of
defence
on
any
property
,
public
or
private
,
with
the
condition
that
not
more
than
10
per
centum
of
the
property
in
question
shall
be
taken
up
for
these
purposes
without
compensation
,
and
that
compensation
shall
be
given
for
the
disturbance
of
growing
crops
or
of
buildings
.
16
.
Until
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
has
seen
fit
to
devise
and
promulgate
forestry
regulation
,
it
is
not
possible
in
this
Agreement
to
define
such
forest
rights
as
may
be
given
to
the
natives
of
Uganda
;
but
it
is
agreed
on
behalf
of
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
,
that
in
arranging
these
forestry
regulations
,
the
claims
of
the
Baganda
people
to
obtain
timber
for
building
purposes
,
firewood
,
and
other
products
of
the
forests
or
uncultivated
lands
,
shall
be
taken
into
account
,
and
arrangements
made
by
which
under
due
safeguards
against
abuse
these
rights
may
be
exercised
gratis
.
17
.
As
regards
mineral
rights
.
The
rights
to
all
minerals
found
on
private
estates
shall
be
considered
to
belong
only
to
the
owners
of
those
estates
,
subject
to
a
10
per
centum
ad
valorem
duty
,
which
will
be
paid
to
the
Uganda
Administration
when
the
minerals
are
worked
.
On
the
land
outside
private
estates
,
the
mineral
rights
shall
belong
to
the
Uganda
Administration
,
which
,
however
,
in
return
for
using
or
disposing
of
the
same
must
compensate
the
occupier
of
the
soil
for
the
disturbance
of
growing
crops
or
building
,
and
will
be
liable
to
allot
to
him
from
out
of
the
spare
lands
in
the
Protectorate
an
equal
area
of
soil
to
that
from
which
he
has
been
removed
.
On
these
waste
and
uncultivated
lands
the
Protectorate
,
the
mineral
rights
shall
be
vested
in
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
as
represented
by
the
Uganda
Administration
.
In
like
manner
the
ownership
of
the
forests
,
which
are
not
included
within
the
limits
of
private
properties
,
shall
be
henceforth
vested
in
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
.
18
.
In
return
for
the
cession
to
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
of
the
right
of
control
over
10
,
550
square
miles
of
waste
,
cultivated
,
uncultivated
,
or
forest
lands
,
there
shall
be
paid
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
in
trust
for
the
Kabaka
(
upon
his
attaining
his
majority
)
a
sum
of
£
50O
,
and
to
the
three
Regents
collectively
,
£
600
,
namely
,
to
the
Katikiro
£
300
,
and
the
other
two
Regents
£
150
each
.
19
.
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
agrees
to
pay
to
the
Muhammedan
Uganda
chief
,
Mbogo
,
a
pension
for
life
of
£
250
a
year
,
on
the
understanding
that
all
rights
which
he
may
claim
(
except
such
as
are
guaranteed
in
the
foregoing
clauses
)
are
ceded
to
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
.
20
.
Should
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
fail
to
pay
to
the
Uganda
Administration
during
the
first
two
years
after
the
signing
of
this
Agreement
,
an
amount
of
native
taxation
,
equal
to
half
that
which
is
due
in
proportion
to
the
number
of
inhabitants
;
or
should
it
at
any
time
fail
to
pay
without
just
cause
or
excuse
,
the
aforesaid
minimum
of
taxation
due
in
proportion
to
the
population
;
or
should
the
Kabaka
,
chiefs
,
or
people
of
Uganda
,
pursue
,
at
any
time
,
a
policy
which
is
distinctly
disloyal
to
the
British
Protectorate
;
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
will
no
longer
consider
themselves
bound
by
the
terms
of
this
Agreement
.
On
the
other
hand
,
should
the
revenue
derived
from
the
hut
and
gun
tax
exceed
two
years
running
a
total
value
of
£
45
,
000
a
year
,
the
Kabaka
and
chiefs
of
counties
shall
have
the
right
to
appeal
to
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
for
an
increase
in
the
subsidy
given
to
the
Kabaka
,
and
the
stipends
given
to
the
native
ministers
and
chiefs
,
such
increase
to
be
in
the
same
proportional
relation
as
the
increase
in
the
revenue
derived
from
the
taxation
of
the
natives
.
21
.
Throughout
this
Agreement
the
phrase
"
Uganda
Administration
"
shall
be
taken
to
mean
that
general
Government
of
the
Uganda
Protectorate
,
which
is
instituted
and
maintained
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
;
"
Her
Majesty
'
s
representative
"
shall
mean
the
Commissioner
,
High
Commissioner
,
Governor
,
or
principal
official
of
any
designation
who
is
appointed
by
Her
Majesty
'
s
Government
to
direct
the
affairs
of
Uganda
.
22
.
In
the
interpretation
of
this
Agreement
the
English
text
shall
be
the
version
which
is
binding
on
both
parties
.
Done
in
English
and
Luganda
at
Mengo
,
in
the
Kingdom
of
Uganda
,
on
the
10th
March
1900
.
H
.
H
JOHNSTON
,
Her
Majesty
'
s
Special
Commissioner
,
Commander
in
Chief
and
Consul
-
General
,
on
behalf
of
Her
Majesty
the
Queen
of
Great
Britain
and
Ireland
,
Empress
of
lndia
.
(
Seal
)
APOLLO
,
Katikiro
,
Regent
.
MUGWANYA
,
Katikiro
Regent
.
MBOGO
NOHO
,
his
X
mark
.
ZAKARIA
KIZITO
,
Kangawo
.
Regent
,
SEBAUA
,
Pokino
.
YAKOBO
,
Kago
.
PAULO
,
Mukwenda
.
KAMUSWAGA
,
of
Koki
,
his
X
mark
.
(
On
behalf
of
the
Kabaka
,
chief
,
and
people
of
Uganda
)
Witness
to
the
above
signatures
:
F
.
J
.
JACKSON
,
Her
Majesty
'
s
Vice
-
Consul
.
J
.
EVATT
,
Lieutenant
-
Colonel
.
JAMES
FRANCIS
CUNNINGHAM
ALFRED
R
.
TUCKER
,
Bishop
of
Uganda
.
HENRY
HANLON
,
Vicar
Apostolic
of
the
Upper
Nile
,
E
BRESSON
(
for
Mgr
.
Streicher
,
White
Fathers
)
.
R
.
H
.
WALKER
.
MATAYO
,
Mujasi
.
LATUSA
,
Sekibobo
.
MATAYO
,
Kaima
.
YOKANA
,
Kitunzi
.
SANTI
SEMINDI
,
Kasuju
.
ANDEREA
,
Kimbugwe
SEREME
,
Mujasi
,
COPRIEN
LUWEKULA
.
NOVA
,
Jumba
,
Gabunga
.
FERINDI
,
Kyabalongo
SAULO
,
Lumana
.
YOKANO
BUNJO
,
Katikiro
,
of
Namasole
.
YOSEFU
,
Katambalwa
.
ZAKAYO
,
Kivate
,
HEZIKIYA
,
Namutwe
.
ALI
,
Mwenda
,
NSELWANO
,
Muwemba
.
SEMIONI
SEBUTA
,
Mutengesa
.
NJOVU
YUSUFU
Kitambala
,
his
X
mark
.
KATA
,
Nsege
.
Yoweri
Kaguta
Museveni
became
President
of
the
Republic
of
Uganda
on
January
29
,
1986
after
leading
a
successful
five
-
year
liberation
struggle
.
He
went
to
the
bush
with
26
other
young
men
and
organized
the
National
Resistance
Movement
and
National
Resistance
Army
(
NRM
/
NRA
)
to
oppose
the
tyranny
that
previous
regimes
had
unleashed
upon
the
population
.
After
victory
,
he
formed
a
broad
-
based
government
that
helped
to
unite
the
country
s
political
groups
.
P
revious
to
the
struggle
of
1981
-
1986
,
Museveni
had
been
one
of
the
leaders
in
the
anti
-
Amin
resistance
of
1971
-
1979
that
had
led
to
the
fall
of
that
monstrous
regime
.
M
useveni
,
who
has
been
politically
active
since
his
student
days
at
Ntare
School
,
Mbarara
,
in
south
west
Uganda
,
studied
political
science
at
the
University
of
Dar
es
Salaam
,
graduating
in
1970
with
a
Bachelor
of
Arts
degree
in
Economics
and
Political
Science
.
A
fter
Idi
Amin
s
coup
in
1971
,
Museveni
was
instrumental
in
forming
Fronasa
(
the
Front
for
National
Salvation
)
.
Fronasa
made
up
the
core
of
one
of
the
Ugandan
fighting
groups
which
,
together
with
the
Tanzanian
People
s
Defence
Forces
,
ousted
Amin
s
regime
in
April
1979
.
The
NRA
was
unique
in
Africa
I
n
the
governments
that
succeeded
Amin
,
Museveni
served
briefly
as
Minister
of
Defence
,
Minister
of
Regional
Co
-
operation
and
Vice
-
Chairman
of
the
Military
Commission
.
In
December
1980
,
the
country
s
first
general
elections
in
20
years
were
held
but
they
were
rigged
by
Milton
Obote
s
Uganda
People
s
Congress
Party
.
During
the
election
campaign
,
Museveni
had
warned
that
if
the
elections
were
rigged
,
he
would
fight
Obote
s
regime
and
on
February
6
,
1981
,
he
launched
the
guerrilla
struggle
.
He
went
to
the
bush
with
only
26
guns
and
organised
the
National
Resistance
Army
(
NRA
)
to
oppose
the
tyranny
that
Obote
s
regime
had
unleashed
upon
the
population
.
T
he
NRA
(
now
renamed
the
Uganda
People
s
Defence
Forces
)
is
unique
in
Africa
for
being
the
only
guerrilla
force
to
take
over
power
without
much
external
support
and
without
having
a
rear
base
in
a
neighbouring
country
.
Its
main
camps
were
based
only
20
miles
from
the
capital
,
Kampala
.
This
demonstrated
how
the
NRA
leadership
was
,
in
extremely
difficult
circumstances
,
capable
of
achieving
sophisticated
levels
of
organisational
discipline
and
techniques
for
managing
both
soldiers
and
civilians
.
Early
political
awareness
Y
oweri
Kaguta
Museveni
was
born
in
1944
during
the
Second
World
War
and
his
name
was
taken
from
the
Abaseveni
,
who
were
Ugandan
servicemen
in
the
Seventh
Regiment
of
the
King
s
African
Rifles
into
which
many
Ugandans
had
been
drafted
.
H
e
was
born
in
a
peasant
pastoralist
background
in
Ankole
,
western
Uganda
.
As
the
peasants
in
his
home
area
were
nomads
,
their
children
did
not
go
to
school
and
modern
ideas
about
animal
husbandry
,
hygiene
and
health
care
did
not
percolate
through
to
them
.
I
n
addition
,
they
were
exploited
and
oppressed
by
land
policies
,
such
as
ranching
schemes
,
which
displaced
them
from
their
traditional
lands
.
Such
policies
were
instituted
by
the
British
colonialists
and
supported
by
local
collaborator
chiefs
and
,
later
,
by
neo
-
colonialist
independence
politicians
.
O
wing
to
his
background
and
his
early
determination
to
fight
against
political
and
social
injustices
,
Museveni
decided
in
1966
to
lead
a
campaign
mobilising
the
peasants
in
northern
Ankole
to
fence
their
land
and
refuse
to
vacate
it
.
The
campaign
was
largely
successful
and
his
political
awareness
and
activity
became
more
focused
during
the
three
years
(
1967
to
1970
)
he
spent
at
the
University
of
Dar
es
Salaam
.
His
wide
reading
covered
Fanon
,
Lenin
,
Marx
,
Rodney
,
Mao
,
as
well
as
liberal
Western
thinkers
like
Galbraith
.
These
writers
shaped
his
intellectual
and
political
outlook
.
C
ompared
to
other
universities
in
the
region
,
Dar
es
Salaam
had
a
very
good
,
progressive
atmosphere
which
gave
the
students
a
chance
to
become
familiar
with
pan
-
Africanist
and
anti
-
colonialist
ideas
.
This
was
due
to
the
Pan
-
Africanist
views
and
policies
of
Mwalimu
Julius
Nyerere
,
the
President
of
Tanzania
.
Nevertheless
,
many
professors
and
lecturers
were
right
wing
in
their
views
and
this
often
brought
them
into
conflict
with
the
radical
students
.
T
he
dissatisfaction
with
the
stance
of
the
lecturers
in
1967
led
Museveni
,
Eriya
Kategaya
,
James
Wapakhabulo
,
Joseph
Mulwanyamuli
Ssemwogerere
,
John
Kawanga
,
all
from
Uganda
,
Charles
Kileo
and
Salim
Msoma
from
Tanzania
,
Kapote
Mwakasungura
from
Malawi
,
Adam
Marwa
and
Patrick
Quoro
also
from
Tanzania
,
John
Garang
from
Sudan
,
Andrew
Shija
from
Tanzania
,
and
many
students
from
other
African
countries
,
to
form
a
self
-
help
ideological
study
and
activist
group
known
as
the
University
Students
African
Revolutionary
Front
(
USARF
)
.
Every
Sunday
they
would
hold
a
class
,
invite
speakers
of
their
choice
,
enrich
their
ideas
about
the
evolution
of
society
,
and
discuss
topics
dealing
with
the
production
and
distribution
of
wealth
.
U
SARF
was
composed
of
students
from
Kenya
,
Zambia
,
Malawi
,
Zimbabwe
,
Ethiopia
,
Sudan
,
Tanzania
and
Uganda
and
Museveni
was
elected
its
chairman
for
the
whole
time
he
was
at
the
university
.
USARF
identified
closely
with
African
liberation
movements
,
especially
Frelimo
in
Mozambique
,
which
the
Front
supported
,
for
instance
,
by
producing
pamphlets
for
their
publicity
work
.
Other
members
of
USARF
were
to
become
politically
active
and
influential
both
in
Uganda
and
elsewhere
in
Africa
.
Pragmatic
,
nationalist
politician
A
lthough
President
Museveni
is
a
man
with
very
strong
convictions
,
his
political
vision
on
how
to
lay
a
foundation
for
reconciliation
and
national
harmony
enabled
him
to
accommodate
ideas
that
were
often
opposed
to
his
.
One
of
his
greatest
contributions
to
the
politics
of
Uganda
,
therefore
,
has
been
to
spearhead
a
policy
of
reconciliation
after
two
decades
of
social
and
political
turmoil
.
Under
his
leadership
,
the
Movement
Government
has
ended
the
vicious
circle
of
vengeance
and
hatred
that
had
ruined
the
country
.
People
from
different
tribes
,
religions
and
political
allegiances
can
now
co
-
exist
in
harmony
.
H
e
accepts
this
heterogeneity
as
a
matter
of
course
because
it
mirrors
the
social
spectrum
of
Ugandan
society
.
He
formed
a
broad
-
based
government
and
demonstrated
to
Ugandans
that
although
they
had
different
political
,
social
and
religious
backgrounds
,
they
had
a
lot
in
common
and
a
common
destiny
,
contrary
to
the
divide
-
and
-
rule
tactics
previous
politicians
had
used
to
fragment
Ugandan
society
.
H
e
took
pains
to
explain
that
the
typical
Third
World
problems
of
poverty
,
illiteracy
,
disease
and
general
backwardness
had
nothing
to
do
with
one
s
religion
or
ethnic
origin
.
The
NRM
s
guiding
Ten
-
Point
Programme
,
which
was
debated
and
agreed
upon
under
his
chairmanship
in
1984
during
the
bush
war
,
basically
set
out
to
redress
the
political
and
social
wrongs
that
were
inflicted
on
the
Ugandan
people
for
two
-
and
-
a
-
half
decades
.
He
says
:
"
The
National
Resistance
Movement
has
an
unwavering
commitment
to
the
respect
of
human
rights
and
the
sanctity
of
life
.
We
waged
a
protracted
war
against
tyranny
on
a
platform
of
restoring
personal
freedoms
and
the
amelioration
of
the
socio
-
economic
conditions
of
our
people
that
is
the
cornerstone
of
our
programme
.
"
H
e
has
typically
taken
a
very
independent
political
stand
and
says
:
"
We
take
from
every
system
what
is
best
for
us
and
we
reject
what
is
bad
for
us
.
We
do
not
judge
the
economic
programmes
of
other
nations
because
we
believe
that
each
nation
knows
best
how
to
address
the
needs
of
its
people
.
The
NRM
is
neither
pro
-
West
nor
pro
-
East
it
is
pro
-
Uganda
"
.
In
July
1990
,
President
Museveni
was
elected
the
Chairman
of
the
Organisation
of
African
Unity
for
the
year
1990
/
91
.
As
he
said
in
his
acceptance
speech
,
this
was
a
vote
of
confidence
in
the
efforts
of
the
National
Resistance
Movement
to
build
a
just
society
with
a
democratic
and
economically
viable
future
for
the
nation
.
The
general
consensus
both
at
home
and
abroad
,
however
,
was
that
his
election
was
a
vote
of
confidence
in
the
man
himself
.
It
showed
that
after
only
four
-
and
-
a
-
half
years
in
office
,
he
was
already
an
international
statesman
of
considerable
standing
.
A
new
constitution
for
Uganda
W
hen
the
National
Resistance
Movement
came
to
power
in
1986
,
it
started
working
methodically
towards
taking
Uganda
back
to
the
constitutional
road
from
which
it
had
been
diverted
by
past
regimes
.
A
Constitutional
Commission
was
instituted
to
gather
views
from
Ugandans
throughout
the
whole
country
.
After
two
years
work
traversing
the
whole
country
gathering
the
people
s
views
,
the
Commission
produced
a
report
from
which
a
draft
constitution
was
extracted
.
A
Constituent
Assembly
was
elected
and
tasked
to
debate
and
enact
a
new
constitution
.
When
the
Constituent
Assembly
was
opened
on
May
18
,
1994
,
President
Museveni
challenged
the
delegates
:
"
We
must
ensure
that
our
political
institutions
spring
from
our
social
structure
.
If
we
are
to
develop
,
we
must
evolve
institutional
models
which
will
liberate
us
from
our
backwardness
.
We
must
modernize
our
societies
and
lay
the
foundation
for
industrialization
.
We
cannot
modernize
,
industrialize
or
develop
without
creating
an
appropriate
institutional
framework
within
which
to
work
.
It
is
the
historic
responsibility
of
this
Constituent
Assembly
to
set
our
country
on
the
path
to
development
and
prosperity
.
"
Museveni
is
a
supporter
of
sports
as
he
was
an
ardent
sportsman
himself
during
his
school
days
.
A
lthough
the
law
entitled
him
,
as
President
,
to
address
the
Constituent
Assembly
on
any
issue
he
wished
,
he
deliberately
refused
to
influence
the
proceedings
.
As
a
result
,
no
individual
or
political
faction
can
dub
the
new
constitution
a
Museveni
document
.
This
was
a
great
contribution
to
the
constitution
-
making
process
.
Delegates
arrived
at
decisions
either
by
consensus
or
majority
vote
.
However
,
he
advised
delegates
to
combine
flexibility
on
contentious
issues
by
distinguishing
between
subjective
demands
and
the
objective
realities
that
faced
the
country
.
T
he
process
culminated
in
the
promulgation
of
a
new
constitution
on
October
8
,
1995
.
Museveni
says
:
"
The
NRM
has
been
like
a
political
doctor
trying
to
solve
the
problems
of
Uganda
.
In
order
to
treat
a
disease
,
however
,
you
must
,
first
of
all
,
diagnose
the
illness
.
"
Ugandans
agree
that
the
new
constitution
went
a
long
way
towards
healing
the
political
and
social
ills
from
which
Uganda
had
suffered
since
independence
.
It
also
laid
a
firm
foundation
for
the
stability
of
the
country
for
generations
to
come
.
First
directly
elected
President
In
1996
,
Museveni
offered
himself
as
a
candidate
for
President
in
the
first
general
elections
since
the
abortive
attempt
of
1980
.
Two
other
candidates
,
including
Paulo
Ssemwogerere
,
the
veteran
opposition
leader
who
had
been
a
minister
in
the
NRM
Government
for
10
years
,
opposed
him
.
Museveni
won
a
landslide
victory
with
more
than
75
per
cent
of
the
vote
and
became
the
first
directly
elected
President
in
the
history
of
Uganda
.
In
the
last
five
years
,
Museveni
has
initiated
dramatic
programmes
that
are
destined
to
transform
the
lives
of
Ugandans
forever
.
Grassroots
-
based
programmes
in
health
,
safe
water
provision
and
mass
education
have
replaced
the
shallow
elite
programmes
of
the
past
that
did
not
address
the
needs
of
the
majority
of
the
people
.
At
the
same
time
,
Museveni
has
maintained
hard
-
nosed
macro
-
economic
stabilisation
policies
that
have
controlled
inflation
below
10
per
cent
for
the
last
nine
years
.
Consequently
,
the
GDP
of
Uganda
has
doubled
over
the
15
years
that
the
Movement
Government
has
been
in
power
.
Absolute
poverty
has
reduced
from
56
per
cent
to
44
per
cent
.
School
enrolment
in
primary
schools
has
jumped
from
2
.
5
million
to
6
.
8
million
children
;
and
universities
have
grown
from
one
in
1986
to
13
by
2001
.
News
Release
President
Museveni
visits
Uganda
Cranes
camp
Friday
July
2
,
2004
President
Yoweri
Museveni
has
today
visited
the
Uganda
Cranes
football
team
which
is
camped
at
Namboole
Stadium
in
Wakiso
district
to
morale
boost
them
as
they
...
more
ADB
conference
opens
in
Munyonyo
Thursday
May
25
,
2004
President
Yoweri
Museveni
has
affirmed
that
the
mission
of
the
African
Development
Bank
(
ADB
)
and
other
development
partners
should
be
devoted
towards
linking
the
continent
s
producers
directly
with
the
consumers
of
the
developed
world
....
more
ADB
conference
opens
in
Munyonyo
Thursday
May
25
,
2004
President
Yoweri
Museveni
has
affirmed
that
the
mission
of
the
African
Development
Bank
(
ADB
)
and
other
development
partners
should
be
devoted
towards
linking
the
continent
s
producers
directly
with
the
consumers
of
the
developed
world
....
more
ADB
conference
opens
in
Munyonyo
Thursday
May
25
,
2004
President
Yoweri
Museveni
has
affirmed
that
the
mission
of
the
African
Development
Bank
(
ADB
)
and
other
development
partners
should
be
devoted
towards
linking
the
continent
s
producers
directly
with
the
consumers
of
the
developed
world
....
The
fight
is
still
too
much
on
authored
by
Rwabwera
Emma
on
31
.
October
2006
at
13
:
04
Chelsea
are
likely
to
do
it
again
,
because
its
"
giants
"
have
started
eyeing
the
back
of
the
net
.
But
should
not
right
off
the
who
else
?
Gunners
of
course
.
IT
ISN
'
T
TOO
LATE
FOR
LIVERPOOL
.....
THOUGH
MAN
.
UTD
CHELSEA
LOOK
MOST
FAVOURITES
.
authored
by
amanya
on
26
.
October
2006
at
13
:
01
Chelsea
&
Man
utd
being
in
top
flight
and
on
-
form
doesn
'
t
automatically
grant
them
the
premiership
title
2006
/
07
,
so
they
shouldn
'
t
count
off
'
One
of
Europe
'
s
most
successful
clubs
,
Liverpool
'
.
The
margin
between
them
and
liverpool
is
not
so
big
to
start
opening
their
bags
to
keep
what
seems
another
person
'
s
.
Please
,
we
have
not
much
medication
for
the
frastruted
,
so
Man
u
and
Chelsea
fans
try
to
keep
it
come
,
and
remember
we
all
speak
football
not
only
you
and
Liverpool
are
still
favourities
of
the
premiership
title
2006
/
07
despite
the
poor
form
.
All
liverpudians
you
will
never
walk
alone
.
leonard
,
Makerere
university
come
on
we
all
know
wat
man
united
is
all
about
authored
by
ssemanda
peter
on
26
.
September
2006
at
07
:
29
manchester
united
is
better
without
ruud
van
nistelrooy
and
the
rooney
,
saha
strike
partnership
is
the
best
in
the
premiership
.
watch
manchester
united
is
bringing
the
trophy
to
old
trafford
.
Rooney
is
still
gaining
match
fitness
and
the
whole
world
what
he
'
s
capable
of
and
ronaldo
is
just
a
genius
as
simple
as
that
.
manutd
forever
peter
ssemanda
california
CHELSEA
ARE
STILL
FAVOURITES
THOUGH
UTD
AND
LIVERPOOL
ARE
WAITING
4
ANY
SLEEP
authored
by
MUSANA
GERD
JOSEPH
on
24
.
September
2006
at
14
:
19
A
CHELSEA
ARE
STILL
FAVOURITES
THOUGH
UTD
AND
LIVERPOOL
ARE
WAITING
4
ANY
SLEEP
authored
by
MUSANA
GERD
JOSEPH
on
24
.
September
2006
at
14
:
19
A
The
Game
is
On
!
Who
is
rising
to
the
ocassion
?
authored
by
John
Bosco
Lopeyok
on
24
.
September
2006
at
11
:
55
Week
-
in
,
week
-
out
fixture
are
rolling
;
goals
are
scored
,
results
recorded
and
the
tables
are
constantly
rearranged
.
What
'
s
on
-
The
Big
Game
is
on
in
Europe
!
England
,
Spain
,
France
and
Italy
+
Potrugal
are
top
of
the
main
leagues
.
There
are
various
sections
of
the
game
.
In
England
for
example
there
is
The
premiership
,
the
FA
,
Carling
and
ofcourse
the
Champions
/
UEFA
to
spice
it
up
.
In
all
this
,
we
ask
one
big
question
:
Who
is
rising
to
the
ocassion
?
A
lot
of
individual
players
are
takinng
the
game
very
seriously
,
not
necessarily
for
one
reason
(
winning
the
cup
)
.
It
is
for
many
reasons
:
winning
the
cup
is
definitely
no
.
1
;
who
wants
ther
golden
boot
(
top
scorer
)
,
who
will
be
called
to
the
Inteternaional
squad
,
player
of
the
year
abc
...
123
...
etc
.
the
list
is
long
.
In
my
view
,
such
individuals
include
lads
like
Cristiano
Ronaldo
,
C
.
Fabregas
,
Zakora
,
Riise
,
Alonso
,
Rooney
,
Thiery
,
Van
DerSar
,
Drogba
and
many
others
.
If
I
have
to
single
out
one
notable
person
who
real
rising
to
the
ocassion
despite
lots
of
internal
conflict
within
himself
,
It
Manchester
United
'
s
Portuguese
winger
-
C
.
Ronaldo
.
You
guys
,
that
boy
is
an
admirable
power
.
He
is
so
exciting
to
watch
and
at
the
same
time
aims
for
the
better
for
his
team
.
He
has
faced
lots
of
criticisms
,
since
W
/
cup
but
I
can
assure
you
Fergie
knew
better
than
let
him
exit
OT
.
Why
else
did
Fergie
dispatch
his
second
-
in
-
command
to
the
Portuguese
W
/
cup
camp
,
if
not
to
calm
the
fear
of
losing
out
on
one
favourable
game
-
winner
,
in
the
person
of
the
guy
who
currenlty
wears
the
famous
No
.
7
.
With
his
rising
maturity
Ronaldo
is
out
to
prove
to
many
critics
that
he
can
do
it
and
that
OT
is
the
right
place
for
him
to
do
it
.
I
dig
that
lad
!
NEVER
-
NEVER
-
NEVER
....
UNITED
STILL
STANDS
A
HIGHER
CHANCE
NOT
ARSENAL
......
authored
by
akena
geoffrey
lukwiya
on
23
.
September
2006
at
14
:
23
Depite
of
the
lost
to
arsenal
last
weekend
,
nothing
will
change
or
derail
the
red
devils
challenge
to
the
title
though
its
still
too
early
to
talk
about
,
united
lost
to
abetter
arsenal
side
that
day
but
in
all
fields
except
the
striking
dpartment
,
united
still
post
a
bigger
threat
than
arsenal
but
could
not
break
the
youthful
gunners
,
this
season
the
only
true
team
to
challenge
chelsea
is
man
utd
,
if
we
see
from
the
world
cuo
fitigue
then
the
small
team
who
sent
few
players
to
the
world
cup
should
be
have
gone
distance
on
the
log
,
like
chelsea
,
man
united
hve
got
well
proven
covers
for
every
position
;
atitle
winning
team
must
be
built
around
individualism
(
ronaldo
,
rooney
,
heinze
and
ferdinand
)
,
consistency
(
winning
ability
which
is
now
on
4
/
5
games
)
,
experience
(
giggs
,
scholes
,
silvestre
,
gary
,
solskjear
,
ferdinand
,
&
van
dar
sar
)
,
youth
(
smith
,
carrick
,
evra
,
vidic
,
fletcher
,
park
,
&
richardson
)
and
the
mentor
(
sir
alex
ferguson
)
,
the
current
midfield
has
the
ability
to
dismantle
any
team
in
the
league
if
ferguson
could
only
make
carrick
step
in
alongside
scholes
,
chelsea
has
a
good
midfield
but
still
plays
trial
and
error
by
deploying
lampard
,
ballack
,
makelele
and
essien
together
but
still
struggles
to
break
team
playing
4
-
4
-
2
formation
and
sometimes
you
wonder
were
the
coach
will
use
joe
cole
and
robben
if
they
return
to
fitness
!
while
the
current
arsenal
team
is
still
built
around
fabregas
and
hunry
but
injuries
will
take
its
toll
and
the
small
teams
shall
dismantle
the
wenger
dynesty
come
january
and
by
the
time
the
carling
cup
,
fa
cup
gets
and
the
champions
league
gets
to
a
knock
out
stage
,
wenger
might
not
have
any
other
option
but
to
play
the
same
players
week
in
and
week
out
while
chelsea
,
liverpool
and
man
united
will
still
be
on
their
rotational
youth
policies
,
but
spurs
this
season
will
be
6th
with
bolton
above
them
,
therefore
my
friend
hadji
i
love
football
and
see
it
from
a
wider
perspective
not
from
the
loss
of
united
to
arsenal
,
the
season
is
still
very
young
and
the
pridictions
are
all
preliminary
but
come
may
united
shall
..
C
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
PIONS
!
THIS
VIEW
IS
NOT
NECESARILY
FROM
THE
NEW
VISION
OR
ITS
MANAGEMENT
BUT
ITS
MY
OWN
!
reach
me
on
this
mail
4
proper
discussion
jeffkenna2006
@
yahoo
.
co
.
uk
NEVER
-
NEVER
-
NEVER
....
UNITED
STILL
STANDS
A
HIGHER
CHANCE
NOT
ARSENAL
......
authored
by
akena
geoffrey
lukwiya
on
23
.
September
2006
at
14
:
23
Depite
of
the
lost
to
arsenal
last
weekend
,
nothing
will
change
or
derail
the
red
devils
challenge
to
the
title
though
its
still
too
early
to
talk
about
,
united
lost
to
abetter
arsenal
side
that
day
but
in
all
fields
except
the
striking
dpartment
,
united
still
post
a
bigger
threat
than
arsenal
but
could
not
break
the
youthful
gunners
,
this
season
the
only
true
team
to
challenge
chelsea
is
man
utd
,
if
we
see
from
the
world
cuo
fitigue
then
the
small
team
who
sent
few
players
to
the
world
cup
should
be
have
gone
distance
on
the
log
,
like
chelsea
,
man
united
hve
got
well
proven
covers
for
every
position
;
atitle
winning
team
must
be
built
around
individualism
(
ronaldo
,
rooney
,
heinze
and
ferdinand
)
,
consistency
(
winning
ability
which
is
now
on
4
/
5
games
)
,
experience
(
giggs
,
scholes
,
silvestre
,
gary
,
solskjear
,
ferdinand
,
&
van
dar
sar
)
,
youth
(
smith
,
carrick
,
evra
,
vidic
,
fletcher
,
park
,
&
richardson
)
and
the
mentor
(
sir
alex
ferguson
)
,
the
current
midfield
has
the
ability
to
dismantle
any
team
in
the
league
if
ferguson
could
only
make
carrick
step
in
alongside
scholes
,
chelsea
has
a
good
midfield
but
still
plays
trial
and
error
by
deploying
lampard
,
ballack
,
makelele
and
essien
together
but
still
struggles
to
break
team
playing
4
-
4
-
2
formation
and
sometimes
you
wonder
were
the
coach
will
use
joe
cole
and
robben
if
they
return
to
fitness
!
while
the
current
arsenal
team
is
still
built
around
fabregas
and
hunry
but
injuries
will
take
its
toll
and
the
small
teams
shall
dismantle
the
wenger
dynesty
come
january
and
by
the
time
the
carling
cup
,
fa
cup
gets
and
the
champions
league
gets
to
a
knock
out
stage
,
wenger
might
not
have
any
other
option
but
to
play
the
same
players
week
in
and
week
out
while
chelsea
,
liverpool
and
man
united
will
still
be
on
their
rotational
youth
policies
,
but
spurs
this
season
will
be
6th
with
bolton
above
them
,
therefore
my
friend
hadji
i
love
football
and
see
it
from
a
wider
perspective
not
from
the
loss
of
united
to
arsenal
,
the
season
is
still
very
young
and
the
pridictions
are
all
preliminary
but
come
may
united
shall
..
C
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
PIONS
!
THIS
VIEW
IS
NOT
NECESARILY
FROM
THE
NEW
VISION
OR
ITS
MANAGEMENT
BUT
ITS
MY
OWN
!
reach
me
on
this
mail
4
proper
discussion
jeffkenna2006
@
yahoo
.
co
.
uk
Arsenal
Stand
a
good
chance
but
it
might
not
be
enough
.
authored
by
John
Birungi
Babirukamu
on
23
.
September
2006
at
03
:
58
The
poor
arsenal
start
might
just
be
our
achilles
heel
.
to
put
up
an
unbeaten
run
like
the
one
three
seasons
ago
still
seems
to
much
for
arsenal
at
this
point
.
Yes
we
scored
big
in
the
transfers
,
getting
"
the
beast
"
and
gallas
,
but
Van
persie
and
Adebayor
are
to
unreliable
should
Henry
get
injured
as
he
has
been
.
Wenger
is
to
loyal
to
players
that
aren
'
t
worthy
anymore
of
starting
like
Ljungberg
with
obviously
better
players
like
Baptista
on
bench
.
How
he
will
play
gallas
other
than
Left
Back
,
is
still
a
mistery
to
me
.
All
this
as
Drogba
is
at
his
finest
,
and
ballack
(
Despite
the
red
cards
)
is
getting
into
the
premiership
.
Liverpool
might
face
the
same
inconsistency
as
last
season
while
Manu
that
is
riding
high
on
old
legs
will
surely
burn
out
.
It
all
comes
down
to
whether
arsenal
have
it
in
them
to
rise
to
the
occasion
,
or
sadly
Chelsea
will
win
it
again
.
Though
not
so
confidently
.
I
guess
we
should
just
trust
the
Proffessor
,
huh
?
Arsenal
takes
it
!!!!
authored
by
KACABS
STEPHEN
on
22
.
September
2006
at
12
:
51
Hey
guys
,
Gunners
are
smarter
and
physically
fit
for
the
cup
.
Having
beaten
man
-
u
is
a
strengthening
base
for
our
start
Chelsea
next
.
It
has
been
our
tradition
to
stage
challenging
and
entertaining
games
.
LOSE
NO
HOPE
,
ARSENAL
IS
BACK
PLEASE
!!!!!!!!
By
Simeo
Nsubuga
NEXT
year
,
Uganda
will
host
the
Commonwealth
Heads
of
Government
Meeting
(
CHOGM
)
.
Many
modern
hotels
have
been
built
for
the
event
and
they
must
respond
to
the
security
concerns
of
our
guests
.
It
is
the
responsibility
of
the
hotel
staff
to
keep
their
guests
secure
.
Below
are
the
tips
:
The
rooms
must
be
secure
.
Bedroom
doors
and
windows
require
good
quality
locks
,
bolts
,
security
chairs
and
viewers
.
The
doors
,
windows
and
the
surrounding
materials
need
to
be
of
good
quality
to
prevent
penetration
.
Room
attack
alarms
for
beds
are
a
further
consideration
,
but
must
be
responded
to
immediately
by
staff
,
in
the
event
of
activation
.
The
simple
introduction
of
mirrors
in
a
vulnerable
point
can
make
the
criminal
feel
very
uneasy
.
Good
surveillance
across
public
areas
is
important
.
Hotels
should
introduce
a
system
of
hotel
safes
or
centralised
safety
deposits
for
storage
of
valuables
for
those
guests
who
need
this
service
.
The
reception
desk
should
have
a
clear
view
of
the
entire
reception
area
including
the
hotel
entrance
.
All
doors
from
the
public
side
of
the
reception
leading
to
administrative
areas
should
be
controlled
.
There
should
be
strict
key
control
measures
.
The
management
of
keys
to
hotel
rooms
require
strict
controls
.
Reception
desk
staff
should
not
hand
over
keys
unless
satisfied
that
the
request
comes
from
genuine
guests
.
To
avoid
stolen
property
from
going
out
of
the
hotel
,
security
officers
must
always
be
on
alert
at
the
hotel
entrances
and
gates
.
All
staff
admission
should
be
confined
to
one
entrance
located
away
from
that
used
by
the
public
.
Management
should
be
encouraged
to
use
the
staff
entrance
as
a
means
of
supervision
and
monitoring
.
Conditions
of
employment
,
including
the
management
team
,
should
cater
for
random
searches
.
Standard
fire
safety
measures
like
appropriate
portable
fire
extinguishers
should
be
distributed
in
the
hotel
premises
.
It
is
necessary
to
have
a
modern
warning
system
like
a
fire
alarm
bell
or
siren
to
alert
the
occupants
in
case
of
fire
outbreak
.
Organising
fire
prevention
training
exercises
for
all
your
staff
and
periodical
fire
safety
and
prevention
inspection
surveys
should
be
carried
out
by
the
Fire
Brigade
officers
.
It
is
a
good
idea
to
employ
security
guards
from
the
private
security
organisations
which
have
been
vetted
and
approved
by
the
Inspector
General
of
Police
(
IGP
)
to
operate
in
the
security
industry
.
Installing
closed
circuit
television
(
CCTV
)
is
vital
.
These
are
cameras
which
can
be
placed
on
the
hotel
premises
to
transmit
images
of
the
scene
to
a
video
monitor
which
is
viewed
by
the
user
.
The
CCTVs
can
help
to
monitor
and
observe
all
the
hotel
premises
outside
and
inside
and
record
all
movements
without
any
inconveniences
.
Warning
signs
should
be
placed
in
the
car
parks
and
inside
the
hotel
to
offer
advice
to
the
guests
on
how
to
secure
their
property
.
Guests
can
be
advised
to
place
their
belongings
out
of
view
,
for
example
in
car
boots
,
if
removing
them
from
the
vehicles
is
inconvenient
to
them
.
All
hotels
should
place
functioning
metal
detectors
at
entrances
.
They
should
not
allow
anybody
to
take
machines
or
other
equipment
to
the
rooms
without
clearance
from
the
hotel
security
personnel
.
All
the
crime
incidents
should
be
reported
to
police
and
the
hotel
management
should
keep
record
of
crimes
which
are
committed
.
This
will
lead
to
better
evaluation
of
the
security
situation
of
the
hotel
and
how
best
the
management
can
easily
deal
with
the
problem
.
The
writer
is
the
Head
of
Crime
Prevention
Unit
,
Uganda
Police
Force
Poor
farmers
identified
low
education
levels
,
ignorance
,
lack
of
information
and
lack
of
skills
–
particularly
in
primary
production
and
financial
management
-
as
factors
influencing
their
inability
to
access
and
benefit
from
livelihood
opportunities
,
and
subsequently
as
causing
poverty
.
As
such
the
human
capital
of
all
stakeholders
–
pupils
,
parents
,
farmers
,
local
government
,
implementers
,
researchers
-
must
be
developed
in
order
to
transform
agriculture
and
consequently
eradicate
poverty
.
This
can
be
achieved
through
informal
education
,
such
as
efficient
extension
(
Section
6
.
3
)
and
more
formal
or
targeted
interventions
in
the
education
sector
.
Current
Situation
•
Agricultural
Education
Policy
:
Currently
,
there
is
no
agricultural
education
policy
.
The
absence
of
such
a
policy
means
that
agriculture
is
not
accorded
due
status
as
a
business
or
a
profession
,
and
there
is
no
strategic
mobilisation
of
resources
for
such
education
.
The
Ministry
of
Education
and
Sport
is
responsible
for
formal
agriculture
education
.
•
Functional
adult
literacy
:
In
Uganda
,
illiteracy17
is
a
barrier
to
accessing
information
and
profiting
from
livelihood
opportunities
,
therefore
compounding
poverty
,
especially
for
women18
.
The
Government
has
developed
a
National
Plan
for
Functional
Literacy
,
although
it
has
yet
to
be
implemented
.
However
,
private
sector
and
civil
society
organisations
have
embarked
on
functional
literacy
programmes
,
mainly
targeting
women
.
•
Basic
Education
:
The
first
step
to
improving
education
levels
is
to
ensure
that
all
people
receive
a
minimal
education
level
.
The
Government
’
s
policy
of
Universal
Primary
Education
(
UPE
)
aims
at
ensuring
universal
access
to
primary
education
.
Under
UPE
,
enrolments
of
boys
and
particularly
girls
have
increased
,
although
concerns
over
high
pupil
to
teacher
ratios
and
education
quality
exist19
.
However
,
currently
courses
are
theoretical
and
examinationoriented
,
and
are
not
linked
to
practical
experiences
nor
to
the
activities
of
community
and
other
local
stakeholders
.
Currently
,
co
-
ordinating
Centres
under
the
MoES
TDMS
enable
teachers
support
and
outreach
.
•
Tertiary
Institutions
:
The
tertiary
institutions
offering
agriculture
education
in
Uganda
include
4
agricultural
training
colleges
:
Arapai
,
Bukalasa
,
Busitema
(
agricultural
mechanisation
)
and
Entebbe
(
fisheries
)
;
and
Makerere
University
Faculties
of
Agriculture
,
Forestry
,
Zoology
,
and
Veterinary
Medicine
.
Recently
,
Makerere
University
has
made
significant
steps
towards
reviewing
the
curricula
by
introducing
,
degrees
in
Agricultural
Extension
Education
,
Agribusiness
Management
,
Fisheries
and
Aqua
-
cultural
Sciences
,
Food
Technology
and
Food
Business
Management
;
as
well
as
a
Continuing
Agricultural
Education
Centre
and
various
relevant
new
courses
.
However
,
currently
,
the
general
approach
to
tertiary
agriculture
education
is
not
largely
based
on
practical
experiences
,
nor
is
it
responsive
to
farmer
needs
or
farmer
participation
,
and
does
not
generate
multi
-
disciplinary
graduates
.
The
vision
of
agriculture
education
under
the
PMA
,
therefore
,
is
one
in
which
“
agriculture
is
treated
as
a
business
and
an
honourable
profession
and
farmers
,
farmers
acquire
knowledge
and
skills
that
enable
them
to
increase
productivity
,
profits
so
as
to
improve
their
quality
of
life
”
.
In
order
to
achieve
this
goal
,
agricultural
education
should
first
effect
change
of
attitude
towards
agriculture
by
demonstrating
that
agriculture
is
an
enterprise
that
can
generate
profits
and
enable
one
to
eradicate
poverty
on
a
sustainable
basis
.
Second
,
agricultural
education
must
enable
beneficiaries
to
acquire
knowledge
and
skills
that
enhance
their
capacity
to
produce
,
manage
,
process
,
market
,
distribute
,
regulate
and
sustainable
use
resources
professionally
.
Third
,
agricultural
education
must
be
delivered
in
such
a
way
that
the
participants
are
empowered
and
motivated
to
apply
the
knowledge
and
skills
acquired
.
Agriculture
education
demands
vast
resources
and
therefore
,
prioritisation
will
be
necessary
to
maximise
the
use
of
scarce
resources
.
Proposed
Strategies
•
Agriculture
Education
Policy
:
The
Ministry
of
Education
and
Sports
must
develop
an
engendered
policy
that
encompass
the
following
:
Promotion
of
agriculture
as
a
business
;
Treatment
of
agriculture
as
a
branch
of
applied
science
focusing
on
experiential
learning
;
Discouraging
the
use
of
agriculture
as
punishment
in
schools
;
Application
of
multidisciplinary
approaches
;
Encouragement
of
participation
;
recognition
of
indigenous
knowledge
;
as
well
as
incorporation
of
the
community
and
the
decentralised
system
of
local
government
in
the
implementation
of
agricultural
education
.
In
order
to
promote
agriculture
education
as
a
priority
under
the
PMA
,
enhanced
co
-
ordination
between
the
MoES
and
MAAIF
is
suggested
to
develop
appropriate
teacher
guidelines
,
design
curriculum
,
establish
experiential
methodologies
,
such
as
demonstration
farms
,
to
orient
education
to
farmer
needs
,
and
to
improve
effectiveness
and
quality
of
service
delivery
.
In
order
to
advance
agriculture
education
,
which
is
a
cornerstone
of
agricultural
transformation
,
earmarked
funds
from
Government
and
donors
must
be
transferred
to
the
MoES
.
Cost
-
sharing
initiatives
at
tertiary
levels
should
also
be
explored
.
•
Functional
Adult
Literacy
:
Current
government
plans20
and
private
sector
and
civil
society
organisation
programmes
must
be
co
-
ordinated
and
focused
in
order
to
be
effective
.
All
such
initiatives
should
be
linked
with
PMA
principles
,
such
as
rural
finance
and
extension
delivery
in
rural
areas
,
in
terms
of
the
information
and
skills
delivered
.
Curricula
must
be
relevant
to
people
’
s
livelihoods
,
aimed
at
life
skills
for
increasing
incomes
and
quality
of
life
.
•
Agricultural
education
in
the
formal
sector
:
At
primary
and
secondary
levels
,
education
for
agriculture
must
aim
at
educating
people
into
agriculture
rather
than
out
of
agriculture
.
Enhancement
of
knowledge
of
agricultural
practices
can
be
achieved
through
integration
of
agriculture
into
curricula
;
interesting
,
participatory
and
multi
-
disciplinary
approaches
;
and
engendered
curricula
in
the
formal
education
sector
at
all
levels
.
In
order
to
achieve
this
,
strengthening
of
the
Local
Government
and
formation
of
linkages
between
agriculture
,
production
,
extension
and
education
sectors
at
district
level
is
necessary
.
•
Primary
Schools
:
Integration
of
vocational
skills
,
including
the
reintroduction
of
a
broad
,
well
-
packaged
agriculture
component
,
into
the
primary
schools
curriculum
would
provide
practical
knowledge
and
skills
for
many
young
people
–
boys
and
girls
.
This
may
better
equip
them
for
engagement
in
the
agricultural
sector
either
through
their
own
efforts
or
by
passing
the
information
and
skills
learnt
onto
other
household
members
.
The
activities
existing
under
the
Co
-
ordinating
Centres
Infrastructure
(
TDMS
)
should
be
strengthened
to
enhance
outreach
and
linkages
.
Appropriate
educational
material
,
and
adoption
of
experiential
approaches
–
demonstrations
,
school
farms
and
farm
visits
-
for
enabling
problem
-
solving
and
enhancing
pupil
enjoyment
is
required
and
must
be
supported
by
20
National
Plan
for
Functional
Adult
Literacy
,
MGLSD
,
1996
.
district
and
sub
-
county
extension
services
.
In
addition
,
training
of
teachers
in
teachers
colleges
(
NTCs
and
TTCs
)
,
as
well
as
in
-
service
training
at
the
district
level
,
must
be
reviewed
in
order
to
create
a
system
(
harmonised
,
integrated
,
experiential
,
increased
competencies
,
and
promoting
role
modelling
)
that
enables
more
effective
teaching
of
agriculture
.
The
district
education
and
agriculture
staff
can
adapt
the
curriculum
to
focus
on
district
specific
aspects
of
agriculture
and
aquaculture
.
Involvement
of
community
members
,
parents
and
extension
staff
would
further
broaden
the
scope
of
such
education
.
•
Secondary
Schools
:
The
system
commenced
at
the
primary
school
level
must
be
continued
at
the
secondary
level
,
expanding
on
the
basic
vocational
knowledge
built
for
those
students
who
would
like
to
pursue
agricultural
studies
options
.
Pre
-
and
in
-
service
teacher
re
-
orientation
for
agriculture
education
is
necessary
to
enhance
competencies
,
as
above
.
Increased
co
-
ordination
and
linkages
amongst
schools
,
extension
services
,
youth
groups
and
community
and
business
members
.
•
Tertiary
Education
:
Training
must
be
holistic
,
responsive
and
relevant
to
the
labour
market
in
agriculture
and
peripheral
sectors
,
as
well
as
to
community
and
selfdevelopment
needs
.
Further
,
agriculture
,
agro
-
forestry
and
fisheries
must
be
promoted
as
business
enterprises
.
Curricula
must
include
farming
,
livestock
management
,
forestry
,
fisheries
and
environmental
aspects
–
the
depth
of
study
depending
on
the
area
of
speciality
.
Courses
in
each
discipline
should
include
marketing
,
processing
,
management
,
livelihood
/
farming
systems
approaches
,
participatory
methodologies
,
communication
and
training
.
To
achieve
the
desired
transformation
,
rural
areas
have
to
have
a
critical
mass
of
skilled
people
that
can
use
and
maintain
the
necessary
labour
saving
machinery
and
tools
that
are
needed
to
reduce
drudgery
and
increase
productivity
.
Institutions
like
Busitema
will
need
to
be
expanded
and
possibly
replicated
in
each
region
of
Uganda
.
Internships
should
be
mandatory
for
any
courses
oriented
towards
fieldwork
and
extension
.
Lastly
,
linkages
must
be
created
between
these
tertiary
institutions
in
order
to
harmonise
curricula
and
approaches
.
•
Agricultural
colleges
:
Colleges
must
be
oriented
to
produce
graduates
who
have
appropriate
skills
to
engage
in
various
areas
of
the
agricultural
sector
–
training
,
academic
institutes
,
civil
servants
as
well
as
extensionists
,
farm
managers
,
and
those
involved
in
manufacture
,
marketing
and
agro
-
processing
.
As
such
the
curriculum
must
contain
theory
and
practical
application
,
as
well
as
agri
-
business
skills
and
management
.
Training
–
of
-
trainer
skills
and
community
development
skills
should
also
be
developed
to
encourage
farmer
participation
,
to
mobilise
farmers
,
assess
their
needs
,
develop
packages
to
meet
those
needs
and
train
and
sensitise
farmers
.
In
addition
,
infrastructure
and
equipment
as
well
as
well
-
motivated
and
qualified
staff
must
be
in
place
to
implement
appropriate
curricula
and
produce
labour
marketoriented
graduates
.
•
Universities
:
Universities
must
continue
the
recent
progress
towards
adopting
the
recommendations
made
under
the
agricultural
colleges
.
Graduates
must
have
practical
skills
and
experience
to
be
able
to
engage
in
agriculture
as
a
profitable
business
.
They
Plan
for
Modernisation
of
Agriculture
:
Eradicating
Poverty
in
Uganda
must
have
a
good
understanding
of
farmers
’
constraints
and
livelihood
systems
to
be
able
engage
farmers
in
all
levels
of
implementation
and
to
apply
their
knowledge
to
address
practical
situations
.
Graduates
must
appreciate
the
implications
of
the
policies
within
the
sector
and
the
country
in
general
and
how
the
policies
and
regulations
impact
on
agriculture
.
This
is
imperative
given
the
policy
to
recruit
graduate
extension
staff
at
sub
-
county
level
.
Collaboration
between
faculties
and
departments
is
advised
.
In
addition
,
while
one
fisheries
college
exists
at
Entebbe
,
higher
level
fisheries
officers
hold
Bachelor
of
Science
degrees
and
have
not
received
specialised
training
in
fisheries
livelihood
systems
and
management
.
Tailored
courses
are
recommended
at
degree
level
.
Such
courses
could
also
target
individuals
who
are
already
engaged
in
agriculture
but
desire
to
improve
their
academic
qualifications
.
Agricultural
education
in
the
informal
sector
:
Informal
agriculture
education
will
be
delivered
to
farmers
,
youth
,
extension
workers
,
trainers
and
teachers
through
the
district
Agricultural
Development
Centres
(
ADCs
)
as
well
as
through
established
farmer
’
s
,
women
’
s
and
youth
groups
.
Such
education
should
be
experiential
,
participatory
through
the
creation
of
dynamic
networks
,
and
based
on
role
models
,
such
as
farmers
,
teachers
and
extensionists
,
within
the
community
.
In
particular
,
reestablishment
of
voluntary
youth
clubs
,
as
in
the
past
,
or
vocational
training
courses
through
district
ADCs
or
outreach
programmes
would
foster
attitude
changes
as
well
as
deliver
and
demonstrate
simple
skills
training
in
sustainable
methods
,
marketing
and
processing
.
As
a
result
,
youth
may
become
empowered
to
be
pro
-
active
,
rather
than
complacent
,
in
improving
their
livelihoods
.
Such
schemes
must
be
self
-
sustaining
with
little
local
government
intervention
,
to
a
large
extent
,
through
crop
production
and
marketing
,
small
projects
,
and
competitions
between
groups
.
Other
potential
activities
include
farmer
’
s
fora
,
seminars
and
workshops
,
open
days
,
competitions
,
exhibitions
,
exchange
visits
or
study
tours
,
and
twinning
arrangements
between
local
and
eternal
institutions
.
The
mass
media
and
groups
can
also
be
utilised
.
National
agricultural
education
strategy
For
more
information
please
go
to
The
Ministry
of
Education
Web
site
By
Ssemakula
Kiwanuka
I
am
forced
to
write
this
article
because
if
the
judgement
of
Justice
Okumu
Wengi
against
Makerere
is
allowed
to
stand
,
it
will
jeopardise
the
integrity
and
credibility
of
the
academic
qualifications
from
our
universities
.
I
am
also
embarrassed
because
I
have
to
criticise
the
learned
Judge
for
demonstrating
what
is
less
than
an
adequate
knowledge
and
understanding
of
how
universities
are
run
.
But
let
me
declare
that
I
have
not
always
agreed
with
Makerere
and
on
some
occasions
I
have
sided
with
Nakawa
.
This
time
,
however
,
I
have
to
defend
Makerere
for
its
firm
stand
in
defence
of
the
academic
integrity
of
its
qualifications
.
Hence
my
disagreement
and
criticism
of
Justice
Wengi
s
judgement
.
Justice
Wengi
was
wrong
when
he
dismissed
the
grounds
for
academic
malpractices
upon
which
Makerere
discontinued
the
said
student
.
These
were
the
presentation
of
scripts
with
different
registration
numbers
,
scripts
with
different
names
and
scripts
with
different
handwritings
.
Simple
logic
leads
to
the
conclusion
that
a
bonafide
student
with
no
intention
for
impersonation
and
ghost
writing
of
examinations
does
not
present
scripts
with
different
registration
numbers
or
with
different
handwritings
.
All
universities
worth
their
names
treat
such
incidents
as
serious
and
they
constitute
uncondonable
academic
malpractices
.
Integrity
Cases
of
academic
impersonations
and
ghost
writing
of
examinations
should
not
be
allowed
to
flourish
in
our
universities
under
the
guise
of
judicial
reviews
.
Because
when
people
lose
respect
in
the
integrity
of
the
qualifications
of
an
academic
institution
,
such
an
institution
sinks
to
third
rate
status
and
Makerere
should
never
allow
that
to
happen
.
I
have
stated
that
the
integrity
of
the
qualifications
awarded
by
our
universities
will
be
undermined
by
this
judgement
because
after
Makerere
s
Committee
of
Deans
had
collectively
recommended
the
discontinuation
of
the
offending
student
for
serious
academic
malpractices
,
MUBS
which
is
an
affiliated
institution
to
Makerere
disagreed
,
overrode
the
decision
and
reinstated
the
student
.
Decision
of
senate
Was
the
offending
student
judged
by
one
individual
?
The
answer
is
no
.
He
was
judged
by
a
collective
Committee
of
Deans
which
is
the
subcommittee
of
Senate
.
Did
the
Makerere
University
Senate
uphold
the
recommendation
of
its
Committee
of
Deans
?
The
answer
is
yes
.
Should
academic
degrees
be
awarded
by
courts
of
law
?
The
answer
is
no
because
such
courts
are
not
the
custodians
and
are
not
the
guarantors
of
academic
quality
assurance
and
courts
of
law
should
never
give
comfort
to
gross
examination
offences
.
I
was
therefore
shocked
when
the
learned
judge
threw
aspersions
on
the
Committee
of
Deans
,
which
is
the
academic
voice
of
any
university
.
Affiliation
status
In
defiance
of
its
mother
institution
,
MUBS
reinstated
the
dismissed
student
.
That
was
a
gross
violation
of
MUBS
affiliated
status
to
Makerere
whose
Senate
has
superior
jurisdiction
.
Similarly
,
Justice
Wengi
errored
when
he
upheld
the
overriding
of
the
Makerere
Senate
decision
by
MUBS
because
MUBS
as
the
affiliated
institution
,
cannot
override
a
decision
of
a
superior
institution
.
The
two
are
not
equal
.
I
got
the
impression
that
Justice
Wengi
failed
to
appreciate
the
academic
significance
of
the
term
affiliated
when
applied
to
academic
institutions
.
An
academic
institution
is
described
as
affiliated
because
it
is
deemed
to
be
younger
,
inexperienced
and
has
not
yet
acquired
an
independent
status
to
offer
its
own
degrees
.
Because
it
does
not
have
the
academic
status
and
respect
to
award
its
own
degrees
it
takes
on
the
status
of
an
affiliated
,
maturing
institution
.
For
this
reason
the
institution
to
which
other
institutions
affiliate
,
has
superior
jurisdiction
.
During
that
period
of
pupilage
and
guardianship
,
the
qualifications
of
the
junior
affiliated
institution
are
guaranteed
by
the
superior
institution
.
The
relationship
presupposes
that
the
Senate
and
Council
of
the
affiliated
institution
are
inferior
to
those
of
the
mother
institution
.
It
follows
therefore
that
MUBS
was
out
of
order
to
override
a
decision
by
Makerere
University
Senate
and
Council
.
London
University
The
best
example
in
the
Commonwealth
was
that
of
the
University
of
London
to
which
many
emerging
university
colleges
such
as
Makerere
,
Legon
in
Ghana
;
Ibadan
in
Nigeria
as
well
as
the
West
Indies
and
Southampton
,
etc
were
affiliated
as
they
grew
and
matured
.
The
degrees
they
gave
were
London
University
degrees
because
London
guaranteed
their
academic
quality
and
standing
.
Because
of
the
affiliated
status
,
the
Senate
and
Council
of
Makerere
University
College
could
never
override
decisions
by
The
Senate
of
London
University
.
The
two
were
not
of
equal
status
.
These
examples
of
London
University
with
its
affiliated
colleges
,
should
be
an
object
lesson
in
understanding
the
relationship
which
governs
the
affiliation
of
academic
institutions
.
As
long
as
the
affiliation
status
exists
,
the
degrees
and
other
academic
awards
are
those
of
the
senior
institution
,
which
under
special
arrangements
allow
its
name
,
Senate
and
Council
to
be
used
and
to
oversee
the
academic
and
professional
growth
of
the
young
institution
,
in
this
case
MUBS
.
During
the
process
of
academic
maturity
,
the
affiliated
institution
can
be
allowed
to
award
in
its
own
name
lower
qualifications
such
as
certificates
and
undergraduate
diplomas
,
but
not
academic
degrees
.
This
is
where
MUBS
stands
today
.
From
the
foregoing
,
it
is
clear
that
Justice
Wengi
failed
to
understand
what
affiliation
meant
and
entailed
.
It
meant
that
,
once
Makerere
s
Committee
of
Deans
recommended
a
course
of
action
and
as
long
as
that
recommendation
was
upheld
by
the
Makerere
University
Senate
,
the
MUBS
academic
organs
which
are
academically
inferior
in
status
could
not
override
Makerere
s
decisions
.
Thus
MUBS
act
of
overriding
cannot
be
sustained
in
academic
traditions
and
conventions
and
for
that
reason
in
law
.
Justice
Wengi
argued
that
MUBS
informed
the
Minister
of
Education
and
Sports
as
well
as
the
Visitor
of
its
decision
to
override
that
of
Makerere
.
But
the
mere
act
of
notifying
these
two
political
individuals
cannot
nullify
an
academic
malpractice
however
politically
powerful
the
informed
individuals
may
be
.
Collaborative
relationship
Along
the
way
in
his
lengthy
judgement
,
Justice
Wengi
confused
the
relationships
between
the
two
institutions
.
It
was
not
a
relationship
of
equal
partners
.
That
was
why
the
Nakawa
academic
qualifications
had
to
carry
the
imprimatur
of
Makerere
as
a
guarantee
of
their
quality
and
standing
.
But
there
can
be
other
arrangements
when
institutions
function
as
equals
and
the
word
affiliation
does
not
appear
in
their
relationships
.
Many
Universities
in
the
world
today
provide
collaborative
programmes
,
but
they
do
so
as
equals
and
not
as
affiliated
institutions
.
I
shall
give
a
few
examples
.
The
University
of
London
School
of
Economics
and
the
New
York
University
Stern
School
of
Business
ran
what
they
call
a
Global
Executive
MBA
.
They
do
so
as
equals
and
the
MBA
degree
they
give
is
recognised
by
each
institution
without
carrying
the
name
of
the
other
as
MUBS
carried
the
name
of
Makerere
.
Another
example
is
that
of
The
London
Business
School
and
Columbia
University
in
New
York
.
They
run
an
EMBA
but
they
do
so
as
equals
.
Oxford
University
and
HEC
Paris
have
a
collaborative
programme
but
each
stands
on
its
own
.
One
can
get
a
HEC
Masters
degree
or
an
Oxford
Masters
degree
.
In
the
case
of
Makerere
and
MUBS
,
such
was
never
the
relationship
because
the
two
institutions
carried
an
inbuilt
and
recognised
unequal
status
.
One
was
affiliated
to
the
other
.
Deans
and
their
committees
I
found
it
embarrassingly
strange
and
I
am
therefore
forced
to
criticise
the
learned
Judge
on
matters
which
are
fairly
elementary
for
those
who
know
the
structures
of
and
how
universities
are
run
.
Here
is
a
simple
ABC
for
beginners
.
The
University
Senate
is
the
supreme
body
in
academic
matters
.
Deans
whose
authority
and
status
Justice
Wengi
seemed
to
debank
,
are
the
pillars
of
any
academic
institution
.
Deans
Committees
may
not
be
explicitly
spelt
out
in
Articles
or
Statutes
but
such
Committee
and
their
functions
are
recognised
by
the
law
of
academic
custom
and
usage
,
also
known
as
convention
.
A
Deans
Committee
cannot
therefore
be
dismissed
as
a
mere
act
of
proliferation
as
Justice
Wengi
wants
us
to
believe
.
A
decision
or
a
recommendation
by
the
Committee
of
Deans
,
when
upheld
by
Senate
,
cannot
be
an
usurpation
of
the
power
of
the
so
-
called
legal
organs
as
Justice
Wengi
argued
.
The
name
MUBS
was
allowed
to
use
the
name
Makerere
because
it
was
an
affiliated
institution
.
Once
that
arrangement
stops
,
MUBS
cannot
continue
to
use
that
name
without
the
consent
of
the
mother
institution
.
Similarly
MUBS
cannot
give
degrees
which
bear
the
name
Makerere
without
the
consent
of
Makerere
.
Here
again
we
can
refer
to
the
University
of
London
.
The
day
Makerere
University
College
ceased
to
be
affiliated
to
London
University
,
it
ceased
giving
degrees
which
bore
the
name
London
University
.
If
the
High
Court
has
conferred
independent
status
to
MUBS
and
if
Nakawa
feels
that
it
is
a
university
in
its
own
right
and
it
is
no
longer
affiliated
to
Makerere
,
it
should
not
hang
on
to
the
name
of
another
institution
.
Nakawa
should
stand
on
its
own
legs
and
have
its
independent
name
.
Makerere
must
also
withdraw
its
own
name
because
the
affiliation
status
no
longer
exists
,
just
as
London
withdrew
its
own
name
from
the
Makerere
degrees
.
PhDs
In
an
escalation
of
its
quarrel
,
MUBS
ran
advertisements
in
the
local
press
about
its
new
status
conferred
by
the
High
Court
.
The
question
which
it
will
have
to
face
in
future
is
whether
it
has
adequate
academic
capacity
to
supervise
and
award
PhD
?
Universities
which
seek
international
respect
do
not
have
to
seek
court
decrees
to
recognise
their
academic
awards
because
the
proof
of
the
pudding
should
be
in
the
cooking
.
Independent
It
is
a
matter
of
debate
whether
the
High
Court
has
powers
to
create
independent
academic
institutions
.
I
shall
leave
that
argument
to
the
Ministry
of
Education
and
possibly
to
Parliament
.
Makerere
has
a
worldwide
reputation
which
it
has
built
over
the
years
.
It
must
defend
that
reputation
by
the
quality
of
its
academic
awards
.
Hostile
court
decisions
should
never
compromise
that
which
made
and
still
makes
Makerere
a
great
institution
.
The
writer
is
the
Minister
of
State
for
Investment
1
.
0
INTRODUCTION
The
lack
of
an
information
and
communication
technology
infrastructure
has
had
an
adverse
effect
on
the
instruction
,
research
,
management
and
administration
functions
.
This
gap
should
be
urgently
addressed
if
Makerere
is
to
maintain
its
newly
revitalised
image
.
It
is
in
recognition
of
this
draw
back
that
Makerere
University
as
a
major
,
public
higher
education
Institution
has
risen
to
the
challenge
of
incorporating
information
and
Communication
Technologies
(
ICTs
)
in
its
administration
and
academic
functions
.
It
is
positioned
to
fully
utilise
Information
Technology
as
a
revolutionary
tool
for
enhancing
the
scholarly
environment
of
its
students
,
faculty
and
staff
while
at
the
same
time
streamlining
service
management
for
the
efficient
running
of
the
University
.
Indeed
the
mobilising
of
ICT
resources
was
a
given
high
priority
in
the
University
strategic
plan
discussions
in
February
this
year
.
Embracing
Information
Technology
is
indeed
the
key
component
in
meeting
the
challenges
of
the
21
st
century
.
Creating
this
new
environment
will
be
expensive
and
significant
funding
is
a
continuing
challenge
to
move
with
the
changing
trends
;
in
software
and
hardware
as
well
as
training
.
Motivation
for
Change
The
impetus
for
change
stems
from
four
(
4
)
factors
:
-
Higher
education
the
world
over
is
being
subjected
to
the
same
demands
for
cost
effectiveness
efficiency
and
productivity
that
have
caused
major
restructuring
in
other
sectors
of
society
.
It
is
coming
under
increased
scrutiny
from
both
funding
agencies
and
its
customers
to
deliver
higher
quality
,
more
relevant
product
.
It
must
better
meet
the
needs
of
a
student
population
whose
characteristics
are
much
different
than
a
decade
ago
.
Higher
education
must
take
the
opportunity
to
apply
the
benefits
of
the
"
Information
Age
"
to
society
.
Cost
Government
funding
which
used
to
help
offset
institutional
expenses
in
the
past
has
nearly
dried
up
.
Only
fundamental
change
will
produce
the
needed
efficiencies
.
The
government
requires
that
the
University
trim
budgets
and
streamline
operations
.
These
requirements
have
been
passed
right
on
down
to
the
department
/
classroom
level
"
do
more
with
less
"
.
Quality
Universities
are
being
evaluated
against
a
different
set
of
standards
than
in
the
past
.
The
emphasis
is
on
outcome
.
Higher
education
is
judged
by
what
students
have
"
learned
"
not
what
they
have
been
"
taught
"
.
New
methodologies
will
have
to
be
developed
to
assess
the
quality
of
students
learning
accomplished
with
improved
technologies
.
Demographics
More
and
more
University
students
are
working
adults
who
repeatedly
enter
and
leave
the
education
system
over
an
extended
period
of
time
.
These
students
typically
are
"
place
bound
"
due
to
family
and
work
requirements
.
Consequently
time
and
location
of
instruction
are
very
important
to
them
such
students
would
benefit
from
the
application
of
technologies
that
support
"
asynchronous
learning
i
.
e
.
"
on
-
demand
"
time
and
place
independent
delivery
of
personalised
instruction
.
Opportunity
Many
leading
Universities
are
beginning
to
meet
the
above
challenges
by
leveraging
the
effectiveness
of
their
Faculty
through
the
use
of
educational
technology
.
The
result
is
a
more
self
-
directed
educational
environment
for
the
student
and
more
time
for
individual
student
-
Faculty
interaction
.
In
particular
easy
easy
-
to
-
use
tools
for
delivery
of
multimedia
(
text
,
graphics
and
sound
)
presentations
now
offer
a
mode
of
instruction
that
gives
students
to
be
much
more
active
than
passive
in
their
learning
.
The
age
old
lecture
hall
"
talking
head
"
is
fading
away
to
executing
,
interactive
"
edutainment
"
exercises
like
simulation
games
and
knowledge
exploration
on
the
World
Wide
Web
.
TRAINING
INFORMATION
AND
COMMUNICATION
TECHNOLOGIES
(
ICTS
)
Training
Systems
Personnel
Training
User
Personnel
Participants
Data
preparation
personnel
Data
Entry
personnel
System
operators
All
direct
and
indirect
users
Areas
of
emphasis
Equipment
usage
Equipment
troubleshooting
System
-
run
procedure
Equipment
usage
(
where
applicable
)
Equipment
troubleshooting
(
where
applicable
)
Application
familiarisation
Activity
scheduling
System
maintenance
Data
management
Security
Data
capture
and
coding
Data
handling
:
Addition
of
records
Deletion
of
records
Editing
of
records
Information
retrieval
Information
utilisation
Back
to
top
TRAINING
METHODS
In
-
service
and
vendor
-
provided
:
Equipment
usage
"
Hands
-
on
"
operation
Software
features
and
controls
In
-
house
Same
as
above
,
but
may
be
tailored
to
user
firm
.
May
use
audio
and
visual
instructional
material
,
special
training
manuals
,
or
special
software
.
Training
Even
well
designed
and
technically
elegant
systems
can
succeed
or
fail
because
of
the
way
they
are
operated
and
used
.
Therefore
,
the
quality
of
training
received
by
the
personnel
involved
with
the
system
in
various
capacities
helps
or
hinders
,
and
may
even
prevent
,
the
successful
implementation
of
an
information
system
.
Those
who
will
be
associated
with
or
affected
by
the
system
must
know
in
detail
what
their
roles
will
be
,
how
they
can
use
the
system
,
and
what
the
system
will
or
will
not
do
.
Both
systems
operators
and
users
need
training
.
Training
Systems
Operators
Many
systems
depend
on
the
computer
-
centre
personnel
,
who
are
responsible
for
keeping
the
equipment
running
as
well
as
for
providing
the
necessary
support
service
.
Their
training
must
ensure
that
they
are
able
to
handle
all
possible
operations
both
routine
and
extra
-
ordinary
.
Operator
training
must
also
involve
the
data
entry
personnel
.
Training
should
therefore
be
an
integral
part
of
the
University
information
policy
plan
.
2
.
0
TRAINING
STRATEGIES
There
are
3
broad
areas
in
which
training
is
required
in
order
to
integrate
the
uses
of
technology
into
the
University
curriculum
:
Training
students
to
understand
and
make
use
of
essential
technologies
used
in
basic
University
communication
,
classroom
instruction
,
and
research
.
Training
faculty
on
the
use
of
technologies
in
classroom
instruction
,
communications
with
students
,
and
curriculum
development
.
Developing
an
infrastructure
that
supports
both
existing
and
emerging
uses
of
technology
in
instruction
and
curriculum
development
.
The
deployment
of
ICTs
in
Makerere
will
be
two
-
fold
:
Student
/
Faculty
initiative
Administration
2
.
1
Phase
I
Student
/
Faculty
Initiative
Address
the
emergency
situation
of
the
glaring
gap
in
ICT
skills
in
the
two
above
sectors
to
unable
appreciation
of
the
basics
before
embarking
on
the
advanced
stage
of
content
development
and
usage
.
This
phase
should
recognise
and
related
ICT
deployment
to
the
core
University
function
of
educating
students
.
2
.
1
.
1
.
Basic
Training
It
is
imperative
that
Makerere
determines
that
in
addition
to
demonstrate
proficiency
in
their
own
disciplines
,
students
acquire
basic
computer
and
information
literacy
skills
which
are
increasingly
a
part
of
the
world
in
which
they
live
and
work
.
The
University
should
be
committed
to
providing
a
basic
level
of
competency
for
all
students
and
will
eventually
initiate
a
plan
to
ingrate
web
-
based
technologies
in
the
instructional
process
.
This
effort
will
incorporate
a
number
of
opportunities
for
students
and
Faculty
to
enhance
their
computer
knowledge
and
skills
within
the
framework
of
the
lower
division
core
curriculum
and
within
3
years
expand
into
the
upper
-
division
major
courses
.
Requirements
:
Access
to
computer
information
resources
should
be
mandatory
in
Lecture
rooms
,
Faculty
offices
,
Laboratories
and
administrative
offices
through
the
University
computer
network
.
A
computer
to
student
ratio
should
be
1
:
2
minimum
in
a
given
session
.
encourages
interaction
students
can
help
each
other
to
overcome
phobias
and
assist
those
who
are
weak
Every
lecture
should
have
a
PC
in
their
office
.
Institutional
standard
equipment
in
the
classroom
should
be
power
point
projector
,
screen
/
wall
and
white
board
.
2
.
1
.
2
Development
of
Faculty
ICT
capacity
It
is
important
to
note
that
training
in
ICTs
continuous
process
related
to
the
changes
that
characterise
this
field
.
As
such
requirements
for
both
training
and
equipment
will
never
cease
.
The
University
should
seek
to
be
cost
-
effective
and
build
local
capacity
.
In
the
absence
of
a
service
unit
(
Computer
Centre
)
the
Institute
of
Computer
Science
which
is
the
University
academic
and
research
unit
should
train
selected
Faculty
personnel
.
Effort
should
be
made
to
involve
graduate
students
in
the
lower
and
courses
involve
graduate
/
competent
in
basic
training
of
fellow
students
and
training
of
trainers
at
faculty
level
.
The
Institute
of
Computer
Science
(
ICS
)
will
conduct
a
readiness
survey
to
determine
faculties
and
are
ready
to
proceed
with
training
.
Progress
will
depend
on
compliance
with
set
readiness
"
criteria
.
Student
/
Faculty
Training
To
accomplish
the
first
phase
of
fundamental
training
the
following
steps
are
necessary
:
-
Set
up
Faculty
ICT
task
force
.
Responsible
for
co
-
ordinating
/
supervising
IT
site
preparation
IT
training
needs
assessment
Training
of
student
/
Faculty
Settings
up
help
desk
(
training
help
desk
management
)
Develop
a
plan
for
assigning
e
-
mail
addresses
and
activating
accounts
for
all
students
and
faculty
.
Identify
basic
Internet
skills
and
develop
appropriate
training
modules
for
each
of
the
courses
in
which
the
skills
will
be
taught
.
Assure
the
necessary
infrastructure
to
support
these
initiatives
including
but
not
limited
to
an
expanded
help
desk
,
computer
labs
and
training
personnel
to
work
with
both
students
and
faculty
.
Develop
and
administer
assessment
instruments
.
Analyse
results
including
experiences
of
students
and
faculty
participating
in
these
pilot
programs
and
new
initiatives
.
Expand
"
Help
Desk
"
functions
for
students
,
faculty
and
staff
.
To
develop
and
implement
an
evaluation
for
each
phase
.
Will
introduce
all
student
/
faculty
to
:
-
Introduce
trainees
to
the
computer
Standard
application
packages
-
priority
in
Word
processing
.
Searching
information
from
the
Internet
.
Use
of
e
-
mail
Power
point
presentation
(
emphasis
on
Lecturers
)
3
.
0
Phase
1
Administration
And
Management
The
negative
implications
of
the
manual
students
record
management
cannot
be
are
well
catalogued
.
the
type
delayed
response
time
loss
of
records
frustration
Over
-
head
cost
have
characterised
Makerere
University
administration
procedures
and
compromised
management
.
The
University
ICT
master
plan
will
lay
out
the
priorities
and
indicate
where
implementations
should
start
.
The
University
priority
in
ICT
use
in
management
should
be
student
records
.
Because
of
limited
time
,
it
is
necessary
to
gradually
purchase
as
opposed
to
develop
a
set
of
rule
-
based
,
integrated
administrative
software
systems
to
address
student
databases
,
registration
and
financial
accounting
;
personnel
/
pay
roll
budget
and
human
resource
computerised
functions
,
and
all
financial
transactions
of
the
University
.
Such
a
system
must
complement
(
if
purchased
in
incremental
modules
)
existing
systems
,
be
easy
to
maintain
and
be
compatible
with
the
University
requirements
and
plans
for
development
.
Training
of
the
Academic
Registrar
s
department
should
be
priority
in
administration
as
well
as
selected
personnel
from
Faculty
and
Halls
of
Residence
with
whom
the
Academic
Registrar
s
office
interface
.
Training
at
this
level
should
be
done
in
house
(
on
the
premises
)
as
much
as
possible
unless
specialised
training
is
required
.
It
should
be
done
by
the
particular
authorised
software
house
trainers
.
3
.
1
Considerations
Data
entry
will
be
a
huge
task
.
To
rationalise
training
resources
and
enable
personnel
to
train
more
data
entry
should
be
out
-
sourced
for
both
Administration
and
Library
.
Training
of
System
Operators
The
first
critical
training
will
be
that
of
network
administrators
as
the
network
is
put
in
place
.
In
both
categories
the
training
of
operators
is
essential
to
handle
serious
problems
at
the
faculty
level
.
After
the
installation
of
the
University
backbone
technical
training
will
be
mandatory
to
manage
departmental
local
area
networks
.
Training
in
this
case
will
largely
depend
on
faculty
capacity
.
Indeed
the
recruitment
and
retention
of
trained
technical
professionals
is
essential
to
implementing
a
technical
,
re
-
engineering
of
University
administrative
system
as
training
of
students
,
faculty
and
staff
.
Evaluation
Evaluation
of
each
state
in
this
initiative
is
essential
to
its
success
and
to
the
development
of
long
-
term
institutional
model
that
assures
quality
of
the
service
and
management
.
Phase
III
Technology
Enhanced
Interactive
Learning
(
TEIL
)
Paradigm
Shift
Learning
has
changed
from
a
one
way
delivery
system
into
a
two
-
way
discussion
.
This
has
been
enabled
by
both
student
/
lecture
access
to
the
Internet
as
the
world
s
greatest
archive
of
information
.
The
classroom
is
no
longer
a
static
environment
where
the
teacher
sits
a
sole
source
of
knowledge
.
In
a
connected
classroom
students
and
teachers
can
explore
and
learn
together
.
Research
has
shown
that
integrating
telecommunications
has
made
a
real
difference
in
how
teachers
teach
.
Makerere
University
recognises
this
as
a
challenging
opportunity
to
reconsider
the
nature
of
students
learning
experience
as
it
relates
to
both
the
ways
in
which
knowledge
is
shared
and
the
way
students
learn
.
Training
Faculty
on
the
use
of
technologies
in
the
classroom
instruction
,
communications
with
students
and
curriculum
development
,
should
be
the
next
phase
.
This
involves
:
-
Integrating
Web
based
and
Web
-
enhanced
technologies
in
the
instructional
process
.
To
accomplish
this
goal
the
following
steps
are
necessary
.
To
develop
and
implement
a
pilot
project
that
integrates
we
-
enhanced
instruction
into
core
courses
.
To
train
faculty
in
WebCT
and
provide
planning
time
for
course
development
using
technology
.
To
establish
a
competitive
program
for
faculty
to
develop
courses
making
use
of
traditional
and
web
enhanced
methods
.
To
develop
and
implement
an
evaluation
for
each
phase
of
the
initiative
user
Satisfaction
Survey
.
Provide
for
an
incentive
system
.
Expand
"
Help
-
Desk
"
functions
for
Students
/
Faculty
/
Staff
.
A
competitive
program
for
developing
web
-
enhanced
/
web
-
based
course
content
should
be
set
up
and
supervised
by
the
Institute
of
Computer
Science
and
the
Faculty
ICT
task
force
.
The
objective
is
to
enable
students
/
Faculty
to
use
computers
as
a
learning
tool
.
Develop
content
on
the
web
,
which
should
be
accessible
within
the
University
.
Second
State
of
this
Phase
Will
be
developing
content
that
is
accessible
globally
on
the
Internet
,
which
will
eventually
support
distance
learning
.
The
Institute
of
Computer
Science
will
be
offering
support
and
guidelines
for
faculties
to
develop
their
own
content
.
A
system
of
incentives
should
be
developed
to
encourage
faculties
that
are
exemplary
.
Again
evaluation
of
each
state
is
mandatory
to
ensure
compliance
and
quality
.
Phase
IV
Library
Library
To
realise
the
vision
of
becoming
a
major
Research
University
,
Makerere
must
:
-
Provide
access
and
training
to
members
of
the
University
community
,
so
that
they
can
readily
access
and
authenticate
local
and
global
information
resources
from
the
desktop
.
Provide
systems
for
efficient
processing
and
archiving
of
Library
materials
.
Maintain
the
telecommunications
infrastructure
that
(
1
)
and
(
2
)
require
.
It
strongly
promote
the
"
digital
Library
"
concept
by
subscribing
to
select
external
information
resources
.
Training
should
be
limited
to
system
operations
and
equipment
usage
.
Given
the
magnitude
of
Library
records
,
Data
entry
of
records
should
be
out
-
sourced
.
Priority
should
be
given
current
circulation
.
Users
should
be
trained
to
enter
data
.
Check
in
/
out
desk
operations
It
is
important
that
the
University
recognises
that
the
Library
is
not
a
space
for
reading
.
ICTs
should
be
used
to
transform
the
Library
into
an
Information
Resource
Facility
.
CONCLUSION
Training
will
be
the
single
most
important
activity
in
this
ICT
initiative
.
Indeed
any
technology
is
only
as
good
as
its
utility
.
Makerere
University
should
have
a
strong
training
component
in
its
information
policy
.
Consideration
should
be
given
to
sustainability
issues
because
ICT
training
will
be
continuos
and
frequent
.
The
training
plan
should
also
consider
a
phased
approach
to
ensure
quality
and
efficient
usage
of
scarce
resources
Training
of
systems
personnel
especially
those
managing
the
University
backbone
should
be
first
priority
as
soon
as
the
network
is
installed
.
Training
should
focus
on
the
University
core
function
of
equipping
our
students
with
ICT
skills
that
enable
them
to
face
the
challenges
of
the
21
st
century
.
To
realise
the
visions
set
forth
in
the
University
s
strategic
plan
,
the
University
partners
in
training
towards
the
University
of
today
.
4
.
REFERENCES
Technology
for
the
Top
:
A
Public
Private
Partnership
for
Applying
Information
Technology
to
Deliver
Solutions
for
Education
and
Commerce
.
Analysis
and
Design
of
Information
Systems
,
Second
Edition
,
J
.
A
.
Senn
.
Information
for
Development
,
Volume
6
,
1996
Back
to
top
DISCUSSION
-
STRATEGIES
FOR
TRAINING
The
following
key
points
were
noted
and
suggested
out
of
the
discussion
between
the
Presenter
and
the
participants
.
1
.
Training
for
user
staff
Reiterated
:
That
the
Institute
of
computer
science
is
competent
to
handle
training
for
user
staff
which
should
be
embarked
on
very
urgently
Suggested
:
That
the
University
could
put
in
place
a
scheme
to
motivate
all
staff
to
train
in
ICT
usage
.
Observed
:
That
the
University
Library
Services
at
Main
Library
also
has
capacity
to
handle
training
for
user
staff
.
It
embarked
on
this
exercise
since
July
1997
and
so
far
has
trained
32
academic
,
96
administrative
staff
and
2000
students
(
Postgraduate
and
Undergraduate
)
.
2
.
Student
involvement
in
ICT
management
Noted
:
Students
can
be
resourceful
in
the
running
and
maintenance
of
the
ICT
system
;
especially
since
they
are
cheap
and
can
be
committed
to
the
system
.
Back
to
top
THE
PROPOSED
MAKERERE
UNVERSITY
NETWORK
By
Dr
.
F
.
Tusubira
,
Mr
.
A
.
Kyeyune
,
Mr
.
A
.
Ndiwalana
1
.
INTRODUCTION
The
proposed
Makerere
University
Campus
Computer
Network
originates
from
the
ADB
project
study
which
was
carried
out
in
1993
.
Because
of
the
unforeseen
problems
the
project
never
took
up
.
In
*
February
2000
Technology
Consults
Ltd
.
(
TECO
)
was
commissioned
to
guide
the
procurement
of
a
computer
network
for
Makerere
University
.
2
.
DESIGN
PHILOSOPHY
Though
the
original
concept
assumed
a
concentration
of
resources
at
the
Institute
of
Computer
Science
(
ICS
)
.
We
are
recommending
distributed
resources
covering
all
campus
areas
.
The
original
concept
dwelt
a
lot
on
the
provision
of
computer
hardware
for
users
.
We
are
recommending
focus
on
connectivity
including
direct
Internet
access
.
Intelligent
switches
will
be
located
in
each
Faculty
or
major
unit
.
Faculties
and
major
units
will
have
to
build
up
their
internal
LANs
.
The
original
concept
had
ICS
and
the
Library
as
major
beneficiaries
.
We
recommend
that
they
remain
major
beneficiaries
,
but
without
the
concentrated
resources
:
remote
access
,
especially
to
the
Library
,
should
be
possible
from
any
campus
location
.
3
.
NETWORK
CAPABILITY
The
original
concept
focused
on
computer
networking
.
We
recommend
a
total
communication
network
capable
of
supporting
data
and
voice
/
interactive
multimedia
.
We
recommend
a
TCP
/
IP
based
campus
intranet
.
The
original
concept
had
some
considerable
debate
on
capacity
.
We
recommend
providing
the
highest
bandwidth
possible
to
meet
the
requirement
of
efficient
multimedia
communications
.
4
.
COVERAGE
The
original
concept
focused
largely
on
academic
facilities
on
the
main
campus
.
We
recommend
establishing
of
connectivity
to
MUARIK
,
MUBS
,
Medical
School
,
and
Buyana
Stock
Farm
.
We
also
recommend
inclusion
of
all
halls
of
residence
and
staff
quarters
.
See
the
logical
diagram
below
.
The
main
backbone
will
run
between
Physics
,
ICS
,
Main
Building
,
and
CCE
.
High
capacity
links
will
run
to
the
faculties
,
major
administrative
units
,
and
halls
of
residence
.
Individual
staff
units
should
be
able
,
at
owner
s
cost
,
to
establish
wireless
linkage
into
the
intranet
and
hence
the
internet
at
rates
above
128
kilobits
per
second
.
Provision
and
MUARIK
will
have
one
main
centre
and
wireless
connection
to
other
units
.
Access
to
the
locations
off
the
main
campus
will
be
by
terrestrial
line
of
sight
links
.
5
.
PARTNERS
So
far
the
University
has
already
got
partner
to
support
it
efforts
in
establishing
the
network
.
These
are
the
Leland
initiative
,
ADB
,
and
Uganda
Government
.
5
.
1
The
Leland
Initiative
Project
The
Leland
Initiative
aims
to
establish
direct
Internet
access
and
wireless
connectivity
on
campus
.
The
Leland
Initiative
Project
focuses
on
establishing
the
VSAT
link
,
intelligent
switches
at
all
POPs
,
all
the
necessary
bridges
,
routers
,
servers
and
associated
software
.
This
will
deliver
a
complete
working
system
.
5
.
2
The
African
Development
Bank
(
ADB
)
Project
The
ADB
will
provide
high
capacity
connectivity
(
fibre
Optic
)
University
backbone
that
can
support
high
traffic
(
Gigabit
)
over
the
network
.
Also
it
will
provide
a
selected
hardware
and
software
to
ICS
,
library
and
possibly
other
academic
centres
.
5
.
3
Uganda
Government
The
Uganda
government
will
fund
civil
works
in
trenching
,
laying
cables
,
set
-
up
and
security
of
POPs
,
training
,
and
hardware
and
software
support
for
LANs
in
faculties
,
institutes
,
and
schools
.
6
.
MANAGEMENT
The
Leland
Initiative
has
a
built
in
transitional
management
phase
.
The
University
Computer
Committee
must
define
a
long
-
term
management
structure
.
The
proposal
in
the
GTZ
concept
could
be
considered
.
It
is
critical
that
the
University
evolves
an
ICT
policy
and
guidelines
.
A
critical
element
in
this
is
likely
to
be
sustainability
through
suitable
cost
recovery
mechanisms
.
7
.
CONCLUSION
Makerere
University
has
already
gone
some
way
,
using
internal
capacity
,
in
developing
designs
for
ICT
infrastructure
.
External
experienced
input
will
help
to
ensure
that
the
design
is
sufficient
and
future
-
proofed
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
HOSPITALITY
PRODUCTS
COURSE
CODE
:
BLHM
103
PROGRAMME
:
BACHELOR
OF
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
This
course
unit
introduces
students
to
various
hospitality
operations
and
their
products
and
services
.
It
aims
at
providing
the
students
with
basic
knowledge
of
hospitality
industry
.
Importance
of
the
course
Unit
Students
will
gain
and
develop
an
understanding
of
how
hospitality
operations
are
organized
and
managed
with
more
emphasis
on
Ugandan
hospitality
businesses
.
Hospitality
products
course
unit
provides
an
overview
of
the
hospitality
industry
and
therefore
acts
as
a
foundation
course
unit
.
The
course
unit
also
involves
undertaking
a
field
trip
to
various
hospitality
establishments
in
and
around
Kampala
city
to
enable
the
students
acquaint
themselves
with
various
hospitality
products
and
services
available
to
guests
.
Job
/
Career
opportunities
.
This
is
one
of
the
many
course
units
within
the
hospitality
option
.
But
at
the
end
of
the
course
,
students
can
work
in
the
following
areas
:
Marketing
of
hospitality
products
&
services
Various
hotel
departments
and
restaurants
Fast
Foods
and
Takeaways
Contract
catering
Theme
parks
Welfare
catering
such
as
Educational
Institutions
/
Schools
,
Hospitals
etc
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
BASIC
FRENCH
To
introduce
students
of
International
Business
to
the
basic
notions
of
French
Grammar
,
Comunication
skills
and
Business
management
as
well
as
administration
COURSE
TITLE
:
BASIC
FRENCH
COMMUNICATIONS
GENERAL
OBJECTIVES
To
introduce
students
of
International
Business
to
the
basic
notions
of
French
Grammar
,
Comunication
skills
and
Business
management
as
well
as
administration
COURSE
TITLE
:
BUSINESS
ECONOMICS
OBJECTIVES
:
The
aim
of
this
course
is
to
equip
the
students
with
business
knowledge
required
in
solving
day
today
business
challenges
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
BUSINESS
INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
FOR
HOSPITALITY
COURSE
OBJECTIVES
Introduce
the
students
to
modern
Information
and
Communication
technology
with
specific
focus
on
the
computer
as
an
information
-
processing
machine
.
Highlight
specific
application
as
of
information
technology
in
the
business
world
Harness
the
students
decision
-
making
skills
related
to
technology
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
CULTURE
AND
HOSPITALITY
COURSE
CODE
:
BBA
359
PROGRAMME
:
BACHELOR
OF
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
Introduction
Diversity
and
multi
-
culturalism
are
critical
themes
in
the
hospitality
industry
,
especially
for
those
who
prepare
for
management
level
positions
through
which
organizational
policies
are
framed
and
carried
forward
.
Developing
an
understanding
,
sensitivity
and
competence
in
management
in
the
midst
of
diversity
is
essential
to
the
successful
leadership
in
the
industry
.
This
course
fosters
reflection
on
critical
contemporary
issues
,
and
seeks
to
develop
competence
and
sensitivity
through
which
students
can
manage
effectively
within
multi
-
cultural
settings
.
Job
/
Career
opportunities
A
well
-
qualified
student
can
easily
handle
the
following
jobs
Office
Management
Human
Resource
Management
Personnel
and
Administration
Field
work
Operations
Manage
a
communications
department
Head
customer
service
department
COURSE
TITLE
:
FOOD
AND
BEVERAGE
COSTING
COURSE
CODE
:
DCH
030
PROGRAMME
:
DIPLOMA
IN
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
This
course
introduces
the
student
to
the
knowledge
pertaining
to
food
and
beverage
controls
.
It
defines
a
number
of
key
terms
and
concepts
and
analyses
the
working
definitions
for
the
terms
;
sales
,
costs
and
the
overall
control
process
in
food
and
beverage
operations
.
It
introduces
the
basics
of
cost
-
sales
ratios
analysis
.
The
four
-
step
control
process
is
thoroughly
explained
and
discussed
.
The
course
also
focuses
on
the
various
phases
of
food
and
beverage
operations
the
control
techniques
and
procedures
are
also
discussed
in
detail
.
Job
Opportunities
Career
opportunities
will
be
open
for
students
to
work
as
:
Purchasing
clerks
Receiving
clerks
Storekeepers
in
hotels
and
other
related
properties
Food
and
beverage
inventory
controllers
COURSE
TITLE
:
FOOD
AND
BEVERAGE
MANAGEMENT
COURSE
CODE
:
BLHM
302
Introduction
Generally
,
the
course
equips
students
with
theoretical
and
practical
knowledge
and
skills
in
control
and
management
of
Foods
and
Beverages
during
service
so
as
to
realize
profits
for
their
organizations
.
Course
Objectives
1
.
To
relate
food
and
beverage
management
functions
with
food
and
beverage
operations
.
2
.
To
appreciate
control
in
food
and
beverage
management
3
.
To
be
able
to
develop
,
price
and
cost
menus
4
.
To
identify
food
service
outlets
and
their
functions
5
.
To
know
the
different
methods
of
serving
food
to
customer
6
.
To
appreciate
the
value
of
portion
control
7
.
To
identify
food
service
equipment
and
tools
8
.
To
handle
different
kinds
of
beverages
and
alcoholic
drinks
appropriately
9
.
To
appreciate
importance
of
customer
care
so
as
to
retain
customers
and
promote
sales
Careers
in
Food
and
Beverage
Management
A
person
who
has
mastered
nutritional
knowledge
can
follow
one
of
the
following
careers
:
1
.
An
informed
cook
who
aims
at
providing
health
promoting
foods
2
.
As
a
Public
health
dietician
in
town
councils
,
Ministry
of
Health
,
Ministry
of
Education
and
in
public
canteens
and
supermarkets
to
advise
on
the
right
foods
to
stock
and
provide
in
public
eating
places
.
3
.
As
a
dietitian
caterer
in
institutions
that
provide
meals
such
as
schools
,
colleges
,
universities
,
prisons
etc
.
4
.
As
a
hospital
dietician
who
focuses
on
the
use
of
diet
in
the
treatment
and
management
of
disease
.
5
.
As
a
nutrition
educationist
in
the
community
so
as
contribute
to
good
health
and
productivity
in
population
and
to
national
economic
development
COURSE
TITLE
:
FOOD
PREPARATION
AND
PRODUCTION
COURSE
CODE
:
DCH
009
PROGRAMME
:
DIPLOMA
IN
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
The
nature
of
the
Hospitality
industry
is
to
provide
meals
for
people
who
are
away
from
home
.
These
people
come
in
many
categories
,
they
may
be
stop
over
travelers
,
tourists
,
business
executives
,
honorable
politicians
,
students
and
many
more
.
Food
Preparation
and
Production
involves
detailed
commercial
operations
.
Therefore
to
succeed
,
one
must
be
a
good
financial
manager
in
addition
to
being
a
professional
cook
.
Modern
eating
goes
beyond
just
satisfying
hunger
,
it
demands
what
is
called
the
total
meal
experience
,
which
means
eating
food
which
is
fashionable
,
attractive
to
look
at
,
tasty
,
wholesome
,
healthy
and
hygienically
safe
.
The
food
should
in
addition
be
served
by
interested
,
cheerful
,
helpful
and
friendly
staff
and
eaten
in
a
relaxed
ambience
.
This
calls
for
a
scientific
approach
to
producing
meals
.
Food
Preparation
&
Production
has
been
greatly
mechanized
and
is
now
digital
,
to
be
efficient
one
needs
to
learn
to
work
with
this
modernization
.
Most
customers
are
always
time
conscious
,
one
needs
machines
to
speed
up
safely
.
Career
/
Job
Opportunities
Job
opportunities
exist
in
various
hospitality
establishments
Hotels
Restaurants
Fast
foods
Hospitals
Educational
institutions
and
others
Food
Preparation
and
Production
lends
itself
to
specialization
,
e
.
g
.
one
can
just
do
baking
and
confectionery
or
barbecuing
and
become
as
successful
as
anyone
else
.
For
those
who
aspire
to
become
managers
,
one
cannot
sensibly
manage
the
food
service
trade
if
they
do
not
possess
the
technical
and
professional
insight
of
the
mechanics
of
the
operations
.
A
smart
cook
who
can
make
money
for
him
/
herself
or
for
their
employer
will
always
sell
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
FOOD
PRODUCTION
1
OBJECTIVES
Food
production
1
is
the
initiation
course
into
food
production
curriculum
and
covers
both
theory
and
practicals
in
the
areas
of
food
knowledge
,
kitchen
knowledge
and
organization
and
kitchen
practicals
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
FOOD
PRODUCTION
2
COURSE
OBJECTIVES
Introduce
students
to
menu
planning
and
management
Understand
how
to
use
convenience
foods
together
with
regular
fresh
foods
in
food
production
.
Increase
more
food
production
practical
skills
and
personal
work
independence
,
Pastry
&
baking
Understand
the
food
and
beverage
control
in
purchasing
and
storage
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
FOOD
AND
BEVERAGE
SERVICE
I
COURSE
CODE
:
BCH
202
PROGRAMME
:
BACHELOR
OF
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
This
course
offers
an
introduction
to
food
and
beverage
outlets
,
food
and
beverage
service
areas
and
equipment
and
categorizing
the
food
and
beverage
personnel
.
It
focuses
on
the
key
definition
of
menus
as
well
as
some
styles
of
service
in
food
and
beverage
establishments
.
It
introduces
the
student
to
the
basic
food
and
beverage
service
technical
skills
.
Finally
,
it
offers
some
very
basic
information
about
the
food
and
beverage
service
sequence
plus
break
fast
and
afternoon
tea
service
terms
.
Job
Opportunities
This
course
lays
the
foundation
for
the
student
to
start
off
their
career
as
operatives
in
the
food
and
beverage
industry
in
the
following
areas
:
Fast
food
/
take
-
away
establishments
.
Institutional
establishments
Up
-
market
hotels
Entertainment
operations
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
FOOD
AND
BEVERAGE
SERVICE
II
COURSE
CODE
:
BCH
301
PROGRAMME
:
BACHELOR
OF
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
This
course
introduces
the
student
to
the
second
stage
of
the
course
in
food
and
beverage
service
.
It
aims
at
providing
the
student
with
more
advanced
knowledge
and
technical
skills
in
the
service
of
food
and
beverages
.
It
particularly
addresses
the
specialized
forms
of
service
in
various
operations
in
the
industry
.
Specific
standards
and
procedures
for
specialized
service
are
seriously
discussed
and
carried
out
in
the
training
restaurant
.
The
food
and
beverage
sales
control
techniques
are
specifically
dealt
with
in
this
course
.
Job
Opportunities
This
course
,
being
the
final
stage
in
the
food
and
beverage
course
,
will
lead
the
student
to
have
a
career
as
a
supervisor
or
trainee
Manager
in
the
latter
part
of
his
/
her
career
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
FRENCH
COURSE
CODE
:
BCH
1I
(
215
)
,
BCH
III
(
356
)
,
DLH
(
032
)
,
DCH
(
032
)
,
DSIM
(
033
)
,
BIB
(
111
)
,
BOIM
(
305
/
313
)
,
BBA
(
352
/
356
)
PROGRAMMES
:
BACHELOR
OF
:
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS
OFFICE
AND
INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT
DIPLOMAS
IN
:
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
LEISURE
&
HOSPITALITY
MANAGEMENT
SECRETARIAL
&
INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
French
is
one
of
the
widely
spoken
International
Languages
in
the
world
owing
its
origin
from
the
fact
that
it
was
once
a
language
of
Diplomats
.
Why
Study
Business
French
at
Makerere
University
Business
School
Well
,
we
are
living
in
a
changing
world
that
is
slowly
drifting
into
one
global
village
.
This
means
that
French
is
slowly
being
used
in
all
fields
be
it
in
Management
,
Business
,
Catering
,
Tourism
,
Politics
etc
.
Learning
French
exposes
the
students
to
a
second
international
language
that
is
very
crucial
for
the
Hospitality
industry
.
At
Makerere
University
Business
School
,
we
now
offer
French
to
various
programs
such
as
Bachelor
of
Business
Administration
,
Bachelor
of
International
Business
,
Bachelor
of
Catering
and
Hotel
Management
,
Diploma
in
Catering
and
Hotel
Management
,
Diploma
in
International
Business
etc
.
We
teach
word
,
terms
,
expressions
,
phrases
,
grammar
that
are
suitable
for
the
varied
professions
mentioned
above
to
enable
one
compete
effectively
in
the
tense
job
market
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
HUMAN
NUTRITION
AND
DIETETICS
COURSE
CODE
:
BCH
204
PROGRAMME
:
BACHELOR
OF
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
INSTRUCTOR
:
Phoebe
Kabanza
pkabanza
@
mubs
.
ac
.
ug
Ph
D
Foods
,
Nutrition
and
Dietetics
(
Kenyatta
University
)
PGD
Nutrition
(
King
s
College
,
London
)
B
Ed
Home
Economics
(
Makerere
University
)
M
.
A
.
Ed
Mgt
&
Admin
.
(
Makerere
University
)
Introduction
Nutrition
is
the
study
of
the
influence
of
food
intake
on
health
and
wellbeing
.
The
importance
of
nutrition
in
the
primary
prevention
of
disease
(
public
health
nutrition
)
is
recognized
by
governments
in
both
developing
and
developed
countries
.
Public
health
nutrition
involves
studying
the
relationships
between
dietary
intake
and
state
of
health
.
What
one
eats
has
influence
on
him
/
her
intellectually
,
physically
and
socially
.
Dietetics
is
the
application
of
nutritional
knowledge
that
is
particularly
tailored
to
individual
needs
of
the
consumers
.
Applying
the
knowledge
gained
helps
prevent
disease
in
the
population
(
nutrition
intervention
)
.
Course
objectives
At
the
end
of
the
course
,
participants
are
expected
to
do
the
following
:
1
.
To
identify
the
source
of
desired
nutrients
from
foods
available
in
the
local
environment
2
.
To
be
able
to
plan
meals
for
different
groups
of
people
in
the
community
3
.
To
have
the
ability
to
conserve
nutrients
during
food
handling
as
in
purchasing
,
storage
,
preparation
,
cooking
and
food
service
to
consumers
4
.
To
appreciate
the
dangers
of
malnutrition
in
society
5
.
To
apply
nutritional
knowledge
in
assisting
individuals
who
suffer
from
nutrition
related
disorders
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
Kiswahili
COURSE
OBJECTIVES
At
the
end
of
the
course
,
the
students
should
be
able
to
communicate
in
basic
Kiswahili
according
to
their
specialization
.
The
course
is
aimed
at
introducing
the
basics
of
Kiswahili
with
a
view
to
building
and
developing
student
ability
to
use
the
language
in
their
everyday
communication
but
most
especially
concerning
their
professional
environment
i
.
e
leisure
and
hospitality
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
KISWAHILI
1
OBJECTIVES
By
the
end
of
this
course
students
should
be
able
to
:
Greet
and
respond
to
both
formal
and
informal
greetings
in
Kiswahili
.
Construct
grammatically
correct
sentences
in
all
the
simple
tenses
.
Count
from
1
-
10
,
000
,
000
in
Kiswahili
including
fractions
and
decimals
.
Tell
time
and
date
in
Kiswahili
.
Read
and
write
Kiswahili
words
.
Answer
questions
about
passages
written
in
Kiswahili
.
Acquire
a
substantial
amount
of
terminologies
used
in
business
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
KISWAHILI
3
OBJECTIVES
By
the
end
of
the
course
students
will
be
expected
to
;
Have
acquired
advanced
skills
pertaining
to
the
noun
and
its
agreement
/
modifications
.
Design
or
express
information
on
business
cards
,
company
and
its
facts
,
position
,
work
,
your
salary
.
Have
enough
vocabulary
about
international
business
Construct
and
apply
compound
sentences
and
tenses
respectively
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
FOOD
CHEMISTRY
AND
HYGIENE
COURSE
CODE
:
BCH
213
AND
DCH
007
PROGRAMME
:
BACHELOR
OF
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
Food
Chemistry
and
Hygiene
is
a
service
course
that
is
required
in
every
aspect
of
the
hospitality
industry
,
especially
in
food
handling
.
The
course
imparts
some
of
the
basic
rules
of
clean
food
handling
to
the
large
number
of
people
engaged
in
the
food
industry
.
Importance
of
the
course
1
.
The
course
seeks
to
understand
the
chemical
and
biochemical
reactions
that
affect
the
safety
and
quality
of
food
during
storage
and
cooking
.
2
.
Food
spoilage
and
rejection
by
consumers
leading
to
wastage
of
resources
utilized
to
produce
the
meal
are
avoided
.
The
quality
of
food
is
appreciated
through
its
texture
,
appearance
,
flavour
and
taste
.
These
attributes
have
to
be
preserved
through
appropriate
food
preservation
and
storage
.
3
.
The
population
is
protected
against
eating
contaminated
food
,
which
would
result
into
food
poisoning
.
To
be
considered
safe
,
food
must
be
free
of
any
harmful
contaminants
at
the
time
of
its
consumption
.
That
promotes
the
nation
s
health
and
wealth
.
4
.
Employees
are
motivated
by
working
in
clean
environment
therefore
they
work
carefully
and
efficiently
.
Clean
food
premises
attract
customers
and
promote
business
activities
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
LEISURE
PATTERNS
COURSE
CODE
:
BLHM
201
PROGRAMME
:
BACHELOR
OF
LEISURE
AND
HOSPITALITY
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
The
course
unit
introduces
basic
concepts
as
they
apply
to
the
leisure
industry
.
It
involves
the
analysis
and
understanding
of
leisure
philosophy
in
the
society
,
the
inter
-
relationships
between
leisure
,
work
and
people
s
leisure
needs
.
The
importance
of
the
course
to
students
This
course
unit
acts
as
an
introduction
to
leisure
as
a
programme
of
study
.
Therefore
,
it
aims
at
giving
course
participants
the
basic
principles
that
could
be
applied
to
other
related
leisure
course
units
.
Leisure
Patterns
course
also
provides
students
with
an
overview
of
leisure
industry
so
that
those
who
prefer
undertaking
careers
in
the
industry
will
have
an
appreciation
of
the
various
leisure
industry
elements
.
The
course
unit
involves
undertaking
an
organized
study
tour
to
various
leisure
operations
in
and
around
Kampala
to
acquaint
students
with
the
various
leisure
services
.
Job
Opportunities
This
unit
lays
the
foundation
for
future
careers
in
;
o
Leisure
planning
in
local
and
central
government
o
Various
sports
organizations
including
sports
clubs
o
Fitness
centers
.
o
Adventure
recreation
areas
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
TOURISM
COURSE
OBJECTIVES
1
.
To
famililiarize
students
with
the
general
principles
and
main
components
of
tourism
.
2
.
To
provide
students
with
an
appreciation
of
the
study
of
tourism
as
a
domain
in
its
own
right
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
TOURISM
SYSTEMS
COURSE
CODE
:
DLH
031
PROGRAMME
:
DIPLOMA
IN
LEISURE
AND
HOSPITALITY
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
:
Tourism
is
one
of
the
leading
sectors
that
earn
foreign
exchange
and
it
is
a
big
contributor
to
employment
in
any
country
that
promotes
it
.
Being
one
of
the
industries
that
require
less
effort
in
terms
of
initial
investment
as
compared
to
other
sectors
,
it
can
grow
faster
under
proper
management
.
Objectives
1
.
To
familiarize
students
with
the
general
principles
and
main
components
of
tourism
.
2
.
To
provide
students
with
an
appreciation
of
the
study
of
tourism
systems
as
a
domain
in
its
own
right
.
3
.
To
provide
students
with
a
framework
within
which
to
locate
tourism
systems
in
other
various
elements
of
their
course
.
Job
opportunities
Information
officers
in
Hotel
Front
offices
.
Tour
guides
in
tours
and
travel
companies
.
Supervisors
in
different
tour
activities
.
Self
-
employment
in
tourism
activities
available
.
Immigration
points
as
hotel
agents
etc
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
NUTRITION
AND
DIETETICS
COURSE
CODE
:
DCH
025
PROGRAMME
:
DIPLOMA
IN
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
:
Catering
and
Hotel
Management
is
part
of
Hospitality
industry
.
This
mainly
involves
provision
of
Accommodation
,
Food
and
Drinks
to
travelers
and
the
knowledge
of
the
dietary
requirements
for
each
group
of
people
involved
in
this
industry
is
vital
to
every
individual
involved
in
provision
of
Hospitality
services
.
Objectives
.
1
.
To
promote
an
understanding
of
the
scientific
and
nutritional
aspects
of
Food
production
,
cooking
and
storage
,
and
how
they
affect
the
health
of
people
.
2
.
At
the
end
of
the
course
one
should
be
able
to
:
Describe
different
nutrients
and
their
functions
Describe
the
process
through
which
nutrients
pass
from
ingestion
to
absorption
.
Estimate
body
nutrient
requirements
in
different
individuals
/
conditions
.
Identify
food
sources
of
the
different
categories
of
nutrients
.
Discuss
factors
that
affect
food
and
nutrient
availability
.
Discuss
the
relationship
between
nutrition
and
health
.
Job
Opportunities
.
Hospital
kitchens
need
these
graduates
to
advise
on
diet
problems
for
different
patients
.
Graduates
can
work
as
chefs
for
special
categories
of
people
in
Hospitality
establishments
.
Graduates
can
work
in
community
programmes
that
promote
healthy
nutrition
practices
e
.
g
.
early
childhood
nutrition
programmes
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
HOSPITALITY
MANAGEMENT
COURSE
CODE
:
DLH
023
PROGRAMME
:
DIPLOMA
IN
LEISURE
AND
HOSPITALITY
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
:
Hospitality
industry
is
made
up
of
two
distinct
services
,
the
provision
of
overnight
Accommodation
for
people
staying
away
from
home
,
and
the
provision
of
sustenance
for
people
eating
away
from
home
,
both
of
which
meet
very
basic
human
needs
-
the
need
to
sleep
and
the
need
to
eat
.
Objectives
At
the
end
of
the
course
,
students
should
:
Be
able
to
give
an
account
of
what
Hospitality
industry
is
all
about
.
Know
sectors
that
make
up
Hospitality
industry
.
Apply
the
knowledge
acquired
to
manage
/
operate
Hospitality
establishments
.
Job
Opportunities
Supervisors
in
Hospitality
establishments
,
like
restaurants
,
takeaways
etc
.
Managing
small
businesses
in
hospitality
establishments
.
This
field
of
study
has
more
potential
in
job
creation
since
it
is
practical
(
self
employment
through
being
innovative
)
Information
assistants
at
the
reception
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
LEISURE
ENVIRONMENT
COURSE
CODE
:
DLH
009
PROGRAMME
:
DIPLOMA
IN
LEISURE
AND
HOSPITALITY
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
Leisure
today
is
increasingly
taking
a
center
stage
in
many
peoples
lives
.
This
is
evident
in
the
fact
that
many
countries
earn
a
lot
of
foreign
exchange
from
such
leisure
facilities
.
People
engage
in
different
types
of
leisure
activities
and
these
have
to
be
packaged
in
the
most
suitable
way
to
meet
their
satisfaction
.
Graduates
of
this
course
are
tailored
to
acquire
the
relevant
skills
of
providing
this
facility
to
those
who
desire
them
.
Course
objectives
The
course
is
intended
to
equip
the
students
with
the
ability
to
understand
,
evaluate
,
control
and
communicate
the
Leisure
and
Hospitality
environment
.
At
the
end
of
the
course
,
students
should
be
able
to
assess
and
manage
the
Leisure
and
Hospitality
environment
in
a
professional
manner
.
Graduates
should
be
able
to
know
the
concept
of
Leisure
environment
in
a
society
with
different
challenges
and
that
Leisure
and
Hospitality
is
the
fastest
growing
industry
that
requires
different
approaches
to
managing
leisure
activities
.
Career
Opportunities
Different
levels
of
opportunities
do
exist
in
different
leisure
and
recreation
facilities
.
However
some
jobs
require
special
training
to
get
practical
skills
to
enable
the
graduates
perform
better
.
They
can
work
as
:
Health
club
attendants
.
Supervisors
in
recreation
facilities
Instructors
in
some
specialized
leisure
activities
.
E
.
g
.
First
Aid
,
Swimming
,
aerobics
etc
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
RECEPTION
OPERATIONS
1
COURSE
CODE
:
BCH
203
PROGRAMME
:
BACHELOR
OF
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
This
course
is
taught
to
students
pursuing
Bachelor
of
Catering
and
Hotel
Management
in
semester
one
,
year
two
.
The
course
is
an
introduction
to
the
Front
Office
,
being
the
nerve
centre
of
Hospitality
establishments
.
The
Front
Desk
is
the
place
where
customers
get
their
first
impressions
when
they
come
to
the
establishment
.
It
s
efficient
operation
and
management
is
of
critical
importance
.
To
achieve
a
competitive
edge
and
excellence
in
a
turbulent
environment
,
Front
office
personnel
must
possess
unique
techniques
and
skills
to
ensure
total
customer
satisfaction
.
During
this
course
,
students
undertake
study
tours
in
hotels
around
Kampala
to
familiarize
them
with
what
is
on
the
ground
.
Learning
Objectives
On
completion
of
the
course
,
students
will
be
able
:
To
handle
guests
from
different
backgrounds
with
regard
to
communication
and
service
delivery
skills
To
understand
the
organization
and
the
role
of
Front
office
personnel
in
the
operation
of
the
Hospitality
establishment
To
deal
efficiently
with
enquiries
and
reservations
and
check
-
in
and
checkout
systems
To
handle
money
and
other
financial
instruments
such
as
Credit
cards
and
Travelers
Cheques
Handle
guests
with
special
needs
particularly
the
handicapped
,
elderly
and
children
.
Career
opportunities
Students
who
undertake
this
course
have
career
opportunities
as
Front
office
supervisors
in
different
Hospitality
establishments
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
RECEPTION
OPERATIONS
2
COURSE
CODE
:
BCH
303
PROGRAMME
:
BACHELOR
OF
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
The
course
is
an
extension
of
Reception
Operations
1and
it
is
undertaken
by
students
pursuing
Bachelor
of
Catering
and
Hotel
Management
in
semester
one
,
year
three
.
The
course
provides
a
more
detailed
and
in
-
depth
insight
into
Reception
Operations
1
.
Reception
Operations
2
is
a
combination
of
theory
and
practical
skills
.
Study
tours
to
hotels
are
made
in
addition
to
Video
shows
,
Role
-
playing
and
group
discussions
and
presentations
.
Objectives
of
the
Course
At
the
end
of
the
course
,
students
are
expected
to
:
Be
well
equipped
with
theoretical
and
practical
skills
to
handle
any
difficult
situation
in
the
Front
office
.
Understand
all
aspects
of
Reception
operations
in
hospitality
establishments
To
employ
all
the
techniques
required
to
increase
room
occupancy
and
room
revenue
Career
opportunities
Students
who
pursue
this
course
are
capable
of
supervising
all
sections
of
front
office
in
any
Hospitality
sector
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
RECEPTION
MANAGEMENT
COURSE
CODE
:
BCH
305
PROGRAMME
:
BACHELOR
OF
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
This
course
is
designed
for
students
pursuing
Bachelor
of
Catering
and
Hotel
Management
in
semester
two
,
year
three
.
The
course
focuses
on
Management
perspectives
and
prepares
students
to
appreciate
the
challenges
and
problems
faced
in
an
attempt
to
satisfy
individual
customer
needs
.
Today
s
customers
are
more
informed
and
educated
about
the
service
and
value
for
money
.
This
makes
it
very
difficult
for
modern
Hospitality
personnel
to
manage
host
-
guest
service
encounter
and
relations
.
Therefore
,
there
is
need
to
constantly
train
and
equip
staff
with
the
necessary
skills
to
provide
the
right
service
for
the
guest
.
Learning
Objectives
On
completion
of
the
course
,
students
are
expected
to
be
:
Well
equipped
with
knowledge
and
skills
to
handle
any
customer
during
the
service
encounter
.
Prepared
to
appreciate
challenges
and
problems
that
arise
during
the
service
encounter
and
be
able
to
meet
and
exceed
individual
customer
expectations
.
Able
to
judge
the
appropriateness
of
a
variety
of
several
approaches
to
problem
solving
.
Capable
of
managing
the
Moments
of
Truth
during
the
service
encounter
Career
opportunities
Students
who
complete
this
course
have
the
ability
and
capacity
to
effectively
manage
and
supervise
Front
office
activities
in
any
Hospitality
establishment
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
INTRODUCTION
TO
HOSPITALITY
INDUSTRY
COURSE
CODE
:
BLHM
105
PROGRAMME
:
BACHELOR
OF
LEISURE
AND
HOSPITALITY
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
Students
pursuing
Bachelor
of
Leisure
and
Hospitality
Management
in
semester
one
,
year
one
,
undertake
the
course
.
The
course
is
designed
for
students
interested
in
exploring
careers
in
Hospitality
Management
.
It
looks
at
the
size
and
diversity
of
this
growing
industry
and
management
challenges
facing
those
who
enter
the
industry
.
The
course
further
explores
Management
principles
used
to
successfully
operate
Hotels
,
Restaurants
,
Travel
and
Tourism
and
the
future
of
the
industry
.
Students
are
exposed
to
a
variety
of
learning
exercises
that
help
expand
their
knowledge
of
the
diverse
industry
.
Learning
Objectives
On
completion
of
this
course
,
students
will
be
able
to
:
Understand
social
,
economic
,
technological
and
other
environmental
components
of
the
Hospitality
industry
.
Know
the
historical
development
of
the
Hospitality
industry
and
its
current
trends
.
Comprehend
Career
opportunities
in
Hospitality
industry
.
Fully
understand
and
know
the
functions
of
managers
in
the
Hospitality
profession
.
Career
opportunities
Students
who
complete
this
course
have
a
variety
of
Career
opportunities
in
all
sectors
of
Hospitality
industry
both
at
operational
and
managerial
levels
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
FOOD
PREPARATION
AND
SERVICE
COURSE
CODE
:
DCH
029
PROGRAMME
:
DIPLOMA
IN
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
This
course
is
designed
to
help
students
broaden
their
knowledge
base
in
food
preparation
and
service
.
The
focus
will
be
on
enabling
students
meet
the
demands
of
the
ever
-
changing
market
trends
in
the
industry
,
particularly
in
food
preparation
and
service
with
emphasis
customer
care
and
personalized
service
.
Course
objectives
By
the
end
of
the
course
,
students
should
be
able
to
:
Plan
,
design
,
write
and
present
a
menu
that
can
be
used
as
marketing
and
selling
tools
in
food
preparation
and
service
operations
.
Purchase
various
items
,
store
,
prepare
and
serve
them
to
customers
of
different
backgrounds
and
interests
.
Appreciate
that
different
customers
have
different
needs
and
interests
Ensure
customer
care
and
quality
service
in
food
and
beverage
operations
.
Job
opportunities
.
Career
opportunities
will
to
a
large
extent
depend
on
the
individual
but
the
general
aim
of
this
course
is
to
enable
one
to
be
a
professional
caterer
.
It
however
particularly
prepares
students
for
:
Food
production
Food
and
beverage
service
Marketing
jobs
such
as
sales
personnel
,
public
relations
and
product
promotion
assistants
Opportunities
also
exist
in
jobs
such
as
Head
Chef
,
Assistant
chef
Second
Chef
,
Section
Head
,
Commis
Waiter
,
Station
headwaiter
,
Restaurant
Supervisor
,
Restaurant
Manager
,
Foods
and
Beverage
Manager
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
INDUSTRIAL
TRAINING
COURSE
CODE
:
BCH
II
(
218
)
DCH
II
(
027
)
DIPLOMA
IN
CATERING
AND
HOTEL
MANAGEMENT
Introduction
Industrial
Training
course
is
an
annual
academic
exercise
that
the
department
undertakes
to
expose
our
students
to
the
real
-
life
,
hands
-
on
environment
of
the
Hospitality
Industry
.
The
aim
is
to
enable
the
future
of
students
through
local
and
international
attachments
to
reputable
hospitality
establishments
that
can
reinforce
the
knowledge
acquired
from
school
.
The
course
aims
at
producing
hands
-
on
students
with
the
confidence
to
competently
handle
the
various
challenges
of
the
industry
.
It
also
enables
the
students
to
identify
areas
of
interest
for
their
specialization
in
the
industry
.
Industrial
Training
enables
the
department
to
examine
our
students
degree
of
professionalism
before
passing
them
for
graduation
.
This
has
enabled
the
department
to
supply
the
Hospitality
Industry
with
the
professional
managers
it
is
craving
for
.
Course
objectives
:
To
provide
knowledge
of
the
Hospitality
Industry
in
Uganda
through
tutorials
.
To
train
skills
e
.
g
.
in
the
use
of
equipment
,
carrying
out
routine
operations
that
different
business
institutions
and
the
industry
may
exhibit
.
To
provide
knowledge
of
materials
and
processes
that
the
students
might
not
have
accessed
during
their
study
at
the
School
.
To
expose
the
students
to
real
-
life
situations
,
face
-
face
interactions
with
the
industry
customers
and
a
real
-
life
work
environment
.
To
foster
attitudes
of
awareness
,
cost
and
efficiency
implications
,
social
and
economic
interactions
in
order
to
instill
individual
maturity
and
self
-
confidence
in
the
students
.
To
develop
abilities
of
planning
,
organizing
and
communicating
that
can
further
enhance
our
students
appreciation
of
the
Hospitality
s
potential
to
provide
a
useful
career
.
To
enable
the
students
to
identify
the
gaps
between
knowledge
acquired
in
class
and
real
-
life
experience
.
COURSE
TITLE
:
HYGIENE
COURSE
CODE
:
BCH
213
Introduction
Hygiene
is
a
service
course
that
is
required
in
every
aspect
of
the
hospitality
industry
,
especially
in
food
handling
and
house
housekeeping
.
The
course
imparts
some
of
the
basic
rules
of
clean
food
handling
to
people
who
are
engaged
in
the
food
industry
.
To
satisfy
a
client
nutritionally
and
psychologically
,
food
must
be
clean
,
safe
and
acceptable
.
To
be
acceptable
,
the
appearance
,
taste
and
flavour
must
be
good
.
Course
objectives
At
the
end
of
the
course
the
following
objectives
are
expected
to
be
achieved
:
1
.
To
appreciate
clean
food
premises
that
would
attract
customers
and
promote
business
activities
.
2
.
To
understand
the
chemical
and
biochemical
reactions
which
affect
the
safety
and
quality
of
food
during
storage
and
cooking
.
3
.
To
avoided
food
spoilage
and
rejection
by
consumers
leading
to
wastage
of
resources
utilized
to
produce
the
meal
.
4
.
To
appreciate
quality
of
food
through
its
texture
,
appearance
,
flavour
and
taste
resulting
from
appropriate
food
preservation
and
storage
methods
.
5
.
To
protect
the
population
against
eating
contaminated
food
that
would
result
into
food
poisoning
.
To
be
considered
safe
,
food
must
be
free
of
any
harmful
contaminants
at
the
time
of
its
consumption
.
That
promotes
the
nation
’
s
health
and
wealth
.
6
.
To
motivate
employees
by
working
in
clean
environment
so
as
to
work
carefully
and
efficiently
.
Careers
in
Hygiene
Hygiene
is
required
at
all
levels
in
business
of
any
types
so
as
to
cater
for
psychological
satisfaction
of
the
customers
.
back
home
Related
documents
Department
of
Accounting
Department
of
Finance
Course
briefs
in
Finance
Department
of
Marketing
,
Procurement
and
Logistics
Department
of
Management
Course
briefs
in
Management
Department
of
Leisure
and
Hospitality
Course
briefs
in
Leisure
and
Hospitality
Department
of
Business
Computing
Course
briefs
in
Business
Computing
Course
briefs
in
Marketing
,
Procurement
and
Logistics
Master
of
Science
in
Marketing
(
MSc
Mktg
)
Bachelor
of
Procurement
and
Supply
Chain
Management
Course
briefs
in
Marketing
,
Proc
and
Logistics
Bachelor
of
International
Business
Procurement
and
Logistics
Profession
Staff
Directory
Department
of
Marketing
,
Proc
and
Logistics
staff
profiles
Mr
.
Saturday
John
'
s
proflie
Mr
.
Byarugaba
Jotham
'
s
profile
Ms
.
Akello
Mary
'
s
profile
Mrs
Birungi
Mabel
Komunda
'
s
profile
Ms
.
Ikiror
Cathy
'
s
profile
Ms
.
Katusime
Jovita
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Kamya
Moses
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Katongole
Chris
'
profile
Mr
.
Kulaaza
Mathias
'
profile
Mr
.
Lapyem
Alfred
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Mulumba
Mathias
profile
Mr
.
Musigire
Sam
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Okello
Waata
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Tukamuhabwa
Benjamin
Mrs
.
Ikiring
Winfred
Mr
.
Bategeka
Levi
Kabagambe
'
s
profile
Ms
Najja
Terry
Kakeeto
'
s
profile
Ms
.
Nabatanzi
K
.
Annet
'
s
profile
Ms
.
Namakula
Stella
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Ngoma
Muhammed
'
s
profile
Dr
.
Ntayi
Joseph
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Okelo
-
Ouni
Alfred
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Omagor
Charles
'
profile
Ms
Eyaa
Sarah
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Yombo
L
.
Raymond
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Kamuntu
Geofrey
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Kigwana
Samuel
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Kiyingi
David
'
s
profile
Ms
.
Namisano
Patrice
Mr
.
Musinguzi
Mulera
Julius
'
profile
Mr
.
Mwebaza
Benon
'
s
profile
Mr
.
Waswa
Tom
Davis
'
profile
Finance
Lecturing
team
Finance
Department
Lecturing
Team
Department
of
Management
Science
Course
briefs
in
Management
Science
Department
of
Management
Science
Department
of
Marketing
and
International
Business
Department
of
Procurement
and
Logistics
Management
Academic
departments
information
(
58
related
documents
)
Course
Guide
(
15
related
documents
)
Housing
Online
courses
title
Semester
Schedule
Career
Guidance
Activity
Schedule
3RD
Year
Students
2006
Information
on
resources
(
3
related
documents
)
Tuition
fees
Inter
regional
conference
"
...
we
are
proud
of
our
past
and
excited
about
our
future
and
welcome
all
our
visitors
to
join
with
us
in
celebrating
our
previous
achievements
and
to
help
us
in
achieving
new
triumphs
...
"
[
Prof
.
Bojosi
Otlhogile
,
VC
]
Written
Economies
are
global
in
every
sense
of
the
word
,
and
there
is
always
a
global
dimension
to
business
activities
.
G
.
A
.
Cole
The
Department
offers
courses
in
Physiology
,
Pharmacology
and
Toxicology
,
Animal
Management
and
Biochemistry
.
In
addition
,
the
department
offers
several
modules
to
other
Faculty
Programs
such
as
the
Bachelor
of
Biomedical
Laboratory
Technology
,
Bachelor
of
Wildlife
Health
and
Management
and
Master
of
Food
Animal
Health
and
Production
.
Research
areas
include
alternative
medicine
and
nutrition
.
Services
to
the
community
The
department
has
a
functional
nutrition
laboratory
and
offers
the
following
services
to
the
academic
staff
,
researchers
,
students
,
extension
workers
,
feed
manufacturers
,
farmers
and
the
general
public
;
Developing
products
and
formulas
for
various
animal
and
human
feeds
for
commercial
and
scientific
purposes
using
computer
-
guided
linear
programs
.
Testing
and
diagnosing
feed
formulas
and
simulation
models
of
compound
feeds
to
check
for
their
suitability
and
nutrient
balance
according
to
cost
,
animal
,
season
and
agro
-
ecological
zone
.
Quality
assurance
of
food
and
feed
products
.
Analysing
food
and
feed
stuffs
for
various
nutrients
,
toxic
and
anti
-
nutritional
factors
etc
.
Kisoro
Community
Volunteers
Association
P
.
O
.
Box
4775
Kampala
.
Suite
11
Ambassador
House
,
Kampala
Road
.
Tel
+
256
-
(
0
)
772
-
877257
,
(
0
)
772
-
308702
,
(
0
)
712
-
841180
Email
Address
:
kisorovolunteers
@
yahoo
.
com
Internet
:
www
.
traveluganda
.
co
.
ug
/
kisorovolunteers
A
holiday
with
a
difference
,
for
students
,
professionals
retires
and
those
with
and
without
work
experience
.
Home
¦
The
Association
¦
Programme
Agreement
KISORO
COMMUNITY
VOLUNTEERS
ASSOCIATION
Introduction
:
Kisoro
Community
volunteers
association
is
a
community
-
based
organisation
,
the
association
liased
with
international
volunteer
’
s
organizations
universities
,
academic
institutions
and
other
non
-
academic
institutions
and
volunteers
as
host
organizations
to
provide
internship
opportunities
and
other
expertise
opportunities
to
the
volunteers
from
these
organizations
.
The
volunteers
in
turn
provide
capacity
building
and
skills
development
to
various
professionals
in
our
local
community
.
This
uplifts
the
quality
of
the
services
offered
to
the
people
,
and
the
district
.
And
also
helps
to
enhance
development
through
increased
opportunities
/
contacts
with
the
international
world
.
KISORO
DISTRICT
:
Kisoro
District
is
one
of
the
districts
of
Uganda
.
It
is
situated
in
the
extreme
part
of
the
southwestern
region
of
the
country
.
It
is
bordered
by
Rwanda
and
democratic
republic
of
Congo
.
Rugged
valleys
,
spurs
plateaus
and
hills
characterize
it
.
It
’
s
mainly
a
high
altitude
area
-
well
over
1800meters
above
sea
level
.
One
of
the
prominent
features
in
this
place
is
the
dead
volcano
of
Muhavura
Mountain
.
It
has
two
rainfall
peaks
,
one
in
January
and
one
in
September
.
It
’
s
generally
a
cold
place
with
a
mild
cold
climate
.
Due
to
its
difficult
terrain
and
big
population
,
there
are
a
lot
of
challeges
faced
by
the
inhabitants
:
depend
mainly
on
agriculture
,
producing
little
for
subsistence
.
However
,
despite
the
above
problems
,
it
’
s
also
blessed
with
beautiful
scenery
and
good
resources
like
;
the
endangered
mountain
gorillas
which
attract
large
numbers
of
tourists
from
allover
the
world
.
OUR
MISSION
Sustainable
development
programmes
are
meant
to
improve
people
’
s
living
conditions
through
education
,
research
healthcare
,
Community
sensitization
,
Community
Development
work
,
Nature
and
Environmental
conservation
,
Food
and
Agricultural
and
natural
resource
management
by
sensitizing
our
communities
through
the
above
programmes
.
And
by
empowering
people
,
increasing
their
capacity
to
do
that
which
they
have
determined
is
important
for
their
future
.
THE
ASSOCIATION
Kisoro
community
volunteers
association
is
a
Community
-
Based
Organization
founded
in
2001
by
two
of
its
current
directors
.
Steven
Rugigana
and
Jackie
Mbabazi
registered
as
a
community
-
based
organization
with
the
Directorate
of
community
based
services
in
Kisoro
District
Uganda
.
It
liaises
with
international
volunteers
organizations
,
volunteers
,
universities
,
academic
institutions
and
other
non
-
academic
intuitions
as
a
host
organization
for
the
local
communities
in
the
District
.
The
association
has
two
offices
,
one
based
in
Kampala
,
which
is
run
by
a
coordinator
assisted
by
volunteers
.
This
office
organizes
services
programs
for
volunteers
.
The
office
in
Kisoro
is
run
by
two
directors
and
volunteers
.
The
office
identifies
service
programs
and
implements
them
in
the
district
for
local
communities
.
THE
ASSOCIATION
PROJECTS
Kisoro
community
volunteers
association
believes
strongly
in
the
holistic
approach
requires
that
such
projects
be
planned
,
designed
and
managed
within
the
broader
development
needs
of
community
development
and
environmental
considerations
.
The
association
therefore
believes
in
long
-
term
solutions
to
development
problems
through
sustainable
and
environmentally
sound
natural
resource
management
.
Finances
Kisoro
community
volunteers
association
has
practically
no
funds
of
its
own
.
Outside
support
is
essential
to
continue
service
programs
for
the
communities
and
meet
the
need
for
new
service
programs
in
kisoro
district
and
build
up
the
association
’
s
facilities
.
Objectives
of
the
Association
·
To
identify
and
organize
service
programs
for
international
volunteers
organizations
,
academic
institutions
and
for
the
individual
volunteer
.
·
Developing
sustainable
contacts
with
volunteer
’
s
organizations
from
different
parts
of
the
world
to
provide
volunteers
service
to
the
kisoro
community
in
various
institutions
e
.
g
.
schools
,
hospitals
,
development
programmes
etc
.
·
Improve
skills
of
the
local
people
through
on
-
job
training
/
capacity
building
provided
by
the
volunteers
.
·
Promote
social
;
and
economic
development
through
improved
skill
for
the
local
community
.
·
Build
contacts
with
the
international
world
to
enhance
opportunities
for
development
.
Goals
/
Activties
:
·
To
mobilize
volunteers
internationally
for
the
implementation
of
various
programmes
in
the
district
.
·
To
run
the
affairs
of
the
Association
as
a
community
based
Organisation
.
·
To
co
-
operate
with
local
government
and
other
institutions
that
are
a
stakeholder
in
this
area
.
·
To
mobilize
resources
locally
and
internationally
to
execute
programmes
and
implement
projects
in
the
District
.
·
To
extend
technical
support
through
out
reach
programmes
organized
by
the
volunteers
association
.
Target
Institution
:
Volunteers
work
with
and
providing
on
site
technical
assistance
to
the
following
institution
among
others
;
(
service
programs
)
·
Primary
and
secondary
schools
:
Assistance
is
focus
on
teaching
students
to
the
country
’
s
acceptable
teaching
curriculum
.
Emphasis
is
placed
on
building
the
capacity
of
our
local
teachers
through
on
-
job
training
and
improving
the
quality
of
education
for
the
students
through
the
introduction
of
extra
-
curricular
/
vocational
activities
.
·
Health
Related
activities
:
The
lack
of
medical
staff
in
the
district
is
so
evident
and
appealing
.
The
volunteers
help
to
reduce
the
number
/
ratio
of
patients
per
medical
staff
.
They
also
help
to
improve
the
quality
of
medical
services
through
improved
techniques
from
their
countries
,
which
they
also
inculcate
among
the
medical
staff
.
Community
/
home
base
care
for
people
living
with
HIV
/
AIDS
and
HIV
/
AIDS
Prevention
and
control
campaign
.
·
Community
Development
works
:
Meaningful
sustainable
development
must
directly
benefit
the
people
.
All
development
programmes
and
projects
are
meant
to
improve
the
people
’
s
living
conditions
.
These
include
working
with
relief
agencies
,
community
sensitization
,
Community
Economic
Development
through
micro
finance
institutions
,
gender
issues
and
working
with
local
governments
to
help
improve
on
the
skills
of
the
staff
which
improve
on
the
method
of
delivering
services
to
the
people
.
·
Nature
and
Environmental
Conservation
:
Volunteers
work
with
projects
aimed
at
conserving
and
enhancing
the
natural
resources
base
,
soil
and
water
conservation
.
They
also
provide
techniques
/
services
regarding
environmental
conservation
,
management
of
wetlands
and
agro
-
forestry
.
Also
working
with
national
gorilla
parks
to
help
save
the
mountain
guerrillas
which
are
endangered
species
·
Lands
Department
:
Land
is
an
essential
factor
for
all
development
projects
.
In
all
cases
,
land
use
choices
have
to
be
made
.
It
often
that
,
wrong
planning
decision
and
choices
are
made
and
this
entirely
affects
the
productivity
of
this
important
asset
.
Volunteers
work
or
liaise
with
lands
departments
to
provide
new
ideas
on
land
tenure
systems
,
ownership
and
their
relationship
to
sustainable
development
.
·
Food
and
agriculture
department
:
This
will
include
working
with
food
security
related
programmes
or
research
programmes
involved
in
improving
production
systems
and
techniques
,
traditional
food
crops
,
food
preservation
and
storage
methods
plus
studies
concerning
factors
of
production
such
as
land
,
Capital
and
labour
.
·
GIVE
A
CHILD
A
PEN
PROJECT
:
This
project
is
to
enable
each
child
in
schools
,
which
are
affiliated
with
our
association
to
access
pens
and
books
.
Most
of
the
children
are
from
poor
communities
or
are
orphans
.
You
can
volunteers
on
this
project
by
teaching
in
one
of
the
schools
.
And
you
will
have
the
honour
to
present
this
gifts
,
this
gift
will
be
catered
for
with
your
service
program
fee
(
Project
fee
)
.
You
can
make
a
donation
on
this
project
without
volunteering
on
it
,
by
supporting
a
child
on
this
project
.
By
donating
US
$
50
per
year
for
a
child
.
RESEARCH
Kisoro
Community
Volunteers
Association
.
Main
objectives
is
to
promote
research
and
development
into
continued
income
poverty
in
kisoro
district
and
to
disseminate
the
results
of
any
such
research
.
Kisoro
Community
Volunteers
Association
is
developing
a
sustainable
strategy
for
action
against
poverty
and
will
be
seeking
partnership
or
close
collaboration
with
any
individual
,
organizations
,
companies
,
institutions
,
societies
and
associations
,
which
have
objects
altogether
or
mainly
similar
to
those
of
the
association
.
HEALTH
Kisoro
Community
Volunteers
Association
believes
that
health
is
so
closely
related
to
socio
-
economic
and
environmental
condition
that
it
remains
the
common
link
in
Kisoro
Community
Volunteers
Association
’
s
strategic
thought
.
1
.
Primary
health
care
:
you
could
research
on
the
effectiveness
of
the
strategies
used
in
delivering
primary
health
care
in
the
communities
of
kisoro
district
.
2
.
Availability
of
health
facilities
in
the
rural
communities
of
kisoro
.
EDUCATION
How
sustainable
is
the
universal
primary
education
programme
(
UPE
)
.
Has
it
delivered
to
the
people
’
s
expectations
?
COMMUNITY
ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT
1
.
How
effective
are
the
government
’
s
poverty
eradication
strategies
as
stipulated
in
the
government
’
s
poverty
eradication
action
plan
?
2
.
Has
the
growth
of
the
micro
finance
industry
in
district
led
to
an
increase
in
access
to
financial
services
in
the
rural
communities
of
kisoro
district
?
FOOD
AND
AGRICULTURE
Research
programme
involved
in
improving
production
systems
and
techniques
,
traditional
food
crops
,
food
preservation
and
storage
methods
plus
studies
concerning
factors
of
production
such
as
land
,
capital
and
labour
.
TECHNOLOGY
AND
INDUSTRY
Technology
research
and
application
is
the
key
to
sustainable
development
.
Application
of
appropriate
technologies
in
agriculture
and
industry
are
given
due
attention
in
all
our
projects
development
activities
.
Research
into
the
application
of
appropriate
technologies
for
small
-
scale
industries
and
the
utilization
of
locally
available
raw
materials
is
emphasized
.
Such
application
like
in
food
processing
,
handcrafts
,
food
storage
,
fibres
,
dyes
extraction
,
etc
,
is
investigated
for
their
industrial
uses
.
Note
:
All
the
above
service
programs
have
a
duration
time
of
one
week
to
one
year
.
SERVICE
PROGRAM
FEE
One
year
US
$
5000
Six
months
US
$
3000
Three
months
US
$
2000
One
month
US
$
1500
Two
weeks
US
$
800
One
week
US
$
500
Students
doing
Research
work
on
our
projects
for
one
month
US
$
1
,
000
.
OUR
AIM
The
basic
aim
of
the
Association
is
to
provide
internship
and
expertise
employment
to
volunteers
who
in
turn
provide
services
to
local
communities
,
Government
,
non
Government
Organizations
,
individuals
and
other
institutions
involved
in
the
general
well
being
and
development
of
the
district
.
Their
services
will
be
designed
to
strengthen
and
enable
the
local
communities
Organizations
,
Agencies
and
individuals
in
their
efforts
to
achieve
development
on
a
sustainable
basis
,
which
will
boost
economic
growth
in
Kisoro
poor
community
.
This
will
increase
the
basic
services
for
those
some
poor
.
We
look
forward
to
your
support
and
to
work
with
you
in
the
implementation
and
achievement
set
out
for
this
noble
cause
.
30
January
-
03
February
:
32nd
ASARECA
Committee
of
Directors
and
Annual
General
Meeting
,
Entebbe
,
Uganda
.
8
-
10
February
:
Africa
Fertilizer
Summit
Technical
Committee
Meeting
,
Abuja
,
Nigeria
.
8
-
10
February
:
ECAPAPA
Dairy
Regional
Meeting
,
Nairobi
,
Kenya
.
27
-
28
February
:
RABESA
Regional
Workshop
Planning
Meeting
,
Nairobi
,
Kenya
.
RABESA
Report
III
:
Food
Aid
Import
Policies
In
the
COMESA
/
ASARECA
Region
:
Prior
to
2002
,
African
countries
in
the
COMESA
/
ASARECA
region
accepted
unmilled
maize
from
the
United
Nations
World
Food
Programme
(
WFP
)
as
food
aid
without
controversy
.
Some
of
this
food
aid
was
sourced
from
countries
such
as
the
United
States
,
Canada
,
and
Argentina
which
had
been
planting
GM
varieties
of
maize
since
1996
,
so
the
food
aid
was
presumed
to
have
some
GM
content
.
Yet
it
was
being
imported
for
human
consumption
rather
than
planting
,
and
often
as
emergency
assistance
,
so
the
GM
content
had
not
become
an
issue
.
These
circumstances
changed
in
2002
,
a
year
when
more
than
15
million
people
across
seven
countries
in
southern
Africa
faced
food
deficits
.
A
number
of
SADC
countries
took
policy
decisions
,
limiting
the
import
of
food
aid
that
might
have
GM
content
.
Zimbabwe
,
Mozambique
,
Lesotho
,
and
Malawi
placed
various
restrictions
on
imports
of
unmilled
GM
yellow
maize
grain
from
WFP
,
and
Zambia
refused
even
milled
GM
maize
.
Only
Swaziland
continued
to
accept
GM
maize
as
food
aid
through
WFP
.
1
As
a
result
of
the
policy
changes
,
WFP
was
obliged
to
re
-
route
and
even
reverse
some
food
aid
deliveries
to
the
region
.
Large
shipments
of
GM
maize
were
stranded
at
ports
of
entry
,
and
WFP
had
to
make
immediate
arrangements
to
mill
large
quantities
of
GM
maize
in
South
Africa
,
where
previously
mothballed
mills
were
re
-
opened
.
The
process
of
milling
added
$
25
per
ton
to
the
cost
of
delivering
the
food
aid
,
and
resulted
in
delivery
delays
.
2
Milling
extraction
also
reduced
the
total
quantity
of
maize
available
for
distribution
,
and
the
additional
handling
,
superintendence
,
tallying
,
and
transport
costs
needed
to
move
GM
maize
and
the
resultant
maize
meal
in
and
out
of
mills
increased
the
already
high
overland
costs
incurred
by
aid
distributors
.
3
Nonetheless
,
in
2003
at
a
meeting
in
Dar
es
Salaam
,
the
fourteen
SADC
countries
adopted
guidelines
endorsing
the
milling
of
GM
maize
prior
to
its
distribution
as
food
RABESA
Report
IV
:
Estimating
Commercial
Export
Risks
From
Approval
Of
Genetically
Modified
(
GM
)
Crops
In
The
COMESA
/
ASARECA
Region
African
governments
in
the
COMESA
/
ASARECA
region
occasionally
refer
to
the
commercial
export
risks
they
might
encounter
if
they
were
to
begin
approving
the
planting
of
genetically
modified
(
GM
)
agricultural
crops
within
their
own
borders
.
It
is
well
understood
that
many
consumers
in
some
importing
countries
,
particularly
in
Europe
,
would
prefer
not
to
purchase
and
consume
GM
foods
.
In
deference
to
such
consumers
,
many
governments
in
Europe
and
elsewhere
have
placed
increasingly
strict
labeling
and
tracing
requirements
on
foods
with
GM
content
,
including
imported
foods
.
Some
private
importers
in
Europe
have
begun
to
make
purchases
only
from
countries
that
do
not
plant
GM
crops
,
or
only
from
countries
that
can
credibly
segregate
GM
from
non
-
GM
crops
.
Under
these
circumstances
,
it
is
understandable
that
African
governments
dependent
exports
of
agricultural
commodities
to
Europe
,
and
perhaps
not
capable
of
implementing
a
credible
product
segregation
or
labeling
and
tracing
scheme
,
might
hesitate
to
approve
the
planting
of
GM
crops
on
grounds
of
commercial
export
risk
.
These
commercial
export
risks
are
real
,
but
what
is
their
magnitude
?
In
this
fourth
part
of
the
RABESA
project
estimates
the
total
dollar
value
of
agricultural
exports
that
might
be
lost
by
the
six
countries
under
study
,
both
in
a
worst
case
and
in
a
more
likely
case
.
The
worst
case
is
defined
as
one
in
which
all
agricultural
that
have
GM
content
or
might
be
construed
as
GM
tainted
are
shunned
by
all
importers
.
In
the
more
likely
case
,
these
products
are
shunned
only
by
European
importers
(
both
EU
and
non
-
EU
Europe
)
.
We
learn
from
this
exercise
that
even
in
the
worst
case
most
African
countries
are
quite
safe
from
the
commercial
export
risks
that
might
be
associated
with
planting
GM
crops
,
because
of
the
product
composition
of
their
exports
.
Most
of
the
crops
they
currently
export
such
as
coffee
,
tea
,
sugar
,
banana
,
cocoa
,
oil
palm
,
or
groundnuts
are
crops
for
which
GM
varieties
either
do
not
yet
exist
or
are
not
yet
being
planted
anywhere
,
so
even
the
most
GM
-
sensitive
importers
will
have
no
reason
to
shun
these
products
.
And
most
of
Africa
s
exports
of
crops
that
could
be
seen
as
GM
,
such
as
maize
,
go
not
to
GM
-
sensitive
importers
in
Europe
,
but
to
other
African
countries
.
This
makes
the
issue
one
that
African
countries
can
resolve
largely
among
themselves
.
To
estimate
of
the
commercial
export
losses
the
six
study
countries
might
suffer
if
they
were
to
approve
the
planting
of
crops
such
as
Bt
maize
and
Bt
cotton
,
we
must
examine
both
the
composition
and
the
direction
of
their
current
agricultural
product
exports
.
This
is
most
conveniently
done
through
the
electronic
United
Nations
Commodity
Trade
Statistics
Database
(
UN
Comtrade
)
.
1
Of
these
various
product
exports
we
must
then
construct
a
list
of
RABESA
Reprt
II
:
Projected
Farm
Income
Gains
in
the
COMESA
/
ASARECA
Region
from
Commercialization
of
Bt
Cotton
Bt
cotton
gives
farmers
a
more
effective
and
less
costly
way
to
control
damage
from
insects
such
as
bollworms
.
Approval
of
Bt
cotton
for
commercial
planting
should
therefore
provide
cotton
farmers
with
a
new
opportunity
to
increase
income
.
Governments
that
contemplate
approving
Bt
cotton
might
wish
to
know
the
likely
magnitude
of
these
anticipated
farm
income
gains
.
Estimating
farm
income
gains
from
Bt
cotton
approval
,
country
by
country
in
Africa
,
is
a
challenging
task
.
Bt
cotton
is
not
yet
commercially
grown
in
any
country
in
Africa
(
except
the
Republic
of
South
Africa
)
,
so
direct
evidence
of
income
benefits
cannot
yet
be
collected
from
inside
the
six
COMESA
/
ASARECA
countries
studied
here
.
We
have
abundant
evidence
of
income
gains
in
other
countries
following
the
commercialization
of
Bt
cotton
,
yet
projecting
similar
gains
inside
African
countries
is
problematic
,
because
of
country
-
by
-
country
variations
in
the
capacity
of
farmers
to
adopt
the
new
technology
(
e
.
g
.
,
we
must
assume
a
capacity
to
purchase
the
Bt
seeds
)
,
and
also
because
of
variations
in
the
incentive
to
do
so
(
e
.
g
.
,
the
extent
of
bollworm
infestation
)
.
The
approach
taken
by
the
RABESA
project
is
to
acknowledge
these
difficulties
and
provide
an
estimate
of
farm
income
gains
from
Bt
cotton
that
employs
a
simple
methodology
,
one
in
which
the
most
important
assumptions
are
both
transparent
and
easily
adjustable
.
The
method
used
here
begins
with
an
examination
of
the
actual
harvested
area
of
cotton
in
each
study
country
.
Data
on
harvested
area
are
available
from
the
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
(
FAO
)
of
the
United
Nations
.
We
then
estimate
the
share
of
this
total
cotton
area
currently
being
managed
by
farmers
who
enjoy
reliable
and
affordable
access
to
quality
seeds
.
The
actual
switch
of
these
farmers
from
currently
available
quality
seeds
to
Bt
seeds
will
then
depend
upon
whether
or
not
control
of
bollworm
is
viewed
as
a
primary
constraint
on
production
and
income
.
Based
on
experience
in
other
developing
countries
,
we
assume
that
where
bollworm
is
a
primary
production
and
farm
income
constraint
,
roughly
60
percent
of
the
cotton
area
currently
planted
by
these
farmers
who
currently
purchase
or
receive
high
quality
cotton
seed
will
switch
to
Bt
varieties
within
5
-
10
years
.
If
the
bollworm
constraint
is
only
secondary
,
we
assume
only
a
30
percent
switch
to
Bt
.
If
the
bollworm
constraint
is
small
compared
to
other
farm
income
constraints
for
these
farmers
,
we
assume
only
a
10
percent
adoption
rate
on
this
acreage
currently
planted
to
improved
varieties
.
Once
we
have
used
this
method
to
project
the
total
area
on
which
Bt
cotton
is
likely
to
be
grown
,
we
can
then
bring
in
evidence
from
other
countries
of
income
gains
per
hectare
from
switching
to
Bt
.
This
will
allow
at
least
a
crude
estimate
of
total
income
gains
expected
from
commercializing
Bt
cotton
in
each
of
the
six
study
countries
.
RABESA
Report
I
2005
:
Projected
Farm
Income
Gains
in
the
COMESA
/
ASARECA
Region
from
Commercialization
of
Bt
Maize
Bt
maize
gives
farmers
a
more
effective
and
less
costly
way
to
control
damage
from
insects
such
as
stalk
borers
.
Approval
of
Bt
maize
for
commercial
planting
should
therefore
provide
maize
farmers
with
a
new
opportunity
to
earn
more
income
.
Governments
that
contemplate
approving
Bt
maize
might
wish
to
know
the
likely
magnitude
of
these
anticipated
farm
income
gains
.
Estimating
farm
income
gains
from
Bt
maize
approval
,
country
by
country
in
Africa
,
is
a
challenging
task
.
Bt
maize
is
not
yet
commercially
grown
in
any
country
in
Africa
(
except
South
Africa
)
,
so
direct
evidence
of
income
benefits
cannot
yet
be
collected
from
inside
our
six
COMESA
/
ASARECA
countries
.
We
have
abundant
evidence
of
income
gains
in
other
countries
following
the
commercialization
of
Bt
maize
,
yet
projecting
similar
gains
inside
our
six
African
countries
is
problematic
,
because
of
country
-
by
-
country
variations
in
the
capacity
of
farmers
to
adopt
the
new
technology
(
e
.
g
.
,
a
capacity
to
purchase
the
Bt
maize
seeds
)
,
and
also
because
of
variations
in
the
incentive
to
do
so
(
which
will
depend
on
the
magnitude
of
the
stalk
borer
constraint
)
.
The
approach
taken
by
the
RABESA
project
is
to
acknowledge
these
difficulties
and
provide
an
estimate
of
farm
income
gains
from
Bt
maize
that
employs
a
simple
methodology
,
one
for
which
the
most
important
assumptions
are
both
transparent
and
adjustable
.
Users
of
these
estimates
are
invited
to
insert
their
own
assumptions
to
produce
re
-
calculations
of
the
benefit
.
The
method
used
here
begins
with
an
examination
of
the
actual
harvested
area
of
maize
in
each
study
country
.
Data
on
harvested
area
are
available
from
the
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
(
FAO
)
of
the
United
Nations
.
We
then
estimate
the
share
of
this
maize
area
that
is
currently
planted
to
improved
varieties
of
maize
,
including
hybrids
and
improved
OPVs
.
We
assume
it
is
this
area
currently
planted
to
improved
varieties
that
will
first
switch
to
Bt
.
The
percentage
of
this
improved
seed
area
likely
to
switch
to
Bt
will
depend
largely
on
the
income
constraints
seed
-
buying
farmers
currently
feel
from
stalk
borer
pests
,
since
those
are
the
pests
the
Bt
maize
is
equipped
to
resist
.
We
assume
here
that
where
stalk
borers
are
a
primary
farm
production
and
farm
income
constraint
for
these
farmers
,
roughly
40
percent
of
the
maize
area
currently
planted
to
improved
varieties
will
switch
to
Bt
varieties
within
5
-
10
years
.
If
the
stalk
borer
constraint
is
only
secondary
,
we
assume
only
a
20
percent
switch
to
Bt
.
If
the
stalk
borer
constraint
is
small
compared
to
other
farm
income
constraints
for
these
farmers
,
we
assume
only
a
10
percent
adoption
rate
on
this
acreage
currently
planted
to
improved
varieties
.
Once
we
have
used
this
method
to
project
the
total
area
on
which
Bt
maize
is
likely
to
be
grown
,
we
can
then
bring
in
evidence
from
other
countries
of
income
gains
per
hectare
from
switching
to
Bt
.
This
will
allow
at
least
a
crude
estimate
of
total
income
gains
to
be
expected
in
the
six
study
countries
from
commercializing
Bt
maize
.
Fertilizer
:
Uganda
Second
draft
Report
2005
This
study
was
undertaken
to
assess
the
fertilizer
sub
sector
in
Uganda
,
with
two
main
objectives
.
First
,
to
identify
policies
,
regulations
and
procedures
governing
fertilizers
sub
sector
in
Uganda
(
trade
/
marketing
and
utilization
of
fertilizers
)
.
Second
,
to
identify
the
constraint
to
fertilizer
trade
/
marketing
and
utilization
in
Uganda
.
Third
to
identify
the
strengths
and
weaknesses
of
the
fertilizer
policy
.
And
fourth
to
suggest
viable
options
of
harmonizing
the
fertilizer
policies
in
Uganda
.
The
study
was
based
on
a
review
of
existing
literature
and
secondary
data
,
supplemented
by
primary
data
gathered
through
discussions
with
the
different
stakeholders
fertilizer
subsector
.
The
stakeholders
targeted
by
the
study
included
importers
,
wholesalers
,
regulators
and
NGOs
promoting
the
use
of
fertilizers
,
and
financial
institutions
.
The
information
from
both
sources
was
analyzed
in
light
of
the
study
objectives
.
Gender
:
Phase
II
report
,
September
2005
In
2001
,
the
International
Development
Center
(
IDRC
)
supported
the
Eastern
and
Central
Africa
Programme
for
Agricultural
Policy
Analysis
(
ECAPAPA
)
to
strengthen
integration
of
gender
into
agricultural
research
in
Eastern
and
Central
Africa
.
ECAPAPA
is
a
programme
of
the
Association
for
Strengthening
Agricultural
Research
in
Eastern
and
Central
Africa
(
ASARECA
)
.
The
ASARECA
was
established
in
1994
and
covers
10
countries
,
namely
Burundi
,
Democratic
Republic
of
Congo
(
DRC
)
,
Eritrea
,
Ethiopia
,
Kenya
,
Madagascar
,
Rwanda
,
Sudan
,
Tanzania
and
Uganda
.
The
ECAPAPA
was
established
in
1997
to
(
i
)
address
the
need
to
improve
agricultural
policy
analysis
in
the
region
and
,
(
ii
)
bring
the
National
Agricultural
Research
Systems
(
NARS
)
into
the
processes
of
policy
research
and
analysis
.
One
of
its
tasks
is
to
increase
the
ability
of
individuals
and
institutions
related
to
agriculture
to
influence
agricultural
policies
.
Project
funding
from
the
IDRC
meets
ECAPAPA
s
mandate
in
both
capacity
building
and
policy
analysis
.
Gender
is
one
of
the
key
areas
where
both
capacities
and
policies
are
weak
,
hence
this
support
.
The
support
was
to
specifically
help
:
a
)
Develop
approaches
,
tools
and
methodologies
designed
to
incorporate
gender
disaggregated
information
into
agricultural
research
problem
,
formulation
,
and
decision
-
making
and
policy
formulation
process
.
b
)
Use
new
tools
and
/
or
classical
approaches
to
incorporate
gender
analysis
concepts
and
tools
,
in
ongoing
and
planned
projects
/
programmes
and
on
natural
resource
management
(
NRM
)
and
commodity
research
.
c
)
Disseminate
research
findings
that
show
the
positive
and
negative
consequences
using
gendered
approaches
in
NRM
and
commodity
research
.
d
)
Assist
ASARECA
member
National
Agricultural
Research
Organization
(
NARO
)
,
Regional
Agricultural
Research
Networks
(
RARNs
)
as
well
as
its
Committee
of
its
Directors
in
the
formulation
of
gender
policy
,
where
this
does
not
exist
,
and
in
strengthening
their
institutional
capacity
for
incorporation
of
the
gender
factor
and
utilization
of
gender
disaggregated
information
in
project
/
programme
planning
and
implementation
.
ECAPAPA
-
IFPRI
FOOD
POLICY
RESEARCH
PROGRAM
Agriculture
looms
large
in
national
economies
throughout
Eastern
and
Central
Africa
,
accounting
for
roughly
40
percent
of
regional
gross
domestic
product
(
GDP
)
.
Agricultural
productivity
growth
,
however
,
has
stagnated
in
recent
years
.
Average
yields
for
most
crops
currently
fall
well
below
levels
elsewhere
in
Africa
.
In
most
countries
of
Eastern
and
Central
Africa
,
agricultural
growth
has
not
kept
pace
with
population
growth
.
Given
that
the
bulk
of
the
region
'
s
population
resides
in
rural
areas
and
depends
on
agriculture
for
income
and
sustenance
,
hunger
and
malnutrition
have
deepened
in
recent
years
.
The
countries
of
Eastern
and
Central
Africa
are
,
therefore
,
progressively
less
able
to
meet
the
needs
of
their
burgeoning
populations
.
Gender
Factor
in
Agricultural
Research
Programmes
Background
Information
:
Interest
in
gender
analysis
for
research
and
development
,
in
most
of
the
developing
world
,
has
grown
significantly
over
the
past
25
years
.
This
has
resulted
from
a
growing
awareness
of
the
importance
of
gender
as
a
category
of
differentiation
among
resource
users
,
especially
when
assessing
their
access
to
natural
resources
as
well
as
the
efficiency
and
sustainability
of
the
agricultural
production
systems
they
manage
.
This
differentiation
is
particularly
important
to
consider
in
the
case
of
sub
-
Saharan
Africa
,
where
most
farmers
are
subsistence
-
smallholder
and
women
-
while
the
support
given
to
the
sector
considers
them
as
men
almost
exclusively
.
Data
from
many
studies
indicates
that
women
constitute
more
than
50
%
of
the
labour
force
engaged
in
agricultural
activities
in
Africa
as
a
whole
.
This
percentage
figure
is
even
higher
in
the
subsistence
farmer
sector
and
in
the
more
fragile
ecologies
.
Furthermore
,
most
agricultural
systems
in
the
region
are
labour
intensive
,
i
.
e
.
,
human
muscle
power
plays
an
inordinate
role
(
with
little
utilisation
of
external
animate
and
/
or
inanimate
energy
sources
)
in
them
.
For
these
reasons
,
gender
considerations
become
paramount
when
selecting
and
introducing
new
technologies
or
policies
for
increasing
and
sustaining
the
productivity
of
agricultural
labour
and
/
or
land
in
the
region
.
However
,
the
full
analysis
and
elucidation
of
how
the
gender
factor
is
influencing
the
social
,
economic
,
environmental
,
and
even
political
performance
of
agriculture
in
terms
of
its
productivity
and
as
a
user
of
natural
resources
is
yet
to
be
realised
.
Even
further
behind
is
the
application
of
such
knowledge
to
the
whole
process
of
technology
development
and
transfer
,
formulation
of
agricultural
policies
and
designing
of
institutional
arrangements
required
to
propel
agriculture
and
to
improve
its
contribution
to
sustainable
and
equitable
development
in
the
region
.
Completed
Projects
Total
Records
:
9
Agricultural
Technology
,
Economic
Viability
and
Poverty
Alleviation
As
per
the
1998
-
1999
Work
Plan
,
ECAPAPA
commissioned
four
studies
—
from
Ethiopia
,
Kenya
,
Tanzania
and
Uganda
—
on
the
role
of
agricultural
technology
in
poverty
alleviation
.
The
objective
was
to
show
the
role
that
improved
technologies
play
(
or
could
play
)
in
alleviating
poverty
.
In
this
endeavour
,
three
or
four
improved
technologies
were
selected
in
each
country
,
their
adoption
(
if
any
)
evaluated
,
their
economic
viability
assessed
as
well
as
their
potential
contribution
to
poverty
alleviation
.
These
papers
were
presented
at
the
Agricultural
Transformation
Workshop
that
was
held
from
28
to
30
June
1999
in
Nairobi
,
Kenya
.
In
anticipation
of
the
need
to
“
learn
from
success
cases
”
and
better
disseminate
them
for
the
benefit
of
policy
makers
,
the
policy
options
were
examined
.
In
their
discussions
,
participants
took
advantage
of
the
four
studies
.
In
late
1999
,
dissemination
of
the
findings
from
these
studies
was
done
through
a
number
of
media
:
the
four
papers
were
posted
on
the
Internet
;
a
special
issue
in
the
ASARECA
AgriForum
Newsletter
;
eight
issues
in
the
ECAPAPA
newsletter
,
and
a
policy
synthesis
written
by
workshop
organisers
.
In
2000
,
after
consultations
with
the
presenters
of
these
,
the
ECAPAPA
Coordinating
Unit
decided
to
hold
one
day
workshops
as
one
of
the
best
ways
to
nationally
disseminated
the
key
messages
from
these
papers
.
Farm
Household
Financial
Profitability
of
Recommended
Technologies
In
November
1998
,
three
studies
on
Farm
Household
Financial
Profitability
of
Recommended
Technologies
were
conducted
in
Kenya
,
Tanzania
,
and
Uganda
by
multi
-
disciplinary
teams
based
at
the
National
Agricultural
Research
Institutes
(
NARIs
)
.
The
main
objective
of
these
studies
was
to
determine
farm
household
financial
profitability
of
recommended
crop
variety
technology
under
different
technological
levels
and
agro
-
ecologies
.
The
studies
were
also
meant
to
set
the
beginning
of
NARI
bio
-
phyiscal
scientists
to
start
appreciating
the
role
of
integrating
profitability
concerns
in
the
planning
of
their
technology
development
work
.
The
studies
also
looked
at
non
-
price
issues
,
which
affect
profitability
of
technologies
.
These
studies
also
helped
to
test
various
collaborative
elements
between
ASARECA
and
NARIs
including
progress
reporting
and
handling
of
research
funds
.
Lessons
learned
from
these
small
,
but
important
,
research
grants
will
be
useful
in
marshalling
future
grants
of
larger
magnitude
.
Two
teams
—
Tanzania
and
Uganda
—
have
successfully
completed
and
submitted
the
study
reports
.
National
dissemination
workshops
of
key
messages
to
specific
stakeholder
groups
were
organised
and
carried
out
in
2000
.
The
Kenyan
team
faced
a
number
of
problems
in
completing
the
study
.
Planned
Projects
Total
Records
:
9
ASARECA
Strategic
Plan
2005
-
2015
ASARECA
s
strategic
plan
2005
-
2015
was
unveiled
in
the
just
concluded
32nd
ASARECA
Committee
of
Directors
meeting
which
took
place
in
Entebbe
from
30
January
to
03
February
.
In
the
strategic
plan
,
ASARECA
emphasizes
the
role
of
agriculture
in
poverty
reduction
strategies
and
calls
for
more
collaboration
among
member
countries
and
their
partners
in
order
for
the
eastern
and
central
Africa
region
to
realize
the
Millennium
Development
Goals
,
particularly
of
reducing
poverty
and
hunger
by
half
before
2015
.
Events
calender
ECAPAPA
CALENDAR
OF
EVENTS
FOR
2005
Capacity
Strengthening
in
Managing
Conflicts
in
Natural
Resource
Management
and
Use
in
Eastern
and
Central
Africa
A
number
of
questions
will
be
raised
by
the
activities
of
this
project
and
the
answers
will
be
useful
in
contributing
to
more
informed
decision
making
at
various
levels
on
how
to
sustainably
manage
natural
resources
to
meet
equity
,
gender
and
efficiency
concerns
.
Examples
of
such
questions
are
:
why
does
conflict
occur
over
the
use
of
natural
resource
?
How
are
external
factors
built
into
the
local
conflicts
?
What
governing
mechanisms
are
conducive
to
equitable
and
sustainable
natural
resource
management
(
NRM
)
by
communities
?
How
can
research
help
identify
opportunities
for
turning
conflict
into
collaboration
?
The
concern
on
NRM
and
associated
conflicts
is
becoming
more
real
than
ever
before
mainly
because
with
reduced
government
power
and
influence
in
the
countries
of
the
region
,
NRM
decisions
are
increasingly
being
influenced
by
resource
users
who
include
subsistence
and
small
-
scale
farmers
,
small
-
scale
miners
,
pastoralists
,
large
scale
farmers
,
private
corporations
in
industries
such
as
forestry
,
mining
and
hydro
power
.
In
this
process
,
resources
may
be
used
by
some
in
ways
that
undermine
the
livelihood
of
others
.
Sometimes
the
usage
of
natural
resources
is
influenced
by
a
series
of
natural
,
social
or
cultural
dimensions
that
are
exogenous
to
the
individual
decision
making
framework
of
the
user
.
These
are
,
but
not
limited
to
,
the
natural
environment
(
lack
of
pastures
/
water
)
,
gender
,
age
,
ethnicity
factors
,
etc
.
Why
should
this
subject
be
the
concern
of
ASARECA
and
ECAPAPA
?
ASARECA
'
s
main
constituency
is
agricultural
technology
generation
and
transfer
,
and
ASARECA
’
s
goal
is
accelerated
,
equitable
economic
growth
,
poverty
alleviation
,
environmental
sustainability
and
food
security
.
ECAPAPA
promotes
policies
and
institutions
that
facilitate
sustainable
and
equitable
productivity
growth
.
But
generating
technologies
without
necessarily
being
conscious
of
the
medium
(
people
and
the
natural
environment
)
and
the
conditions
of
the
media
in
which
the
technology
is
being
developed
has
the
potential
of
raising
conflicts
,
sustainability
,
ethical
,
moral
and
equity
concerns
.
Conflicts
may
lead
to
chaotic
and
wasteful
deployment
of
human
capacities
and
the
depletion
of
the
very
natural
resources
on
which
the
developed
technologies
are
to
be
applied
and
on
which
livelihoods
,
economies
and
societies
that
are
expected
to
receive
the
technology
are
based
.
Rationalisation
and
Harmonisation
of
Policies
,
Regulations
,
Procedures
,
Grades
and
Standards
in
the
Maize
Grain
Sub
-
Sector
in
Eastern
Africa
Maize
is
the
number
1
priority
crop
in
the
ASARECA
research
portfolio
.
It
is
also
the
most
abundant
grain
crop
,
as
regards
area
planted
,
as
well
as
the
most
intra
-
regionally
traded
grain
in
the
east
African
countries
.
The
crop
has
a
high
potential
for
positively
impacting
on
household
income
and
increasing
food
security
.
There
is
also
a
high
potential
for
export
outside
the
eastern
African
region
.
In
addition
,
four
of
the
ASARECA
countries
’
NARIs
(
Kenya
,
Ethiopia
,
Tanzania
and
Uganda
)
have
well
-
established
maize
research
programmes
.
The
main
objective
of
this
project
is
to
address
policy
and
structural
constraints
,
which
impede
the
integration
of
the
region
’
s
individual
country
’
s
grain
markets
(
The
USAID
/
REDSO
/
CARANA
consultancy
report
noted
that
maize
trade
in
the
region
is
highly
regulated
)
.
The
economic
principles
behind
are
assertions
that
,
through
the
development
of
an
enabling
policy
environment
for
intra
-
regional
trade
in
maize
,
the
private
sector
,
given
the
necessary
institutional
support
and
market
signals
,
will
carry
out
the
required
market
functions
efficiently
.
The
private
sector
will
therefore
be
able
to
contribute
to
regional
food
security
through
supplying
the
region
with
maize
required
in
times
of
national
shortages
and
sell
excess
supply
,
without
reducing
financial
incentives
of
producers
.
The
study
will
focus
on
aspects
of
maize
-
grain
trade
liberalisation
with
specific
reference
to
the
harmonisation
of
policies
,
regulations
,
procedures
,
grades
and
standards
that
will
facilitate
smooth
regional
trade
.
Although
maize
has
been
extensively
researched
,
such
studies
have
suffered
from
two
draw
-
backs
:
i
)
they
have
tended
to
stop
at
the
data
analysis
stage
and
hence
not
making
meaningful
impact
,
and
ii
)
in
addition
to
being
random
,
spontaneous
and
spotty
,
in
all
cases
,
the
studies
have
been
nationally
based
.
The
problem
has
been
compounded
by
the
fact
that
due
to
lack
of
hard
evidence
data
and
consensus
on
the
economic
rationale
of
grain
market
liberalisation
across
national
boundaries
,
the
reforms
that
have
occurred
have
also
suffered
reversals
causing
serious
discontent
and
disbelief
on
the
part
of
the
key
sub
-
sector
players
—
farmers
,
traders
,
transporters
,
millers
,
etc
.
Making
dreams
come
true
.
"
Two
in
three
citizens
want
companies
to
go
beyond
their
historical
role
of
making
profit
,
paying
taxes
,
employing
people
and
obeying
all
laws
;
they
want
companies
to
contribute
to
broader
societal
goals
.
"
The
Millennium
Poll
on
Corporate
Social
Responsibility
,
September
1999
.
Every
aspect
of
business
has
a
social
dimension
.
CSR
-
or
Corporate
Social
Responsibility
-
means
open
and
transparent
business
practices
that
are
based
on
ethical
values
and
respect
for
employees
,
communities
and
the
environment
.
It
is
designed
to
deliver
sustainable
value
to
society
at
large
,
as
well
as
to
shareholders
.
MTN
'
s
CSR
is
modelled
on
the
heritage
of
giving
back
to
the
communities
in
which
we
live
and
work
.
Being
a
good
citizen
has
been
inherent
in
the
fabric
of
the
company
since
its
inception
.
MTN
has
a
deliberate
CSR
programme
that
addresses
the
plight
of
our
community
'
s
different
aspects
.
We
have
identified
education
,
housing
,
charity
,
cultural
initiatives
and
sports
as
the
main
areas
in
which
MTN
can
make
a
significant
impact
.
Obviously
,
MTN
is
not
oblivious
to
the
numerous
other
social
issues
that
affect
the
community
.
Click
below
to
read
some
of
our
initiatives
.
Initiative
to
Support
Education
(
ISE
)
The
education
sector
has
long
been
a
top
priority
for
corporate
investment
in
the
community
.
Traditional
philanthropy
is
increasingly
giving
way
to
the
practice
of
corporate
citizenship
and
social
responsibility
.
Therefore
,
there
is
an
even
greater
role
for
business
to
play
in
helping
build
productive
and
prosperous
communities
through
education
.
From
building
partnerships
with
local
communities
in
order
to
improve
access
and
quality
of
primary
school
education
,
to
establishing
business
coalitions
for
policy
reform
,
companies
can
choose
from
a
number
of
key
areas
and
alternative
strategies
depending
on
the
nature
of
their
operations
,
products
and
values
-
fit
.
MTN
'
s
Initiative
to
Support
Education
(
ISE
)
was
launched
in
1999
as
a
programme
under
which
all
education
initiatives
would
be
managed
.
Under
ISE
,
MTN
has
assisted
schools
in
various
ways
.
MTN
has
identified
schools
in
communities
that
are
under
privileged
and
often
struggling
to
keep
students
at
school
.
Businesses
have
a
major
role
to
play
in
the
education
sector
at
a
number
of
critical
phases
-
from
investing
in
community
programmes
for
basic
education
,
to
infrastructure
development
for
the
next
generation
of
business
leaders
.
MTN
has
assisted
in
construction
of
classroom
blocks
and
given
additional
assistance
to
a
number
of
schools
in
various
parts
of
the
country
.
Habitat
For
Humanity
(
HFH
)
Economic
growth
in
developing
countries
has
led
to
a
well
-
documented
increase
in
vulnerability
amongst
poor
sections
of
the
population
.
Uganda
,
like
many
parts
of
Sub
-
Saharan
Africa
,
is
listed
as
devoid
of
basic
and
/
or
adequate
housing
for
her
26
million
people
.
MTN
has
partnered
with
a
renowned
Christian
NGO
-
Habitat
For
Humanity
-
to
assist
in
construction
of
low
cost
houses
amongst
various
communities
that
HFH
identifies
from
time
to
time
.
The
fundamental
philosophy
of
the
programme
revolves
around
the
concept
of
'
planned
giving
'
where
MTN
works
with
HFH
to
build
low
cost
houses
.
On
all
occasions
HFH
have
built
houses
for
families
that
were
living
out
in
the
open
or
under
risky
shelter
.
MTN
has
contributed
more
than
Ush
.
220
million
over
the
last
two
years
towards
the
construction
of
120
low
cost
houses
in
different
parts
of
Uganda
.
MTN
is
HFH
'
s
biggest
corporate
sponsor
in
Africa
.
Recently
,
MTN
initiated
a
partnership
with
a
local
solar
power
company
(
Ultra
Tech
)
to
provide
lighting
to
some
of
the
houses
already
built
.
If
this
project
is
successful
,
as
we
anticipate
,
MTN
will
provide
extra
money
towards
the
implementation
of
this
phase
as
well
.
MTN
has
already
spent
more
than
Ush
.
5
million
towards
the
solar
power
project
as
well
as
the
Uganda
Red
Cross
.
In
February
2001
,
the
Uganda
Red
Cross
(
URC
)
and
MTN
ended
a
year
long
local
fundraising
initiative
through
which
MTN
raised
Ush
.
500
million
for
the
Victims
of
Disaster
programme
.
This
was
the
Red
Cross
'
first
ever
and
biggest
local
fundraising
initiative
.
Proceeds
from
this
project
went
towards
different
disaster
hit
areas
in
northern
Uganda
(
displaced
persons
camps
)
and
western
Uganda
.
MTN
Nakivubo
Youth
Sports
Club
The
NYSC
is
a
group
of
former
street
children
who
have
identified
football
as
a
way
of
changing
their
livelihood
.
The
club
accommodates
four
teams
that
compete
in
various
age
limit
competitions
,
U
-
12
,
U
-
14
,
U
-
16
and
the
seniors
'
team
made
of
those
above
18
years
old
,
totalling
over
160
children
.
The
club
gives
the
children
a
sense
of
purpose
and
pride
through
soccer
.
MTN
provides
the
teams
with
all
their
kit
and
transport
to
the
numerous
competitions
that
they
participate
in
addition
to
monthly
allowances
for
food
and
other
subsistence
items
.
Twenty
-
six
of
these
children
have
excelled
at
various
competitions
and
have
since
won
themselves
scholarships
for
education
at
two
schools
-
Nile
Secondary
School
and
Amudat
Education
Centre
both
in
Kawempe
.
While
these
schools
provide
free
education
to
the
twenty
-
six
,
MTN
provides
all
their
scholastic
and
boarding
requirements
.
Some
children
have
since
been
re
-
united
with
their
families
as
a
result
of
the
club
'
s
efforts
.
Over
the
past
two
years
MTN
has
invested
more
than
Ush
.
15
million
in
the
club
.
MTN
has
also
provided
assistance
to
disaster
areas
and
public
road
safety
awareness
campaigns
.
Whereas
the
initiatives
above
are
the
recognised
projects
to
which
MTN
has
made
long
term
commitment
,
from
time
to
time
MTN
makes
philanthropical
contributions
to
different
causes
.
I
.
Child
health
and
survival
a
)
Preventive
and
Curative
services
Accessibility
of
health
services
by
children
,
young
people
and
caregivers
is
done
through
static
and
out
reach
services
,
child
days
and
youth
clubs
.
Three
community
clinics
that
provide
medical
care
were
established
in
2003
.
Ninety
-
four
youth
clubs
of
40
members
each
have
been
established
in
6
districts
and
these
provide
peer
-
to
-
peer
counseling
and
referral
services
for
treatment
of
Sexually
Transmitted
Infections
and
HIV
/
AIDS
care
.
Since
the
establishment
of
the
3
static
community
clinics
in
Kampala
,
Masindi
and
Apac
,
1209
children
have
been
treated
for
common
illnesses
and
200
referred
for
secondary
care
.
Common
diseases
treated
include
malaria
,
respiratory
tract
infections
,
and
diarrhea
and
skin
diseases
.
Currently
,
10
adults
are
also
on
Antiretroviral
therapy
(
ART
)
.
Also
HIV
testing
and
counseling
services
have
been
provided
on
an
outreach
basis
to
250
clients
in
the
districts
of
Kampala
and
Apac
over
the
three
-
year
period
,
but
this
has
been
done
on
a
limited
scale
.
In
addition
we
have
held
Quarterly
Child
Days
with
multiple
activities
such
as
the
provision
of
immunization
services
for
children
and
women
,
De
-
worming
,
vitamin
A
supplementation
as
well
as
health
education
on
communicable
diseases
.
Through
this
strategy
,
about
800
children
have
benefited
from
Vitamin
A
supplementation
,
1200
immunized
and
720
de
-
wormed
.
Psychosocial
support
through
home
-
to
-
home
visits
and
Action
Support
Groups
(
ASGs
)
has
been
provided
to
over
3
,
346
persons
.
The
provision
of
static
and
outreach
health
care
services
through
the
child
days
is
one
of
the
cost
-
effective
ways
in
which
AFC
reaches
out
to
the
beneficiary
community
.
Where
this
has
been
done
,
a
reduction
in
childhood
illnesses
and
deaths
has
been
observed
.
Children
now
look
healthier
and
there
is
marked
decrease
in
absenteeism
at
school
.
About
6006
young
people
have
been
reached
with
prevention
messages
in
HIV
/
AIDS
,
adolescent
sexual
reproductive
health
and
family
planning
through
trainings
,
music
dance
and
drama
,
role
plays
,
exchange
visits
and
print
and
electronic
media
like
the
young
talk
and
straight
talk
.
As
a
result
,
there
is
a
remarkable
decrease
in
early
and
unwanted
teenage
pregnancies
,
reduction
in
high
risky
sexual
behaviors
and
STIs
in
our
areas
of
operation
.
For
instance
,
in
Masindi
,
Apac
,
Gulu
and
Lira
,
2539
young
people
committed
themselves
to
abstinence
until
marriage
in
the
last
one
-
year
.
In
terms
of
nutrition
,
894
children
have
benefited
from
the
provision
of
highly
nutritious
maize
porridge
.
Majority
of
these
are
children
in
ECD
centers
.
We
hope
to
strengthen
this
sector
as
well
as
replicate
it
in
other
areas
of
our
operations
with
effect
from
2007
.
In
the
subsequent
years
,
AFC
will
continue
to
increase
accessibility
of
these
services
by
having
one
child
day
per
quarter
in
all
the
districts
of
our
operation
and
strengthening
partnerships
with
other
service
providers
.
b
)
Housing
and
sanitation
improvement
Over
the
last
3
years
,
AFC
has
worked
with
1692
families
.
Of
these
,
135
families
have
been
supported
with
various
housing
materials
like
iron
sheets
,
shutters
,
latrine
construction
and
roofing
.
Of
these
,
at
least
5
households
have
been
supported
to
construct
new
houses
.
Further
more
,
at
least
200
families
have
been
provided
with
beddings
,
clothing
and
household
utensils
such
as
plates
,
jerry
cans
and
basins
.
There
has
been
a
remarkable
improvement
in
the
hygiene
and
sanitation
of
these
households
.
AFC
has
promoted
and
supported
households
to
put
up
bath
shelters
,
drying
racks
,
animal
pens
,
proper
ventilation
,
lockable
doors
and
rubbish
pits
.
In
addition
,
AFC
has
promoted
the
drinking
of
safe
boiled
water
to
avoid
water
borne
diseases
.
However
,
in
this
strategic
plan
,
efforts
will
be
made
to
increase
access
to
affordable
,
clean
and
safe
water
to
homesteads
and
communities
within
our
areas
of
operation
.
II
.
Household
income
poverty
reduction
a
)
Increasing
accessibility
to
grants
and
micro
finance
services
AFC
has
put
special
emphasis
on
promoting
households
income
generating
projects
.
Over
the
last
three
years
,
2
,
984
individuals
have
been
trained
in
entrepreneurial
skills
and
have
been
given
grants
to
start
up
grants
.
At
least
70
%
of
the
households
have
established
income
-
generating
activities
,
which
include
poultry
,
piggery
,
gardening
,
charcoal
selling
,
market
stalls
and
retail
shops
.
In
addition
,
a
total
of
1079
(
Kampala
,
Mbale
and
Masindi
)
families
are
now
accessing
loans
through
the
Micro
Enterprise
Development
Initiative
(
MEDI
)
.
.
The
loan
portfolio
has
steadily
growing
from
31
,
000
,
000
in
2003
to
276
,
000
,
000
now
.
Similarly
,
the
clients
have
also
increased
from
221
in
2003
to
1079
to
date
(
2006
.
This
has
resulted
into
a
tremendous
increase
in
household
income
,
a
reported
increase
in
the
savings
culture
,
some
houses
have
built
their
own
permanent
houses
,
many
clients
have
diversified
their
business
and
the
households
are
now
able
to
meet
the
various
basic
needs
of
children
and
other
household
members
such
as
education
which
earlier
were
donated
.
The
loan
recovery
rate
has
also
risen
to
77
%
.
AFC
has
also
attracted
a
reputable
international
committed
donor
-
Enterprise
Development
Initiative
.
In
this
strategic
plan
,
AFC
will
reach
out
to
5000
new
clients
,
increase
the
loan
portfolio
,
improve
the
recovery
rate
to
98
%
and
document
and
disseminate
the
lessons
learnt
.
b
)
Vocational
skills
AFC
has
trained
a
number
of
youth
in
vocational
skills
in
attempts
to
increase
their
income
-
generating
prowess
.
A
total
of
134
youth
have
now
been
trained
in
various
skills
such
as
carpentry
and
joinery
,
tailoring
,
screen
printing
,
card
-
making
bakery
.
This
has
resulted
into
a
number
of
youth
getting
employment
and
has
also
significantly
reduced
the
HIV
risky
behaviors
through
enhancing
self
-
reliance
.
With
the
increasing
number
of
youth
in
our
clubs
,
AFC
will
commit
more
resources
to
training
out
of
school
youth
in
vocational
skills
and
provide
essential
to
help
them
start
their
income
generating
projects
.
.
III
.
House
Household
food
security
top
AFC
has
contributed
substantially
to
the
improvement
in
household
food
security
among
the
households
in
our
interventions
through
training
in
food
preparation
,
food
growing
and
post
harvest
management
techniques
.
These
farmers
have
been
linked
to
Agriculture
Extension
Workers
in
the
districts
who
constantly
monitor
and
give
technical
support
at
household
level
.
In
addition
,
410
households
have
received
farm
inputs
ranging
from
hoes
,
ox
and
seeds
.
This
has
resulted
into
many
farmers
increasing
on
the
size
of
their
gardens
,
leading
to
high
yields
;
many
households
have
established
granaries
and
can
afford
to
have
two
meals
in
a
day
,
which
was
not
possible
then
.
This
has
contributed
to
the
improvement
in
the
health
and
nutritional
status
of
orphans
and
other
vulnerable
children
,
including
their
caregivers
.
In
this
strategic
plan
therefore
,
we
intend
to
scale
up
on
our
interventions
,
support
less
labor
intensive
farming
techniques
such
as
ox
ploughs
.
In
addition
,
families
with
HIV
infected
persons
will
be
identified
and
will
receive
special
food
supplements
.
IV
.
Education
and
Early
Childhood
Development
Since
2003
to
date
,
AFC
has
established
9
community
based
(
satellite
)
ECD
centers
in
Kampala
and
Gulu
and
one
model
ECD
center
.
The
latter
is
located
in
Kyanja
,
Kampala
and
comprises
a
300
seats
capacity
community
hall
,
a
clinic
,
modern
ECOSAN
toilets
and
an
ECD
room
with
various
play
materials
and
a
resting
room
.
To
date
,
a
total
of
861
children
have
benefited
from
the
ECD
centers
.
Of
these
,
663
children
are
attending
ECD
education
while
198
children
have
transited
from
the
ECD
centers
to
primary
education
.
While
at
the
center
,
the
children
receive
nutritive
supplements
,
medical
care
and
psychosocial
support
.
Two
hundred
grand
parents
and
the
caregivers
have
also
been
trained
and
supported
to
make
play
materials
for
the
children
from
the
locally
available
materials
.
The
project
has
helped
OVC
access
early
childhood
learning
and
stimulation
thereby
improving
their
physical
,
emotional
and
cognitive
development
,
which
prepares
them
for
nursery
school
.
The
children
s
being
in
the
centers
gives
the
caregivers
ample
time
to
engage
in
other
productive
activities
at
home
.
In
this
light
,
AFC
in
the
next
five
years
intends
to
replicate
and
scale
up
the
ECD
model
in
all
the
districts
of
operation
by
establishing
10
new
ECD
centers
and
reach
out
to
at
least
3000
children
.
Under
the
education
sector
,
134
children
have
been
supported
with
school
fees
and
over
951
with
other
scholastic
materials
over
a
three
-
year
period
so
far
.
About
90
%
of
these
children
are
in
primary
school
.
This
has
positively
impacted
the
literacy
levels
of
the
OVC
who
otherwise
would
not
have
made
it
if
they
were
out
of
school
.
In
addition
AFC
has
supported
the
establishment
of
a
primary
school
in
Masulita
sub
-
county
,
Wakiso
district
through
provision
of
scholastic
materials
and
supporting
its
construction
.
This
is
an
effort
by
AFC
to
complement
government
program
of
free
UPE
to
all
children
including
the
OVC
.
Strategies
to
empower
families
of
OVC
in
order
to
be
able
to
meet
their
education
needs
will
be
enhanced
over
the
next
five
years
.
V
.
Child
rights
and
social
protection
The
main
interventions
in
this
area
are
the
Child
Help
Line
(
CHL
)
,
which
is
a
24
-
hour
toll
free
telephone
counseling
service
,
awareness
on
child
abuse
and
referral
of
abused
cases
to
child
protection
agencies
.
Over
the
past
3
years
,
referral
systems
for
the
children
found
in
immediate
danger
have
been
established
.
These
include
District
Probation
Officers
,
Village
local
councilors
and
the
Uganda
Police
.
Over
1
,
300
clients
have
been
reached
with
telephone
counseling
and
300
clients
have
been
referred
to
services
within
their
reach
for
help
and
support
.
Through
community
sensitization
,
900
young
people
have
been
reached
with
messages
on
prevention
of
child
abuse
and
behavioral
change
.
In
terms
of
capacity
building
,
14
speak
out
project
centers
were
established
.
In
these
centers
,
the
youth
receive
peer
-
to
-
peer
counseling
and
education
on
adolescent
reproductive
issues
and
HIV
/
AIDS
.
Twenty
-
two
counselors
from
Gulu
and
Kampala
were
equipped
with
skills
on
how
to
receive
,
handle
and
refer
telephone
cases
.
The
numbers
are
still
low
and
thus
the
need
to
increase
awareness
as
well
enhance
staff
capacity
in
the
next
five
years
by
having
at
least
more
full
time
professional
counselors
working
24
hours
.
It
is
projected
that
the
Help
line
will
be
able
to
reach
to
at
least
8
,
000
people
within
the
next
five
years
.
VI
.
Capacity
building
and
organization
development
AFC
has
a
professional
Board
of
Governors
(
BOD
)
that
meets
on
a
quarterly
basis
and
advices
management
on
the
implementation
,
management
and
fundraising
issues
.
The
organization
has
had
a
stable
leadership
with
minimal
staff
turnover
.
To
date
,
the
organization
has
grown
,
both
in
size
,
infrastructure
and
coverage
.
This
has
led
to
the
creation
of
different
departmental
units
such
as
the
Finance
,
M
&
E
,
programs
and
satellite
offices
in
the
districts
of
Masindi
,
Apac
,
Lira
,
Gulu
and
Mbale
.
In
addition
,
AFC
has
attracted
multiple
and
stable
donors
for
over
5
years
.
The
organization
has
a
permanent
office
in
Kampala
.
AFC
therefore
intends
to
consolidate
the
achievements
gained
,
promote
staff
development
,
and
enhance
research
and
policy
development
in
the
next
5
years
of
this
strategic
plan
.
Can
Uganda
make
it
to
Ghana
2008
?
hosted
by
Richard
Komakech
Uganda
is
teamed
with
Lesotho
,
Nigeria
and
Niger
in
Group
C
of
the
2008
Africa
Nations
Cup
qualifiers
.
Join
the
debate
on
Uganda
s
chances
of
making
it
to
the
group
stages
.
(
40
posts
)
Post
your
opinion
View
Latest
Posts
Posts
(
Latest
First
)
VIEW
OLDER
POSTS
»
CHEERS
FOR
THE
CRANES
.
authored
by
Mike
Aziz
on
23
.
October
2006
at
18
:
20
The
Cranes
will
make
it
there
.
Just
give
them
the
proper
tools
,
they
will
finish
the
jobs
.
Uganda
to
Ghana
2008
,
What
a
joke
!
authored
by
ntare
Bukenya
on
21
.
October
2006
at
14
:
23
Hi
there
,
it
is
surprising
that
Uganda
dreams
of
getting
to
Ghana
2008
without
considering
that
they
have
to
win
matches
before
they
can
get
there
.
But
how
exactly
are
you
supposed
to
win
matches
when
you
have
the
following
factors
all
working
against
this
possibility
:
1
)
You
are
meant
to
go
out
on
the
pitch
and
compete
with
some
one
.
Your
hands
and
legs
are
tied
and
he
is
free
to
roam
the
entire
pitch
.
Iam
refering
to
the
situation
when
CAF
had
to
give
the
match
to
a
west
African
referee
and
ignore
those
from
North
and
Sothern
Africa
.
Then
there
is
the
stupid
laws
which
actually
i
have
not
read
regarding
the
awarding
of
citizenship
to
Nigerian
footballers
just
a
few
hours
before
the
game
.
Then
there
is
the
poor
treament
that
players
were
subjected
to
from
the
very
first
minute
they
entered
this
stupid
country
-
i
mean
social
delinquent
Niger
-
you
will
be
dead
stupid
to
expect
more
than
that
from
Nigeria
!
2
)
Then
there
is
the
government
of
Uganda
that
you
will
bet
was
not
in
some
kind
of
conspiracy
for
Uganda
to
lose
the
match
in
Niger
-
whatever
their
motives
!
Can
Museveni
and
his
croonies
explain
exactly
how
hard
it
was
for
them
to
do
away
with
a
few
millions
of
shillings
to
the
extent
that
the
national
team
almost
missed
the
match
.
I
think
many
Ugandans
are
tired
of
the
'
development
talk
'
which
does
not
benefit
them
.
Take
your
development
to
the
toilet
Sir
!
3
)
I
think
the
current
FUFA
is
doing
a
wonderful
job
but
there
is
need
to
go
a
little
beyond
the
Obua
era
.
For
example
FUFA
should
show
some
seriousness
about
getting
the
answers
concerning
the
complications
that
were
experienced
in
Niger
.
A
situation
like
the
'
ghost
'
penalties
against
South
Africa
especially
the
one
Cranes
conceived
when
they
were
in
South
Africa
should
never
be
allowed
to
present
its
ugly
head
again
(
just
to
give
an
example
)
.
It
is
time
for
other
nations
to
stop
taking
chances
on
cranes
!
However
,
we
still
await
this
to
happen
-
I
mean
FUFA
to
show
us
real
action
.
3
)
People
like
Sekajja
should
get
their
minds
and
calculations
straight
!
Wherever
you
are
Sekajja
,
i
hope
you
can
take
my
advice
because
consider
the
fact
that
you
could
end
up
playing
for
ManU
if
your
team
-
Cranes
makes
it
to
Ghana
2008
and
you
are
seen
in
action
(
and
appreciated
)
.
Or
is
there
any
thing
you
are
afraid
of
?
Or
is
it
the
same
old
problem
that
has
characterised
many
Ugandan
footballers
-
to
offer
your
services
after
the
authorities
have
laid
their
bodies
on
the
flour
for
you
to
step
on
?
Uganda
can
be
to
Ghana
2008
if
these
simple
problems
are
solved
but
they
seem
undisputedly
massive
for
the
faint
hearted
.
Wish
all
Ugandans
luck
in
this
.
From
us
in
South
Africa
Ntare
Bukenya
UGANDA
CAN
MAKE
IT
TO
GHANA
2008
authored
by
MAYBIN
KALWA
KALUMBA
on
16
.
October
2006
at
14
:
57
UGANDA
CAN
MAKE
IT
ONLY
IF
THEY
WORK
AS
A
TEAM
.
THIS
IS
A
GAME
OF
CHANCE
.
NOW
DAYS
YOU
CANNOT
UNDERATE
OTHER
TEAM
.
Something
else
to
inspire
us
authored
by
Kamarade
on
9
.
October
2006
at
09
:
50
Match
bonuses
.
Can
FUFA
also
promise
an
attractive
bonus
for
a
draw
away
from
home
?
This
in
my
view
will
propel
the
boys
and
maintain
focus
as
we
attach
value
to
all
CAF
Points
.
Let
us
explore
all
avenues
to
take
us
to
SA2010
BRAVO
LADS
authored
by
Kamarade
on
9
.
October
2006
at
09
:
47
BRAVO
BRAVO
!!
Niger
'
s
tricks
may
have
worked
in
their
favour
,
but
a
long
task
awaits
them
as
they
have
to
trave
to
Uganda
,
Nigeria
and
Lesotho
.
We
can
say
that
for
LESOTHO
,
it
is
like
over
,
but
for
us
it
the
stakes
are
high
.
2010
is
just
around
the
corner
and
there
is
no
better
time
to
play
in
the
world
cup
than
when
it
is
staged
just
next
doors
.
FUFA
we
also
want
to
take
part
in
2010
SA
World
cup
.
Why
not
?
Let
us
earn
some
world
cup
points
as
well
.
Go
CRANES
go
.
Jah
bless
Niger
hosts
Uganda
Cranes
authored
by
Komakech
on
6
.
October
2006
at
18
:
10
Niger
hosts
the
Uganda
Cranes
on
Sunday
,
October
8
in
Niamey
.
Let
'
s
all
chorus
for
the
Cranes
because
with
a
positive
result
,
our
chances
of
being
at
Ghana
2008
will
actually
start
to
shape
up
.
A
big
mountain
to
climb
.
authored
by
Kiwanuka
Samuel
on
6
.
October
2006
at
10
:
03
After
the
Lesotho
game
,
almost
everyone
thought
it
was
over
.
However
,
we
had
just
reduced
the
height
of
the
mountain
we
are
climbing
,
from
Everest
to
Kilimanjaro
.
I
know
and
believe
that
we
can
make
it
BUT
this
will
only
happen
if
we
learn
to
look
farther
into
the
future
and
prepare
for
the
team
in
advance
.
This
will
enable
us
to
avoid
such
scenarios
like
the
recent
one
when
the
one
and
only
Michael
Ezra
came
to
our
rescue
.
Pray
for
Uganda
and
Uganda
will
play
in
the
2008
ACN
finals
.
uganda
can
make
authored
by
james
atanasious
on
6
.
October
2006
at
06
:
02
with
much
of
the
efforts
Uganda
restored
in
this
many
years
,
i
guess
they
will
go
through
against
Ghana
,
its
all
about
determination
not
history
that
matters
in
soccer
...
Yeah
Cranes
can
win
BUT
.............
authored
by
Oryem
-
Obina
II
on
5
.
October
2006
at
08
:
27
I
know
the
cranes
can
win
but
There
is
total
luck
of
financial
support
from
the
government
.
Since
Uganda
open
doors
to
investors
and
they
have
100
%
chance
of
getting
want
they
want
,
1
}
.
Why
can
'
t
the
concern
person
let
for
once
and
investor
interested
in
sports
to
come
up
?
2
]
.
If
the
Government
has
failed
in
the
field
of
sports
,
why
don
'
t
they
request
Ugandans
to
give
in
their
support
like
it
use
to
be
done
in
Columbia
?
I
wish
somebody
concern
could
just
answer
me
and
if
it
can
happen
save
us
from
NATIONAL
SHAME
when
we
have
very
talented
and
dedicated
players
.
authored
by
Oryem
-
Obina
II
on
5
.
October
2006
at
08
:
13
I
would
like
to
categorically
state
it
clear
that
with
Soccer
,
prediction
is
just
for
fun
but
it
is
the
hard
work
and
team
work
that
will
determine
how
far
they
will
go
.
Am
sure
the
Coach
has
made
a
good
choice
of
players
and
all
look
DOGS
OF
WAR
.
Our
work
should
be
to
build
confidence
in
our
boys
and
make
them
believe
they
have
the
support
regardless
of
the
outcome
of
the
games
they
are
faced
with
.
However
,
fellow
countrymen
...
i
have
two
major
reasons
to
put
across
that
may
make
the
team
not
go
any
far
.
1
]
.
The
team
shouldnt
induge
themselves
in
stupid
act
of
suspecting
juju
like
they
did
when
they
were
playing
Rwanda
which
made
them
to
loose
too
much
local
support
and
they
should
respect
themselves
by
not
escaping
from
the
traning
camp
and
going
to
Clubs
and
womanizing
2
]
.
Finance
.............
Paliamentarians
want
cars
of
60
,
000
,
000
=
each
and
their
dream
may
come
true
.
And
when
the
Uganda
Team
want
10
,
000
,
000
=
,
there
is
no
money
!
NO
Body
will
stand
behind
them
like
when
it
comes
to
their
personal
issues
like
wanting
to
drive
and
everyone
acknowledge
you
are
a
MP
,
DESO
,
RDC
,
CAO
,
MUSICAN
etc
and
they
normally
end
up
withdrawing
or
performing
badly
because
of
poor
feeding
or
they
are
worried
for
their
families
left
home
without
food
.
Games
can
make
a
small
country
like
Uganda
well
know
and
give
chance
to
others
to
get
exposed
.
If
only
the
government
can
put
in
place
enough
resourses
for
sports
like
it
has
done
for
ministry
of
defence
,
I
believe
Cranes
would
go
for
world
cap
and
win
BRAZIL
.
There
is
a
lot
of
talent
countrywide
but
because
Soccer
and
other
sports
aren
'
t
paying
,
there
opt
to
dig
than
sweat
blood
and
eat
gobe
in
the
name
of
playing
for
your
country
.
The
nature
of
Uganda
was
seen
clearly
when
LUGOGO
football
field
had
to
be
sold
to
the
so
called
investors
...
Yet
sports
is
the
greatest
investment
world
over
Thanks
to
Ezira
and
other
True
Ugandans
who
have
done
their
all
to
promote
sports
.
I
appeal
to
Musicans
to
raise
fund
all
over
Uganda
for
the
CRANES
.
Please
lets
for
once
forget
about
ourself
in
the
name
of
nationality
.
Lets
Advocate
for
the
National
team
since
the
people
we
expect
to
do
can
play
their
roles
.
Am
tired
of
Supporting
Man
United
...
I
LOVE
CRANES
and
want
all
Ugandans
to
turn
away
from
registering
to
MAN
-
U
etc
and
register
with
the
Cranes
and
feel
the
flow
of
our
own
.
THE
CRANES
,
PRIDE
OF
THE
PEAL
OF
AFRICA
-
UGANDA
GOD
BLESS
THE
CRANES
FOR
GOD
AND
MY
COUNTRY
.
WHAT
IS
THE
SAWLOG
PRODUCTION
GRANT
SCHEME
(
SPGS
)
The
SPGS
is
a
special
fund
from
the
European
Union
aimed
at
attracting
the
private
sector
to
establish
commercial
timber
plantations
in
Uganda
.
The
SPGS
is
part
of
Forest
Resources
Management
and
Conservation
Programme
(
FRMCP
)
,
with
an
autonomous
management
outside
the
National
Forestry
Authority
.
SPGS
provides
a
non
-
refundable
grant
to
individual
and
corporate
investors
.
There
are
,
however
,
certain
standards
that
have
to
be
met
before
the
money
is
disbursed
.
The
full
SPGS
payment
is
UGX600
,
000
per
hectare
,
which
is
around
50
%
of
the
average
establishment
costs
for
commercial
forest
plantation
establishment
in
Uganda
.
For
good
reasons
you
have
to
start
with
your
own
money
and
then
you
will
receive
the
grant
in
three
installments
but
only
after
inspection
to
ensure
the
agreed
standards
have
been
met
.
The
first
payment
will
be
made
within
6
months
of
initial
planting
to
encourage
clients
to
continue
.
The
next
payments
are
paid
in
years
2
and
3
,
provided
you
have
continued
to
manage
your
plantations
as
prescribed
in
the
Management
Plan
.
On
how
to
join
SPGS
,
you
have
met
all
the
SPGS
requirements
(
e
.
g
.
title
deeds
-
or
license
for
CFR
an
approved
management
plan
,
own
funds
etc
.
)
,
clients
sign
a
contract
with
the
SPGS
and
then
you
can
start
planting
!
Note
that
your
Management
Plan
covers
operational
details
as
well
as
environmental
and
social
issues
.
CURRENT
SPGS
CONTRACTS
SPGS
currently
has
signed
40
contracts
with
various
individuals
and
corporate
organisations
.
These
contracts
are
for
a
period
of
3
years
(
2004
-
2006
)
.
During
this
initial
period
of
three
years
,
SPGS
targets
to
establish
over
5000
hectares
of
good
forestry
plantations
.
PROGRESS
By
July
2006
,
SPGS
clients
had
successfully
established
over
4000Ha
.
Many
mistakes
were
made
initially
,
but
lessons
were
quickly
learnt
and
practices
have
notably
improved
.
INTEREST
There
is
huge
growing
interest
in
the
SPGS
exemplified
by
over
80
applications
,
which
have
been
received
to
date
(
with
most
indicating
to
have
started
planting
)
,
and
over
290
who
have
picked
application
forms
.
FUTURE
The
SPGS
is
currently
negotiating
with
development
partners
and
the
Government
of
Uganda
for
additional
funding
.
We
are
hopeful
that
further
funds
will
be
forthcoming
to
continue
the
SPGS
beyond
its
current
end
date
(
December
2006
)
provided
investors
are
ready
to
continue
adhering
to
SPGS
standards
.
Welcome
message
from
the
Director
Makerere
University
Institute
of
Computer
Science
Makerere
University
Institute
of
Computer
Science
(
MUICS
)
is
an
institute
within
Makerere
University
.
It
’
s
commonly
known
as
a
one
stop
centre
for
consultancy
and
training
services
in
Information
and
Communication
Technology
(
ICT
)
and
other
related
fields
.
The
academic
programmes
offered
at
MUICS
range
from
certificate
courses
to
doctorate
degrees
We
are
firmly
committed
to
providing
efficient
and
professional
services
that
enhance
the
quality
of
ICT
in
the
African
region
in
a
manner
consistent
with
the
needs
of
our
clients
.
Our
goal
is
to
go
beyond
serving
current
needs
of
our
cleints
with
an
eye
toward
the
future
.
We
will
continue
our
efforts
to
attract
good
students
and
offer
quality
education
.
In
the
area
of
consultancy
we
want
to
lead
so
that
others
can
follow
.
Presently
MUICS
has
over
80
%
of
the
training
share
and
over
30
%
of
the
ICT
consultancy
share
.
Our
goal
is
to
go
beyond
serving
current
needs
of
our
clients
with
an
eye
towards
the
future
.
We
will
continue
our
efforts
to
attract
good
students
and
offer
quality
education
.
In
the
area
of
consultancy
we
want
to
lead
so
that
others
can
follow
.
Presently
MUICS
has
over
80
%
of
the
training
share
and
over
30
%
of
the
ICT
consultancy
share
.
We
are
aggressively
working
towards
increasing
our
market
share
in
both
training
and
consultancy
services
and
we
hope
to
hit
the
90
%
mark
by
2005
.
At
MUICS
we
train
our
students
to
fully
address
the
needs
of
society
.
Students
at
MUICS
have
the
opportunity
to
offer
supplementary
certified
courses
such
as
Cisco
Certified
Network
Associate
(
CCNA
)
,
Cisco
Certified
Network
Profession
(
CCNP
)
,
International
Computer
Driving
License
(
ICDL
)
,
Oracle
Academy
Initiative
Curriculum
and
Microsoft
Certified
Programmes
in
additional
to
undertaking
the
degree
/
diploma
programmes
.
At
the
moment
we
offer
CCNA
free
to
all
our
undergraduate
students
and
it
has
been
made
part
and
parcel
of
the
bachelors
’
programmes
.
MUICS
is
an
institute
of
choice
when
it
comes
to
quality
training
whereas
ICT
Consults
Ltd
is
a
leader
in
ICT
consultancy
.
MUICS
also
recognizes
the
need
to
build
ICT
capacity
for
the
African
region
and
in
this
regard
MUICS
graduates
over
60
students
with
an
M
.
Sc
.
in
Computer
Science
Degree
and
over
120
students
with
a
Postgraduate
Diploma
in
Computer
Science
every
year
.
MUICS
conducts
research
that
addresses
local
and
international
needs
through
research
projects
such
as
Quality
of
Service
in
Least
Developed
Countries
:
A
case
Study
of
Uganda
,
a
project
funded
by
Cisco
Systems
University
Research
Program
and
Software
Research
in
E
-
Government
project
funded
by
the
United
Nations
Economic
Commission
for
Africa
(
UNECA
)
.
In
addition
graduate
students
under
take
research
that
aims
at
solving
national
problems
relevant
to
Uganda
’
s
economic
development
.
Graduates
have
the
opportunity
to
advance
their
practical
skills
through
working
on
consultancy
projects
under
ICT
Consults
Ltd
,
the
consulting
arm
of
MUICS
.
For
students
seeking
quality
education
and
a
challenging
career
then
Makerere
University
Institute
of
Computer
Science
is
the
place
you
.
Dr
.
Venansius
Baryamureeba
,
B
.
Sc
.
,
PGDEM
,
M
.
Sc
.
,
Ph
.
D
.
Director
,
Makerere
University
Institute
of
Computer
Science
Chairman
and
Managing
Director
,
ICT
Consults
Ltd
.
TO
VIEW
DR
.
VENANSIUS
BARYAMUREEBA
'
S
CV
PLEASE
FOLLOW
THIS
LINK
...
Current
Vision
The
current
Institute
vision
is
:
Excellence
in
the
provision
of
adult
and
continuing
education
.
Current
mission
The
mission
of
IACE
is
:
To
promote
the
study
and
practice
of
adult
and
distance
education
and
community
development
,
carry
out
research
and
provide
university
-
based
learning
opportunities
for
adults
.
This
mission
is
consistent
with
that
of
the
entire
university
,
which
is
:
To
provide
quality
teaching
,
carry
out
research
and
offer
professional
services
to
meet
the
changing
needs
of
society
by
utilising
worldwide
and
internally
generated
human
resources
,
information
,
and
technology
to
enhance
the
University
’
s
leading
position
in
Uganda
and
beyond
.
Prospects
of
IACE
Despite
these
challenges
mentioned
,
the
increasing
demand
for
university
education
and
the
private
students
’
scheme
has
opened
prospects
for
the
Institute
.
There
is
therefore
a
potential
to
initiate
new
programmes
and
to
revitalize
existing
programmes
so
as
to
meet
this
increasing
demand
.
This
is
even
more
attractive
particularly
because
of
the
growing
recognition
of
distance
education
as
an
effective
mode
of
delivering
quality
education
.
This
has
enabled
the
IACE
expand
the
number
of
academic
and
training
programmes
and
students
the
University
is
capable
of
hosting
.
Thus
democratising
education
.
Even
with
such
an
increase
in
student
numbers
the
full
potential
of
open
and
distance
learning
is
yet
to
be
fully
exploited
.
The
IACE
has
Regional
centres
that
are
serving
as
the
extension
arm
of
the
University
.
With
the
implementation
of
the
government
decentralisation
policy
,
many
doors
are
opening
for
the
Institute
to
be
at
the
forefront
of
offering
custom
tailored
courses
relevant
to
this
diverse
clientele
.
This
too
is
a
potential
yet
to
be
exploited
.
Because
of
its
unique
mandate
and
because
of
the
growing
importance
of
lifelong
learning
,
open
and
distance
learning
and
the
role
of
ICT
in
education
,
the
IACE
has
established
linkages
with
other
universities
with
well
-
established
adult
and
distance
education
programmes
.
This
has
enabled
the
Institute
expand
its
focus
and
explore
better
avenues
of
instructional
delivery
.
New
opportunities
to
offer
more
flexible
ICT
-
based
programmes
have
enabled
IACE
have
a
wider
outreach
through
virtual
learning
.
Finally
in
building
institutional
capacity
for
adult
and
distance
education
,
the
Institute
has
been
able
to
increase
community
access
to
flexible
quality
lifelong
education
and
to
build
and
strengthen
linkages
and
relationships
.
Challenges
faced
by
the
IACE
While
seeking
to
fulfil
its
vision
and
mission
,
the
Institute
has
offered
a
number
of
programmes
and
carried
out
a
variety
of
activities
but
has
also
encountered
a
number
of
challenges
.
Registrations
are
by
delegation
,
where
a
domain
name
within
a
sub
domain
category
of
the
UG
Domain
TLD
is
delegated
to
an
organization
or
individual
running
name
servers
that
support
that
name
.
All
organizations
,
government
and
non
-
government
agencies
;
primary
,
secondary
and
tertiary
educational
institutions
;
companies
with
a
presence
in
Uganda
;
and
all
interested
individuals
and
entities
are
encouraged
to
register
under
the
UG
Domain
.
For
registration
in
other
top
-
level
domains
such
as
COM
,
NET
,
and
ORG
,
see
the
ICANN
Web
site
at
http
:
//
www
.
icann
.
org
for
a
list
of
all
current
registrars
.
For
EDU
contact
Network
Solutions
,
Inc
.
at
http
:
//
www
.
networksolutions
.
com
or
$
8
.
75
Cheap
Domain
Registration
-
Register
your
domain
names
for
only
$
8
.
75
,
transfer
them
for
only
$
7
.
75
!
Free
parking
,
free
URL
forwarding
,
free
domain
name
generator
software
,
and
more
.
Speedy
registration
is
available
online
or
can
by
e
-
mail
request
by
sending
a
message
to
the
registrar
@
eahd
.
or
.
ug
Registration
will
soon
be
possible
via
other
accredited
registrars
.
GENERAL
POLICIES
ON
DOMAIN
NAME
DELEGATION
Administrative
and
Technical
Responsibilities
Policy
on
the
Number
of
Domains
Policy
on
Delegation
of
Sub
-
Domains
Policy
on
Misrepresentation
of
Information
Delegation
of
Special
Sub
-
Domains
Administrative
and
Technical
Responsibilities
There
must
be
a
knowledgeable
and
competent
technical
contact
familiar
with
the
Internet
Domain
Name
System
.
Technical
support
beyond
the
actual
function
of
verifying
DNS
information
and
registrant
details
will
billed
for
separately
.
Organizations
requesting
name
registration
should
provide
at
least
two
independent
(
robust
and
reliable
)
DNS
name
servers
in
physically
separate
locations
on
the
Internet
.
The
servers
should
be
active
and
responsive
to
DNS
queries
BEFORE
request
for
action
on
domain
name
is
submitted
.
Incomplete
information
about
the
servers
and
IP
addresses
or
inactive
servers
might
result
in
delay
of
the
registration
.
All
applications
are
treated
on
an
equal
basis
and
will
be
dealt
with
in
a
timely
way
and
full
professional
competence
.
You
must
set
your
host
computers
to
accept
zone
transfers
from
the
UG
Domain
Registry
.
The
domain
owner
must
notify
the
UG
Domain
Registry
immediately
about
any
changes
in
the
name
servers
that
should
be
reflected
in
the
UG
Domain
zone
files
,
or
changes
in
the
administrative
and
technical
contact
information
.
Administrators
must
follow
the
guidelines
as
set
in
the
current
UG
Domain
agreement
.
The
contact
phone
number
given
to
the
UG
Domain
Registry
should
be
functional
and
answered
during
normal
business
hours
.
In
many
instances
,
queries
received
after
business
hours
will
be
answered
the
next
working
day
.
This
is
required
to
resolve
problems
either
by
UG
Domain
Registry
Staff
or
by
the
customer
directly
.
If
we
receive
many
complaints
or
experience
any
problems
ourselves
in
getting
in
touch
with
the
delegated
manager
the
delegation
may
be
delayed
r
revoked
altogether
.
Policy
on
the
Number
of
Domains
At
the
moment
there
no
limit
on
the
number
of
domains
any
one
individual
or
organization
can
hold
.
Policy
on
Delegation
of
sub
domains
No
branch
of
the
UG
Domain
is
presently
delegated
.
This
may
change
in
the
future
.
Policy
on
Misrepresentation
of
Information
In
the
unlikely
event
that
the
UG
Domain
Registry
chooses
to
verify
any
or
all
of
the
information
on
a
registration
application
and
agreement
,
and
if
it
is
determined
that
the
an
application
and
agreement
contains
false
or
substantially
misleading
information
that
application
may
be
delayed
or
revoked
.
In
addition
,
all
other
delegations
made
to
the
party
submitting
the
false
or
misleading
application
and
agreement
may
also
be
revoked
even
after
delegation
of
domain
name
.
Delegation
of
Special
Sub
Domains
Categories
Special
sub
domains
outside
the
established
structure
of
the
UG
Registry
may
be
delegated
on
special
request
and
will
in
all
cases
require
a
justifiable
reason
.
APPLYING
FOR
NEW
DOMAINS
Please
read
the
Overview
and
Domain
Agreement
before
filling
out
the
registration
forms
.
We
register
domains
.
We
do
not
assign
IP
addresses
.
The
application
must
be
filled
out
completely
in
order
for
it
to
be
processed
.
The
application
is
available
online
or
via
electronic
mail
request
to
registrar
@
eahd
.
or
.
ug
When
your
application
has
been
received
,
you
will
get
a
copy
of
the
application
and
an
automated
reply
.
If
you
do
not
receive
a
reply
you
must
resubmit
the
form
or
re
apply
using
the
online
registration
tool
.
We
provide
some
technical
assistance
related
to
the
actual
process
of
conforming
to
the
requirements
stated
in
this
guidelines
.
Any
support
outside
of
this
will
carry
a
fee
.
If
you
have
any
other
questions
,
please
contact
us
:
Physical
Address
:
Plot
32
Lumumba
Avenue
,
Nakasero
-
Kampala
E
-
mail
:
registrar
@
eahd
.
or
.
ug
Phone
number
:
+
256
-
41
-
340451
Fax
number
:
+
256
-
41
-
340456
Explanation
of
Fields
in
the
Domain
Name
Application
Template
REGISTRATION
TYPE
:
NEW
,
MODIFICATION
OR
CHANGING
NAME
OF
A
REGISTERED
DOMAIN
NAME
,
OR
DELETION
Registration
Type
Instructions
:
NEW
:
Enter
NEW
if
this
application
is
for
a
.
ug
domain
name
that
has
not
been
previously
delegated
to
anyone
.
All
e
-
mail
applications
should
sent
to
:
registrar
@
eahd
.
or
.
ug
MODIFY
or
Change
Name
of
a
registered
Domain
Name
:
Enter
MODIFY
if
you
are
one
of
the
current
contacts
(
administrative
or
technical
)
for
a
.
u
domain
that
has
already
been
delegated
and
this
application
is
to
alter
or
update
contact
or
server
information
.
Please
note
that
only
the
current
contacts
registered
in
our
files
can
submit
a
modification
application
.
DELETE
:
Enter
DELETE
if
you
are
one
of
the
current
contacts
(
administrative
or
technical
)
for
a
..
ug
Domain
that
has
already
been
delegated
and
this
application
is
a
request
that
you
no
longer
be
responsible
for
administering
the
domain
.
Please
note
that
we
need
zone
transfers
and
any
contact
information
from
you
before
we
can
take
back
the
domain
.
If
the
Domain
is
new
select
a
Fully
Qualified
Domain
Name
to
uniquely
identify
you
ORGANIZATION
INFORMATION
Organization
Information
Instructions
:
Enter
the
name
of
the
entity
or
organization
that
is
being
represented
by
the
domain
name
being
requested
.
This
should
be
the
name
of
the
organization
that
will
be
using
the
Fully
-
Qualified
Domain
Name
in
section
two
.
The
organization
information
in
section
three
needs
to
match
the
domain
name
.
For
example
:
Kampala
Ltd
,
and
NOT
the
name
of
the
Internet
Service
Provider
(
ISP
)
submitting
the
request
.
DESCRIPTION
OF
ORGANIZATION
/
DOMAIN
Description
of
Organization
/
Domain
Instructions
:
Please
describe
in
a
sentence
the
intended
use
of
the
domain
name
being
requested
in
section
two
.
For
example
,
"
Joe
Okoka
personal
domain
name
"
,
or
"
Departments
and
offices
of
the
Kampala
Ltd
"
.
Add
a
sentence
of
description
.
For
example
,
"
Secondary
School
.
This
is
a
secondary
school
offering
post
primary
education
.
"
ADMINISTRATIVE
CONTACT
OF
ORGANIZATION
/
DOMAIN
Administrative
Contact
of
Organization
/
Domain
Instructions
:
Enter
the
name
of
the
person
who
will
serve
as
the
administrative
contact
.
This
person
must
be
from
the
organization
that
will
be
using
the
domain
name
,
not
a
person
from
the
Internet
Service
Provider
(
ISP
)
.
The
administrator
is
the
contact
point
for
administrative
and
policy
questions
about
the
domain
.
The
domain
administrator
should
work
closely
with
the
personnel
s
/
he
has
designated
as
the
Technical
Contact
for
the
domain
.
That
is
,
the
Administrative
Contact
would
be
a
person
from
the
organization
that
is
the
ultimate
user
of
the
domain
name
,
not
a
person
from
the
organization
running
the
nameserver
.
Specifically
,
when
the
organization
using
the
domain
name
is
an
organization
,
the
Administrative
Contact
must
be
an
employee
,
not
an
employee
of
the
service
provider
arranging
the
Internet
connection
for
the
organization
,
or
the
individual
contracted
by
the
organization
to
provide
web
site
services
.
For
every
registration
,
we
require
complete
information
for
the
Administrative
Contacts
of
the
domain
(
section
6
)
.
This
is
for
two
reasons
.
First
,
to
make
sure
that
the
different
functions
are
served
.
Second
,
just
as
there
are
two
name
servers
required
,
two
contacts
provide
redundancy
for
a
stable
and
reliable
system
.
This
safeguards
the
function
of
your
delegated
domain
as
well
as
the
.
ug
domain
and
the
Internet
as
a
whole
.
The
Administrative
Contact
should
work
closely
with
the
personnel
s
/
he
has
designated
as
the
Technical
Contact
for
the
domain
.
That
is
,
the
Administrative
Contact
would
be
a
person
from
the
organization
that
is
the
ultimate
user
of
the
domain
name
,
not
a
person
from
the
organization
running
the
nameserver
.
Include
the
title
,
mailing
address
(
with
street
address
,
not
P
.
O
.
Box
)
,
phone
number
(
daytime
,
with
area
code
)
,
organization
,
and
currently
operational
electronic
mailboxes
.
There
must
be
a
different
email
address
for
the
administrative
and
technical
contact
.
All
information
must
be
filled
out
.
Do
not
use
"
same
"
or
"
blank
"
.
Note
that
the
Administrative
contact
may
not
also
be
the
technical
contact
unless
the
request
is
for
a
personal
domain
name
or
sole
proprietorship
businesses
.
TECHNICAL
CONTACT
FOR
DOMAIN
Technical
Contact
for
Domain
Instructions
:
Enter
the
name
of
the
technical
contact
for
the
domain
.
The
technical
contact
handles
the
technical
aspects
of
maintaining
the
domain
'
s
name
server
and
resolver
software
,
and
database
files
.
S
/
he
keeps
the
name
server
running
.
More
than
likely
,
this
person
would
be
the
technical
contact
running
the
primary
nameserver
.
"
There
must
be
a
knowledgeable
and
competent
technical
contact
,
familiar
with
the
Internet
DNS
.
"
The
Technical
Contact
must
have
a
good
understanding
of
the
Domain
Name
System
and
the
Internet
.
The
Technical
Contact
is
also
responsible
for
a
thorough
understanding
of
the
UG
Domain
structure
,
policies
and
procedures
.
The
REGISTRATION
MAILBOX
(
7j
)
is
where
domain
name
requests
received
by
the
UG
Domain
Administrator
will
be
forwarded
to
the
delegated
domain
manager
(
the
person
specified
here
)
.
Typical
mailboxes
names
are
:
hostmaster
,
support
,
or
domreg
,
at
your
organization
.
For
every
registration
,
we
require
complete
contact
information
for
Technical
Contacts
of
the
domain
(
section
7
)
.
Include
the
title
,
mailing
address
(
with
street
address
,
not
P
.
O
.
Box
)
,
phone
number
(
daytime
,
with
area
code
)
,
organization
,
and
currently
operational
electronic
mailboxes
.
There
must
be
a
different
email
address
for
the
administrative
and
technical
contact
.
This
is
for
two
reasons
.
First
,
to
make
sure
that
the
different
functions
are
served
.
Second
,
just
as
there
are
two
name
servers
required
,
two
contacts
provides
redundancy
for
a
stable
and
reliable
system
.
This
safeguards
the
function
of
your
delegated
domain
as
well
as
the
.
ug
domain
and
the
Internet
as
a
whole
.
All
information
must
be
filled
out
.
Do
not
use
"
same
"
or
"
blank
"
.
Note
that
the
technical
contact
must
differ
from
the
Administrative
contact
unless
the
request
is
for
a
personal
domain
name
or
sole
proprietorship
.
PRIMARY
SERVER
INFORMATION
Primary
Server
Information
Instructions
:
Enter
the
complete
host
name
and
corresponding
IP
address
of
the
primary
name
server
.
The
complete
host
name
of
the
primary
server
as
well
as
the
IP
address
are
required
.
They
must
match
.
Applications
will
not
be
accepted
without
this
information
.
The
server
must
be
up
and
running
before
submitting
an
application
.
Please
check
that
:
Server
domain
names
are
spelled
correctly
and
that
they
are
complete
domain
names
,
That
the
IP
addresses
correspond
correctly
with
the
server
names
(
e
.
g
.
,
do
not
switch
primary
and
secondary
IP
addresses
)
That
a
nameserver
is
running
on
the
specified
machines
and
available
to
answer
queries
(
zone
transfer
access
must
be
made
available
to
198
.
41
.
3
.
86
and
198
.
41
.
3
.
87
)
.
Following
are
some
guidelines
regarding
servers
used
to
host
the
domain
name
:
Domains
must
provide
at
least
two
independent
servers
that
provide
the
domain
service
for
translating
names
to
addresses
for
hosts
in
this
domain
.
Establishing
the
servers
in
physically
separate
locations
and
on
different
physically
separate
networks
is
strongly
recommended
,
and
is
required
for
third
-
level
domains
.
If
you
are
applying
for
a
domain
and
a
network
number
assignment
simultaneously
and
a
host
on
your
proposed
network
will
be
used
as
a
server
for
the
domain
,
you
must
wait
until
you
receive
your
network
number
assigment
and
have
given
the
server
(
s
)
a
net
-
address
before
sending
in
the
domain
application
.
To
apply
for
an
IP
address
,
contact
your
service
provider
or
if
you
are
a
service
provider
contact
of
the
IP
number
registries
.
The
UG
Domain
Registry
only
registers
UG
Domain
names
.
It
is
your
responsibility
to
see
that
an
IN
-
ADDR
pointer
record
is
entered
in
the
DNS
database
.
Contact
the
administrator
of
the
IP
network
your
host
is
on
to
have
this
done
.
SECONDARY
SERVER
INFORMATION
Secondary
Server
Information
Instructions
:
Enter
the
complete
host
name
and
corresponding
IP
address
of
the
secondary
name
server
.
The
complete
host
name
of
the
secondary
server
as
well
as
the
correct
IP
address
are
required
.
They
must
match
.
Applications
will
not
be
accepted
without
this
information
.
The
server
must
be
up
and
running
before
submitting
an
application
.
Please
check
that
Server
domain
names
are
spelled
correctly
and
that
they
are
complete
domain
names
,
That
the
IP
addresses
correspond
correctly
with
the
server
names
(
i
.
e
.
,
do
not
switch
primary
and
secondary
IP
addresses
)
,
and
That
a
nameserver
is
running
on
the
specified
machines
and
available
to
answer
queries
(
zone
transfer
access
must
be
allowed
to
198
.
41
.
3
.
86
and
198
.
41
.
3
.
87
)
.
Following
are
some
guidelines
regarding
servers
used
to
host
the
domain
name
:
Domains
must
provide
at
least
two
independent
servers
that
provide
the
domain
service
for
translating
names
to
addresses
for
hosts
in
this
domain
.
Establishing
the
servers
in
physically
separate
locations
and
on
different
physically
separate
networks
is
strongly
recommended
,
and
is
required
for
third
-
level
domains
.
If
you
are
applying
for
a
domain
and
a
network
number
assignment
simultaneously
and
a
host
on
your
proposed
network
will
be
used
as
a
server
for
the
domain
,
you
must
wait
until
you
receive
your
network
number
assigment
and
have
given
the
server
(
s
)
a
net
-
address
before
sending
in
the
domain
application
.
To
apply
for
an
IP
address
,
contact
your
service
provider
or
if
you
are
a
service
provider
contact
ARIN
at
any
of
the
IP
numbers
registries
.
The
UG
Domain
Registry
only
registers
UG
Domain
names
.
It
is
your
responsibility
to
see
that
an
IN
-
ADDR
pointer
record
is
entered
in
the
DNS
database
.
Contact
the
administrator
of
the
IP
network
your
host
is
on
to
have
this
done
.
TERTIARY
SERVER
INFORMATION
Tertiary
Server
Information
Instructions
:
A
third
name
server
is
optional
.
Enter
the
complete
host
name
and
corresponding
IP
address
of
the
third
name
server
.
The
complete
host
name
of
the
third
server
as
well
as
the
correct
IP
address
are
required
.
They
must
match
.
Applications
may
be
accepted
without
this
information
.
The
server
must
be
up
and
running
before
submitting
an
application
.
Please
check
that
Server
domain
names
are
spelled
correctly
and
that
they
are
complete
domain
names
,
That
the
IP
addresses
correspond
correctly
with
the
server
names
(
i
.
e
.
,
do
not
switch
primary
and
secondary
IP
addresses
)
,
and
That
a
name
server
is
running
on
the
specified
machines
and
available
to
answer
queries
(
zone
transfer
access
must
be
allowed
to
198
.
41
.
3
.
86
and
198
.
41
.
3
.
87
)
.
Following
are
some
guidelines
regarding
servers
used
to
host
the
domain
name
:
Domains
must
provide
at
least
two
independent
servers
that
provide
the
domain
service
for
translating
names
to
addresses
for
hosts
in
this
domain
.
Establishing
the
servers
in
physically
separate
locations
and
on
different
physically
separate
networks
is
strongly
recommended
,
and
is
required
for
third
-
level
domains
.
If
you
are
applying
for
a
domain
and
a
network
number
assignment
simultaneously
and
a
host
on
your
proposed
network
will
be
used
as
a
server
for
the
domain
,
you
must
wait
until
you
receive
your
network
number
assignment
and
have
given
the
server
(
s
)
a
net
-
address
before
sending
in
the
domain
application
.
To
apply
for
an
IP
address
,
contact
your
service
provider
or
if
you
are
a
service
provider
contact
any
of
the
IP
numbers
registries
.
The
UG
Domain
Registry
only
registers
UG
Domain
names
.
It
is
your
responsibility
to
see
that
an
IN
-
ADDR
pointer
record
is
entered
in
the
DNS
database
.
Contact
the
administrator
of
the
IP
network
your
host
is
on
to
have
this
done
MODIFYING
OR
TRANSFERING
OF
EXISTING
DOMAIN
(
s
)
If
the
person
requesting
the
modification
is
not
listed
in
our
contacts
or
has
no
authorization
password
,
then
we
must
have
an
email
confirmation
from
our
listed
contacts
authorizing
the
person
to
make
these
changes
.
To
find
out
the
contacts
for
a
particular
domain
,
see
our
whois
database
.
The
application
for
modification
is
available
at
online
.
If
you
sending
an
e
-
mail
request
for
modification
,
on
the
application
please
specify
"
modify
"
in
response
to
Q1
and
the
domain
name
that
needs
to
be
modified
in
response
to
Q2
.
We
must
be
notified
of
any
changes
in
the
names
of
the
servers
.
If
the
names
of
the
servers
remain
the
same
but
the
IP
addresses
change
you
need
only
notify
us
in
the
case
that
the
server
is
in
the
subdomain
served
(
technically
this
is
called
a
"
glue
record
"
)
.
We
do
not
provide
FREE
technical
support
for
modifications
.
The
WHOIS
database
is
not
updated
immediately
..
The
WHOIS
information
for
other
Top
Level
Domains
is
available
from
their
respective
registries
.
Please
use
tools
such
as
"
dig
"
or
"
nslookup
"
for
server
information
about
these
domains
.
The
rules
for
transfer
of
the
domain
is
same
as
that
of
modification
.
WHOIS
The
InterNIC
has
developed
the
RWHOIS
program
which
supports
distributed
databases
of
WHOIS
information
.
This
allows
for
the
reduction
of
queries
and
referral
of
information
to
be
closer
to
the
maintainer
of
the
information
.
The
UG
Domain
Registry
has
installed
a
client
/
server
RWHOIS
protocol
to
support
the
UG
Domain
WHOIS
information
.
For
more
information
contact
registrar
@
eahd
.
or
.
ug
.
The
data
from
the
information
you
supplied
on
your
application
will
be
used
for
your
WHOIS
entry
.
Click
Here
to
enter
WHOIS
Database
RELATED
LINKS
Other
Country
-
Code
Domain
Names
(
and
.
int
)
Internet
Domain
Survey
TECHNICAL
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Books
Albitz
,
P
.
,
C
.
Liu
,
"
DNS
and
Bind
:
Help
for
UNIX
System
Administrators
"
,
O
'
Reilly
and
Associates
,
Inc
.
,
October
1992
.
Estrada
,
S
.
,
"
Connecting
to
the
Internet
"
,
O
'
Reilly
and
Associates
,
Inc
.
,
August
1993
,
ISBN
1
-
56592
-
061
-
9
.
LaQuey
,
T
.
,
and
Jeanne
C
.
Ryer
,
"
The
.
Internet
.
Companion
:
A
Beginner
'
s
Guide
to
Global
Networking
"
,
Addison
-
Wesley
,
Reading
,
MA
,
1992
.
Online
Materials
ACM
SIGUCCS
Networking
Taskforce
,
"
Connecting
to
the
Internet
-
What
Connecting
Institutions
Should
Anticipate
"
,
RFC
1359
,
August
1992
.
Krol
,
E
.
,
and
E
.
Hoffman
,
"
FYI
on
'
What
is
the
Internet
?
'
"
,
Merit
Network
,
Inc
.
,
RFC
1462
,
May
1993
.
Lottor
,
M
.
,
"
Domain
Administrators
Operations
Guide
"
,
SRI
International
,
RFC
1033
,
November
1987
.
Postel
,
Jon
,
"
Domain
Name
System
Structure
and
Delegation
"
,
ISI
,
RFC
1591
,
March
1994
.
Sellers
,
J
.
,
"
FYI
on
Questions
and
Answers
-
Answers
to
Commonly
Asked
'
Primary
and
Secondary
School
Internet
User
'
Questions
"
,
NASA
NREN
/
Sterling
Software
,
RFC
1578
,
February
1994
.
Stahl
,
M
.
,
"
Domain
Administrators
Guide
"
,
SRI
International
,
RFC
1032
,
November
1987
.
Mockapetris
,
P
.
,
"
Domain
Names
-
Concepts
and
Facilities
"
,
ISI
,
RFC
1034
,
November
1987
.
Mockapetris
,
P
.
,
"
Domain
Names
-
Implementation
and
Specification
"
,
ISI
,
RFC
1035
,
November
1987
.
Williamson
,
S
,
&
M
.
Kosters
,
"
Referral
Whois
Protocol
(
RWhois
)
"
,
Network
Solutions
,
Inc
.
,
InterNIC
,
RFC
1714
,
November
1994
.
The
entrance
to
the
Nnamasole
s
shrine
,
inset
;
The
current
Nnamasole
,
Manjeri
Lunkuse
,
and
her
Katikkiro
,
Nsubuga
Sekatawa
inside
her
palace
According
to
Buganda
tradition
,
when
queen
mothers
and
kings
die
,
they
are
buried
in
their
respective
palaces
.
Hence
Baagalayaze
became
the
burial
site
of
the
mother
of
Kabaka
Muwanga
II
.
A
place
of
hope
,
celebration
and
learning
about
the
history
of
Buganda
,
the
site
is
part
of
a
six
-
stage
trail
that
delves
deep
into
the
history
of
Buganda
.
A
trail
that
begins
in
Kasubi
in
Kampala
,
to
Wamala
in
Wakiso
,
Ssezibwa
in
Mukono
,
Katereke
in
Wakiso
,
Naggalabi
and
Kagoma
.
Baagalayaze
is
situated
6
miles
from
the
city
centre
on
the
Kampala
-
Gayaza
road
.
Baagalayaze
got
its
name
from
the
fact
that
Kabaka
Muwanga
s
mother
along
with
her
husband
Muteesa
I
invited
the
British
to
Uganda
,
hence
she
was
called
ayagala
abazze
.
In
Buganda
the
Queen
mother
is
referred
to
as
Nnamasole
.
According
to
the
Katikkiro
of
the
current
Nnamasole
,
Nsubuga
Ssekatawa
,
Mwanga
s
mother
,
Abisaaji
Nankatya
,
on
April
14
,
1875
wrote
a
letter
to
Queen
Victoria
of
England
requesting
her
to
send
missionaries
and
teachers
to
Buganda
.
From
then
on
Nnamasole
Nankatya
was
called
Baagalayaze
because
of
her
developmental
outlook
.
Two
years
later
the
first
missionaries
,
the
Protestants
,
arrived
in
Uganda
.
The
Catholic
missionaries
would
follow
two
years
later
in
1879
.
Originally
,
Nnamasole
Nankatya
stayed
at
Kasubi
but
when
her
son
,
Kabaka
Mwanga
,
was
arrested
by
the
British
in
the
1890s
she
fled
to
Lusaka
,
Mpererwe
.
This
is
where
she
was
buried
after
her
death
in
1916
.
In
keeping
with
tradition
her
daughter
,
Juliana
Tezitendwa
,
became
the
next
Nnamasole
.
It
was
Tezitendwa
who
built
the
current
palace
which
is
a
stone
s
throw
away
from
the
one
in
which
her
mother
was
buried
.
On
entering
the
burial
site
one
first
comes
upon
the
Kigango
,
where
the
Nnamasole
meets
with
her
officials
.
Next
to
this
is
the
herbal
garden
containing
several
medicinal
plants
.
Further
on
is
what
used
to
be
Nnamasole
Nankatya
s
palace
that
now
houses
the
tombs
of
Nankatya
and
Tezitendwa
.
Since
it
is
a
taboo
to
look
at
the
graves
of
the
Nnamasoles
,
visitors
are
not
allowed
beyond
the
entrance
to
the
mausoleum
.
The
current
Nnamasole
,
Manjeri
Lunkuse
,
was
born
in
1928
to
the
late
Elieza
Lusesa
of
Kisoga
,
Gomba
in
Mpigi
District
.
Her
mother
,
Nnamasole
Tezitendwa
,
brought
her
to
Baagalayaze
at
an
early
age
and
she
became
Nnamasole
when
Tezitendwa
died
in
1935
.
Nnamasole
Lunkuse
had
her
education
at
Gayaza
High
School
where
she
studied
up
to
junior
secondary
level
.
Lunkuse
recalls
with
nostalgia
the
chaos
that
engulfed
Buganda
soon
after
the
exiling
of
Kabaka
Edward
Muteesa
II
by
the
colonial
government
in
1955
.
The
whole
of
Buganda
was
in
turmoil
as
our
beloved
king
had
been
sent
to
an
unknown
land
without
servants
to
look
after
him
,
Lunkuse
recalls
.
She
is
,
however
,
quick
to
point
out
the
joy
and
celebrations
that
erupted
in
Buganda
upon
the
return
of
the
Kabaka
in
1961
.
However
,
when
the
Kabaka
was
forced
into
exile
in
the
UK
a
second
time
in
1966
following
the
attack
on
his
palace
at
Lubiri
,
armed
men
attacked
Baagalayaze
.
Lunkuse
escaped
with
an
injury
on
her
arm
.
However
,
she
lost
three
of
her
children
.
According
to
Buganda
tradition
,
the
Nnamasole
is
addressed
as
Ssebo
(
sir
)
.
She
also
has
her
own
Lukiiko
and
the
Kabaka
often
seeks
the
advice
of
the
Nnamasole
on
certain
issues
.
There
are
several
Nnamasoles
in
Buganda
due
to
the
fact
that
the
kingdom
has
had
kings
from
different
clans
,
but
Nnamasole
Lunkuse
stands
out
because
of
her
mother
Nankatya
s
deeds
.
She
is
the
official
caretaker
and
advisor
to
all
Nnamasoles
in
Buganda
.
The
Nnamasole
has
a
Katikkiro
(
Prime
minister
)
,
a
secretary
(
Ssabaddu
)
,
a
Kaddulubale
(
minister
without
portfolio
)
,
whose
job
is
to
welcome
visitors
,
and
the
Kabejja
(
estates
manager
)
.
She
also
has
someone
in
charge
of
her
bathrooms
called
the
Mukota
,
Mukomazi
,
who
is
in
charge
of
bark
cloth
making
and
the
general
caretaker
,
Muwaga
.
The
current
Nnamasole
,
just
like
her
grandmother
,
is
development
-
oriented
.
In
1975
she
gave
a
five
-
acre
piece
of
land
to
the
Christian
community
on
which
St
.
Steven
s
Church
was
built
.
The
Nnamasole
also
offered
the
land
on
which
Mpererwe
Church
of
Uganda
Primary
School
was
built
and
the
local
community
is
forever
indebted
to
her
.
Today
the
Queen
Mother
s
palace
is
a
beehive
of
activity
with
such
activities
as
the
making
of
writing
materials
from
elephant
grass
and
banana
fibre
,
bark
cloth
making
and
the
weaving
of
mats
and
baskets
.
The
Nnamasole
teaches
Baganda
women
how
to
prepare
traditional
foods
in
addition
to
bedroom
skills
.
The
latter
despite
the
fact
that
on
becoming
the
Nnamasole
,
one
is
not
supposed
to
get
married
.
Today
Baagalayaze
is
a
heritage
site
and
there
are
plans
to
erect
a
museum
in
which
all
the
antiques
of
the
Nnamasoles
shall
be
displayed
for
the
public
to
see
.
Visitors
come
from
within
and
outside
Uganda
to
visit
the
place
.
Ugandans
pay
an
entrance
fee
of
sh1
,
000
while
foreigners
pay
sh5
,
000
.
In
2003
the
former
Katikkiro
of
Buganda
,
Joseph
Mulwanyamuli
Ssemwogerere
,
visited
the
palace
and
he
presented
the
Nnamasole
a
certificate
of
appreciation
from
the
Kabaka
for
their
role
in
preserving
Buganda
s
culture
.
As
one
leaves
Baagalayaze
,
having
seen
how
the
local
community
reveres
the
Nnamasole
,
one
is
proud
to
have
been
a
part
of
the
celebration
of
the
history
of
Buganda
.
Published
on
:
Saturday
,
4th
November
,
2006
Whether
it
is
business
or
agriculture
,
Iganga
is
one
of
the
best
locations
to
think
of
first
.
Its
location
along
the
Eastern
highway
makes
it
a
transit
area
to
far
Eastern
Uganda
and
beyond
the
borders
to
Kenya
.
The
town
is
bustling
with
activity
of
thriving
markets
,
a
lot
of
highway
traffic
and
a
‘
swam
’
of
bicycles
.
The
wide
maize
,
cotton
,
cassava
fields
among
others
in
the
rural
part
contrast
with
the
rising
buildings
in
the
town
showing
the
dynamic
and
fast
development
of
Iganga
district
.
Profile
.
The
district
was
established
in
1974
.
Previously
it
was
one
of
the
three
bigger
areas
that
formed
the
then
Busoga
district
including
Jinja
and
Kamuli
.
Originally
,
it
was
known
as
South
Busoga
until
1982
when
it
was
renamed
Iganga
.
It
lies
between
longitudes
33
degrees
10
minutes
east
and
34
degrees
0
minute
East
,
and
latitudes
0
degrees
06
minutes
north
and
l
degree
12
minutes
north
.
Located
in
the
mid
-
eastern
part
of
Uganda
125Kms
from
Kampala
along
the
East
African
Highway
,
it
borders
the
districts
of
Kamuli
and
Pallisa
in
the
north
and
northeast
,
Bugiri
in
the
east
,
Mayuge
in
the
south
and
Jinja
in
the
Southwest
.
Total
area
occupied
is
2
,
538
Km2
Has
a
population
of
716
,
311
(
344
,
420
male
and
371
,
891
women
)
Literacy
rate
of
;
57
.
8
%
for
Males
42
%
for
the
female
Life
Expectancy
is
up
to
46
.
7
years
Has
two
town
councils
–
TC
Iganga
TC
also
the
district
headquarters
.
Busembatya
TC
.
Iganga
is
divided
into
four
counties
of
Kigulu
,
Luuka
,
Busiki
and
Bugweri
.
There
are
24
sub
counties
,
137
parishes
and
900
villages
Languages
spoken
:
Lusoga
,
Lusiki
and
English
.
Economic
Activities
:
92
%
of
the
population
derives
their
livelihood
from
agriculture
.
The
Crops
grown
for
cash
and
food
include
maize
,
rice
,
beans
coffee
,
cotton
and
sugarcane
.
Relief
and
Climate
.
Iganga
is
a
generally
flat
plateau
with
isolated
hills
with
fertile
loamy
and
sandy
soils
.
It
receives
a
mean
annual
rainfall
of
1200m
that
spread
into
two
seasons
a
year
with
peaks
in
April
-
June
and
September
-
November
.
DISTRICT
PROFILE
4
counties
namely
Bugweri
,
Busiki
,
Kigulu
and
Luuka
.
106
Health
Units
.
population
is
548
,
397
.
total
of
922
km
of
Road
network
.
Read
more
DISTRICT
LEADERS
The
district
has
both
political
and
administrative
structures
up
to
Councils
Read
more
INVESTMENT
Iganga
District
has
managed
to
maintain
345
.
5
km
but
not
regularly
,
as
the
funds
are
not
enough
to
enable
monthly
maintenance
.
Almost
all
roads
need
some
re
-
grading
and
rehabilitation
.
USAID
-
funded
activities
in
Uganda
are
carried
out
through
contracts
and
assistance
agreements
primarily
with
American
,
Ugandan
and
International
organizations
.
Click
on
the
paragraph
below
for
an
activity
briefer
under
the
respective
Strategic
Objective
.
This
briefer
gives
a
concise
description
of
the
activity
.
Strategic
Objective
07
-
Expanded
Sustainable
Economic
Opportunities
for
Rural
Sector
Growth
Agroforestry
Research
and
Development
Activity
The
primary
goal
of
the
ICRAF
-
FORRI
Agroforestry
Research
and
Development
activity
is
to
improve
rural
livelihoods
and
ecosystem
functions
through
the
diversification
of
on
-
farm
agroforestry
systems
.
Click
here
to
read
on
.....
Investment
in
Developing
Export
Agriculture
(
IDEA
)
Uganda
'
s
Investment
in
Developing
Export
Agriculture
(
IDEA
)
Activity
is
a
9
year
activity
funded
by
USAID
,
with
counterpart
contributions
from
the
Government
of
Uganda
(
GoU
)
.
The
goal
of
the
IDEA
Activity
is
"
to
increase
rural
household
incomes
through
increased
production
and
marketing
of
selected
non
-
traditional
agricultural
exports
(
NTAEs
)
and
selected
food
products
.
"
Click
here
to
read
on
....
Support
for
Private
Enterprise
Expansion
and
Development
(
SPEED
)
Designed
to
meet
the
needs
of
microenterprises
and
small
and
medium
enterprises
(
SMEs
)
,
the
Support
for
Private
Enterprise
Expansion
and
Development
(
SPEED
)
Activity
focuses
on
access
to
finance
and
business
skills
development
.
Through
the
SPEED
Activity
,
USAID
seeks
to
increase
access
to
financial
services
,
create
and
expand
agricultural
and
non
-
agricultural
enterprises
,
and
strengthen
legal
and
regulatory
frameworks
for
business
development
in
the
SME
and
microfinance
sectors
.
Click
here
to
read
on
....
Development
Credit
Authority
(
DCA
)
Loan
Guarantee
Program
SPEED
provides
technical
oversight
for
the
Development
Credit
Authority
(
DCA
)
Loan
Guarantee
Program
.
The
strategic
focus
of
USAID
/
Uganda
'
s
economic
growth
program
is
rural
sector
growth
and
transformation
that
will
lead
to
greater
economic
opportunity
.
Click
here
to
read
on
.....
World
Council
of
Credit
Unions
,
Savings
and
Credit
Cooperatives
Societies
Network
activity
The
goal
of
the
World
Council
of
Credit
Unions
,
Savings
and
Credit
Cooperatives
Societies
Network
Activity
is
to
build
strong
credit
unions
that
share
a
vision
of
effective
financial
discipline
,
aggressive
membership
outreach
,
and
high
quality
savings
and
credit
products
.
Click
here
to
read
on
......
Conservation
of
Afro
-
Montane
Forest
and
Mountain
Gorillas
in
a
Landscape
Context
The
mountain
forests
of
southwest
Uganda
and
neighboring
countries
contain
some
of
the
most
ecologically
rich
tropical
forests
on
the
planet
.
In
addition
to
serving
as
home
to
the
critically
endangered
mountain
gorilla
,
these
forests
harbor
a
vast
array
of
important
species
and
provide
environmental
services
(
e
.
g
.
,
water
,
traditional
medicine
)
to
surrounding
human
communities
.
Click
here
to
read
on
....
The
Environmental
Conservation
Trust
of
Uganda
,
ECOTRUST
activity
The
Environmental
Conservation
Trust
of
Uganda
,
ECOTRUST
,
was
established
as
a
sustainable
indigenous
grant
making
institution
to
support
the
conservation
of
biological
diversity
in
Uganda
and
to
alleviate
poverty
in
the
country
through
sustainable
economic
development
activities
.
Click
here
to
read
on
.....
Uganda
Private
Sector
Dairy
Industry
Development
Activity
Through
the
development
efforts
of
Land
O
'
Lakes
,
Heifer
Project
International
,
and
World
-
Wide
Sires
,
Ugandan
dairy
farmers
and
producer
groups
are
realizing
increased
levels
of
milk
production
and
animal
productivity
.
This
is
being
accomplished
through
the
adoption
of
improved
animal
genetics
and
farm
management
practices
that
have
led
directly
to
increase
household
incomes
.
Click
here
to
read
on
.....
P
.
L
.
480
Title
II
in
Uganda
USAID
'
s
integrated
strategy
is
committed
to
assisting
Uganda
in
reducing
mass
poverty
and
enhancing
food
security
for
the
most
vulnerable
populations
.
The
P
.
L
.
480
Title
II
in
Uganda
contains
both
a
development
portfolio
and
an
emergency
food
aid
component
.
These
activities
aim
to
enhance
food
security
by
improving
rural
agricultural
productivity
,
increasing
accessibility
to
marketing
information
and
channels
,
and
training
in
family
nutrition
.
The
development
activities
are
implemented
by
five
Cooperating
Sponsors
-
ACDI
/
VOCA
,
Africare
,
Catholic
Relief
Services
,
TechnoServe
,
and
World
Vision
.
Strategic
Objective
08
-
Improved
Human
Capacity
Uganda
Activity
for
Human
and
Holistic
Development
(
UPHOLD
)
/
Services
The
Uganda
Activity
for
Human
and
Holistic
Development
(
UPHOLD
)
/
Services
works
to
assist
Ugandans
to
achieve
longer
and
more
productive
lives
through
interventions
in
three
integrated
social
sectors
:
Education
,
Health
and
HIV
/
AIDS
.
Click
here
to
read
on
....
The
AIDS
/
HIV
Integrated
Model
District
Programme
(
AIM
)
AIM
is
part
of
Uganda
'
s
efforts
to
tackle
HIV
/
AIDS
and
Tuberculosis
.
AIM
is
working
towards
establishing
effective
and
replicable
models
in
16
districts
in
partnership
with
Government
of
Uganda
(
GOU
)
,
non
-
governmental
organizations
(
NGOs
)
,
community
based
organizations
(
CBOs
)
,
faith
-
based
organizations
(
FBOs
)
and
the
private
sector
.
With
funding
from
USAID
and
CDC
,
AIM
started
its
5
year
programme
in
Uganda
in
July
2001
with
a
mandate
from
the
Government
of
Uganda
.
AIM
works
with
the
Uganda
AIDS
Commission
(
UAC
)
,
Ministry
of
Health
(
MOH
)
and
other
ministries
and
agencies
.
Click
here
to
read
on
.....
Support
to
Ministry
of
Education
and
Sports
Basic
Education
Policy
Support
The
Basic
Education
Policy
Support
(
BEPS
)
Program
supports
four
activities
that
individually
and
collectively
contribute
to
sustained
access
to
primary
education
,
improved
quality
of
primary
education
,
and
increased
community
mobilization
in
support
of
primary
education
.
BEPS
activities
generate
information
and
experience
in
implementation
that
will
shape
Uganda
'
s
education
direction
and
guide
future
USAID
/
Uganda
support
to
the
sector
.
Click
here
to
read
on
....
Mother
Child
Care
-
St
.
Mary
'
s
Lacor
Hospital
in
Gulu
District
,
Northern
Uganda
St
.
Mary
'
s
Lacor
Hospital
,
better
known
as
"
Lacor
"
,
is
a
private
non
-
profit
organization
headquartered
in
the
town
of
Gulu
in
northern
Uganda
.
Lacor
has
significantly
contributed
to
the
delivery
of
health
care
services
in
Gulu
as
well
as
northern
Uganda
.
In
pursuit
of
its
mission
,
Lacor
promotes
access
to
quality
health
care
via
an
integrated
treatment
and
prevention
program
to
more
than
3
million
people
in
northern
Uganda
(
400
,
000
directly
from
Gulu
District
)
,
a
majority
of
whom
are
women
and
children
.
Click
here
to
read
on
.....
Connect
-
ED
-
Connectivity
for
Educator
Development
Connect
-
ED
activity
,
funded
by
the
Education
for
Development
and
Democracy
Initiative
(
EDDI
)
,
aims
to
enrich
primary
education
through
the
use
of
new
information
technologies
in
the
education
system
.
This
includes
providing
computer
skills
training
to
student
teachers
,
establishing
computer
laboratories
,
and
Internet
connectivity
to
the
Faculty
of
Education
at
Kyambogo
University
(
KYU
)
and
eight
Primary
Teacher
Training
Colleges
(
PTCs
)
around
the
country
.
The
activity
also
aims
to
provide
services
to
the
surrounding
communities
.
Click
here
to
read
on
.......
Strategic
Objective
09
-
More
Effective
and
Participatory
Governance
Uganda
Legislative
Support
Activity
(
LSA
)
activity
The
Uganda
Legislative
Support
Activity
(
LSA
)
is
one
of
USAID
'
s
key
activities
to
promote
"
More
Effective
and
Participatory
Governance
"
.
LSA
promotes
the
continued
institutional
strengthening
of
the
7th
Parliament
of
Uganda
from
2002
through
2005
and
is
being
implemented
by
the
Kampala
office
of
Development
Associates
,
Inc
.
Click
here
to
read
on
.....
Community
Resilience
and
Dialogue
(
CRD
)
activity
Implemented
through
a
consortium
of
six
international
NGOs
-
Associazione
Volontari
per
il
Servizio
Internazionale
,
CARE
,
Catholic
Relief
Services
,
IRC
,
Save
the
Children
Denmark
,
and
Save
the
Children
UK
-
the
CRD
activity
partners
with
district
authorities
,
local
,
and
national
NGOs
to
provide
psychosocial
rehabilitation
,
conflict
resolution
,
and
HIV
/
AIDS
services
to
victims
of
conflict
.
In
line
with
Uganda
'
s
policy
to
decentralize
services
,
CRD
facilitates
the
work
of
district
government
,
international
agencies
,
and
community
-
based
organizations
to
address
the
needs
of
victims
of
violent
conflict
,
abduction
,
displacement
,
and
torture
.
Click
here
to
read
on
......
Strengthening
Decentralization
in
Uganda
(
SDU
)
activity
The
Strengthening
Deceization
in
Uganda
(
SDU
)
activity
is
one
of
USAID
/
Uganda
'
s
key
activities
designed
to
support
Uganda
'
s
efforts
for
the
"
Devolution
and
Separation
of
Powers
"
and
ultimately
contribute
to
"
More
Effective
and
Participatory
Governance
"
.
USAID
'
s
assistance
to
the
decentralization
process
began
in
late
1999
with
the
Implementing
Policy
Change
(
IPC
)
Pilot
activity
.
Click
here
to
read
on
......
Conflict
Mitigation
and
Prevention
in
Obongi
County
activity
The
overall
goal
of
the
Conflict
Mitigation
and
Prevention
in
Obongi
County
activity
is
to
improve
the
standard
of
living
of
Obongi
County
,
Moyo
district
,
by
promoting
a
favorable
environment
for
the
implementation
of
human
development
programs
.
Specifically
the
activity
will
address
enhanced
local
capacity
for
conflict
resolution
and
peace
building
in
Obongi
County
.
Click
here
to
read
on
....
The
integrated
Project
for
the
return
and
reintegration
of
Reporters
and
dependents
through
information
,
counseling
and
referral
services
(
ICRS
)
activity
.
The
integrated
project
for
the
return
and
reintegration
of
Reporters
and
dependents
through
information
,
counseling
and
referral
services
(
ICRS
)
is
designed
to
support
efforts
of
the
Government
of
Uganda
and
the
international
community
to
build
confidence
and
support
reconciliation
and
rehabilitation
in
northern
Uganda
.
This
is
to
be
achieved
by
a
)
repatriating
,
resettling
and
reintegrating
up
to
500
ex
-
rebels
(
Reporters
)
into
their
communities
;
and
b
)
enhancing
the
technical
capacity
of
the
Amnesty
Commission
to
implement
the
Amnesty
Act
2000
,
which
provides
an
amnesty
to
Ugandan
insurgents
and
collaborators
who
officially
denounce
rebellion
.
Click
here
to
read
on
.......
Law
Codification
Activity
Since
1995
,
USAID
has
been
a
partner
with
the
Uganda
Law
Reform
Commission
and
the
Ministry
of
Justice
in
Uganda
'
s
effort
to
re
-
codify
its
laws
and
statutes
.
Law
re
-
codification
is
an
extremely
complicated
and
labor
intensive
effort
.
Funded
by
the
U
.
S
.
Agency
for
International
Development
in
coordination
with
the
Uganda
Law
Reform
Commission
,
Professor
Ann
Bateson
of
the
William
Mitchel
College
of
Law
in
Minnesota
has
worked
side
by
side
with
Ms
.
Vastina
Rukimirana
of
the
Uganda
Law
Reform
Commission
on
the
painstaking
task
of
rationalizing
and
reorganizing
all
Ugandan
laws
passed
from
1964
up
through
the
end
of
2000
,
and
in
cross
checking
the
results
through
a
steering
committee
in
Uganda
.
Click
here
to
read
on
....
Q1
.
Some
leaders
have
been
allocating
the
NSCG
to
other
community
activities
e
.
g
.
road
construction
and
maintenance
,
shouldn
'
t
money
be
used
to
fund
projects
related
to
agricultural
production
only
A
.
Communities
can
use
PMA
grant
to
overcome
all
kinds
of
constraints
to
increasing
incomes
through
agriculture
.
As
long
as
the
activity
they
spend
money
on
is
directly
or
indirectly
related
to
agricultural
production
e
.
g
.
they
can
spend
the
money
on
a
farmer
study
tour
,
school
demo
plot
,
bridge
,
a
market
structure
because
all
these
are
related
to
agricultural
production
.
Q2
.
Why
is
the
allocation
of
the
PMA
grant
done
using
the
population
and
area
criteria
?
This
method
is
unfair
to
poor
districts
and
sub
-
counties
because
the
variables
used
are
not
poverty
sensitive
.
A
.
Yes
in
the
beginning
poverty
was
not
included
in
the
allocation
formula
for
NSCG
.
During
the
last
two
years
poverty
has
been
included
using
a
system
when
all
districts
have
been
ranked
from
the
poorest
to
the
richest
and
the
allocation
is
adjusted
according
to
these
rankings
.
Q3
.
Why
is
the
amount
of
money
received
by
sub
-
counties
and
parishes
small
?
It
is
hardly
enough
to
implement
projects
at
their
levels
because
it
cannot
meet
their
needs
.
A
.
It
is
true
government
doesn
'
t
have
much
money
to
satisfy
all
,
but
whatever
amount
is
given
can
be
useful
as
long
as
sub
-
counties
and
parishes
prioritise
their
needs
and
implement
those
investments
that
can
have
a
big
impact
on
poverty
.
Q4
.
Why
does
government
sometimes
carry
out
activities
that
contradict
PMA
principles
e
.
g
.
"
no
free
inputs
"
?
A
.
Some
of
these
free
inputs
are
distributed
on
emergency
basis
,
which
is
acceptable
under
PMA
,
e
.
g
.
distribution
of
coffee
seedlings
to
counter
the
effects
of
the
coffee
wilt
disease
.
Q5
.
Isn
'
t
the
privatising
of
inputs
exposing
farmers
to
exploitation
?
A
.
Not
at
all
.
In
fact
with
liberalization
,
competition
will
drive
prices
down
and
improve
services
.
Farmers
will
ultimately
get
value
for
their
money
.
Q6
.
Districts
that
have
low
revenue
base
are
already
constrained
raising
the
10
%
co
-
funding
of
LGDP
,
how
will
they
manage
to
co
-
fund
the
PMA
and
other
programmes
?
A
.
The
co
-
funding
can
be
made
over
the
year
so
long
as
by
the
end
of
the
4th
quarter
,
it
is
already
fully
paid
.
However
with
the
recent
removal
of
Graduated
Tax
this
is
going
to
be
a
major
problem
and
we
hope
that
a
solution
will
soon
be
found
for
co
-
funding
arrangements
.
Q7
.
Town
councils
do
not
benefit
from
the
PMA
grant
yet
agriculture
is
the
main
source
of
livelihood
for
most
people
.
A
.
First
of
all
,
PMA
targets
the
rural
poor
.
Secondly
,
even
though
some
agriculture
is
practiced
in
Town
councils
and
Municipalities
,
there
are
several
other
income
generating
opportunities
available
.
Moreover
,
Bye
-
laws
in
urban
areas
discourage
agricultural
activities
.
We
expect
this
issue
to
be
resolved
in
the
land
use
policy
which
is
being
developed
by
the
MWLE
.
Q8
.
How
can
people
access
information
about
PMA
,
NAADS
,
PMA
grant
investment
menu
,
PMA
grant
modalities
and
procedures
and
roles
of
various
stakeholders
since
leaders
often
don
'
t
pass
on
information
they
get
?
A
.
Most
of
the
information
above
can
be
accessed
from
the
PMA
Secretariat
and
the
Secretariat
has
various
strategies
for
disseminating
information
including
:
regional
sensitisation
,
popular
version
and
radio
programmes
.
Q9
.
Whom
do
the
districts
sign
the
grants
with
?
A
.
Districts
sign
the
agreement
with
Ministry
of
Agriculture
on
behalf
of
the
PMA
process
.
Q10
.
Does
PMA
use
the
same
district
focal
person
as
LGDP
?
A
.
Since
PMA
grant
follows
the
procedures
and
modalities
as
LGDP
,
the
focal
persons
are
normally
the
same
but
they
can
also
be
appointed
separately
on
advice
of
the
district
.
Q
11
.
Can
PMA
grant
be
used
to
supplement
other
funding
or
complete
projects
started
with
other
funds
?
A
.
Yes
,
PMA
grant
can
be
used
in
such
cases
,
as
long
as
clear
accountabilities
(
both
physical
and
financial
)
are
provided
to
PMA
.
Q
12
.
If
Ministry
of
Agriculture
Animal
Industries
and
Fishery
is
not
the
primary
driver
of
PMA
then
who
has
the
overall
responsibility
for
accounting
for
it
?
A
.
a
number
of
options
were
considered
in
designing
the
PMA
but
the
ultimate
realisation
was
that
agricultural
development
required
interventions
from
many
sectors
.
There
was
therefore
need
to
create
a
framework
within
which
principles
would
be
set
to
guide
and
coordinate
the
interventions
.
The
PMA
steering
committee
has
the
overall
responsibility
for
its
implementation
.
In
parliament
the
individual
ministries
account
for
their
Implementation
of
the
programmes
and
it
has
been
proposed
that
the
overall
accountability
to
parliament
should
be
handled
by
Prime
Ministers
.
Q
13
.
Since
many
ministries
are
involved
,
how
will
the
distribution
of
outcomes
be
made
?
A
.
Each
ministry
has
clear
roles
and
responsibilities
in
the
implementation
of
PMA
and
each
contribution
to
PMA
success
will
be
credited
to
them
.
The
main
mechanism
for
assessing
out
comes
is
the
PMA
Monitoring
and
Evaluation
Framework
to
which
all
implementation
agencies
will
agree
on
suitable
indicators
for
assessing
their
outcomes
.
Q
14
.
Does
PMA
divert
MAAIF
resources
meant
for
direct
interventions
in
the
agricultural
sector
to
other
sectors
?
A
.
The
PMA
does
not
have
a
basket
of
resources
from
which
allocations
can
be
made
to
different
ministries
.
The
ministries
are
supposed
to
budget
for
and
fund
PMA
priorities
that
fall
within
their
mandate
as
regards
PMA
.
In
effect
this
means
that
the
different
ministries
are
assisting
and
contributing
to
the
development
of
the
agricultural
sector
and
thus
poverty
eradication
.
Q
15
.
If
the
PMA
is
a
framework
,
where
are
the
plans
?
A
.
All
the
ministries
involved
in
the
PMA
are
at
various
stages
of
preparing
investment
plans
that
would
reflect
their
direct
contributions
to
the
PMA
.
Some
sectors
such
as
Agricultural
Education
,
Water
have
already
finished
preparing
the
investment
plants
which
are
being
incorporated
in
their
annual
budgeting
processes
.
Q
16
.
PMA
is
moving
very
slowly
.
There
is
so
much
about
policies
and
strategies
and
little
on
actual
progress
of
activities
on
the
ground
.
A
.
Yes
the
process
is
moving
slowly
but
this
is
the
nature
of
a
developing
process
such
as
the
one
we
have
embarked
on
.
There
are
no
quick
fixes
because
some
of
the
processes
involve
adaptive
changes
whereby
people
'
s
minds
,
attitudes
,
experiences
have
to
be
changed
so
as
to
get
the
desired
results
.
Q
17
.
Can
focusing
on
the
poor
really
bring
modernisation
?
Won
'
t
the
inertia
of
the
poor
farmers
hold
back
the
progressive
ones
?
A
.
While
the
PMA
interventions
will
be
directed
at
the
rural
poor
,
the
others
will
not
be
denied
the
benefits
that
could
accrue
from
these
interventions
such
as
roads
,
agricultural
education
and
agro
-
processing
.
The
decision
to
focus
on
the
poor
was
a
strategic
decision
as
poverty
is
the
major
problem
and
the
idea
is
to
effect
pro
-
poor
growth
,
focusing
on
alleviating
the
condition
of
the
poor
.
Q
18
.
Won
'
t
the
privatisation
of
supply
of
inputs
limit
the
ability
of
farmers
to
access
them
?
A
.
The
privatisation
of
supply
of
inputs
will
actually
improve
farmer
'
s
access
to
them
because
as
has
been
demonstrated
in
many
countries
including
Uganda
,
Government
is
very
poor
in
undertaking
commercial
business
including
distribution
of
inputs
and
its
this
reason
the
government
made
a
policy
shift
from
direct
handling
of
Agricultural
input
.
Q
19
.
Why
doesn
'
t
the
PMA
emphasize
mechanisation
and
irrigation
yet
they
are
important
for
modernisation
?
A
.
The
PMA
process
is
not
in
conflict
with
the
aspirations
and
objectives
of
mechanisation
and
irrigation
the
determining
factor
is
affordability
.
PMA
envisages
a
process
whereby
farmers
should
start
with
technologies
that
are
appropriate
and
affordable
and
over
a
period
of
time
they
graduate
to
more
advanced
capital
intensive
technologies
.
Past
experiences
in
Uganda
here
also
indicate
systematic
introduction
to
ensure
appropriateness
and
sustainability
.
We
expect
the
private
sector
to
play
a
major
role
in
these
processes
.
The
long
War
:
Although
most
of
the
roads
are
accessible
throughout
the
year
,
due
to
the
problem
of
inadequate
resources
for
road
maintenance
,
the
district
is
trying
to
secure
more
logistics
for
maintaining
and
developing
the
road
infrastructure
.
Fresh
Displacement
at
Pader
town
council
due
to
the
on
going
insurgency
.
Many
are
worried
that
rain
may
get
them
in
this
condition
.
However
,
for
the
past
17
years
Pader
district
has
been
hit
by
the
Lord
’
s
Resistance
Army
(
LRA
)
rebels
’
insurgency
led
by
Joseph
Kony
.
Thousands
of
people
have
lost
their
lives
,
while
others
have
been
forced
to
flee
their
homes
.
In
addition
many
children
,
women
and
young
men
have
been
abducted
to
serve
the
rebels
as
wives
or
combatants
.
The
rebels
have
committed
grave
atrocities
against
civilians
,
maiming
,
raping
,
defiling
,
destroying
property
.
The
insurgency
has
resulted
into
severe
hardships
for
the
Pader
population
and
increased
risks
of
getting
infected
with
HIV
/
Aids
and
other
diseases
.
The
insurgency
has
also
affected
districts
that
neighbour
Pader
,
like
Kitgum
,
Kotido
,
Gulu
,
Lira
and
Apac
.
As
a
result
of
the
war
Pader
district
has
a
lot
of
spontaneous
demographic
changes
with
a
large
local
population
in
camps
and
an
influx
of
Sudanese
refugees
.
Currently
,
Pader
district
has
an
approximate
population
of
326
,
884
people
(
2002
population
and
housing
census
)
,
out
of
which
283
,
988
people
live
in
Internally
Displaced
Peoples
(
IDP
)
camps
.
Among
the
20
camps
that
have
been
established
to
provide
safety
for
the
local
population
against
the
rebel
activities
are
Pader
in
Pader
Town
Council
and
Potango
which
is
the
largest
camp
with
30
,
839
people
.
In
spite
of
the
rebel
activities
in
the
area
,
however
,
the
district
-
with
the
help
of
the
central
government
-
is
trying
to
find
ways
of
ending
the
war
and
embarking
on
development
.
Already
,
there
are
many
peace
initiatives
that
have
been
reached
at
by
the
rebels
and
the
government
which
promise
to
herald
a
brighter
future
for
the
district
.
The
major
economic
activity
of
the
people
of
Pader
,
like
other
districts
in
Northern
Uganda
,
is
agriculture
.
Before
the
war
,
Pader
used
to
produce
a
variety
of
food
crops
that
included
potatoes
,
maize
,
finger
millet
,
sorghum
,
cassava
,
soya
beans
and
simsim
and
ground
nuts
.
But
the
war
has
brought
crop
production
to
negligible
levels
.
Livestock
farming
has
also
been
severely
affected
,
as
cattle
raids
by
the
Karimojong
and
the
LRA
rebels
intensified
during
the
insurgency
.
It
also
used
to
produce
dairy
products
that
included
milk
,
hides
and
skins
and
beef
cattle
.
Best
Uganda
Safari
Tour
,
18
Days
17
Nights
Tour
Code
UG001
Where
to
go
:
This
safari
takes
you
all
around
Uganda
to
visit
Murchison
Falls
,
Queen
Elizabeth
,
Bwindi
and
Lake
Mburo
National
Parks
.
Furthermore
you
can
see
the
Source
of
the
Nile
and
Bujagali
Falls
,
Sipi
Falls
,
Budongo
Forest
,
Kasenda
Crater
Lakes
and
enjoy
the
scenery
of
Lake
Bunyonyi
in
Kabale
.
The
tour
will
end
at
the
Ssese
Islands
of
Lake
Victoria
(
Bugala
and
Bukasa
)
,
where
you
can
relax
in
the
uncontaminated
beaches
.
Activities
&
attractions
:
Gorilla
tracking
walk
,
the
chimpanzee
trekking
,
the
nature
walk
to
Sipi
Falls
,
white
water
rafting
at
the
Source
of
the
Nile
,
birding
,
game
drives
,
boat
cruise
in
Murchison
Falls
,
Queen
Elizabeth
,
Lake
Bunyonyi
and
Lake
Mburo
.
Enjoy
the
navigation
on
Lake
Victoria
to
Ssese
Islands
.
Who
can
take
this
trip
:
Anybody
can
join
this
tour
itinerary
,
though
the
gorilla
tracking
can
be
generally
the
most
demanding
activity
in
terms
of
readiness
to
walk
many
hours
in
the
rain
tropical
forest
.
You
are
expected
to
enjoy
nature
walk
in
original
forests
and
trials
.
If
you
are
an
adventurer
and
sport
person
,
you
can
enjoy
the
rafting
on
the
Nile
or
sport
fishing
in
the
Ssese
Islands
.
When
to
go
:
Generally
all
the
year
long
is
possible
to
undertake
gorilla
tracking
and
game
drives
in
Uganda
.
The
dry
seasons
guarantee
better
road
conditions
in
the
parks
.
FULL
ITINERARY
Day
1
:
On
arrival
at
Entebbe
International
Airport
,
you
will
be
met
by
our
representative
who
will
transfer
you
to
Kampala
,
Mamba
Point
or
similar
.
Day
2
:
The
Source
of
the
river
Nile
After
breakfast
drive
to
Jinja
,
which
is
the
second
largest
town
in
Uganda
.
It
is
characterised
by
the
Asian
quarters
,
the
brewery
industries
and
the
colourful
gardens
.
Visit
the
Source
of
the
Nile
on
lake
Victoria
,
the
monument
of
Gandhi
,
and
then
proceed
to
the
“
Bujagali
Falls
”
,
to
view
the
spectacular
rapids
on
the
river
Nile
a
few
kilometres
from
the
source
.
Try
the
unforgettable
emotion
of
the
white
water
rafting
,
which
is
one
of
the
main
attractions
in
Jinja
.
Lunch
at
Bujagali
,
where
fresh
fish
and
local
food
is
served
.
Afternoon
drive
to
Mbale
for
dinner
and
overnight
at
Mount
Elgon
Hotel
.
Day
3
:
The
Sipi
Falls
After
early
breakfast
go
for
nature
walk
to
the
Sipi
Falls
,
four
spectacular
waterfalls
on
the
river
Sipi
,
which
originates
from
Mount
Elgon
.
The
starting
point
is
from
Crow
’
s
Nest
,
a
camping
and
lodging
site
which
organizes
community
projects
and
training
of
local
guides
.
You
will
see
the
caves
and
the
plantations
of
coffee
,
matooke
and
sugar
cane
.
We
ensure
that
you
have
packed
lunch
for
the
day
.
In
the
evening
return
to
Mbale
,
for
dinner
and
overnight
at
Mount
Elgon
Hotel
.
Day
4
:
The
rhinos
of
Ziwa
sanctuary
After
breakfast
,
leave
Mbale
for
Murchison
Falls
National
Park
via
Kampala
.
On
a
panoramic
drive
Northwest
through
the
famous
Luwero
Triangle
to
Masindi
,
you
stop
at
Ziwa
rhinos
sanctuary
for
a
nature
walk
to
see
rhinos
in
the
wild
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Masindi
Hotel
.
The
journey
is
long
but
enjoyable
as
you
go
through
the
typical
Ugandan
homestead
and
farms
.
Day
5
:
The
chimpanzee
of
Budongo
and
marvelous
Murchison
Falls
After
breakfast
you
enter
the
tropical
rain
forest
of
Budongo
for
nature
walk
in
search
for
the
chimpanzee
and
other
primates
.
Proceed
to
Murchison
Falls
National
Park
,
the
largest
protected
area
in
Uganda
,
with
3
.
840
Kms
,
which
is
named
after
the
falls
on
the
Victoria
Nile
,
which
divides
the
park
in
two
sectors
.
Relax
a
bit
at
a
situated
site
on
the
top
of
the
spectacular
falls
,
where
you
can
see
the
Nile
’
s
perfected
beauty
,
and
marvel
as
it
compresses
and
squeezes
itself
from
over
1
kilometer
wide
down
through
an
8
meter
canyon
.
The
43
meter
drop
of
the
falls
creates
a
thunderous
roar
and
a
beautiful
rainbow
in
a
plume
of
spray
–
the
best
thing
to
ever
happen
to
the
Nile
.
Lunch
at
Paraa
Safari
Lodge
with
unique
view
on
the
Nile
.
In
the
evening
embark
on
a
game
drive
on
the
Northern
bank
where
you
will
be
able
to
spot
elephants
,
lions
,
cape
buffalos
,
Rothschild
’
s
giraffes
,
hartebeests
,
waterbucks
,
oribi
,
bushbucks
,
spotted
hyenas
and
,
if
you
are
lucky
,
leopards
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Paraa
Safari
Lodge
.
Day
6
:
The
boat
cruise
on
the
river
Nile
After
a
cup
of
tea
,
embark
on
an
early
morning
game
drive
in
the
park
.
Return
to
the
lodge
for
breakfast
.
Relax
at
the
swimming
pool
side
.
After
lunch
,
you
will
safari
upstream
by
boat
to
the
calm
Victoria
Nile
and
the
base
of
the
falls
just
ten
meters
from
the
“
Devil
’
s
Cauldron
.
”
There
you
can
marvel
at
toothsome
hippos
,
crocodiles
and
over
the
17
-
kilometer
stretch
you
may
also
see
elephants
,
waterbucks
and
Uganda
kobs
.
This
is
also
the
habitat
of
many
bird
species
including
goliath
herons
,
Egyptian
geese
,
pelican
bee
-
eaters
,
kingfishers
,
Hombills
,
cormorants
and
the
rare
shoebill
stork
.
Return
to
Paraa
Safari
Lodge
for
dinner
and
overnight
.
Day
7
:
Fort
Portal
at
the
foothills
of
the
Mountains
of
the
Moon
After
breakfast
drive
from
Murchison
Falls
Southwest
via
the
Albertine
Escarpment
of
the
Western
Rift
Valley
.
We
ensure
that
you
have
packed
lunch
,
drive
through
Hoima
,
the
town
of
the
Bunyoro
kindgom
,
passing
though
verdant
countryside
,
tea
plantations
and
traditional
homesteads
.
You
arrive
the
colorful
and
pretty
town
of
Fort
Portal
,
the
capital
of
the
Tooro
kingdom
,
in
the
shadow
of
the
fabled
“
Mountains
of
the
Moon
”
(
Rwenzori
)
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Mountains
of
the
Moon
Hotel
/
Rujuna
Hilltop
Guest
House
with
a
beautiful
view
of
the
mountains
.
Day
8
:
The
boat
cruise
on
Kazinga
Channel
After
early
breakfast
,
proceed
to
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
,
following
the
mystical
Ruwenzori
Mountain
Range
most
of
the
journey
.
On
the
way
do
not
miss
the
beauty
of
the
Kasenda
Crater
Lakes
,
which
dominates
all
the
surrounding
areas
with
incredible
panoramic
views
,
arriving
early
for
lunch
at
Mweya
Safari
Lodge
,
with
its
wonderful
location
on
top
of
the
Mweya
peninsula
.
Enjoy
the
unique
two
hour
boat
cruise
on
the
Kazinga
Channel
and
into
Lake
Edward
.
This
trip
goes
through
possibly
the
highest
concentration
of
hippos
and
many
other
animals
may
be
seen
drinking
at
the
water
'
s
edge
.
This
launch
cruise
offers
an
excellent
platform
for
photography
,
bird
watching
and
game
viewing
.
The
prolific
bird
life
is
colorful
and
stupendous
with
well
over
550
resident
species
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Mweya
Safari
Lodge
.
Day
9
:
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
After
a
cup
of
coffee
embark
on
an
early
morning
game
drive
along
Kasenyi
tracks
and
Queens
mile
in
the
park
and
expect
to
see
lions
,
elephants
,
cape
buffalos
,
warthogs
,
spotted
hyenas
,
mangoose
,
waterbucks
,
kobs
and
,
if
lucky
,
the
leopard
,
plus
a
lot
of
small
animals
and
birds
.
Drive
back
to
the
lodge
for
lunch
.
In
the
afternoon
drive
to
Ishasha
Sector
of
Queen
Elizabeth
via
Maramagambo
Forest
for
dinner
and
overnight
at
Savannah
Hotel
.
Day
10
:
The
tree
climbing
lions
of
Ishasha
sector
After
breakfast
have
a
game
drive
on
a
search
for
the
rare
tree
climbing
lions
which
you
can
see
only
in
this
area
of
Uganda
.
Here
lives
a
population
of
lions
who
enjoy
resting
on
the
fig
trees
when
the
day
is
warm
.
The
landscape
is
open
savannah
with
a
variety
of
acacia
trees
.
Proceed
to
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
for
dinner
and
overnight
at
Buhoma
Homestead
/
Lake
Kitandara
Tented
Camp
.
Day
11
:
The
encounter
with
mountains
gorillas
After
break
fast
,
there
is
an
early
morning
entry
into
the
gorilla
sanctuary
of
Bwindi
Forest
.
The
rainforest
is
spectacular
as
it
offers
a
dramatic
,
heavily
forested
and
dense
landscape
crisscrossed
by
numerous
animal
trails
,
allowing
access
for
tourists
.
This
park
is
best
known
for
the
fascinating
mountain
gorillas
,
where
the
time
taken
and
terrain
varies
according
to
the
movements
of
these
marvelous
primates
.
The
thrill
of
spending
time
with
and
observing
the
gorillas
is
a
rare
,
moving
,
awesome
and
exciting
adventure
.
The
gorillas
are
shy
and
peaceful
animals
and
it
is
an
unforgettable
experience
to
watch
and
photograph
them
as
they
interact
with
each
other
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Buhoma
Homestead
/
Lake
Kitandara
Tented
Camp
.
Day
12
:
The
wonderful
Lake
Bunyonyi
Take
breakfast
before
making
a
scenic
journey
to
Kabale
through
the
beautiful
terrain
of
the
rolling
hills
with
terraced
landscape
.
An
area
referred
as
the
"
Switzerland
of
Africa
”
.
Stopover
at
the
Bakiga
Museum
in
Kabale
to
discover
the
culture
of
the
people
living
in
the
area
.
Lunch
at
Arcadia
Cottages
,
with
unique
and
amazing
panoramic
view
of
the
Lake
Bunyonyi
,
the
deepest
in
Uganda
.
Afternoon
boat
ride
inside
the
lake
to
various
islands
for
bird
viewing
and
sight
seeing
.
Return
to
Arcadia
Cottages
for
dinner
and
overnight
.
Day
13
:
Lake
Mburo
National
Park
After
breakfast
,
you
will
drive
to
Lake
Mburo
National
Park
,
the
smallest
in
Uganda
in
size
.
Lunch
in
Mbarara
at
Lake
View
Regency
Hotel
.
Afternoon
game
drive
in
search
of
the
beautiful
impalas
,
zebras
,
cape
buffalos
,
elands
,
oribi
and
topi
.
Along
with
the
game
drive
,
many
visitors
also
enjoy
a
boat
trip
on
Lake
Mburo
.
The
park
is
a
very
good
opportunity
for
bird
watchers
,
who
will
enjoy
more
than
250
species
of
birds
found
here
,
including
Papyrus
gonoleks
,
Brown
-
faced
lapwings
,
Carruther
’
s
cisticolas
,
the
extraordinary
White
winged
Warbler
and
Bare
-
faced
Go
-
away
bird
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Hotel
Brovad
in
Masaka
.
Day
14
:
The
Ssese
Islands
of
Lake
Victoria
After
breakfast
,
drive
to
Entebbe
to
board
the
ferry
boat
which
will
take
you
to
Ssese
Islands
,
an
archipelago
of
84
islands
on
Lake
Victoria
.
Meantime
you
can
visit
the
wonders
of
the
botanical
garden
in
Entebbe
.
After
lunch
enjoy
the
navigation
on
the
lake
,
which
looks
like
an
immense
and
peaceful
sea
.
You
reach
the
beautiful
bay
of
Lutoboka
,
in
Bugala
Island
,
for
dinner
and
overnight
at
Mirembe
Resort
Beach
,
with
a
magic
location
directly
on
the
beach
.
Day
15
:
The
wild
of
Bukasa
Island
Early
morning
take
a
boat
to
Bukasa
Island
,
the
second
largest
.
You
will
journey
through
the
Ssese
Islands
and
enjoy
the
beauty
of
the
lake
and
forested
islands
.
Explore
Bukasa
Island
and
have
lunch
at
Victoria
View
Guest
House
.
Return
to
Bugala
by
evening
.
Dinner
overnight
at
Mirembe
Resort
Beach
.
In
alternative
:
spend
the
night
at
Bukasa
Island
and
return
to
Bugala
in
the
morning
.
Day
16
:
On
the
beach
at
Bugala
Island
Spend
the
day
relaxing
in
the
uncontaminated
and
transparent
water
.
You
will
be
surprise
by
such
pleasant
atmosphere
.
Optional
activities
:
sport
fishing
,
hire
a
bicycle
to
explore
the
island
and
the
forest
.
Full
board
at
Mirembe
Resort
Beach
.
Day
17
:
Kampala
City
Tour
After
breakfast
board
the
ferry
boat
to
return
to
Entebbe
.
Spend
the
day
at
leisure
and
for
your
own
shopping
in
Kampala
.
The
city
tour
of
the
capital
town
can
be
arranged
,
to
see
the
most
relevant
cultural
and
traditional
sites
of
Buganda
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Africana
Hotel
or
similar
.
Alternatively
,
reserved
for
afternoon
and
evening
departure
.
Day
18
:
Reserved
for
the
transfer
to
Entebbe
International
Airport
.
DEMOCRATIC
REPUBLIC
OF
CONGO
NATIONAL
PARKS
Virunga
National
Park
(
VNP
)
Virunga
National
Park
was
created
in
1929
as
the
first
African
national
park
for
the
protection
of
the
gorillas
.
It
is
named
after
the
eight
volcanoes
mountains
located
within
its
Southern
territory
,
of
which
the
Niyragongo
and
Nyamulagira
are
still
active
volcanoes
.
The
actual
Virunga
National
Parc
was
founded
in
1960
after
Congo
Independence
,
with
the
size
of
7
.
800
sq
Km
along
the
Ugandan
border
for
over
300
km
.
The
Park
is
part
of
the
Virunga
Conservation
Area
,
which
comprises
three
contiguous
national
parks
-
Mgahinga
National
Park
in
Uganda
,
Parc
National
des
Volcans
(
PNV
)
in
Rwanda
,
plus
Virunga
.
In
1979
the
Park
was
designated
as
World
Heritage
Site
and
become
well
known
for
the
mountains
gorillas
tracking
activities
.
It
is
managed
by
the
Congolese
National
Park
Authorities
or
“
Institut
Congolais
pour
la
Conservation
de
la
Nature
”
(
ICCN
)
.
The
administration
of
the
park
is
divided
in
three
different
sectors
.
The
Northern
region
is
covering
the
territory
from
Rwenzori
Mountains
to
the
northern
shores
of
Lake
Edward
.
The
Central
region
covers
the
Lake
Edward
and
the
planes
of
Rwindi
,
with
the
river
Rutshuru
.
The
Southern
sector
is
dominated
by
the
chain
of
volcanoes
mountains
before
reaching
Lake
Kivu
,
a
natural
barrage
along
the
Rift
Valley
.
Species
.
In
the
Northern
sector
,
in
the
bamboo
forest
of
Mount
Tshiaberimu
there
is
a
small
population
of
Lowland
gorillas
or
Gorilla
Gorilla
Graueri
and
chimpanzees
.
In
the
forest
of
Watalinga
it
is
found
the
opaki
,
typical
of
Congo
.
In
the
central
sector
along
the
Rutshuru
river
there
are
hippos
,
while
in
Rwindi
plans
there
are
lions
,
buffaloes
,
kobs
,
elephants
,
giraffes
.
In
the
Southern
sector
and
tropical
rain
forests
there
is
a
lively
population
of
mountains
gorillas
.
Activities
.
The
main
activity
for
which
the
Park
is
well
known
is
the
mountains
gorilla
tracking
in
the
Southern
sector
.
In
2006
the
population
of
mountains
gorillas
is
deemed
to
have
increased
.
There
are
six
habituated
gorillas
families
which
is
possible
to
visit
,
previous
booking
of
the
“
gorilla
permit
”
.
The
activity
is
starting
from
the
Ugandan
border
in
Kisoro
.
The
climbing
of
Nyiragongo
,
one
of
the
active
volcanoes
,
is
one
of
the
activities
.
You
will
start
from
Goma
and
reach
up
to
the
base
of
the
volcano
.
The
first
part
of
the
trail
goes
through
beautiful
rainforest
with
birds
singing
in
the
background
.
After
a
while
you
leave
the
forest
and
start
walking
on
the
solidified
lava
rock
from
the
2002
eruption
.
Half
way
up
the
mountain
you
can
see
where
the
lava
erupted
through
the
side
of
the
volcano
,
in
contrast
to
the
previous
eruptions
from
the
top
.
The
path
gets
steeper
going
up
to
the
remains
of
the
three
metal
huts
which
can
be
used
for
shelter
and
cooking
.
There
are
good
views
over
the
volcanoes
,
Lake
Kivu
and
Goma
town
.
During
the
day
there
is
a
clear
view
of
the
volcano
crater
with
the
lava
at
the
bottom
.
The
ascent
to
the
peak
can
also
be
done
at
night
(
using
torches
and
head
lamps
)
.
There
is
a
red
glow
in
the
big
volcano
pot
with
the
lava
bubbling
below
.
It
sounds
like
the
sea
!
The
lights
of
the
town
and
the
fishing
boats
can
be
seen
on
the
lake
.
Kahuzi
–
Biega
National
Parc
(
KBNP
)
The
park
is
named
after
two
mountains
,
Mt
.
Kahuzi
(
3
.
308
m
.
)
and
Mt
.
Biega
(
2
.
790
m
.
)
.
With
its
6
.
000
sq
km
in
size
,
located
in
the
South
Kivu
region
of
Congo
,
it
has
been
designated
World
Heritage
Site
.
The
main
attraction
of
the
park
is
the
high
population
of
Lowland
Gorillas
or
Gorilla
Gorilla
Graueri
,
about
300
.
The
environment
is
the
tropical
rain
forest
.
Christmas
and
New
Years
Eve
Safari
Promotion
2006
1
-
Gorilla
Safari
Uganda
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
3
days
2
nights
19
December
to
21
December
2006
Tariff
per
person
:
from
815
USD
2
-
Uganda
Pearl
Safari
,
9
days
8
nights
,
27
December
2006
to
4
January
2007
SPECIAL
NEW
YEAR
’
S
EVE
IN
UGANDA
Tariff
:
1760
USD
per
person
in
4
sharing
3
-
Gorilla
Safari
Uganda
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
3
days
2
nights
,
from
28
December
to
30
December
2006
Tariff
per
person
:
from
815
USD
4
-
Jungle
Uganda
Safari
Tour
,
from
3
January
to
14
January
,
12
days
11
nights
Tariff
:
Each
of
4
people
sharing
USD
2
.
100
1
.
Gorilla
Safari
Uganda
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
3
days
2
nights
19
December
Where
:
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
in
South
Western
Uganda
Activities
&
attractions
:
Famous
for
gorilla
trekking
in
Uganda
.
Who
can
do
:
whoever
enjoys
walking
for
a
few
hours
within
one
of
the
most
interesting
rain
tropical
forest
.
When
to
do
:
Gorilla
tracking
in
Bwindi
is
organized
all
the
year
,
previous
booking
of
the
gorilla
permits
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
is
located
in
southwestern
Uganda
a
magnificent
verdant
swathe
across
the
steep
ridges
of
the
Albertine
Rift
Valley
.
This
ancient
rainforest
is
one
of
the
few
in
Africa
to
have
flourished
and
a
home
to
half
of
the
world
’
s
endangered
population
of
mountain
gorillas
.
Looking
into
the
expressive
brown
eyes
of
these
giants
is
surely
the
most
exciting
and
poignant
wildlife
encounter
Uganda
has
to
offer
!
Apart
from
gorilla
trekking
,
the
park
boosts
of
90
mammal
species
,
including
11
primates
and
prominent
bird
species
.
It
is
a
treasure
chest
of
flora
and
fauna
with
four
gorilla
groups
currently
available
to
be
visited
by
only
six
persons
per
group
on
daily
basis
.
However
,
strict
rules
have
to
be
followed
to
prevent
behavioral
disturbances
and
transmission
of
diseases
.
Day
1
-
19
December
Leave
Kampala
in
the
morning
and
drive
southwards
.
A
first
stop
over
at
the
Equator
,
a
famous
spot
for
photography
.
For
the
rest
of
the
journey
,
view
the
long
horned
Ankole
cattle
,
papyrus
,
acacia
woodland
and
terraced
landscape
of
Kigezi
highlands
on
your
way
to
Bwindi
Impenetrable
forest
national
park
.
Lunch
enroute
in
Mbarara
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Buhoma
Homestead
.
Day
2
-
20
December
Gorilla
Tracking
in
the
rain
tropical
forest
After
an
early
breakfast
and
briefing
from
the
guides
,
set
off
for
the
gorilla
tracking
in
the
forest
sanctuary
.
The
activity
starts
at
8
.
00am
.
You
need
to
carry
packed
lunch
,
drinking
water
,
rain
jacket
and
jungle
boots
while
the
rangers
will
provide
you
with
a
walking
stick
.
The
time
taken
to
find
the
gorillas
varies
according
to
the
movements
of
these
marvelous
primates
.
An
encounter
with
an
earth
shaking
350
pound
silver
back
or
a
baby
gorilla
is
very
exciting
and
never
forgotten
experience
!
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Buhoma
Homestead
.
Day
3
-
21
December
After
breakfast
,
return
to
Kampala
at
leisure
.
Lunch
enroute
.
Possible
one
day
extension
:
spend
the
night
on
Lake
Bunyonyi
is
a
rewarding
choice
;
visit
Lake
Mburo
National
Park
as
well
on
the
way
back
to
Kampala
.
Tariff
per
person
(
including
gorilla
permit
)
:
CLASSIC
Each
of
2
people
sharing
:
USD
1000
BUDGET
Each
of
2
people
sharing
:
USD
815
The
safari
includes
:
-
Full
board
accommodation
at
Buhoma
Homestead
or
Buhoma
Community
(
Budget
)
-
Ground
transportation
by
a
4x4
Land
Cruiser
.
-
Park
entrance
fees
.
-
One
Gorilla
permit
per
person
to
be
secured
and
paid
for
in
advance
.
-
English
Speaking
Driver
/
Guide
-
Government
Taxes
.
The
safari
excludes
any
cost
of
personal
nature
e
.
g
.
drinks
,
tips
,
laundry
,
telephone
,
cigarettes
etc
.
2
.
Uganda
Pearl
Safari
,
9
days
8
nights
from
27
December
2006
to
4
January
2007
SPECIAL
NEW
YEAR
’
S
EVE
IN
UGANDA
Where
to
go
:
Murchison
Falls
,
Queen
Elizabeth
and
Bwindi
National
Parks
.
Activities
&
attractions
:
Gorilla
tracking
,
chimpanzee
trekking
,
Birding
,
nature
walks
,
Game
viewing
Day
1
-
27
December
Lake
Bunyonyi
Leave
Kampala
and
drive
Southwest
to
Kabale
.
Lunch
enroute
in
Mbarara
.
A
stopover
is
made
at
the
Equator
for
photography
,
before
making
a
scenic
journey
through
the
Ankole
region
and
the
beautiful
terrain
of
the
rolling
hills
with
terraced
landscape
.
An
area
referred
as
the
"
Switzerland
of
Africa
”
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Arcadia
Cottages
,
with
the
best
,
incredible
view
on
the
Lake
Bunyonyi
.
Day
2
-
28
December
After
breakfast
,
have
a
two
hour
boat
ride
inside
Lake
Bunyonyi
to
various
islands
inside
the
lake
for
bird
viewing
,
sight
seeing
and
discovering
the
sites
of
the
Bakiga
culture
.
After
lunch
proceed
to
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
for
dinner
and
overnight
at
Lake
Kitandara
Tented
Camp
.
Day
3
-
29
December
The
encounter
with
the
mountains
gorillas
After
an
early
breakfast
and
briefing
from
the
guides
,
set
off
for
the
mountains
gorilla
tracking
inside
the
Bwindi
forest
.
You
need
to
carry
drinking
water
,
rain
jacket
and
jungle
boots
while
the
rangers
will
provide
you
with
a
walking
stick
.
Gorilla
tracking
is
one
of
the
unique
activities
you
will
enjoy
while
photographing
and
observing
the
gorillas
.
After
tracking
,
come
back
to
the
camp
for
dinner
and
overnight
.
Day
4
-
30
December
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
After
breakfast
drive
to
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
through
Ishasha
sector
.
Game
drive
will
be
arranged
to
search
for
the
characteristic
tree
climbing
lions
.
Enjoy
the
beautiful
scenery
and
sightseeing
drive
on
the
way
to
Mweya
Safari
Lodge
for
dinner
and
overnight
.
Day
5
-
31
December
New
Year
’
s
Eve
in
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
Take
a
cup
of
coffee
early
morning
and
set
for
a
game
drive
along
Kasenyi
track
and
Queens
mile
in
the
park
and
expect
to
see
lions
,
elephants
,
buffalos
,
warthogs
and
lots
many
animals
and
birds
.
Get
back
to
the
lodge
for
breakfast
.
After
lunch
,
enjoy
the
two
hours
launch
trip
on
Kazinga
Channel
for
amazing
bird
life
and
a
variety
of
wild
animals
.
Evening
drive
to
the
crater
lakes
region
is
lovely
and
splendid
.
Dinner
&
overnight
at
Mweya
Safari
Lodge
.
Day
6
-
1
January
The
habituated
chimpanzee
of
Kyambura
Gorge
After
a
cup
of
coffee
,
with
a
packed
breakfast
and
lunch
,
drive
to
Kyambura
gorge
for
a
forest
walk
to
look
for
the
habituated
chimpanzees
and
other
primates
.
This
gorge
is
16
km
long
on
the
Rift
Valley
and
100
meter
deep
.
The
rangers
will
provide
you
a
walking
stick
for
this
spectacular
trekking
.
After
primate
walk
drive
to
Fort
Portal
through
the
beautiful
Kasenda
Crater
lakes
area
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Fort
Motel
.
Day
7
-
2
January
The
marvelous
Murchison
Falls
After
breakfast
,
leave
Fort
Portal
to
Murchison
Falls
National
Park
,
the
largest
protected
area
in
Uganda
,
with
3
.
840
Kms
,
whose
name
is
derived
from
the
falls
on
the
Victoria
Nile
,
which
divides
the
park
in
two
sectors
.
Relax
a
bit
at
a
situated
site
on
the
top
of
the
spectacular
falls
,
where
you
can
see
the
Nile
’
s
perfected
beauty
,
and
marvel
as
it
compresses
and
squeezes
itself
from
over
1
kilometer
wide
down
through
a
seven
meter
canyon
.
The
43
meter
drop
of
the
falls
creates
a
thunderous
roar
and
a
beautiful
rainbow
in
a
plume
of
spray
-
the
best
thing
to
ever
happen
to
the
Nile
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Paraa
Safari
Lodge
with
unique
view
on
the
Nile
.
Day
8
-
3
January
The
boat
cruise
on
the
river
Nile
After
an
early
breakfast
,
transverse
in
the
Northern
part
for
a
game
drive
to
view
and
take
photographs
of
elephants
,
buffalos
,
waterbucks
,
hippos
,
giraffes
,
Uganda
kobs
,
lions
,
if
you
are
lucky
the
leopards
,
plus
a
variety
of
bird
species
.
After
lunch
,
proceed
for
a
two
-
hour
cruise
to
the
bottom
of
the
mighty
Murchison
falls
from
where
appalling
water
escapes
from
the
narrow
gorge
forming
a
great
thunder
.
This
is
an
opportunity
to
see
the
amazing
hippos
,
crocodiles
along
the
riverbanks
.
Return
to
the
lodge
for
dinner
and
over
night
.
Day
9
-
4
January
Leave
Murchison
for
Kampala
.
Reserved
for
departure
.
Tariff
per
person
:
2
.
150
$
per
person
in
2
sharing
1
.
750
$
per
person
in
4
sharing
Hotels
:
hotels
and
lodges
standard
category
,
double
room
accommodation
.
The
tariff
includes
:
-
Full
Board
accommodation
-
All
the
transfer
in
private
means
4x4
Land
Cruiser
-
English
speaking
Driver
/
Guide
-
Supplement
New
Year
Eve
-
Entrance
fees
,
taxes
and
“
gorilla
permit
”
The
tariff
does
not
include
:
-
Air
ticket
.
-
Tourist
insurance
-
Entrance
visas
:
USD
30
directly
from
Entebbe
Int
.
Airport
.
-
Extra
drinks
and
tips
.
-
Everything
not
directly
mentioned
in
the
programme
itinerary
.
3
.
Gorilla
Safari
Uganda
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
3
days
2
nights
28
December
Where
:
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
in
South
Western
Uganda
Activities
&
attractions
:
Famous
for
gorilla
trekking
in
Uganda
.
Who
can
do
:
whoever
enjoys
walking
for
a
few
hours
within
one
of
the
most
interesting
rain
tropical
forest
.
When
to
do
:
Gorilla
tracking
in
Bwindi
is
organized
all
the
year
,
previous
booking
of
the
gorilla
permits
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
is
located
in
southwestern
Uganda
a
magnificent
verdant
swathe
across
the
steep
ridges
of
the
Albertine
Rift
Valley
.
This
ancient
rainforest
is
one
of
the
few
in
Africa
to
have
flourished
and
a
home
to
half
of
the
world
’
s
endangered
population
of
mountain
gorillas
.
Looking
into
the
expressive
brown
eyes
of
these
giants
is
surely
the
most
exciting
and
poignant
wildlife
encounter
Uganda
has
to
offer
!
Apart
from
gorilla
trekking
,
the
park
boosts
of
90
mammal
species
,
including
11
primates
and
prominent
bird
species
.
It
is
a
treasure
chest
of
flora
and
fauna
with
four
gorilla
groups
currently
available
to
be
visited
by
only
six
persons
per
group
on
daily
basis
.
However
,
strict
rules
have
to
be
followed
to
prevent
behavioral
disturbances
and
transmission
of
diseases
.
Day
1
-
28
December
Leave
Kampala
in
the
morning
and
drive
southwards
.
A
first
stop
over
at
the
Equator
,
a
famous
spot
for
photography
.
For
the
rest
of
the
journey
,
view
the
long
horned
Ankole
cattle
,
papyrus
,
acacia
woodland
and
terraced
landscape
of
Kigezi
highlands
on
your
way
to
Bwindi
Impenetrable
forest
national
park
.
Lunch
enroute
in
Mbarara
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Buhoma
Homestead
.
Day
2
-
29
December
Gorilla
Tracking
in
the
rain
tropical
forest
After
an
early
breakfast
and
briefing
from
the
guides
,
set
off
for
the
gorilla
tracking
in
the
forest
sanctuary
.
The
activity
starts
at
8
.
00am
.
You
need
to
carry
packed
lunch
,
drinking
water
,
rain
jacket
and
jungle
boots
while
the
rangers
will
provide
you
with
a
walking
stick
.
The
time
taken
to
find
the
gorillas
varies
according
to
the
movements
of
these
marvelous
primates
.
An
encounter
with
an
earth
shaking
350
pound
silver
back
or
a
baby
gorilla
is
very
exciting
and
never
forgotten
experience
!
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Buhoma
Homestead
.
Day
3
-
30
December
After
breakfast
,
return
to
Kampala
at
leisure
.
Lunch
enroute
.
Possible
one
day
extension
:
spend
the
night
on
Lake
Bunyonyi
is
a
rewarding
choice
;
visit
Lake
Mburo
National
Park
as
well
on
the
way
back
to
Kampala
.
Tariff
per
person
(
including
gorilla
permit
)
:
CLASSIC
Each
of
2
people
sharing
:
USD
1000
BUDGET
Each
of
2
people
sharing
:
USD
815
The
safari
includes
:
-
Full
board
accommodation
at
Buhoma
Homestead
or
Mantana
Tented
Camp
(
classic
)
or
Buhoma
Community
(
Budget
)
-
Ground
transportation
by
a
4x4
Land
Cruiser
.
-
Park
entrance
fees
.
-
One
Gorilla
permit
per
person
to
be
secured
and
paid
for
in
advance
.
-
English
Speaking
Driver
/
Guide
-
Government
Taxes
.
The
safari
excludes
any
cost
of
personal
nature
e
.
g
.
drinks
,
tips
,
laundry
,
telephone
,
cigarettes
etc
.
4
.
Jungle
Uganda
Safari
Tour
,
from
3
January
to
14
January
,
12
days
11
nights
Where
to
go
:
this
safari
gives
you
the
opportunity
to
visit
Murchison
Falls
,
Kibale
,
Queen
Elizabeth
,
Bwindi
and
Lake
Mburo
National
Parks
.
Furthermore
you
can
see
Bigodi
Sanctuary
,
Kasenda
Crater
Lakes
and
enjoy
the
scenery
of
Lake
Bunyonyi
in
Kabale
.
What
activities
&
attractions
:
during
the
safari
expect
to
take
the
Gorilla
tracking
walk
,
the
chimpanzee
trekking
in
Kibale
Forest
.
You
will
do
a
lot
of
birding
like
at
Bigodi
Sanctuary
and
game
drives
in
private
vehicles
along
the
parks
trials
.
The
boat
cruise
is
organized
in
Murchison
Falls
,
Queen
Elizabeth
and
Lake
Mburo
.
Who
can
do
it
:
anybody
can
join
this
tour
itinerary
,
though
the
gorilla
tracking
can
be
generally
the
most
demanding
activity
in
terms
of
readiness
to
walk
many
hours
in
the
rain
tropical
forest
.
When
to
go
:
generally
all
the
year
long
is
possible
to
undertake
gorilla
tracking
and
game
drives
in
Uganda
.
The
dry
seasons
are
most
likely
to
guarantee
a
better
road
conditions
in
the
parks
.
Day
1
-
3
January
On
arrival
at
Entebbe
International
Airport
,
you
will
be
met
by
our
representative
who
will
transfer
you
to
Kampala
,
Ivys
Hotel
.
Day
2
-
4
January
The
marvelous
Murchison
Falls
After
breakfast
,
leave
Kampala
with
a
panoramic
drive
Northwest
through
the
famous
Luwero
Triangle
.
If
you
start
early
morning
,
it
is
possible
to
visit
the
Ziwa
Rhino
sanctuary
to
see
rhinos
in
the
wild
.
Lunch
at
Masindi
Hotel
in
Masindi
.
Proceed
to
Murchison
Falls
National
Park
,
the
largest
protected
area
in
Uganda
,
with
3
.
840
Kms
,
whose
name
is
derived
from
the
falls
on
the
Victoria
Nile
,
which
divides
the
park
in
two
sectors
.
Relax
a
bit
at
a
situated
site
on
the
top
of
the
spectacular
falls
,
where
you
can
see
the
Nile
’
s
perfected
beauty
,
and
marvel
as
it
compresses
and
squeezes
itself
from
over
1
kilometer
wide
down
through
a
8
meter
canyon
.
The
43
meter
drop
of
the
falls
creates
a
thunderous
roar
and
a
beautiful
rainbow
in
a
plume
of
spray
-
the
best
thing
to
ever
happen
to
the
Nile
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Paraa
Safari
Lodge
with
unique
view
on
the
Nile
.
Day
3
-
5
January
The
boat
cruise
on
the
river
Nile
After
a
cup
of
tea
,
embark
on
an
early
morning
game
drive
on
the
Northern
bank
where
your
guide
will
help
you
spot
elephants
,
lions
,
cape
buffalos
,
Rothschild
’
s
giraffes
,
hartebeests
,
waterbucks
,
oribis
,
bushbucks
,
spotted
hyenas
and
,
if
you
are
lucky
,
leopards
.
Return
to
the
lodge
for
breakfast
.
Relax
at
the
swimming
pool
side
.
After
lunch
,
you
will
safari
upstream
by
boat
to
the
calm
Victoria
Nile
and
the
base
of
the
falls
just
tens
of
meters
from
the
“
Devil
’
s
Cauldron
.
”
There
you
can
marvel
at
toothsome
hippos
,
crocodiles
and
over
the
17
-
kilometer
stretch
you
may
also
see
elephants
,
waterbucks
and
Uganda
kobs
.
This
is
also
the
habitat
for
many
bird
species
including
goliath
herons
,
Egyptian
geese
,
pelican
bee
-
eaters
,
kingfishers
,
Hombills
,
cormorants
and
the
rare
shoebill
stork
.
After
taking
photographs
of
the
Murchison
Falls
you
will
return
for
dinner
and
overnight
at
Paraa
Safari
Lodge
.
Day
4
-
6
January
Fort
Portal
on
the
shadow
of
the
Mountains
of
the
Moon
After
breakfast
drive
from
Murchison
Falls
Southwest
via
the
Albertine
Escarpment
of
the
Western
Rift
Valley
.
You
drive
through
Hoima
,
the
town
of
the
Bunyoro
kindgom
,
passing
though
verdant
countryside
,
tea
plantations
and
traditional
homesteads
.
You
reach
the
colorful
and
pretty
town
of
Fort
Portal
,
the
capital
of
the
Tooro
kingdom
,
in
the
shadow
of
the
fabled
“
Mountains
of
the
Moon
,
”
the
Rwenzori
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Nyinabulitwa
Country
Resort
.
Day
5
-
7
January
Chimpanzee
trekking
in
Kibale
National
Park
After
Breakfast
,
you
drive
to
Kibale
Forest
National
Park
,
for
primate
viewing
.
The
activity
starts
at
8
.
00
am
in
the
morning
.
A
half
day
search
for
chimpanzees
and
other
primates
including
phoestes
,
Red
-
colobuses
,
Blues
,
Red
-
tailed
and
grey
cheeked
mangabeys
swinging
through
the
dense
forest
and
birds
,
butterflies
and
many
small
insects
.
The
guide
will
provide
detailed
explanations
on
not
only
primates
,
but
also
on
all
the
forest
’
s
fauna
and
flora
.
After
lunch
a
visit
to
Bigodi
swamp
eco
-
tourism
site
is
amazing
,
as
we
shall
encounter
rare
and
beautiful
flora
and
fauna
.
On
the
way
back
do
not
miss
the
beauty
of
the
Kasenda
Crater
Lakes
,
which
dominates
all
the
surrounding
areas
with
the
possibility
of
amazing
panoramic
views
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Nyinabulitwa
Country
Resort
.
Day
6
-
8
January
The
boat
cruise
on
Kazinga
Channel
After
early
breakfast
,
proceed
to
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
,
following
the
mystical
Ruwenzori
Mountain
Range
most
of
the
journey
.
A
game
drive
enroute
may
be
rewarded
with
view
of
waterbucks
,
elephants
,
leopards
,
buffaloes
,
spotted
hyenas
and
a
variety
of
antelope
species
.
Arrive
early
for
lunch
at
Mweya
Safari
Lodge
,
with
its
wonderful
location
on
top
of
the
Mweya
peninsula
.
Enjoy
the
unique
two
hour
boat
cruise
on
the
Kazinga
Channel
and
into
Lake
Edward
.
This
trip
passes
through
possibly
the
highest
concentration
of
hippos
and
many
animals
may
be
seen
drinking
at
the
water
'
s
edge
.
This
launch
cruise
offers
an
excellent
platform
for
photography
,
bird
watching
and
game
viewing
.
The
prolific
bird
life
is
colorful
and
stupendous
with
well
over
550
resident
species
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Mweya
Safari
Lodge
.
Day
7
-
9
January
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
After
a
cup
of
coffee
embark
on
an
early
morning
game
drive
along
Kasenyi
tracks
and
Queens
mile
in
the
park
and
expect
to
see
lions
,
elephants
,
cape
buffalos
,
warthogs
,
spotted
hyenas
,
mangoose
,
waterbucks
,
kobs
and
,
if
lucky
,
the
leopard
,
plus
a
lot
of
small
animals
and
birds
.
You
will
reach
the
Lake
George
.
Drive
back
to
the
lodge
for
lunch
.
In
the
afternoon
drive
to
the
splendid
Crater
Lakes
region
for
sightseeing
’
s
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Savannah
Hotel
.
Day
8
-
10
January
The
tree
climbing
lions
of
Ishasha
sector
After
breakfast
proceed
to
the
Ishasha
sector
of
the
Park
via
Maramagambo
Forest
.
Have
a
midday
game
drive
on
a
search
for
the
rare
tree
climbing
lions
which
you
can
see
only
in
this
area
of
Uganda
.
Here
lives
a
population
of
lions
which
enjoy
resting
on
the
fig
trees
when
the
day
is
warm
.
The
landscape
is
an
open
savannah
with
a
variety
of
acacia
trees
.
Lunch
at
Savannah
Hotel
.
Proceed
to
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
for
dinner
and
overnight
at
Lake
Kitandara
Tented
Camp
.
Day
9
-
11
January
The
encounter
with
mountains
gorillas
Early
morning
entry
into
the
gorilla
sanctuary
of
Bwindi
Forest
.
The
rainforest
is
spectacular
as
it
offers
a
dramatic
,
heavily
forested
and
dense
landscape
crisscrossed
by
numerous
animal
trails
,
allowing
access
for
tourists
.
This
park
is
best
known
for
the
fascinating
mountains
gorillas
,
where
the
time
taken
and
terrain
varies
according
to
the
movements
of
these
marvelous
primates
.
The
thrill
of
spending
time
with
and
observing
the
gorillas
is
a
rare
,
moving
,
awesome
and
exciting
adventure
.
The
gorillas
are
shy
and
peaceful
animals
and
it
is
an
unforgettable
experience
to
watch
and
photograph
them
as
they
interact
with
each
other
.
Dinner
and
overnight
at
Arcadia
Cottages
on
Lake
Bunyonyi
.
Day
10
-
12
January
The
wonderful
Lake
Bunyonyi
Take
breakfast
before
making
a
scenic
journey
to
Kabale
through
the
beautiful
terrain
of
the
rolling
hills
with
terraced
landscape
.
An
area
referred
as
the
"
Switzerland
of
Africa
”
.
Stopover
at
the
Bakiga
Museum
in
Kabale
to
discover
the
culture
of
the
people
living
in
the
area
.
Lunch
at
Arcadia
Cottages
,
with
unique
and
amazing
panoramic
view
of
the
Lake
Bunyonyi
,
the
deepest
in
Uganda
.
Afternoon
boat
ride
inside
the
lake
to
various
islands
for
bird
viewing
and
sight
seeing
.
Return
to
Arcadia
Cottages
for
dinner
and
overnight
.
Day
11
-
13
January
Lake
Mburo
National
Park
After
breakfast
,
you
will
drive
to
Lake
Mburo
National
Park
,
the
smallest
in
Uganda
in
size
.
Take
a
game
drive
in
search
for
the
beautiful
impalas
,
zebras
,
cape
buffalos
,
elands
,
oribi
and
topi
.
Along
with
the
game
drive
,
many
visitors
also
enjoy
a
boat
trip
on
Lake
Mburo
.
The
park
is
a
very
good
opportunity
for
bird
watchers
,
who
will
enjoy
more
than
250
species
of
birds
found
here
,
including
Papyrus
gonoleks
,
Brown
-
faced
lapwings
,
Carruther
’
s
cisticolas
,
the
extraordinary
White
winged
Warbler
and
Bare
-
faced
Go
-
away
bird
.
Stop
over
at
the
Equator
on
the
way
back
to
Kampala
for
dinner
and
overnight
at
Mamba
Point
.
Day
12
-
14
January
Reserved
for
departure
.
Tariff
per
person
(
including
Gorilla
Permit
)
:
Each
of
2
people
sharing
:
USD
2
.
500
Each
of
4
people
sharing
:
USD
2
.
100
Single
supplement
:
230
USD
Hotels
:
hotels
and
lodges
standard
category
and
bandas
,
double
room
accommodation
.
The
tariff
includes
:
-
Airport
transfer
-
Full
board
accommodation
-
Ground
transportation
4x4
Land
Cruiser
or
minibus
-
English
speaking
Driver
/
Guide
-
Entrance
fees
,
taxes
and
“
gorilla
permit
”
The
tariff
does
not
include
:
-
Air
ticket
.
-
Tourist
insurance
-
Entrance
visas
:
USD
30
directly
from
Entebbe
Int
.
Airport
.
-
Extra
drinks
and
tips
.
|
Research
and
Development
|
The
restructuring
of
Makerere
University
'
s
curriculum
in
the
1990s
saw
the
introduction
of
Postgraduate
Studies
in
addition
to
the
then
current
emphasis
on
only
undergraduate
teaching
.
In
conformity
with
the
general
University
trend
,
t
he
Faculty
of
Technology
put
a
lot
of
effort
in
postgraduate
teaching
and
research
.
This
resulted
in
the
Senate
establishing
the
Office
of
Deputy
Dean
for
Research
and
Higher
Degrees
in
2001
which
became
functional
in
2002
/
2003
Academic
Year
.
The
Deputy
Dean
chairs
the
Faculty
Board
Committee
of
Research
and
Higher
Degrees
which
has
its
members
as
:
The
Dean
(
Ex
officio
)
,
Deputy
Dean
for
Administration
and
Undergraduate
Affairs
,
Heads
of
Departments
,
and
all
Academic
Staff
at
the
rank
of
A
ssociate
Professor
and
above
.
In
conformity
with
the
world
trend
,
all
researches
and
activities
are
appropriately
gender
sensitive
,
environmentally
conscious
and
preservative
,
stakeholder
participatory
in
nature
,
and
user
friendly
.
Functions
of
this
Office
:
The
creation
of
the
Office
of
Deputy
Dean
for
Research
and
Higher
Degrees
in
the
Faculty
of
Technology
was
a
Senate
and
Council
action
having
observed
that
the
Faculty
was
big
and
had
many
varied
activities
in
this
respect
that
deserved
distinct
management
and
also
to
ensure
that
the
Faculty
Growth
was
more
in
line
with
the
University
Vision
of
promoting
a
centre
of
excellence
in
research
and
training
.
The
other
major
reason
for
its
creation
was
to
make
sure
that
research
and
higher
degrees
issues
were
dealt
with
promptly
and
independent
as
assistance
to
the
busy
schedules
of
the
Dean
.
Thus
,
the
purpose
of
this
notification
is
to
indicate
its
duties
/
functions
and
how
they
will
be
carried
out
so
as
to
take
full
advantage
of
its
existence
and
supply
the
appropriate
feedback
.
The
Office
of
the
Deputy
Dean
for
Research
and
Higher
Degrees
:
Is
responsible
for
all
research
and
higher
degrees
matters
of
the
faculty
including
interaction
with
outside
agencies
for
funding
of
such
researches
and
capacity
building
that
is
academic
based
.
Harmonises
and
Coordinates
,
where
and
/
or
as
necessary
,
all
internally
and
externally
assisted
researches
and
capacity
building
initiatives
.
Handles
all
matters
regarding
postgraduate
programmes
current
,
new
,
and
proposed
thus
being
responsible
for
directing
associated
matters
to
the
right
destinations
,
especially
to
the
School
of
Postgraduate
Studies
(
SPGS
)
.
Handles
all
matters
regarding
postgraduate
students
,
their
progress
,
supervision
modalities
,
available
assistance
,
and
interaction
with
the
School
of
Postgraduate
Studies
.
Searches
for
possible
assistance
from
internal
and
external
agencies
and
makes
that
information
available
to
the
relevant
members
of
the
Faculty
.
Chairs
the
Research
and
Higher
Degrees
Committee
of
the
Faculty
Provides
a
first
stop
for
all
complaints
and
/
or
disharmony
and
other
matters
regarding
conduction
and
/
or
supervision
of
research
(
especially
postgraduate
)
and
postgraduate
teaching
.
And
also
provides
a
first
stop
for
non
-
academic
matters
arising
from
and
/
or
affecting
the
above
.
This
office
is
there
for
you
hence
don
'
t
be
frustrated
in
your
research
,
studies
,
or
other
matters
that
impact
on
your
well
being
without
bringing
it
to
notice
.
Don
'
t
wait
until
it
is
too
late
.
Note
that
it
deals
with
research
and
higher
degrees
matters
for
everyone
small
or
big
!
The
above
interprets
the
role
of
the
Deputy
Dean
as
follows
:
To
assist
in
the
improvement
of
research
and
postgraduate
output
by
making
all
the
relevant
information
available
to
the
stakeholders
you
!
To
encourage
/
facilitate
harmony
between
the
leaders
and
the
led
,
the
researchers
and
the
research
assistants
,
or
the
supervisors
and
the
supervised
.
To
encourage
/
facilitate
openness
/
transparency
and
mutual
/
equitable
benefit
of
all
involved
participants
.
And
to
encourage
/
facilitate
recognition
of
individual
contributions
to
the
success
of
the
output
/
result
.
The
guiding
morals
to
sustain
and
develop
research
and
postgraduate
studies
can
be
presented
as
follows
:
There
are
a
lot
of
resources
to
assist
us
to
achieve
our
goals
but
the
problem
is
always
selfishness
.
When
things
come
your
way
due
to
your
position
and
you
think
that
you
are
the
only
person
capable
of
handling
them
thus
keeping
the
information
to
yourself
or
that
you
should
benefit
from
them
or
that
only
your
friend
(
s
)
should
benefit
provided
they
let
you
share
the
benefit
or
you
convince
yourself
that
there
isn
'
t
enough
to
go
around
or
others
don
'
t
really
deserve
/
need
them
or
you
are
the
only
one
with
such
a
need
or
everyone
for
herself
/
himself
and
God
for
us
all
then
you
are
selfish
.
When
you
are
responsible
for
something
,
do
it
for
present
,
future
,
and
growth
but
not
for
self
preservation
only
especially
at
the
expense
of
others
in
the
system
.
Know
that
after
you
,
what
you
are
doing
should
keep
running
but
not
collapse
.
Always
attempt
to
do
unto
others
as
you
would
like
them
to
do
unto
you
.
Managing
all
Faculty
-
wide
sponsored
Projects
that
include
:
A
Sida
/
SAREC
funded
PhD
supervision
capacity
development
project
for
joint
PhD
research
in
collaboration
with
Swedish
Institutions
and
the
School
of
Postgraduate
Studies
(
SPGS
)
.
A
NUFU
sandwich
PhD
programme
with
Norwegian
Universities
and
SPGS
.
Faculty
PhD
programmes
in
collaboration
with
the
SPGS
.
Research
projects
under
the
Italian
Cooperation
Research
projects
under
extended
Sida
/
SAREC
support
to
the
Faculty
of
Technology
and
SPGS
.
Faculty
Research
Fund
targeting
individual
researchers
with
emphasis
on
young
researchers
.
Innovative
Applied
Research
sponsored
by
Directorate
of
Water
Development
(
DWD
)
.
The
above
have
increased
research
activity
in
the
Faculty
of
Technology
.
At
present
there
are
about
20
Ph
.
D
candidates
at
various
stages
of
progress
,
there
are
several
masters
students
,
and
we
hope
to
get
facilitation
for
several
postgraduate
degrees
and
research
for
which
we
welcome
enquiries
anytime
.
Copyright
©
2005
Faculty
of
Technology
|
Site
designed
and
maintained
by
Executive
Summary
of
the
report
of
the
Investigation
on
the
decision
of
the
Electricity
Regulatory
Authority
on
the
notification
of
award
of
licence
for
the
50MW
Thermal
Generation
Plant
Executive
Summarry
of
the
report
of
the
investigation
on
the
procurement
of
the
vendor
for
the
population
Databank
and
identification
solution
During
the
period
under
review
,
the
office
investigated
and
completed
cases
including
those
involving
;
Abuse
of
Office
,
Non
-
payment
of
Salaries
and
other
Benefits
,
Embezzlement
,
Victimisation
,
Irregularities
in
Tender
and
Contract
Awards
,
Property
disputes
and
some
other
categories
.
Below
are
summaries
of
a
few
selected
cases
that
are
representative
of
those
that
were
handled
from
January
-
June
2001
.
Abuse
of
Office
Allied
anomalies
in
cost
sharing
payments
and
abuse
of
office
by
the
Principal
Bukalasa
Agricultural
College
The
3rd
year
in
-
service
students
of
Bukalasa
Agricultural
College
in
their
two
separate
letters
to
the
IGG
,
alleged
that
the
Principal
was
perpetuating
corruption
and
abuse
of
office
.
They
alleged
that
there
are
anomalies
in
the
cost
sharing
structure
,
staffing
and
in
the
running
of
the
college
farm
.
Consequently
,
investigations
were
carried
out
,
and
it
was
revealed
that
cost
sharing
exists
at
Bukalasa
Agricultural
College
and
was
started
in
1999
/
2000
academic
year
with
instructions
from
the
Ministry
of
Education
and
Sports
.
The
3rd
year
in
-
service
and
3rd
year
continuing
students
were
admitted
differently
to
the
college
.
The
3rd
year
in
-
service
were
admitted
on
the
basis
of
cost
sharing
while
the
3rd
year
continuing
students
were
on
full
government
sponsorship
.
The
difference
in
cost
sharing
was
found
to
be
improper
since
the
students
used
the
same
facilities
.
A
total
expenditure
of
Shs
8
,
599
,
750
=
was
found
to
have
been
authorised
by
the
Principal
and
this
expenditure
was
contrary
to
the
Ministry
'
s
policy
guidelines
on
cost
sharing
funds
.
This
diversion
of
cost
sharing
funds
resulted
into
students
'
dissatisfaction
with
meals
provided
and
the
lack
of
practical
training
.
Generally
,
the
guidelines
on
the
utilisation
of
capitation
funds
to
Agricultural
Colleges
and
other
tertiary
institutions
and
on
the
utilisation
of
cost
sharing
funds
were
found
lacking
.
The
college
farm
has
both
college
owned
animals
and
those
belonging
to
individuals
.
However
,
the
privately
owned
animals
were
allowed
in
the
college
farm
before
the
current
Principal
took
over
office
.
Nevertheless
,
the
Board
of
Governors
in
collaboration
with
the
Principal
was
endeavouring
to
have
the
private
animals
removed
from
the
farm
at
the
time
of
investigations
.
The
farm
was
independently
run
by
the
Farm
Manager
who
incidentally
lacked
the
basic
books
of
accounts
.
The
records
were
poorly
managed
to
the
extent
that
it
was
not
possible
to
establish
farm
incomes
and
expenditures
accurately
.
It
was
also
established
that
there
were
four
ghost
workers
on
the
payroll
of
Bukalasa
Agricultural
College
.
In
view
of
the
above
findings
,
the
Inspectorate
recommended
the
following
:
-
That
the
Principal
be
reprimanded
for
authorising
payments
contrary
to
existing
instructions
and
failure
to
follow
government
polices
.
The
Education
Service
Commission
as
accordingly
informed
.
The
Board
of
Governors
and
Finance
Committee
should
monitor
income
and
expenditure
of
college
funds
.
That
the
Permanent
Secretary
,
Ministry
of
Education
should
ensure
that
Government
policies
relating
to
utilisation
of
funds
by
Principals
of
Tertiary
Institutions
are
inspected
on
a
regular
basis
.
They
should
be
required
to
make
accountability
.
The
Principal
should
ensure
that
non
college
staff
are
removed
from
the
college
payroll
.
CORRUPTION
AND
ABUSE
OF
POWER
BY
THE
FORMER
HEADMASTER
OF
KITOOLA
PRIMARY
SCHOOL
A
complaint
was
received
against
the
former
Headmaster
of
Kitoola
Primary
School
and
the
District
Education
Officer
,
Mukono
,
in
which
the
following
allegations
were
made
That
the
former
Headmaster
refused
to
avail
the
accountability
of
Shs
3
,
275
,
948
=
as
UPE
funds
for
1997
to
the
PTA
Executive
members
.
That
he
diverted
Shs
883
,
000
=
which
was
part
of
Shs
3
,
472
,
163
=
as
UPE
funds
for
January
-
September
1998
,
through
UCB
Lugazi
Branch
.
That
when
the
parents
lodged
the
same
complaints
to
the
District
Education
Officer
,
the
Headmaster
was
simply
transferred
to
a
nearby
school
.
Investigations
revealed
that
the
Parents
Teachers
Association
(
PTA
)
executives
were
justified
to
ask
for
accountabilities
of
the
UPE
funds
and
the
Headmaster
'
s
failure
to
comply
was
an
indication
that
he
was
misusing
these
funds
.
The
same
accountabilities
were
not
availed
to
the
investigators
either
.
He
however
,
acknowledged
in
his
statement
to
have
diverted
Shs
1
,
200
,
000
=
meant
for
UPE
to
his
personal
gain
and
he
effected
some
expenditures
which
were
not
authorised
by
the
School
Management
and
Staff
Finance
Committee
as
prescribed
in
the
guidelines
.
It
was
also
revealed
that
this
former
Headmaster
lacked
the
necessary
qualifications
and
competence
of
a
Grade
I
School
Headmaster
.
He
is
a
Grade
II
teacher
and
yet
the
school
should
be
headed
by
a
Grade
V
teacher
.
This
fact
coupled
with
mismanagement
of
UPE
funds
compelled
the
parents
of
Kitoola
Primary
School
to
initiate
his
transfer
,
which
was
effected
.
The
Inspectorate
therefore
recommended
that
he
be
prosecuted
for
embezzling
UPE
funds
and
abuse
of
office
.
The
management
of
the
SCOUL
(
Sugar
Corporation
of
Uganda
Limited
)
Lugazi
was
advised
to
demote
him
to
a
level
that
suits
him
other
than
simply
transferring
him
.
ALLEGED
THEFT
OF
CAA
IRON
SHEETS
AND
MISMANAGEMENT
OF
THE
CRIMINAL
CASE
A
complaint
was
received
by
this
office
that
Civil
Aviation
Police
at
Entebbe
and
management
of
CAA
were
interfering
in
a
criminal
case
in
which
two
staffs
of
CAA
were
involved
in
theft
of
iron
sheets
.
It
was
alleged
that
despite
DPP
'
s
directive
to
prosecute
the
two
officers
for
embezzlement
and
/
or
theft
in
respect
of
the
said
iron
sheets
,
the
management
of
CAA
bribed
and
/
or
intimidated
the
police
investigators
who
failed
to
arrest
and
prosecute
the
suspects
.
The
Inspectorate
investigated
this
case
and
established
that
actually
98
iron
sheets
worth
Shs
1
,
000
,
000
=
belonging
to
CAA
were
stolen
by
some
of
its
staff
.
Police
handled
this
case
and
after
their
inquiries
,
they
forwarded
the
file
to
the
DPP
who
sanctioned
the
charges
of
embezzlement
and
abuse
of
office
against
the
officers
.
The
DPP
directed
police
to
arrest
and
prosecute
the
suspects
.
However
,
the
Managing
Director
wrote
to
the
Commandant
Aviation
Police
informing
him
that
the
CAA
management
had
instead
taken
steps
to
investigate
the
case
and
take
appropriate
administrative
actions
.
The
police
complied
.
In
the
meantime
,
one
of
the
suspects
was
charged
with
transporting
CAA
property
(
by
CAA
management
)
from
the
stores
without
following
the
normal
procedures
and
theft
of
CAA
property
whereof
he
pleaded
guilty
and
was
terminated
.
Management
then
informed
Police
to
proceed
with
prosecution
of
the
other
officer
till
administrative
action
is
taken
against
him
.
Police
was
at
loss
because
they
both
appeared
on
the
same
charge
sheet
the
DPP
had
sanctioned
.
In
effect
,
CAA
management
was
asking
police
to
drop
charges
against
one
of
the
suspects
.
So
it
is
true
that
police
investigations
and
prosecution
of
suspects
was
interfered
with
.
The
IGG
therefore
recommended
that
the
suspects
be
immediately
arrested
and
prosecuted
.
The
Managing
Director
of
CAA
was
warned
against
any
similar
acts
that
interfere
with
the
criminal
process
.
RETENTION
OF
A
GOVERNMENT
NUMBER
PLATE
AFTER
SALE
BY
PRIVATE
TREATY
The
office
received
a
copy
of
a
letter
from
the
Permanent
Secretary
,
Ministry
of
Finance
,
Planning
and
Economic
Development
,
which
was
written
to
an
Assistant
Commissioner
in
Ministry
of
Agriculture
,
Animal
Industry
and
Fisheries
,
regarding
the
Assistant
Commissioner
'
s
refusal
to
hand
over
the
Government
'
s
number
plates
after
purchasing
a
motor
vehicle
formerly
owned
by
Government
.
According
to
the
letter
,
the
vehicle
was
sold
to
the
Assistant
Commissioner
by
Ministry
of
Finance
,
Planning
and
Economic
Development
at
a
cost
of
Ug
Shs
1
,
500
,
000
=
in
1995
.
According
to
the
Permanent
Secretary
,
even
when
the
Assistant
Commissioner
had
paid
up
,
he
still
retained
and
used
the
official
number
plates
on
a
vehicle
that
belonged
to
him
thus
contravening
the
terms
of
the
sale
agreement
.
Investigations
revealed
that
by
July
2000
,
the
Assistant
Commissioner
was
still
retaining
the
motor
vehicle
number
plates
,
although
he
had
fully
paid
for
the
vehicle
,
thus
contravening
the
terms
of
the
sale
agreement
.
The
IGG
wrote
to
the
Assistant
Commissioner
urging
him
to
give
an
explanation
as
to
why
he
was
still
using
Government
number
plates
on
his
personal
car
.
The
Commissioner
refused
to
handover
the
number
plates
and
to
respond
to
our
letter
until
he
was
summoned
to
give
an
explanation
regarding
the
matter
.
In
his
explanation
,
the
Commissioner
stated
that
he
did
not
handover
the
number
plate
to
the
Ministry
of
Finance
,
Planning
and
Economic
Development
in
time
because
he
was
busy
with
office
work
!
He
however
stated
that
he
forwarded
the
number
plates
to
the
Ministry
in
April
2001
.
He
also
stated
that
he
delayed
to
register
the
vehicle
and
surrender
the
plates
because
of
lack
of
money
since
Government
had
failed
to
pay
a
living
wage
to
civil
servants
.
It
was
observed
that
,
it
was
an
act
of
indiscipline
on
the
part
of
the
Commissioner
to
spend
six
years
using
the
Government
number
plates
when
in
actual
sense
he
was
supposed
to
handover
the
number
plates
on
signing
the
sale
agreement
.
His
excuse
that
he
did
not
have
money
because
government
failed
to
give
a
living
wage
to
civil
servants
is
flimsy
.
It
was
therefore
recommended
that
the
Commissioner
be
warned
against
indiscipline
,
since
his
behaviour
is
contrary
to
how
a
civil
servant
is
expected
to
behave
.
It
took
him
six
years
to
release
the
number
plate
and
even
this
was
after
several
reminders
and
the
office
'
s
intervention
.
RECOVERY
OF
UG
.
SHS
2
,
350
,
000
=
AND
DISMISSAL
OF
AN
ACCOUNTS
ASSISTANT
A
concerned
citizen
in
Nakasongola
District
in
an
anonymous
letter
to
the
IGG
alleged
abuse
of
office
and
corruption
by
some
district
officials
in
the
district
.
Investigations
were
carried
out
and
an
Accounts
Assistant
in
the
district
was
implicated
in
the
report
.
It
was
recommended
that
the
Accounts
Assistant
be
dismissed
for
failure
to
give
a
true
account
of
public
funds
advanced
to
him
and
also
refund
Shs
2
,
350
,
000
=
in
respect
of
a
self
starter
that
was
not
bought
and
inflated
camera
costs
.
Consequently
,
the
office
received
a
complaint
from
the
Accounts
Assistant
alleging
that
the
money
advanced
to
him
was
forwarded
to
the
Garage
Foreman
Training
Production
Unit
,
who
is
responsible
for
the
purchase
of
the
spare
parts
of
the
grader
.
The
Accountant
also
claimed
he
did
not
know
what
spares
were
bought
since
he
is
not
knowledgeable
in
the
area
but
had
received
the
receipts
of
the
items
that
were
said
to
have
been
bought
.
Investigations
were
carried
out
to
establish
whether
the
Accounts
Assistant
was
not
responsible
for
the
loss
of
Shs
2
,
350
,
000
=
paid
for
non
-
existent
self
-
starter
and
an
inflated
price
of
a
camera
.
Investigations
revealed
that
the
Accounts
Assistant
did
not
purchase
a
self
-
starter
worth
two
million
shillings
(
Shs
2m
)
and
he
inflated
the
cost
of
a
camera
by
three
hundred
and
fifty
thousand
shillings
(
Shs
350
,
000
=
)
.
It
was
also
revealed
that
the
Garage
Foreman
collaborated
with
the
Accountant
in
misappropriating
public
funds
by
endorsing
false
accountability
and
not
reporting
to
higher
authorities
.
In
view
of
the
above
findings
,
the
following
recommendations
were
made
:
-
The
Garage
Foreman
should
be
charged
for
endorsing
false
accountability
well
knowing
that
the
items
were
not
bought
which
caused
a
financial
loss
of
Shs
2
,
000
,
000
=
.
The
Chief
Administrative
Officer
should
recover
Two
Million
Shillings
and
Three
Hundred
and
Fifty
Thousand
shillings
(
2
,
350
,
000
=
)
from
the
Accounts
Assistant
in
respect
of
a
self
-
starter
that
was
not
bought
and
inflated
camera
cost
.
The
Accounts
Assistant
should
be
dismissed
from
office
for
failure
to
give
a
true
account
of
the
above
public
funds
which
were
advanced
to
him
.
ALLEGED
IRREGULAR
RECRUITMENT
OF
PARLIAMENTARY
STAFF
The
office
received
a
complaint
against
the
Parliamentary
Administration
that
their
recruitment
process
is
fraudulent
and
full
of
corrupt
tendencies
.
Investigations
revealed
that
recruitment
for
staff
to
Parliament
is
governed
by
the
Parliamentary
Administration
Act
1997
,
which
establishes
the
Parliamentary
Commission
.
This
Act
gives
powers
of
appointment
and
recruitment
to
the
Parliamentary
Commission
under
Section
7
(
a
)
and
15
(
1
)
.
After
the
Parliamentary
Administration
Act
was
enacted
,
there
was
need
to
fill
the
vacant
posts
in
Parliament
.
According
to
the
documents
obtained
from
Parliament
three
lots
of
recruitment
have
been
made
since
1998
as
follows
:
-
The
first
lot
was
to
fill
56
posts
in
the
Department
of
:
Finance
and
Administration
and
Sergeant
at
Arms
Legislative
Counsel
,
Speaker
and
Official
Report
.
Library
Research
and
Documentation
In
this
recruitment
exercise
Parliamentary
Commission
hired
Management
Training
and
Advisory
Centre
(
MATC
)
to
shortlist
,
carry
out
the
interviews
and
make
recommendations
to
the
Commission
for
approval
.
MTAC
carried
out
the
recruitment
exercise
successfully
and
submitted
the
names
of
successful
candidates
to
the
Commission
for
approval
.
The
Commission
approved
all
the
proposed
candidates
except
five
who
were
replaced
by
other
people
.
The
Commission
,
however
,
gave
reasons
for
the
alterations
.
The
second
lot
of
recruitment
was
to
fill
17
posts
.
For
this
exercise
the
Commission
hired
the
services
of
the
Public
Service
Commission
,
which
shortlisted
,
interviewed
and
made
recommendations
to
the
Parliamentary
Commission
.
During
this
exercise
only
14
candidates
were
selected
and
three
posts
remained
vacant
because
no
applicant
was
suitable
for
the
jobs
applied
for
.
As
in
the
first
recruitment
,
the
Commission
changed
some
names
and
cancelled
some
of
the
appointments
.
But
unlike
the
changes
made
in
the
first
recruitment
there
were
no
reasons
advanced
for
the
changes
except
that
the
candidates
were
"
unsuitable
"
.
The
third
lot
of
recruitment
was
for
eight
Post
Office
Attendants
and
four
posts
for
Receptionists
,
the
recruitment
was
done
internally
.
It
was
observed
that
the
Parliamentary
Commission
followed
the
normal
procedures
of
recruitment
by
following
Section
7
(
b
)
and
15
(
1
)
of
the
Parliamentary
Act
1997
which
stipulates
the
functions
of
the
Parliamentary
Commission
and
recruitment
respectively
.
Under
this
Act
,
one
of
the
functions
of
the
Parliamentary
Commission
is
"
To
review
the
terms
and
conditions
of
service
,
standing
orders
,
training
and
qualifications
of
the
people
holding
office
in
Parliament
.
"
This
means
that
the
changes
which
the
Commission
made
in
the
reports
made
by
the
two
consultants
(
MATC
and
Public
Service
Commission
)
were
within
their
powers
but
whether
or
not
these
changes
were
done
in
good
faith
is
difficult
to
establish
.
The
explanation
that
the
candidates
were
"
unsuitable
"
is
rather
vague
to
say
the
least
.
Such
a
situation
should
not
be
allowed
to
obtain
.
It
was
,
therefore
,
recommended
that
for
the
sake
of
transparency
and
accountability
to
the
public
,
adequate
documentation
and
reasons
as
to
why
certain
decisions
are
taken
should
always
be
made
.
ALLEGED
MISAPPROPRIATION
OF
SHS
100
MILLION
PRESIDENTIAL
GRANT
BY
A
TOWN
CLERK
This
is
the
complaint
that
was
lodged
by
the
Gulu
District
Authorities
against
the
Town
Clerk
who
was
accused
of
financial
misappropriation
and
abuse
of
office
.
It
was
particularly
alleged
that
Shs
100
million
which
was
part
of
H
E
the
President
'
s
pledge
of
Shs
649
million
to
Gulu
Municipality
was
diverted
by
the
Town
Clerk
without
the
approval
of
the
Council
.
Investigations
showed
that
Shs
38
million
was
diverted
and
it
was
recommended
to
the
Council
that
disciplinary
action
be
taken
against
the
Town
Clerk
.
The
Mayor
and
Council
are
to
meet
and
discuss
the
matter
;
but
the
Mayor
was
optimistic
that
the
recommendation
would
be
implemented
.
Report
a
Case
to
IGG
1
.
This
Specific
Procurement
Notice
follows
the
General
Procurement
Notice
for
this
project
which
appeared
in
Development
Business
Issue
No
.
688
dated
16th
October
2006
.
2
.
The
Governments
of
the
United
Republic
of
Tanzania
and
the
Republic
of
Kenya
have
applied
for
a
loan
from
the
African
Development
Bank
and
an
ODA
loan
from
the
Japan
Bank
for
International
Cooperation
(
JBIC
)
,
in
the
aggregate
amount
of
US
$
150
million
equivalent
towards
the
cost
of
the
Arusha
-
Namanga
-
Athi
River
Road
Development
Project
and
they
intend
to
apply
part
of
the
proceeds
of
the
loans
to
cover
eligible
payments
under
the
contracts
for
the
reconstruction
and
rehabilitation
of
the
Arusha
-
Namanga
-
Athi
River
Road
.
Bidding
is
open
to
all
bidders
from
eligible
member
countries
as
defined
in
the
ADB
'
s
Rules
of
Procedure
for
the
Procurement
of
Goods
and
Works
.
3
.
The
Governments
of
the
United
Republic
of
Tanzania
and
the
Republic
of
Kenya
now
invites
sealed
bids
from
prospective
bidders
for
any
or
all
of
the
following
lots
:
Lot
T
:
Arusha
-
Namanga
Road
Section
(
Tanzania
)
Approximate
works
to
be
involved
(
i
)
Construction
of
two
(
02
)
new
bridges
.
(
ii
)
Construction
of
ten
(
10
)
new
box
culverts
.
(
iii
)
Installation
of
over
220
lines
of
900mm
dia
.
Concrete
pipe
culverts
.
(
iv
)
Approx
990
,
000
m3
of
earthworks
(
v
)
Construction
and
maintenance
of
a
105
-
km
,
8
.
0m
wide
deviation
road
.
(
vi
)
Laying
and
compacting
435
,
000
m3
of
cement
stabilized
gravel
.
(
vii
)
Providing
,
laying
and
compacting
approx
.
40
,
000
m3
of
Asphalt
Concrete
(
AC
20
)
as
wearing
course
and
surface
dressing
.
(
viii
)
Ancillary
works
:
road
furniture
,
street
lighting
and
nonmotorized
traffic
(
NMT
)
facilities
.
Lot
K
:
Athi
River
-
Namanga
Road
Section
(
Kenya
)
Approximate
works
to
be
involved
(
i
)
Construction
of
five
(
05
)
new
bridges
including
a
90
-
m
,
3
-
span
bridge
over
the
Athi
River
.
(
ii
)
Construction
of
ten
(
10
)
new
box
culverts
.
(
iii
)
Installation
of
over
210
lines
of
900mm
dia
.
Concrete
pipe
culverts
.
(
iv
)
Approx
1
,
060
,
000
m3
of
earthworks
(
v
)
Construction
and
maintenance
of
a
135
-
km
,
8
.
0m
wide
deviation
road
.
(
vi
)
Laying
and
compacting
600
,
000
m3
of
cement
stabilized
gravel
.
(
vii
)
Laying
and
compacting
of
70
,
000
m3
of
graded
crushed
stone
(
viii
)
Providing
,
laying
and
compacting
approx
.
76
,
000
m3
of
Dense
Bitumen
Macadam
(
DBM
)
as
base
.
(
ix
)
Providing
,
laying
and
compacting
approx
.
66
,
000
m3
of
Asphalt
Concrete
Type
1
as
wearing
course
and
surface
dressing
.
(
x
)
Ancillary
works
:
road
furniture
,
street
lighting
and
nonmotorized
traffic
(
NMT
)
facilities
.
Each
Lot
shall
be
contracted
independently
.
4
.
Complete
sets
of
bidding
documents
(
and
additional
copies
)
for
Lot
T
may
be
purchased
from
the
Chief
Executive
,
Tanzania
National
Roads
Agency
(
TANROADS
)
3rd
Floor
,
Maktaba
Complex
,
Bibi
Titi
Mohamed
Road
,
P
.
O
.
Box
11364
,
Dar
es
Salaam
,
Tanzania
.
Tel
:
007
-
22
-
2150932
;
Fax
:
007
-
22
-
2150022
)
upon
payment
of
a
non
-
refundable
fee
of
TSh
.
250
,
000
/
=
(
Tanzania
Shillings
Two
Hundred
and
Fifty
Thousand
only
)
or
its
equivalent
in
a
freely
convertible
currency
for
each
set
.
5
.
For
Lot
K
,
complete
sets
of
bidding
documents
(
and
additional
copies
)
may
be
purchased
from
the
Chief
Engineer
(
Roads
)
,
Ministry
of
Roads
and
Public
Works
Transcom
House
,
6th
Floor
Room
618
,
P
.
O
.
Box
30260
-
00100
,
Nairobi
Kenya
,
Tel
:
005
-
20
-
2723101
,
Fax
:
005
-
20
-
2720044
)
upon
payment
of
a
non
-
refundable
fee
of
KSh
.
15
,
000
/
=
(
Kenya
Shillings
Fifteen
Thousand
only
)
or
its
equivalent
in
a
freely
convertible
currency
for
each
set
.
Interested
eligible
bidders
may
obtain
further
information
and
inspect
the
bidding
documents
at
the
same
addresses
.
6
.
The
instructions
to
bidders
and
general
conditions
of
contract
contained
in
the
bidding
documents
comply
with
the
Bank
'
s
Standard
Bidding
Documents
for
the
Procurement
of
Goods
/
Works
.
7
.
Bids
shall
be
valid
for
a
bid
period
of
120
days
after
Bid
Opening
and
must
be
accompanied
by
the
bid
security
of
TSh
.
200
,
000
,
000
(
Tanzania
Shillings
Two
Hundred
million
only
)
for
Lot
T
and
KSh
.
20
,
000
,
000
(
Kenya
Shillings
Twenty
million
only
)
for
Lot
K
or
its
equivalent
in
a
freely
convertible
currency
and
be
delivered
to
the
respective
addresses
mentioned
in
Para
4
and
5
above
on
or
before
31st
January
2007
,
at
1200
hrs
East
African
Time
.
They
will
be
opened
promptly
thereafter
in
the
presence
of
bidders
'
representatives
who
choose
to
attend
at
the
respective
addresses
mentioned
in
Para
4
and
5
above
.
On
July
25
,
2006
,
I
addressed
the
NRM
MPs
at
Hotel
Africana
.
At
that
time
,
I
pointed
out
that
there
were
eight
strategic
bottlenecks
that
have
stopped
Africa
from
transitioning
from
Third
World
to
First
World
economies
and
societies
.
That
is
to
say
,
that
our
societies
should
metamorphose
from
comprador
,
bureaucratic
middle
class
and
peasant
societies
to
middle
class
,
skilled
working
class
societies
.
The
European
societies
,
between
1400
and
1700
,
metamorphosed
from
feudal
,
artisan
and
peasant
societies
to
feudal
,
middle
class
,
working
class
and
peasant
societies
.
They
have
since
1789
,
metamorphosed
into
two
class
societies
namely
,
the
middle
class
and
the
skilled
working
class
.
I
think
in
future
,
the
European
societies
will
become
classless
societies
all
of
them
belonging
to
the
middle
class
;
possibly
,
the
only
distinction
will
be
between
the
ones
who
own
capital
on
the
one
hand
and
the
scientists
,
managers
and
technicians
that
work
for
the
former
on
the
other
hand
.
The
eight
strategic
bottlenecks
are
:
A
vast
continent
,
with
a
lot
of
natural
resources
,
but
with
a
small
population
.
The
above
problem
led
to
complacency
and
maintenance
of
small
tribal
kingdoms
which
resulted
into
colonisation
of
the
whole
of
Africa
,
except
for
Ethiopia
.
Colonisation
of
Africa
meant
loss
of
sovereignty
which
,
in
turn
,
meant
the
distortion
of
the
production
patterns
.
Africans
started
producing
what
they
did
not
consume
and
consuming
what
they
did
not
produce
relying
on
export
of
raw
materials
and
importing
finished
goods
.
This
meant
Africa
losing
a
lot
of
value
to
the
outside
,
first
in
the
form
of
slaves
and
now
in
the
form
of
exporting
unprocessed
raw
materials
.
Continued
balkanization
.
Although
colonisation
amalgamated
numerous
African
kingdoms
into
53
states
,
many
of
these
are
still
sub
-
optimal
and
not
capable
of
guaranteeing
the
future
of
the
black
people
in
the
modern
world
.
Undeveloped
human
resource
The
African
populations
,
for
much
of
the
past
centuries
,
have
not
accessed
education
and
health
for
all
.
Therefore
,
many
of
them
have
not
been
able
to
realise
their
full
potential
as
human
beings
using
their
brain
power
to
the
full
.
Infrastructural
underdevelopment
i
.
e
.
roads
,
rails
,
telephones
,
electricity
,
harbours
,
etc
.
Suppressing
the
private
sector
African
leaders
,
especially
after
Independence
,
stifled
the
private
sector
.
Yet
the
public
sector
was
not
efficient
in
doing
business
.
Lack
of
freedom
in
the
form
of
democracy
.
Dictatorial
governments
suppressed
human
freedoms
and
were
not
accountable
to
the
people
.
A
voiceless
people
could
not
check
the
corruption
and
disorientation
of
the
governments
.
Today
,
we
are
here
to
address
the
fourth
strategic
bottleneck
:
the
continued
balkanization
of
Africa
,
which
creates
problems
of
:
Narrow
markets
;
Inability
to
negotiate
credibly
with
outsiders
because
of
small
populations
and
small
economies
;
Under
-
development
of
science
and
technology
due
to
inadequate
resources
for
carrying
out
research
;
Less
attractive
economies
as
investment
destinations
due
to
small
sizes
unlike
India
and
China
;
Fragmented
natural
resources
(
rivers
,
lakes
,
mountains
,
etc
)
that
renders
their
rational
utilisation
difficult
;
Imprisoning
African
peoples
in
environmentally
inhospitable
parts
of
Africa
(
e
.
g
.
Niger
,
Turkana
,
etc
)
;
Lack
of
access
to
the
Sea
(
Africa
has
,
probably
,
got
the
highest
number
of
landlocked
countries
of
all
the
continents
in
the
world
)
;
Inability
to
build
credible
military
forces
that
can
guarantee
the
future
of
the
African
race
;
Fragmented
cultural
and
historical
linkages
;
Duplication
of
efforts
;
Inability
to
extend
political
and
military
solidarity
to
one
another
in
case
of
need
(
Uganda
s
example
under
Idi
Amin
)
.
In
the
case
of
E
.
Africa
,
fortunately
,
the
successive
generations
of
the
leaders
recognised
these
disadvantages
.
On
June
5
,
1963
,
for
instance
,
the
three
leaders
of
East
Africa
,
(
Prime
Ministers
Obote
and
Kenyatta
and
President
Nyerere
)
,
declared
as
follows
:
We
the
leaders
of
the
people
and
governments
of
E
.
Africa
assembled
in
Nairobi
on
June
5
,
1963
,
pledge
ourselves
to
the
political
federation
of
East
Africa
.
Our
meeting
today
is
motivated
by
the
spirit
of
PanAfricanism
and
not
by
mere
selfish
regional
interest
.
We
are
nationalists
and
reject
tribalism
,
racialism
or
inward
-
looking
policies
.
We
believe
that
the
day
of
decision
has
come
and
to
all
our
people
we
say
:
there
is
no
more
room
for
slogans
and
words
.
This
is
our
day
of
action
in
the
cause
of
the
ideals
that
we
believe
in
and
the
unity
and
freedom
for
which
we
have
suffered
and
sacrificed
so
much
.
Within
the
spirit
of
Pan
-
Africanism
and
following
the
declaration
of
African
unity
at
the
recent
Addis
Ababa
conference
,
practical
steps
should
be
taken
wherever
possible
to
accelerate
the
achievement
of
our
common
goal
.
We
share
a
common
past
and
are
convinced
of
our
common
destinies
.
We
have
a
common
history
,
culture
and
customs
which
make
our
unity
both
logical
and
natural
.
Our
futures
are
inevitably
bound
together
by
the
identical
aspirations
and
hopes
of
our
people
and
the
need
for
similar
efforts
in
facing
the
tasks
that
lie
ahead
of
each
of
our
free
nations
.
In
the
past
century
the
hand
of
imperialism
grasped
the
whole
continent
and
in
this
part
of
Africa
our
people
found
themselves
included
together
in
what
the
colonialists
styled
the
British
sphere
of
influence
.
Now
that
we
are
once
again
free
,
or
are
on
the
point
of
regaining
our
freedom
,
we
believe
the
time
has
come
to
consolidate
our
unity
and
provide
it
with
a
constitutional
basis
.
Unfortunately
,
some
of
the
leaders
developed
cold
feet
.
Even
the
less
ambitious
East
African
Community
collapsed
in
1977
.
However
,
the
spirit
of
East
Africanism
did
not
die
.
In
1996
,
we
revived
the
negotiations
for
the
East
African
Treaty
of
Cooperation
.
Eventually
,
the
treaty
was
signed
by
Presidents
Moi
,
Mwinyi
and
myself
in
Arusha
on
November
30
,
1999
.
Article
5
(
2
)
of
that
treaty
states
as
follows
:
In
pursuance
of
the
provisions
of
paragraph
1
of
this
Article
,
the
Partner
States
undertake
to
establish
among
themselves
and
in
accordance
with
the
provisions
of
this
Treaty
,
a
Customs
Union
,
a
Common
Market
,
subsequently
a
Monetary
Union
and
ultimately
a
Political
Federation
in
order
to
strengthen
and
regulate
the
industrial
,
commercial
,
infrastructural
,
cultural
,
social
,
political
and
other
relations
of
the
Partner
States
to
the
end
that
there
shall
be
accelerated
,
harmonious
and
balanced
development
and
sustained
expansion
of
economic
activities
,
the
benefit
of
which
shall
be
equitably
shared
.
This
part
of
the
treaty
makes
the
EAC
the
most
farsighted
of
all
the
regional
groupings
.
There
is
no
other
regional
economic
grouping
,
in
Africa
that
talks
of
ultimately
working
for
a
political
Federation
of
any
part
of
Africa
.
Most
of
the
groupings
content
themselves
with
economic
integration
and
never
talk
of
political
integration
.
We
,
then
,
need
to
ask
the
question
:
Is
economic
integration
in
Africa
enough
to
guarantee
the
future
of
the
African
People
against
the
rapacious
external
forces
that
enslaved
us
in
the
past
?
The
answer
provided
to
this
question
by
their
Excellencies
,
Presidents
Mkapa
,
Kibaki
and
myself
after
our
retreat
in
Nairobi
on
August
28
,
2004
,
was
a
categorical
NO
economic
integration
is
not
enough
.
We
identified
12
reasons
:
Economic
integration
,
without
political
integration
,
is
slow
.
Co
-
coordinating
several
sovereign
units
,
it
is
bound
to
be
slower
than
when
you
are
planning
for
one
unit
.
It
will
take
longer
for
the
benefits
of
integration
to
spread
around
the
community
evenly
.
For
example
,
freedom
of
movement
of
labour
will
take
long
to
be
realised
if
at
all
.
Yet
employment
creation
is
one
of
the
greatest
gains
in
an
Economic
Community
area
.
An
Economic
Community
integrates
the
market
.
A
bigger
market
supports
production
units
(
factories
,
etc
)
better
.
It
is
a
more
attractive
foreign
investment
destination
.
Employment
creation
is
one
of
the
benefits
.
In
one
sovereign
unit
,
even
when
there
is
unbalanced
growth
,
there
are
mitigating
factors
because
employment
opportunities
are
equally
accessible
to
all
citizens
.
Revenue
from
production
unit
is
also
accessible
to
all
citizens
of
the
sovereign
units
irrespective
of
how
developed
,
or
otherwise
,
their
home
regions
are
.
Although
we
are
now
members
of
EAC
,
most
of
the
time
we
do
not
negotiate
together
for
African
Growth
Opportunities
Act
(
AGOA
)
,
Lome
or
while
negotiating
with
IMF
,
World
Bank
,
Paris
Club
,
etc
.
Uganda
,
Kenya
or
Tanzania
,
negotiating
alone
,
is
much
weaker
than
would
be
the
situation
if
we
were
negotiating
as
East
Africa
.
There
is
a
lot
of
duplication
of
effort
with
each
country
trying
to
attract
investment
in
similar
sectors
:
textiles
,
fruits
and
others
.
If
it
is
one
country
(
one
sovereign
unit
)
,
it
will
not
matter
if
all
the
textile
factories
are
concentrated
in
Mombasa
which
is
near
the
coast
but
using
Uganda
cotton
.
An
economic
community
pulls
markets
together
.
It
does
not
,
however
,
solve
easily
the
question
of
equitable
distribution
of
benefits
.
Continuing
to
inconvenience
communities
that
were
split
by
colonialism
such
as
the
Tesos
,
Samia
,
Pokot
,
Bagisu
(
Luhya
)
,
Karimojong
,
Turkana
,
Luo
,
Kuria
,
Masai
,
Wadigo
,
Banyankore
-
Bahaya
-
Banyambo
,
Banyarwanda
etc
.
Families
are
split
as
well
as
cultural
units
.
It
also
splits
our
consciousness
.
Instead
of
thinking
of
ourselves
as
one
,
we
are
continuing
to
think
of
ourselves
as
Ugandans
,
Tanzanians
,
Kenyans
,
Rwandese
or
Burundians
.
The
pseudo
-
borders
incapacitate
us
when
it
comes
to
giving
each
other
support
on
account
of
the
sovereignty
ropes
that
tie
us
into
different
political
bundles
.
We
could
not
assist
directly
the
people
of
Burundi
because
of
these
sovereign
ropes
.
Instead
,
it
is
the
UN
that
came
in
to
help
.
Yet
the
UN
does
not
have
the
requisite
knowledge
of
the
situation
or
the
commitment
.
Hence
,
the
problem
takes
much
longer
than
the
case
would
be
if
East
Africa
would
be
one
political
unit
.
The
800
,
000
Ugandans
that
were
killed
by
Amin
would
never
have
died
if
it
was
not
for
the
notion
that
Amin
encapsulated
the
sovereignty
of
Uganda
and
he
could
kill
us
as
he
liked
.
While
in
an
Economic
Community
you
will
integrate
the
market
,
the
use
of
natural
resources
is
not
that
easily
integrated
.
Turkana
in
Kenya
is
very
dry
.
Neighbouring
Karamoja
in
Uganda
,
while
also
dry
,
is
much
more
hospitable
.
Yet
Turkana
are
always
reminded
that
they
are
not
Ugandans
never
mind
that
their
dialect
is
98
%
similar
to
the
Karimojong
dialects
.
Since
people
are
forced
to
be
imprisoned
in
these
sovereign
units
,
they
are
forced
to
worsen
the
environment
with
their
goats
and
camels
destroying
the
sparse
vegetation
.
If
they
stopped
using
these
dry
areas
for
cattle
and
crops
,
the
terrain
could
be
wonderful
for
tourism
that
would
benefit
all
of
us
.
Given
the
balkanization
of
the
Continent
,
however
,
the
Turkana
are
forced
to
stay
in
that
area
because
that
is
where
their
home
is
.
Yet
our
ecology
does
not
respect
these
sovereign
units
.
If
rain
is
scarce
on
account
of
environmental
abuse
,
because
people
are
forced
to
stay
in
their
homeland
the
adverse
conditions
notwithstanding
,
that
weather
change
will
not
respect
the
sovereign
units
.
The
greatest
danger
,
however
,
is
in
the
fact
that
while
Europeans
and
Americans
are
now
basing
themselves
on
Mars
and
outer
-
space
,
Africa
has
almost
forgotten
how
to
make
the
spear
.
Our
individual
countries
have
no
serious
capacity
to
develop
defence
industries
and
advanced
military
technology
.
What
are
the
implications
of
this
?
In
all
millennia
two
factors
have
been
self
-
evident
:
any
society
that
lags
behind
in
science
and
technology
is
exterminated
,
enslaved
or
survives
at
the
mercy
of
others
which
is
the
present
situation
of
all
the
Black
Countries
other
than
South
Africa
;
and
all
societies
,
even
the
most
primitive
ones
,
have
always
made
their
implements
(
hoes
,
axes
,
etc
)
,
made
their
own
weapons
(
spears
,
arrows
,
etc
)
,
provided
their
own
shelter
and
produced
their
own
food
.
It
is
only
the
Africans
of
the
colonial
and
post
-
colonial
era
that
are
not
independent
in
respect
of
the
above
capacities
.
Ancient
Egypt
was
conquered
,
for
the
first
time
,
in
525
-
532
BC
by
Darius
from
Asia
Minor
(
present
-
day
Turkey
)
because
the
latter
had
developed
iron
technology
while
the
former
were
still
using
brass
,
a
much
weaker
metal
.
The
whole
of
Africa
was
conquered
and
the
spectre
of
slave
trade
was
visited
on
us
because
we
lagged
behind
in
technology
.
The
American
Red
Indians
,
the
Aztecs
of
Mexico
,
the
Mayas
and
Incas
of
Peru
and
the
Aborigines
of
Australia
were
exterminated
because
they
lagged
behind
in
technology
and
had
inferior
political
organisation
.
The
Africans
today
are
surviving
at
the
mercy
of
others
.
Rationality
would
have
propelled
us
to
quickly
use
the
recovery
of
our
independence
to
ensure
that
Africa
stands
up
once
and
for
all
time
.
The
Whites
plundered
Africa
;
but
we
survived
the
slave
trade
,
colonialism
and
the
neo
-
colonial
regimes
.
The
Whites
are
now
in
decline
.
They
will
be
overtaken
by
China
in
a
matter
of
a
few
decades
.
The
Chinese
are
so
packed
up
that
they
have
now
resorted
to
a
one
-
child
policy
.
Since
Chinese
like
boys
,
whenever
they
produce
a
girl
,
they
kill
her
and
wait
for
the
boy
.
Consequently
,
the
proportion
of
boys
versus
girls
is
getting
seriously
upset
.
Chinese
boys
will
have
no
girls
to
marry
.
More
seriously
,
however
,
is
the
problem
of
natural
resources
(
minerals
,
agricultural
land
,
etc
.
)
.
If
you
notice
,
the
oil
and
other
commodity
prices
such
as
copper
have
been
going
up
.
The
main
factor
here
,
apparently
,
is
China
.
The
1
.
3
billion
people
of
China
are
,
finally
,
getting
modernised
.
Demand
for
steel
,
copper
,
cement
,
etc
.
that
had
collapsed
in
the
past
is
now
picking
up
.
With
both
India
and
China
becoming
modern
,
the
pressure
on
raw
materials
will
increase
.
In
20
years
time
when
China
will
have
a
GDP
of
US
$
45
trillion
and
USA
with
a
GDP
of
only
US
$
35
trillion
,
who
will
prevent
China
from
any
adventures
that
they
may
feel
necessary
for
their
continued
prosperity
?
We
survived
Western
imperialism
.
Are
we
to
wait
in
our
present
weak
and
dependent
state
to
see
what
future
the
Asian
imperialism
will
offer
?
The
present
and
past
leaders
of
China
and
India
are
and
were
revolutionaries
that
eschewed
and
even
fought
chauvinism
and
imperialism
.
One
cannot
,
however
,
assume
that
this
will
always
be
the
case
.
Suppose
you
have
chauvinistic
regimes
in
these
natural
resources
-
deficit
areas
in
future
.
What
will
be
the
fate
for
a
still
balkanized
Africa
in
face
of
these
giants
?
We
occupy
one
of
the
biggest
land
masses
(
11m
sq
miles
)
with
considerable
natural
resources
.
Why
can
we
not
turn
,
at
least
,
parts
of
this
land
-
mass
into
a
powerful
and
secure
base
for
the
Black
race
to
ensure
the
future
of
the
Black
Man
?
Besides
,
the
Black
Man
must
also
be
able
to
go
to
the
Moon
and
Mars
.
Wengine
wanakwenda
kutafuta
nini
huko
?
They
are
looking
for
new
natural
resources
as
well
as
new
bases
for
military
supremacy
.
Space
-
based
weapons
are
going
to
be
the
dominant
forms
of
aggression
.
The
Black
race
is
just
sitting
in
these
micro
-
political
units
created
by
colonialism
(
the
53
States
of
the
African
Union
)
completely
oblivious
of
what
is
going
on
in
the
World
.
Global
Warming
is
caused
by
the
profligate
living
of
the
Western
Countries
.
About
17
years
ago
there
was
an
attempt
to
control
this
in
the
form
of
the
Kyoto
Treaty
.
USA
and
Russia
refused
to
sign
it
.
Apparently
,
part
of
their
argument
is
that
Global
warming
is
not
,
after
all
,
so
bad
since
it
will
mean
that
frozen
Siberia
and
Alaska
will
be
suitable
for
agriculture
.
Russia
,
recently
,
abandoned
this
wrong
position
and
acceded
to
the
Kyoto
Treaty
.
We
salute
them
.
Where
does
that
leave
Africa
,
which
is
already
warm
?
It
means
that
the
marginal
areas
of
the
Sahel
will
become
drier
since
.
In
fact
,
that
process
has
already
started
.
The
snowcap
on
Mt
.
Kilimanjaro
is
becoming
smaller
and
the
glaciers
on
top
of
the
Rwenzori
Mountains
are
getting
shorter
.
The
present
generation
of
African
leaders
must
rise
to
the
occasion
or
else
they
will
be
like
the
African
chiefs
of
yore
that
were
busy
fighting
each
other
for
local
supremacy
while
the
Whiteman
was
busy
taking
slaves
and
colonising
the
continent
.
The
landlocked
countries
are
held
hostage
by
these
irrational
boundaries
.
One
may
be
efficient
in
Uganda
in
terms
of
economic
recovery
and
transformation
.
If
,
however
,
the
coastal
states
do
not
provide
efficient
infrastructure
in
the
form
of
railways
and
harbours
,
our
efforts
would
be
in
vain
.
How
do
we
handle
that
possible
frustration
of
the
landlocked
states
(
Rwanda
,
Burundi
,
Uganda
,
Zambia
,
Malawi
,
Ethiopia
,
a
possible
future
Southern
Sudan
and
many
others
in
West
Africa
)
?
With
an
EA
political
union
,
this
issue
would
be
transferred
from
international
(
characterised
by
,
one
may
even
say
,
interminable
negotiations
)
relations
to
domestic
relations
whereby
the
hinterland
populations
will
combine
with
others
and
vote
out
the
regime
that
is
indifferent
to
the
needs
of
infrastructure
.
This
issue
is
actually
a
potential
source
of
trouble
,
or
even
,
conflict
.
It
needs
a
strategic
answer
.
The
answer
,
fortunately
,
is
available
and
hugely
more
beneficial
an
E
.
African
Federation
(
merge
the
sovereignties
)
.
The
misuse
of
the
common
natural
resources
such
as
Lake
Victoria
(
Nalubale
)
,
the
Nile
River
(
Kiira
)
,
Kagera
River
,
the
Mountains
(
Rwenzori
,
Kilimanjaro
)
at
the
international
borders
.
These
are
getting
seriously
degraded
on
account
of
absence
of
a
common
policy
.
Even
when
a
policy
is
agreed
upon
,
implementation
enthusiasm
is
as
varied
as
the
sovereign
units
involved
.
The
ability
of
Africans
to
hate
themselves
and
love
their
enemies
is
amazing
.
Africans
now
worship
the
foreign
countries
that
are
big
and
strong
.
We
are
always
trooping
there
to
get
handouts
as
well
as
accounting
for
our
domestic
policies
to
the
imperialists
of
yesterday
and
quality
controllers
of
democracy
of
today
!!
Yet
,
at
our
disposal
for
the
last
40
years
,
we
have
got
this
huge
landmass
with
populations
that
are
linked
culturally
,
linguistically
and
economically
(
that
is
why
they
smuggle
goods
from
West
Africa
up
to
here
)
that
we
have
failed
to
turn
into
strength
.
The
USA
,
for
instance
,
is
made
up
of
a
hotch
potch
of
people
(
Germanic
,
Latinos
,
Red
Indians
,
Africans
,
Arabs
,
etc
)
.
We
are
only
Bantus
and
Nib
Saharans
(
Nilotics
and
Nilo
-
Hamitic
)
with
a
lingua
franca
known
as
Swahili
.
We
can
turn
this
great
area
into
a
powerful
base
for
the
Black
race
.
The
12
points
above
answer
the
first
question
:
Why
are
you
not
satisfied
with
the
economic
integration
measures
?
But
there
is
the
second
question
:
Since
E
.
African
Federation
is
the
ultimate
goal
of
the
EAC
Treaty
,
why
are
you
rushing
?
Our
answers
are
two
:
Firstly
,
why
delay
the
implementation
of
a
good
project
?
Is
it
not
more
correct
to
expedite
the
implementation
of
a
good
project
rather
than
delay
it
?
We
should
bear
in
mind
that
the
gap
between
us
and
the
Western
and
Asian
countries
is
widening
.
Yet
the
way
we
are
presently
organised
,
we
are
not
able
to
address
some
of
the
issues
at
all
(
e
.
g
.
strategic
issues
of
Defence
)
.
Why
should
somebody
who
is
already
over
-
marginalised
,
delay
the
major
remedies
?
Secondly
,
however
,
there
is
the
sad
fact
that
our
independence
leaders
failed
to
implement
this
dream
of
the
East
African
peoples
.
Apart
from
Mzee
Kibaki
,
the
rest
of
us
were
youth
followers
of
the
Independence
leaders
.
We
are
now
also
on
the
verge
of
leaving
leadership
without
resolving
this
issue
beyond
the
rather
unambitious
goals
under
the
East
African
Community
.
The
younger
generation
did
not
taste
the
advantages
that
were
available
in
a
more
integrated
East
Africa
of
the
1950s
and
960s
although
it
had
not
attained
the
federation
level
yet
.
Who
is
better
placed
to
implement
this
vision
:
Us
who
have
tasted
the
fruits
of
East
African
-
ness
or
the
young
people
that
are
mesmerised
by
the
lure
of
USA
,
Europe
and
,
recently
,
Dubai
,
Bangkok
,
Hong
Kong
and
Singapore
?
It
is
our
view
that
we
who
were
near
the
pioneers
are
the
ones
that
must
implement
this
dream
and
bequeath
it
to
our
children
.
What
defence
do
we
have
for
ourselves
if
we
recollect
that
the
British
had
organised
a
more
cohesive
East
Africa
than
the
one
we
have
now
?
Travel
was
easier
and
so
was
the
transfer
of
money
and
many
other
aspects
of
managing
our
society
.
With
these
reasons
in
mind
,
we
set
up
an
inter
-
state
committee
of
eminent
persons
for
fast
-
tracking
the
East
African
Federation
.
They
were
Hon
.
Amos
Wako
(
Chairman
)
,
Prof
.
Haidari
Amani
(
Vice
-
Chairperson
)
,
Hon
.
Suruma
(
Secretary
)
,
and
Ms
.
Margaret
Chemengich
,
Mohammed
Fakih
and
Prof
.
Sam
Turyamuhika
as
Members
.
After
three
months
they
produced
a
report
that
supported
the
idea
of
fast
tracking
the
East
African
Federation
and
,
even
,
set
up
a
timetable
to
achieve
the
first
merger
of
political
sovereignty
by
2010
(
where
the
Presidency
will
be
on
a
rotational
basis
for
three
years
)
.
The
following
were
the
milestones
of
the
timetable
:
Customs
Union
(
started
January
2005
)
;
Draft
of
the
Constitution
of
the
Federation
of
EA
(
December
2007
)
;
Common
market
(
envisaged
to
be
ratified
by
December
2007
)
;
Monetary
Union
(
by
December
2009
)
;
Approval
of
the
Constitution
by
the
Summit
(
January
2009
)
;
Referendum
on
the
Constitution
(
December
2009
)
;
Political
Federation
with
a
rotational
Presidency
(
2010
)
;
Election
of
the
President
(
2013
)
.
There
are
some
concerns
that
need
to
be
addressed
.
There
is
,
for
instance
,
concern
about
the
heavily
populated
areas
of
the
East
Africa
flooding
the
less
heavily
populated
ones
,
with
the
former
grabbing
the
agricultural
land
of
the
latter
.
This
is
easy
to
deal
with
.
We
have
already
done
so
in
Uganda
in
our
1995
Constitution
.
Other
than
Kibaale
where
the
problem
was
already
complicated
by
history
,
we
made
agricultural
land
,
not
a
national
matter
,
but
a
district
matter
,
controlled
by
the
District
Land
Board
.
It
is
only
the
land
for
factories
,
hotels
,
office
-
blocks
,
etc
.
that
is
managed
by
the
Uganda
Investment
Authority
(
UIA
)
.
In
a
Federated
East
Africa
,
therefore
,
agricultural
land
should
not
be
a
federal
matter
.
It
should
either
be
a
state
matter
or
,
even
,
a
more
local
matter
(
regional
or
district
)
.
There
is
also
some
concern
on
the
issue
of
freedom
of
movement
of
labour
.
Some
may
fear
that
they
will
be
swamped
by
others
that
may
have
accessed
education
earlier
.
This
is
,
again
,
easy
to
deal
with
.
Indeed
,
we
have
already
dealt
with
it
in
Uganda
.
We
could
categorise
jobs
into
two
types
:
the
jobs
that
arise
as
a
consequence
of
the
East
African
integration
(
especially
the
common
market
)
on
the
one
hand
and
the
jobs
that
are
not
dependent
on
the
East
African
integration
on
the
other
hand
.
In
the
case
of
Uganda
,
for
instance
,
under
the
1995
Constitution
,
factory
jobs
,
hotel
jobs
,
etc
.
are
clearly
Ugandan
.
Why
?
This
is
because
what
the
factories
produce
is
consumed
by
all
Ugandans
irrespective
of
the
location
of
the
factory
.
Therefore
,
these
factory
jobs
are
freely
accessible
to
all
Ugandans
.
The
Lugbara
in
West
Nile
,
may
not
have
a
factory
in
his
home
region
on
account
of
the
present
unbalanced
development
in
the
country
.
However
,
he
freely
competes
for
jobs
in
the
factories
in
Kampala
,
Jinja
,
Kasese
,
etc
.
After
all
,
he
supports
these
factories
by
buying
what
they
produce
.
How
can
you
deny
him
benefits
of
an
enterprise
he
supports
with
his
spending
power
?
Actually
,
this
is
the
problem
implicit
in
the
half
-
measures
of
economic
integration
without
political
integration
.
However
,
civil
service
jobs
in
the
federating
states
,
local
government
jobs
therein
,
etc
.
,
do
not
depend
on
East
African
integration
.
These
should
remain
local
.
Indeed
,
in
Uganda
these
jobs
are
managed
by
the
District
Service
Committees
and
they
recruit
locally
except
,
recently
,
for
the
CAO
.
There
may
be
concerns
on
minerals
also
.
A
formula
for
sharing
these
could
also
be
worked
out
between
the
Local
,
State
and
the
Federation
levels
to
avoid
the
problems
one
hears
of
in
Nigeria
some
locals
attacking
the
oil
pipelines
because
they
think
that
their
oil
is
being
taken
by
others
.
However
,
I
would
like
the
East
Africans
to
know
that
the
greatest
resource
is
the
East
Africans
the
people
and
not
the
minerals
,
etc
.
Why
?
The
people
have
brain
-
power
(
they
produce
wealth
)
and
they
consume
(
buy
)
.
These
two
are
the
greatest
stimuli
to
modern
advancement
in
terms
of
economy
and
social
transformation
.
Japan
is
a
small
country
with
a
land
area
slightly
bigger
than
Uganda
but
with
a
population
of
125
million
.
They
have
no
minerals
,
no
oil
and
no
land
for
agriculture
.
Yet
they
are
the
second
most
prosperous
economy
in
the
world
.
They
are
more
prosperous
than
Saudi
Arabia
.
Why
?
It
is
because
of
the
human
resource
.
China
is
now
becoming
one
of
the
most
important
countries
in
the
world
;
and
so
is
India
.
Why
?
It
is
because
of
their
respective
human
resources
the
1
.
3
billion
Chinese
and
1
.
1
billion
Indians
.
They
produce
big
and
consume
big
.
One
of
my
attractions
towards
East
Africa
is
the
110
million
people
of
East
Africa
including
Rwanda
and
Burundi
.
This
is
the
greatest
resource
as
a
market
and
a
pool
of
brainpower
.
In
conclusion
,
it
is
my
proud
duty
to
present
to
the
people
of
Uganda
the
reasons
for
the
need
to
politically
merge
the
people
of
East
Africa
,
in
addition
to
the
economic
merger
we
have
already
achieved
,
in
the
form
of
a
political
Federation
,
fast
-
track
this
process
so
that
we
become
one
country
by
2010
and
diligently
implement
the
intervening
phases
in
the
process
prior
to
that
date
.
I
thank
you
.
The
foreign
policy
of
Uganda
is
guided
by
basic
principles
which
are
laid
down
in
a
number
of
sources
,
including
:
Objective
No
.
XXVIII
of
the
“
National
Objectives
and
Directive
Principles
of
State
Policy
”
of
the
1995
Constitution
;
Article
Six
(
6
)
of
the
Treaty
for
the
Establishment
of
the
East
African
Community
;
Article
Four
(
4
)
of
the
Constitutive
Act
of
the
African
Union
;
and
Article
Two
(
2
)
of
the
Charter
of
the
United
Nations
.
The
principles
under
Objective
No
.
XXVIII
of
the
“
National
Objectives
and
Directive
Principles
of
State
Policy
”
of
the
1995
Constitution
can
be
summarised
as
follows
:
Promotion
of
the
national
interest
of
Uganda
.
Respect
for
international
law
and
treaty
obligations
.
Peaceful
co
-
existence
and
non
-
alignment
.
Settlement
of
international
disputes
through
peaceful
means
.
Opposition
to
all
forms
of
domination
,
racism
and
other
forms
of
oppression
and
exploitation
.
Active
participation
in
international
and
regional
organisations
that
stand
for
peace
and
for
the
well
-
being
and
progress
of
humanity
.
Promotion
of
regional
and
pan
-
African
cultural
,
economic
and
political
cooperation
and
integration
.
The
fundamental
principles
of
the
East
African
Community
can
be
summarised
as
follows
:
Mutual
trust
,
political
will
and
sovereign
equality
.
Peaceful
co
-
existence
and
good
neighbourliness
.
Peaceful
settlement
of
disputes
.
Good
governance
.
Equitable
distribution
of
benefits
.
Cooperation
for
mutual
benefit
.
The
principles
of
the
African
Union
can
be
summarised
as
follows
:
The
right
of
the
Union
to
intervene
in
a
Member
State
pursuant
to
the
decision
of
the
Assembly
in
respect
of
grave
circumstances
,
namely
war
crimes
,
genocide
and
other
crimes
against
humanity
.
The
right
of
a
Member
State
to
request
intervention
from
the
Union
in
order
to
restore
peace
and
security
.
Establishment
of
a
common
African
defence
and
security
policy
.
Promotion
of
gender
equality
.
Respect
for
the
sanctity
of
human
life
,
condemnation
and
rejection
of
impunity
and
political
assassination
,
acts
of
terrorism
and
subversive
activities
.
Condemnation
and
rejection
of
unconstitutional
changes
of
governments
.
The
principles
of
the
United
Nations
can
be
summarised
as
follows
:
·
Sovereign
equality
of
all
UN
Member
States
.
·
Peaceful
settlement
of
international
disputes
.
Non
-
use
or
threat
of
use
of
force
against
another
State
.
Support
to
United
Nations
in
any
action
the
United
Nations
may
take
in
accordance
with
the
Charter
.
Restraint
from
aiding
any
State
against
which
the
United
Nations
is
taking
preventive
or
enforcement
action
.
Being
bound
by
any
action
taken
by
the
UN
Security
Council
pursuant
to
implementation
of
measures
under
Chapter
VII
of
the
Charter
.
It
is
against
this
background
that
the
core
thrust
of
Uganda
’
s
foreign
policy
is
to
insure
our
national
security
and
to
promote
economic
welfare
and
the
prosperity
of
our
people
and
nation
.
National
security
and
development
are
,
therefore
,
paramount
considerations
in
determining
,
shaping
and
guiding
our
relations
with
countries
in
the
region
as
well
as
the
rest
of
the
world
.
These
twin
issues
continue
to
take
a
centre
stage
in
Uganda
’
s
foreign
policy
.
Accordingly
,
the
role
of
the
Ministry
of
Foreign
Affairs
(
hereafter
“
the
Ministry
”
)
is
to
promote
and
safeguard
Uganda
’
s
security
and
development
interests
abroad
.
A
number
of
critical
factors
influence
Uganda
’
s
foreign
policy
on
a
day
-
to
-
day
basis
.
The
most
constant
factor
among
them
is
Uganda
’
s
geographic
location
.
Uganda
is
surrounded
by
five
countries
and
all
,
but
one
,
are
much
bigger
in
size
and
population
.
Events
or
happenings
in
Rwanda
,
Kenya
,
Tanzania
,
Sudan
and
/
or
the
Democratic
Republic
of
the
Congo
,
can
impact
on
Uganda
either
positively
or
negatively
as
the
case
may
be
.
Some
of
these
neighbours
have
been
politically
unstable
for
decades
.
Bordering
these
unstable
neighbours
has
had
,
and
continues
to
pose
,
serious
security
-
related
foreign
policy
challenges
which
the
Ministry
continuously
grapples
with
on
a
day
-
to
-
day
basis
.
At
times
,
these
have
created
high
risks
of
Uganda
being
dragged
into
otherwise
internal
affairs
of
some
of
these
countries
.
This
has
,
at
times
,
resulted
in
direct
conflicts
,
skirmishes
at
border
areas
,
inflow
of
refugees
with
their
negative
attendant
effects
such
as
health
problems
and
those
related
to
environmental
degradation
,
trafficking
in
arms
and
drugs
,
etc
.
In
fact
,
in
the
context
of
the
defence
policy
review
,
twenty
four
priority
potential
generic
threats
to
Uganda
’
s
security
for
the
next
ten
years
or
so
,
have
been
identified
.
They
vary
in
potential
intensity
and
likelihood
of
occurrence
.
Most
of
these
threats
have
one
aspect
or
the
other
which
has
a
bearing
on
foreign
policy
.
It
is
in
this
context
that
the
defence
policy
review
process
has
rightly
recognised
the
critical
lead
role
of
the
Ministry
in
addressing
these
threats
through
diplomatic
means
.
It
is
with
the
above
in
mind
that
the
Ministry
,
in
the
management
of
Uganda
’
s
foreign
relations
,
puts
high
premium
primarily
to
our
relations
with
the
East
African
Community
Partner
States
,
the
immediate
neighbouring
countries
,
the
Great
Lakes
Region
,
other
African
countries
(
with
particular
attention
paid
to
South
Africa
,
Nigeria
and
Egypt
because
of
their
geo
-
political
strategic
position
)
,
and
the
rest
of
the
world
.
This
priority
is
also
reflected
in
the
manner
the
proposed
new
structure
is
designed
.
Uganda
’
s
rich
geographic
features
(
including
generally
fertile
soil
where
virtually
anything
can
be
grown
;
the
relatively
evenly
distributed
and
adequate
rainfall
;
the
mild
climate
due
to
high
altitude
;
etc
)
attract
interest
and
envy
by
or
from
others
.
Uganda
’
s
strategic
natural
resources
generate
a
lot
of
interest
from
the
region
and
the
rest
of
the
outside
world
.
For
example
,
Uganda
’
s
hydro
-
electric
power
potential
of
over
2000
MW
,
if
exploited
,
can
meet
substantial
energy
needs
of
the
region
.
Several
minerals
are
known
to
exist
,
including
copper
,
cobalt
,
gold
,
tin
,
tungsten
,
beryllium
,
columbine
,
chromites
,
iron
ore
,
phosphates
,
limestone
,
salt
,
clay
,
kaolin
,
feldspar
,
marble
,
glass
sand
,
etc
,
and
possibly
oil
.
Uganda
is
also
the
water
head
of
the
White
Nile
,
which
gives
her
a
natural
strategic
resource
base
as
well
as
geo
-
political
diplomatic
clout
in
the
harnessing
of
the
Nile
Basin
.
However
,
this
in
itself
has
been
,
and
remains
,
a
significant
factor
in
the
looming
struggle
for
the
water
resources
within
the
Nile
Basin
and
beyond
.
In
a
continent
prone
to
poor
rainfall
and
large
desert
mass
,
Uganda
’
s
other
water
resources
generate
enormous
geo
-
political
interest
.
About
half
of
Lake
Victoria
,
the
second
largest
fresh
water
lake
in
the
world
,
is
within
Uganda
’
s
territorial
boundaries
.
There
are
also
other
significant
lakes
,
rivers
,
and
tributaries
within
and
astride
our
boundaries
which
put
Uganda
at
the
centre
of
the
Great
Lakes
in
Africa
.
While
Uganda
has
great
endowment
of
fresh
water
resources
which
,
among
others
,
are
critical
for
implementation
of
the
Programme
for
Modernisation
of
Agriculture
(
PMA
)
,
currently
these
resources
,
for
one
reason
or
the
other
,
are
not
yet
harnessed
in
any
significant
manner
.
Even
if
the
capacity
were
in
place
to
so
-
harness
these
vital
resources
,
Uganda
is
still
unfairly
constrained
by
the
agreements
entered
into
between
British
colonial
authorities
and
Egypt
in
1929
and
1949
;
which
agreements
continue
to
bind
Uganda
to
-
date
.
The
unfairness
in
these
agreements
lies
in
the
unfortunate
requirement
that
for
Uganda
to
use
her
water
resources
for
survival
,
prior
concurrence
of
Egypt
must
be
secured
.
However
,
there
is
no
reverse
requirement
upon
Egypt
in
her
use
of
the
same
water
resources
.
The
issue
of
the
Nile
River
resources
,
therefore
,
has
geo
-
political
dimensions
spreading
beyond
our
neighbourhood
in
particular
and
the
continent
in
general
.
Possession
of
the
aforementioned
resources
alone
,
without
capacity
to
exploit
them
for
the
benefit
of
our
people
,
cannot
advance
Uganda
’
s
interests
.
Therefore
,
the
challenge
for
the
Ministry
is
to
marshal
regional
and
international
support
,
in
addition
to
our
own
home
-
based
capacity
,
to
enable
the
country
to
derive
real
gain
and
benefit
from
this
enormous
resource
base
.
Besides
,
being
land
-
locked
also
bestows
on
Uganda
serious
challenges
.
Uganda
is
heavily
dependent
on
neighbours
for
transit
access
and
corridors
to
,
and
from
,
markets
in
neighbouring
countries
and
beyond
.
It
is
important
for
Uganda
to
protect
and
secure
all
air
,
rail
and
road
routes
and
links
,
as
well
as
international
water
courses
necessary
for
her
international
trade
transactions
and
other
activities
.
It
is
needless
to
underscore
that
possession
of
,
and
capacity
to
exploit
,
material
wealth
generates
a
degree
of
capacity
to
influence
other
countries
.
A
primary
objective
of
our
foreign
policy
is
,
therefore
,
to
achieve
economic
strength
which
can
enhance
our
international
influence
and
security
-
military
capability
.
While
many
of
the
policy
options
for
achieving
economic
development
are
domestic
,
there
are
several
critical
external
factors
that
require
foreign
policy
realignment
from
time
to
time
.
These
include
pursuits
for
:
international
markets
,
development
finances
,
foreign
direct
investment
,
tourism
,
science
and
technology
,
capacity
building
,
debt
relief
,
etc
.
Uganda
’
s
vantage
geographical
location
within
the
region
,
economic
potentials
and
geo
-
political
military
capability
,
demand
that
our
foreign
policy
focuses
on
peace
,
prosperity
and
economic
development
as
the
absolute
national
purpose
and
within
the
region
.
Peace
,
prosperity
and
economic
development
constitute
the
heart
,
indeed
the
central
focus
and
guiding
principal
,
of
Uganda
’
s
foreign
economic
policy
and
security
-
diplomatic
strategy
.
Mutundwe
Nalumunye
Estate
Residential
plots
on
a
hill
Nalumunye
Estate
is
a
rare
piece
of
land
located
on
a
hill
providing
you
with
a
diversity
of
views
,
in
touch
with
nature
and
very
nice
for
family
and
friends
.
Click
Here
to
see
plots
Features
Mailo
land
Terrace
style
housing
8
KMs
from
the
city
centre
Recreational
Park
Planned
sewage
system
Titles
ready
at
hand
Direction
Pass
via
Rubaga
road
.
8
km
from
the
city
Centre
.
Plot
sizes
and
Prices
51ft
x102ft
=
6
.
5
million
Ugandan
Shillings
Drop
us
an
e
-
mail
More
Information
Cross
Section
of
Nalumunye
Mutundwe
Estate
Higher
elevation
of
Nalumunye
-
Mutundwe
Estates
plots
already
graded
for
a
serious
developer
.
From
this
point
you
can
view
the
whole
of
Kampala
City
.
The
Kampala
Water
Supply
Service
Area
(
KWSSA
)
forms
about
70
%
of
the
NWSC
operations
and
accounts
for
the
same
proportion
of
the
corporation
'
s
revenue
base
.
Its
water
and
sewage
services
cover
the
whole
Kampala
city
and
up
to
Namanve
on
the
Jinja
road
axis
,
Kyengera
on
the
Masaka
road
axis
,
Kagoma
on
the
Bombo
road
axis
,
Katalemwa
on
the
Gayaza
road
axis
,
Lubowa
on
the
Entebbe
road
axis
and
Namugoona
on
the
Hoima
road
axis
.
Kampala
has
a
piped
network
coverage
of
1
,
138
.
9
km
with
over
74
,
777
customers
Population
targeted
----------------------------------------
1
,
302
,
138
Population
Served
------------------------------------------
872
,
433
Percentage
of
population
served
with
water
-------------
67
%
Percentage
of
population
served
with
sewerage
---------
7
%
Water
Water
supplied
to
Kampala
City
is
treated
at
two
water
treatment
plants
,
namely
Gaba
I
and
Gaba
II
,
located
about
11
Km
SE
of
Kampala
,
at
the
shores
of
the
Inner
Murchison
Bay
(
IMB
)
of
Lake
Victoria
from
which
the
raw
water
is
abstracted
.
On
average
,
Gaba
I
treats
35
,
000
m3
per
day
while
Gaba
II
treats
62
,
000
m3
per
day
.
Sewerage
Sewage
treatment
in
Kampala
is
done
at
Bugolobi
Sewage
treatment
Works
,
located
at
Pot
17
Spring
Road
.
However
,
only
about
9
%
of
the
customers
supplied
with
water
are
connected
to
the
sewerage
system
,
the
rest
use
on
-
site
sanitation
systems
.
Edgars
holiday
clinic
opens
KILL
:
Participants
of
the
Edgars
youth
holiday
programme
go
through
practice
on
day
1
.
Over
40
kids
are
at
the
clinic
a
brain
child
of
former
Cranes
skipper
Edgar
Watson
SKILL
:
Participants
of
the
Edgars
youth
holiday
programme
go
through
practice
on
day
1
.
Over
40
kids
are
at
the
clinic
a
brain
child
of
former
Cranes
skipper
Edgar
Watson
Source
:
www
.
newvision
.
co
.
ug
Story
by
Samson
opus
under
14
Big
prizes
await
U
-
14
stars
IMPRESSIVE
players
at
the
City
Tyres
U
-
14
tournament
will
smile
away
with
big
prizes
when
the
event
climaxes
at
Nakivubo
Stadium
this
weekend
.
The
junior
Championships
that
started
at
regional
level
around
the
whole
country
will
see
the
best
player
of
the
tournament
winning
a
whole
years
'
school
fees
scholarship
courtesy
of
the
sponsors
City
Tyres
.
The
best
strikers
,
goal
keeper
,
midfielders
among
others
will
also
get
prizes
.
The
semi
finals
set
for
Saturday
will
have
the
Nile
region
take
on
East
Buganda
,
while
Kampala
will
tussle
it
out
with
West
Nile
-
Arua
.
On
Sunday
the
organisers
of
the
tournament
,
Friends
of
football
(
FOF
)
will
play
two
curtain
raiser
matches
with
Uganda
Sports
Press
Association
(
USPA
)
,
and
City
Tyres
,
then
the
losers
'
match
will
follow
before
final
game
.
Two
select
teams
comprising
of
the
top
players
,
together
with
the
victorious
KKL
team
will
represent
Uganda
during
the
City
Tyres
U
-
14
International
Tournament
to
take
place
October
9
-
10
at
Nakivubo
Stadium
.
Teams
from
,
Kenya
,
Sudan
,
Kenya
and
Rwanda
have
been
invited
to
take
part
in
the
tourney
to
be
fully
sponsored
by
City
Tyres
.
Source
:
www
.
newvision
.
co
.
ug
Story
By
Justine
Nekesa
KKL
to
play
as
Kampala
hosts
City
Tyres
climax
KAMPALA
Kids
League
(
KKL
)
U
-
13
team
,
the
Gothia
Cup
champions
,
will
be
the
centre
of
attraction
when
they
showcase
their
talent
against
foreign
U
-
14
regional
teams
at
Nakivubo
stadium
October
8
-
9
.
Friends
of
Football
(
FOF
)
announced
the
schedule
of
the
City
Tyres
regional
contest
at
a
press
conference
at
Nakivubo
yesterday
.
The
regional
tournament
will
follow
the
City
Tyres
U
-
14
semi
-
final
and
final
at
Nakivubo
stadium
this
weekend
.
source
:
www
.
newvision
.
co
.
ug
Story
by
Swalley
Kenyi
Big
prizes
await
U
-
14
stars
IMPRESSIVE
players
at
the
City
Tyres
U
-
14
tournament
will
smile
away
with
big
prizes
when
the
event
climaxes
at
Nakivubo
Stadium
this
weekend
.
KKL
to
play
as
Kampala
hosts
City
Tyres
climax
KAMPALA
Kids
League
(
KKL
)
U
-
13
team
,
the
Gothia
Cup
champions
,
will
be
the
centre
of
attraction
when
they
showcase
their
talent
against
foreign
U
-
14
regional
teams
at
Nakivubo
stadium
October
8
-
9
.
West
Nile
storm
semis
EST
NILE
,
Kampala
,
Nile
Region
and
South
Buganda
have
qualified
for
the
semi
finals
of
the
City
Tyres
U
-
14
Junior
League
.
The
four
sides
qualified
after
registering
wins
during
the
champion
stage
matches
played
last
weekend
.
W
.
Angels
the
team
to
beat
WHITE
Angels
will
be
the
team
to
beat
when
the
third
round
of
Edgars
children
s
soccer
league
opens
this
Sunday
at
Agakhan
Primary
School
.
KKL
football
season
due
KAMPALA
Kids
League
will
have
the
12th
football
season
starting
this
weekend
with
22
teams
taking
part
in
the
league
.
U
-
14s
regroup
for
In
tl
meet
FRIENDS
of
Football
(
FOF
)
and
City
Tyres
teams
of
46
star
players
regroup
today
to
train
for
the
City
Tryes
U
-
14
international
meet
October
8
-
9
at
Nakivubo
.
Angels
win
in
north
HOSTS
Paidha
Black
Angels
beat
Boroboro
FC
3
-
0
to
lift
the
Northern
region
mini
league
soccer
trophy
in
Paidha
yesterday
.
THE
PARLIAMENT
HAS
ADOPTED
AND
WE
SANCTION
,
PROMULGATE
THE
FOLLOWING
ORGANIC
LAW
AND
ORDER
IT
TO
BE
PUBLISHED
IN
THE
OFFICIAL
GAZETTE
OF
THE
REPUBLIC
OF
RWANDA
.
THE
PARLIAMENT
:
The
Chamber
of
Deputies
.
in
its
session
of
March
4
,
2004
;
The
Senate
.
in
its
session
of
March
4
.
2004
;
Given
the
Constitution
of
the
Republic
of
Rwanda
of
June
4
,
2003
as
amended
to
date
,
especially
in
its
Articles
62
,
88
.
90
,
93
.
108
,
1l8
,
l60
,
161
,
162
,
163
,
164
,
165
,
166
and
201
ADOPTS
:
TITLE
ONE
:
ORGANIZATION
AND
COMPOSITION
CHAPTER
ONE
ORGANIZATION
Article
1
This
organic
law
determines
the
organization
,
powers
and
functioning
for
both
the
Prosecution
Service
and
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
.
The
Prosecution
Service
shall
comprise
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
and
the
Military
Prosecution
Department
.
The
Prosecution
Service
shall
be
responsible
inter
alia
for
the
investigation
and
prosecution
of
offences
on
the
National
territory
.
Article
2
The
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
shall
enjoy
administrative
and
financial
autonomy
.
The
headquarters
of
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
shall
be
located
in
the
City
of
Kigali
but
it
shall
have
an
office
at
the
level
of
the
Province
and
the
City
of
Kigali
.
Article
3
The
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
shall
be
under
the
authorit9
of
the
Minister
having
Justice
in
his
or
her
attributions
.
The
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
shall
be
a
unified
body
headed
by
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
.
Article
4
Prosecutors
shall
consist
of
two
categories
namely
:
Career
Prosecutors
and
Auxiliary
Prosecutors
.
Article
5
The
Career
Prosecutors
shall
be
the
following
:
1
.
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
;
2
.
the
Deputy
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
;
3
.
Prosecutors
with
jurisdiction
over
the
whole
country
;
4
.
Prosecutors
of
Province
and
of
the
City
of
Kigali
5
.
Prosecutors
at
the
level
of
Provinces
and
the
City
of
Kigali
Auxiliary
prosecutors
shall
consist
of
the
following
:
1
.
the
Military
Prosecutor
General
;
2
.
the
Deputy
Military
Prosecutor
General
;
3
.
Military
Prosecutors
;
4
.
the
Criminal
Investigating
Officers
appointed
as
such
,
who
assist
the
Prosecutor
of
a
Province
or
that
of
the
City
of
Kigali
who
are
based
at
the
District
and
town
levels
.
Article
6
:
The
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
shall
be
composed
of
two
organs
namely
:
The
Prosecution
organs
and
the
administrative
and
support
organs
.
Prosecution
organs
shall
be
the
Office
of
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
,
Prosecution
Offices
at
the
level
of
Provinces
and
the
City
of
Kigali
.
Administrative
and
support
organs
shall
be
the
Office
of
the
Secretary
General
,
the
inspectorate
Department
and
the
Supreme
Council
of
Prosecution
CHAPTER
II
:
COMPOSITION
Section
one
:
Prosecution
organs
Sub
-
Section
one
:
Prosecution
organs
before
ordinary
Courts
Article
7
:
In
ordinary
Courts
,
the
function
of
public
prosecution
shall
be
performed
by
the
Office
of
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
,
Prosecution
offices
in
provinces
and
the
City
of
Kigali
and
by
the
prosecutors
who
are
based
at
the
District
or
Town
levels
.
Article
8
The
Office
of
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
shall
comprise
of
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
,
the
Deputy
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
and
at
least
five
(
5
)
Prosecutors
with
jurisdiction
over
the
whole
country
.
Article
9
:
The
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
and
the
Deputy
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
shall
be
elected
by
the
absolute
majority
votes
of
the
members
of
the
Senate
.
They
ale
elected
from
among
two
(
2
)
candidates
for
each
post
submitted
by
the
President
of
the
Republic
after
consultation
with
Cabinet
.
Their
term
of
office
shall
be
of
(
5
)
years
renewable
only
once
.
They
shall
be
appointed
by
a
Presidential
Decree
within
a
per
nod
of
eight
(
8
)
days
of
their
election
.
They
shall
be
suspended
or
removed
from
their
offices
by
the
President
of
the
Republic
.
Article
10
:
The
Prosecutors
with
jurisdiction
over
the
whole
country
shall
he
appointed
by
a
decree
of
the
Prime
Minister
from
a
list
of
candidates
submitted
by
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
Their
functions
can
be
terminated
by
a
decree
of
the
Prime
Minister
upon
request
of
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
.
Article
11
:
In
order
to
be
to
be
appointed
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
,
the
Deputy
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
or
a
Prosecutor
with
jurisdiction
over
the
whole
country
,
a
person
must
1
.
hold
at
least
a
bachelor
’
s
degree
in
Law
;
2
.
have
a
certificate
indicating
that
he
or
she
passed
exams
relating
to
the
judicial
career
from
a
national
school
of
law
;
3
.
have
a
working
experience
of
at
least
eight
(
8
)
years
in
a
legal
field
if
he
or
she
holds
a
bachelor
’
s
degree
in
Law
and
at
least
five
(
5
)
years
if
he
or
she
holds
a
doctorate
degree
in
Law
;
4
.
be
of
irreproachable
morals
and
conduct
;
5
.
not
be
characterized
by
any
sectarianism
and
discrimination
tendencies
;
6
.
be
impartial
and
independent
minded
.
Article
12
:
The
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
and
the
Deputy
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
shall
take
the
oath
of
office
before
the
President
of
the
Republic
in
the
presence
of
members
of
Parliament
.
Prosecutors
with
jurisdiction
over
the
whole
country
shall
take
the
oath
of
office
before
the
Prime
Minister
.
Article
13
:
The
Prosecution
office
at
the
level
of
each
Province
or
the
City
of
Kigali
shall
comprise
of
the
Provincial
Prosecutor
or
Prosecutor
for
the
City
of
Kigali
,
at
least
five
(
5
)
prosecutors
of
that
level
and
other
necessary
qualified
staff
for
the
smooth
running
of
the
activities
of
the
Prosecution
Service
.
Article
14
:
Provincial
Prosecutors
the
Prosecutor
for
the
City
of
Kigali
and
other
Prosecutors
of
that
level
are
appointed
by
a
Prime
Minister
’
s
decree
upon
request
of
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
.
Their
functions
may
be
terminated
by
a
decree
of
the
Prime
Minister
upon
request
of
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
.
Article
15
:
In
order
to
be
appointed
a
Provincial
Prosecutor
,
a
City
of
Kigali
Prosecutor
or
a
Prosecutor
of
that
level
,
a
candidate
must
:
1
.
hold
at
least
a
bachelor
’
s
degree
in
Law
;
2
.
have
a
certificate
indicating
that
he
or
she
passed
exams
relating
-
to
-
the
judicial
career
from
a
national
school
of
law
;
3
.
be
of
irreproachable
morals
and
conduct
;
4
.
not
be
characterized
by
any
sectarianism
and
discrimination
tendencies
;
5
.
be
impartial
and
independent
minded
.
Without
prejudice
to
the
provisions
of
the
first
paragraph
of
this
article
,
a
candidate
for
Provincial
Prosecutor
or
Prosecutor
for
the
City
of
Kigali
must
have
a
working
experience
of
at
least
five
(
5
)
years
in
the
legal
field
.
Article
16
:
Provincial
Prosecutors
,
the
Prosecutor
for
the
City
of
Kigali
and
Prosecutors
at
that
level
shall
take
the
oath
of
office
before
the
Primer
Minister
.
Article
17
:
At
the
level
of
the
District
and
Town
,
there
shall
be
at
least
one
prosecutor
to
represent
the
Prosecution
Service
.
Sub
-
section
2
:
Prosecution
organs
before
military
Courts
Article
18
:
Before
the
Military
Court
and
the
Military
High
Court
,
the
public
prosecutions
function
shall
be
exercised
by
the
Office
of
the
Military
Prosecutor
General
composed
of
the
Military
Prosecutor
General
,
the
Deputy
Military
Prosecutor
General
and
Military
Prosecutors
appointed
for
undetermined
period
.
The
Military
Prosecutor
General
,
the
Deputy
Military
Prosecutor
General
and
other
Military
Prosecutors
shall
be
appointed
by
a
decree
of
the
Prime
Minister
upon
request
of
the
Minister
haying
defense
in
his
or
her
attributions
.
Before
assuming
prosecution
activities
,
the
Military
Prosecutor
General
,
the
Deputy
Military
Prosecutor
General
and
other
Military
Prosecutors
shall
take
the
oath
of
office
before
the
Prime
Minister
.
Article
19
:
Public
prosecution
before
Military
Courts
shall
be
supervised
by
the
Military
Prosecutor
General
.
He
or
she
shall
be
assisted
in
his
or
her
activities
by
the
Deputy
Military
Prosecutor
and
other
military
prosecutors
.
The
Military
Prosecutor
General
shall
be
charged
with
the
following
duties
:
1
.
investigation
and
prosecution
over
the
whole
country
,
of
all
crimes
of
military
nature
or
ordinary
crimes
committed
by
military
personnel
or
their
accomplices
;
2
.
follow
up
and
coordination
of
the
activities
of
the
Military
Prosecutors
;
3
.
to
prepare
and
submit
to
the
Minister
having
defense
in
his
or
her
attributions
the
budget
proposal
for
the
functioning
of
the
Military
Prosecution
Department
;
4
.
to
establish
the
internal
rules
and
regulations
governing
the
Prosecution
before
Military
Courts
,
after
consulting
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
.
Article
20
:
The
Military
Prosecutor
General
shall
exercise
his
or
her
functions
under
the
supervision
of
the
Minister
having
defense
in
his
or
her
attributions
.
The
Military
Prosecutor
General
shall
inform
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
on
the
general
functioning
of
the
Military
Prosecution
activities
.
However
,
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
,
Republic
shall
have
no
right
to
give
orders
to
the
Military
Prosecutor
General
.
Article
21
:
The
Military
Prosecution
Department
shall
also
include
military
judicial
police
officers
whose
duty
is
to
investigate
offences
triable
by
the
military
courts
,
to
gather
evidence
and
apprehend
offenders
.
Military
judicial
officers
shall
be
chosen
from
among
Rwanda
Defence
Forces
and
appointed
by
the
Minister
having
defence
in
his
or
her
attributions
.
Section
2
:
Administrative
and
support
organs
Sub
-
section
one
:
The
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
Article
22
:
The
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
shall
be
composed
of
the
following
members
1
.
the
Minister
of
Justice
who
shall
be
its
chairperson
;
2
.
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
;
3
.
the
Deputy
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
;
4
.
one
prosecutor
with
the
jurisdiction
over
the
whole
country
elected
by
his
or
her
peers
;
5
.
the
Commissioner
General
of
Police
;
6
.
the
Chairperson
of
the
National
Commission
of
Human
Rights
;
7
.
the
Military
Prosecutor
General
and
the
Deputy
Military
Prosecutor
General
;
8
.
a
prosecutor
from
each
province
and
the
City
of
Kigali
elected
by
his
or
her
peers
;
9
.
two
Deans
of
the
authorized
Faculties
of
Law
elected
by
their
peers
;
10
the
President
of
the
Bar
Association
;
11
.
the
Ombudsman
.
Those
mentioned
in
points
4
,
8
and
9
of
this
article
shall
be
appointed
for
a
term
of
office
of
three
(
3
)
years
renewable
only
once
.
Article
23
:
The
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
shall
be
responsible
for
the
follow
up
of
the
activities
of
the
Prosecution
.
Its
office
shall
be
located
in
Kigali
City
at
the
headquarters
of
the
Parquet
Général
of
the
Republic
but
it
may
conduct
its
activities
in
any
other
place
in
the
country
as
the
President
of
the
Council
may
decide
.
Article
24
:
The
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
shall
have
the
duty
either
on
its
own
motion
or
at
the
request
of
any
other
authorized
party
to
provide
opinion
on
the
general
performance
of
the
Prosecution
including
any
disciplinary
measures
that
may
be
taken
against
career
prosecutors
with
the
exception
of
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
and
the
deputy
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
.
Notwithstanding
the
provisions
of
articles
18
,
19
,
20
,
and
21
of
this
organic
law
,
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
shall
particularly
be
responsible
for
the
following
1
.
to
decide
on
the
recruitment
,
resignation
and
dismissal
of
Public
Prosecution
Officers
other
than
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
and
his
or
her
Deputy
;
2
.
to
take
disciplinary
measures
on
staff
who
have
committed
acts
of
professional
misconduct
;
3
.
to
examine
work
progress
reports
and
make
recommendations
geared
towards
performance
improvement
;
4
.
to
make
any
recommendations
that
may
improve
the
overall
performance
and
organisation
of
the
Prosecution
Service
;
5
.
to
appoint
transfer
and
evaluate
professional
merit
of
the
Prosecutors
;
6
.
to
advise
the
Prosecutor
General
on
different
matters
;
7
.
to
advise
the
Government
on
matters
concerning
justice
;
8
.
to
approve
the
budget
proposals
of
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
.
Article
25
:
The
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
shall
be
the
Vice
Chairperson
of
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
.
He
or
she
shall
replace
the
Chairperson
of
the
Council
in
case
of
absence
.
The
Council
shall
elect
its
Rapporteur
and
his
or
her
deputy
from
the
members
who
are
prosecutors
.
Article
26
:
The
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
sits
in
its
plenary
meeting
.
It
may
also
hold
committee
meetings
.
The
General
Assembly
meeting
shall
be
made
up
of
all
the
members
of
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
.
Article
27
:
The
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
Committees
shall
consist
of
at
least
a
disciplinary
committee
and
another
committee
charged
with
the
administration
of
the
career
of
prosecutors
.
Article
28
:
The
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
shall
hold
its
ordinary
meeting
once
every
3
months
.
It
may
,
however
,
be
convened
for
an
extraordinary
meeting
by
its
President
On
his
or
her
initiative
or
upon
request
by
at
least
a
third
(
1
/
3
)
of
the
members
of
the
Council
.
Article
29
:
Any
case
falling
in
its
jurisdiction
may
be
-
referred
to
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
together
with
the
whole
file
of
the
case
it
has
to
rule
on
.
It
shall
be
convened
by
its
President
with
a
notification
of
the
agenda
of
the
meeting
,
at
least
five
(
5
)
days
before
the
meeting
.
Article
30
:
The
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
shall
meet
and
lawfully
deliberate
if
at
least
two
thirds
(
2
/
3
)
of
its
members
are
present
.
The
decisions
shall
be
taken
by
consensus
or
otherwise
by
the
absolute
majority
of
the
members
present
.
However
,
when
the
decisions
to
be
taken
relate
to
individuals
,
they
shall
be
taken
through
secret
ballot
.
Article
31
:
The
decision
Of
the
Supreme
Council
concerning
what
is
provided
for
in
1
,
2
and
5
of
article
24
shall
be
notified
to
the
concerned
person
in
writing
by
the
Rapporteur
of
the
Council
.
It
shall
take
effect
on
the
day
following
that
of
its
notification
to
the
concerned
party
.
If
the
concerned
person
can
not
be
found
,
it
shall
take
effect
after
one
month
after
notification
to
person
with
no
known
residence
.
Article
32
:
The
running
costs
of
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
shall
be
included
in
the
ordinary
budget
of
the
Prosecution
Service
while
different
allowances
to
be
granted
to
Council
members
shall
be
determined
by
a
Prime
Minister
’
s
decree
.
Article
33
:
Any
matters
concerning
the
functioning
of
the
Supreme
Council
not
provided
for
by
this
organic
law
shall
be
settled
by
particular
instructions
approved
by
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
.
Subsection
2
:
Inspectorate
Department
Article
34
The
Inspectorate
of
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
is
composed
of
Inspectors
who
shall
be
necessarily
Prosecutors
.
They
are
based
in
the
office
of
the
Prosecutor
General
bf
the
Republic
.
They
are
appointed
and
removed
from
office
by
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
.
The
Inspectorate
of
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
shall
be
responsible
for
supervision
and
the
control
of
the
functioning
of
the
Prosecution
Service
.
The
Inspectorate
of
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
shall
also
be
responsible
for
:
1
.
to
investigate
complaints
against
prosecutors
or
other
staff
of
the
Prosecution
Service
;
2
.
to
control
property
,
funds
and
equipment
of
the
organs
of
the
Prosecution
Service
;
3
.
to
submit
report
on
matters
on
which
it
has
conducted
investigation
to
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
who
,
in
turn
,
submits
the
same
to
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
;
4
.
to
advise
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
and
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
Service
on
matters
concerning
the
administration
and
functioning
of
the
organs
of
the
Prosecution
Service
;
5
.
to
prepare
proposals
of
regulations
concerning
prosecutors
;
6
.
to
do
other
activities
as
may
be
assigned
by
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
or
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
.
Sub
-
section
3
:
Office
of
the
Secretary
General
of
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
Article
35
The
Office
of
the
Secretary
General
of
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
shall
be
responsible
for
the
administration
of
support
staff
,
execution
and
allocation
of
budget
throughout
the
country
and
shall
undertake
research
in
the
use
of
modern
technology
in
information
and
communication
.
The
Office
shall
be
headed
by
a
Secretary
General
appointed
by
a
Prime
Minister
’
s
decree
,
upon
proposal
by
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
.
It
is
composed
of
organs
proposed
by
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
and
determined
by
a
decree
of
the
Prime
Minister
.
Article
36
:
The
Secretary
General
of
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
is
responsible
for
coordinating
all
the
administrative
and
technical
activities
of
the
organs
of
the
Prosecution
Service
and
taking
strategies
and
programmes
concerning
administrative
and
technical
organs
.
The
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
may
delegate
to
the
Secretary
General
of
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
the
authority
to
sign
some
documents
and
regulations
concerning
the
smooth
functioning
of
the
duties
of
the
Prosecution
Service
.
The
Secretary
General
is
responsible
for
the
follow
-
up
of
revenues
and
expenditure
of
the
Prosecution
Service
.
TITLE
II
:
DUTIES
AND
FUNCTIONING
OF
THE
PROSECUTION
ORGANS
Article
37
:
The
Prosecution
has
the
responsibility
of
Prosecution
of
offenders
.
To
that
effect
,
the
Prosecution
shall
have
the
powers
to
:
1
.
to
investigate
offences
they
prosecute
and
to
direct
prosecutions
conducted
by
Prosecutors
or
criminal
investigators
who
assist
the
Prosecutor
;
2
.
to
prosecute
criminal
offences
before
all
ordinary
Courts
and
military
Courts
;
3
.
to
contribute
to
the
formulation
of
criminal
investigation
policies
;
4
.
to
cooperate
with
other
countries
in
crime
prevention
and
the
fight
against
criminality
;
5
.
to
do
any
other
activities
as
may
be
provided
for
by
the
law
.
Article
38
:
Before
the
Supreme
Court
and
the
High
Court
of
the
Republic
,
prosecution
activities
shall
be
carried
out
by
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
assisted
by
the
other
prosecutors
based
in
his
or
her
office
.
In
Provincial
and
City
of
Kigali
Courts
,
prosecution
activities
shall
be
carried
out
by
Provincial
Prosecutors
or
that
of
the
City
of
Kigali
,
assisted
by
prosecution
officers
at
that
level
.
In
District
and
Town
Courts
,
prosecution
shall
be
represented
by
at
least
one
Prosecutor
.
It
may
also
be
represented
by
criminal
investigators
who
assist
the
Prosecutor
.
Article
39
:
The
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
shall
direct
and
be
answerable
for
all
prosecution
related
matters
over
the
whole
country
.
To
that
effect
:
1
.
he
or
she
shall
direct
,
coordinate
and
supervise
all
the
activities
of
the
prosecution
Service
;
2
.
he
or
she
shall
submit
to
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
the
annual
budget
proposal
for
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
before
its
submission
to
the
Minister
having
finance
in
his
or
her
attributions
for
incorporation
into
the
State
overall
budget
;
3
.
he
or
she
shall
give
advice
on
extradition
proceedings
,
presidential
pardon
,
release
on
parole
and
rehabilitation
of
offenders
;
4
.
In
case
of
urgency
,
and
upon
complaint
he
or
she
may
order
temporary
suspension
of
any
Prosecutor
except
members
of
the
Office
of
the
Prosecutor
General
,
if
there
are
sufficient
grounds
to
suspect
that
such
a
prosecutor
may
have
committed
some
offence
(
s
)
and
inform
the
next
Supreme
Council
for
decision
;
5
.
Where
necessary
,
he
or
she
may
authorize
a
Prosecutor
in
charge
of
a
Province
or
City
of
Kigali
or
other
prosecutors
at
that
level
to
prosecute
any
case
outside
their
usual
area
of
jurisdiction
and
inform
the
next
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
for
decision
;
6
.
Where
necessary
,
he
or
she
sends
a
prosecutor
with
jurisdiction
over
the
whole
country
to
go
and
carry
out
prosecution
activities
in
a
place
other
than
the
office
of
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
for
a
given
period
upon
notification
to
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
in
its
next
meeting
for
decision
.
7
.
he
or
she
signs
internal
rules
and
regulations
for
the
career
Prosecutors
after
approval
by
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
;
8
.
he
or
she
shall
personally
prosecute
all
persons
enjoying
the
special
privilege
to
be
prosecuted
before
the
Supreme
Court
on
first
and
last
degree
and
shall
represent
the
court
in
such
prosecution
;
9
.
he
or
she
shall
determine
,
upon
advice
by
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
the
dress
code
of
Prosecutors
in
Courts
and
in
official
ceremonies
;
10
.
he
or
she
shall
publish
an
annual
general
report
detailing
the
amount
of
work
done
,
the
problems
encountered
,
and
any
amendment
proposals
and
recommendations
necessary
to
ensure
the
smooth
operation
of
the
prosecution
activities
and
programmes
.
The
report
shall
be
submitted
to
the
Minister
responsible
for
justice
and
copies
sent
to
the
high
organs
of
the
State
.
This
report
shall
be
submitted
during
the
first
quarter
following
the
reporting
year
.
11
.
He
or
she
shall
be
the
paymaster
of
the
Parquet
General
of
the
Republic
.
Article
40
In
the
Office
of
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
there
shall
be
the
spokesperson
for
the
Prosecution
Service
nationally
and
internationally
.
Article
41
:
The
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
may
delegate
some
of
his
powers
to
the
Deputy
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
or
any
other
Prosecutor
.
Article
42
:
At
the
level
of
each
Province
and
of
the
City
of
Kigali
,
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
shall
be
represented
by
Provincial
Prosecutor
and
City
of
Kigali
Prosecutor
,
assisted
by
other
prosecutors
.
The
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
can
issue
written
instructions
to
them
on
the
prosecution
of
offenders
,
at
their
level
.
However
,
he
or
she
shall
not
be
entitled
to
stop
prosecutions
at
the
level
of
Province
and
Kigali
City
in
order
to
carry
out
the
prosecution
personally
.
Article
43
The
Provincial
prosecutors
or
the
Prosecutor
for
the
City
of
Kigali
shall
be
responsible
and
answerable
for
the
functioning
of
their
respective
offices
.
For
that
matter
,
he
or
she
shall
1
.
in
the
name
of
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
,
follow
up
,
direct
and
coordinate
prosecution
and
investigation
activities
,
allocate
duties
to
all
staff
and
issue
instructions
for
prosecutors
to
follow
at
level
of
the
Province
and
of
the
City
of
Kigali
;
2
.
direct
and
coordinate
prosecution
activities
at
the
District
levels
and
particularly
inspect
the
activities
of
Auxiliary
Prosecutors
based
in
districts
and
provinces
;
3
.
may
personally
represent
the
Prosecution
before
Courts
of
law
in
his
or
her
respective
area
of
jurisdiction
4
.
submit
,
at
least
on
quarterly
basis
,
and
at
any
time
where
deemed
necessary
,
a
report
of
the
investigation
and
prosecution
activities
,
achievements
and
difficulties
met
;
5
.
in
collaboration
with
the
police
conduct
research
on
the
cause
and
nature
of
the
offences
and
submits
to
the
prosecutor
general
of
the
republic
,
a
report
in
every
six
(
6
)
months
6
.
liaise
with
the
Prefect
of
Province
or
Mayor
of
Kigali
City
on
matters
concerning
prosecution
and
public
order
;
7
.
attend
security
meeting
of
Provinces
or
of
City
of
Kigali
.
Article
44
The
Prosecution
shall
act
under
the
principle
of
discretion
in
the
exercise
of
its
function
.
Whenever
decides
to
prosecute
,
it
prepares
the
case
file
and
assumes
responsibility
for
prosecution
before
competent
Courts
of
law
.
In
the
exercise
of
their
functions
,
Prosecutors
may
replace
each
other
in
the
same
action
.
Whenever
the
Prosecution
decides
not
to
prosecute
,
it
closes
and
puts
away
the
case
file
but
must
inform
the
complainant
or
victim
of
the
decision
taken
so
that
,
if
necessary
,
such
party
can
institute
civil
proceedings
in
a
civil
court
.
The
power
to
definitely
withdraw
changes
shall
lie
within
the
jurisdiction
of
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
.
Article
45
:
The
powers
to
institute
criminal
prosecutions
and
file
appeals
rest
with
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
and
Prosecutors
in
-
charge
of
Province
or
of
the
City
of
Kigali
.
TITLE
III
RELATIONSHIP
BETWEEN
THE
PROSECUTION
AND
OTHER
STATE
ORGANS
CHAPTER
ONE
RELATIONSHIP
BETWEEN
THE
PROSECUTION
AND
THE
MINISTRY
RESPONSIBLE
FOR
JUSTICE
Article
46
In
prosecution
matters
,
the
Minister
having
justice
in
his
or
her
attributions
may
,
in
public
interest
,
issue
written
instructions
to
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
ordering
him
or
her
to
undertake
or
refrain
from
investigations
and
prosecution
of
an
offence
.
He
or
she
may
also
,
in
case
of
urgency
and
in
public
interest
,
give
written
instructions
to
any
prosecutor
ordering
him
or
her
to
investigate
and
prosecute
or
refrain
from
investigating
and
prosecuting
an
offence
and
inform
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
of
such
instructions
.
Article
47
:
The
Minister
having
justice
in
his
or
her
attributions
,
in
consultation
with
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
,
shall
formulate
general
guidelines
of
the
policy
governing
public
prosecutions
at
the
end
of
each
calendar
year
.
Such
guidelines
shall
be
communicated
to
all
prosecutors
in
writing
.
Article
48
:
The
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
shall
submit
to
the
Minister
having
Justice
in
his
or
her
attributions
quarterly
reports
regarding
to
the
performance
of
the
Prosecution
Service
.
CHAPTER
II
:
RELATIONSHIP
BETWEEN
THE
PROSECUTION
AND
THE
CRIMINAL
INVESTIGATION
DEPARTMENT
Article
49
:
The
Provincial
Prosecutors
and
Prosecutors
of
the
City
of
Kigali
shall
direct
criminal
investigators
in
criminal
investigation
activities
.
In
that
regard
they
shall
award
marks
to
their
performance
on
first
degree
.
They
may
take
provisional
disciplinary
measures
against
criminal
investigation
officers
and
immediately
inform
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
who
shall
,
in
turn
,
inform
the
Commissioner
General
of
National
Police
of
the
matter
.
Article
50
:
The
Criminal
Investigation
Department
shall
,
as
soon
as
possible
,
inform
the
Prosecution
of
any
felonies
and
misdemeanors
,
which
have
been
committed
.
Article
51
:
It
shall
be
the
duty
of
the
Prosecution
to
inspect
all
detention
facilities
in
their
jurisdiction
,
at
least
once
a
week
,
so
as
to
ensure
strict
observance
of
the
Law
.
Article
52
In
District
and
Town
Courts
,
the
Prosecution
Service
may
be
represented
by
Criminal
Investigation
officers
who
have
been
empowered
to
carry
out
such
duties
.
The
files
prepared
by
the
Criminal
Investigation
Officers
shall
be
submitted
to
the
Prosecutors
of
the
Province
or
of
the
City
of
Kigali
who
shall
make
decision
on
whether
to
proceed
with
the
case
or
not
.
When
Criminal
Investigation
officers
deem
it
necessary
to
appeal
against
a
case
they
have
presented
,
they
shall
immediately
inform
the
Provincial
or
City
of
Kigali
Prosecutor
.
CHAPTER
III
:
RELATIONSHIP
BETWEEN
THE
PROSECUTION
SERVICE
AND
COURTS
Article
53
The
Prosecution
shall
appear
as
a
party
before
Courts
of
Law
only
in
criminal
matters
.
Article
54
:
Prosecutors
shall
be
independent
from
judges
and
parties
.
They
shall
not
receive
from
them
,
neither
instructions
nor
injunctions
in
the
exercise
of
their
duties
.
TITLE
IV
:
TRANSITIONAL
AND
FINAL
PROVISIONS
Article
55
:
All
the
existing
structures
that
differ
from
the
Prosecution
shall
remain
in
place
until
they
are
replaced
by
the
new
ones
provided
for
by
this
organic
law
.
The
existing
employees
of
the
Prosecution
Service
organs
who
will
not
be
retained
in
the
prosecution
department
organs
provided
for
by
this
organic
law
shall
be
laid
off
in
accordance
with
the
law
.
Article
56
:
The
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
shall
be
able
to
hold
its
first
meeting
validly
without
the
presence
of
the
prosecutors
who
are
supposed
to
be
elected
by
and
from
among
their
peers
.
Without
prejudice
to
the
provisions
of
article
25
of
this
organic
law
,
the
Rapporteur
of
the
first
meeting
of
the
Supreme
Council
of
the
Prosecution
shall
be
appointed
by
the
person
chairing
the
meeting
from
among
its
members
.
Article
57
:
All
case
files
pending
in
Prosecution
offices
attached
to
Courts
of
Appeal
shall
be
handed
over
to
the
Office
of
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
in
order
to
designate
those
who
shall
handle
them
.
Article
58
:
Within
a
period
of
three
(
3
)
years
following
the
publication
of
this
organic
law
,
the
Prosecution
officers
will
be
appointed
regardless
of
the
experience
usually
required
for
prosecutors
as
well
as
the
certificate
mentioned
in
article
11
,
20
and
15
,
20
of
this
organic
law
except
for
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
and
his
or
her
deputy
.
Article
59
:
Within
a
period
of
three
(
3
)
years
following
the
publication
of
this
organic
law
,
the
Prosecution
may
be
represented
,
at
district
and
town
levels
,
by
secondary
school
certificate
holders
who
got
trained
in
law
and
with
a
working
experience
of
at
least
three
(
3
)
years
in
public
prosecution
service
or
on
the
bench
.
The
Prosecution
may
however
also
be
represented
by
prosecution
officers
appointed
by
the
Prosecutor
General
of
the
Republic
from
a
list
of
candidates
submitted
by
the
Commissioner
General
of
the
National
Police
from
Criminal
Investigation
Officers
who
are
secondary
School
certificate
holders
with
training
in
law
and
a
working
experience
of
at
least
three
(
3
)
years
in
the
Criminal
Investigation
Service
.
Article
60
Without
prejudice
to
the
provisions
of
article
55
of
this
organic
law
,
all
previous
legal
provisions
contrary
to
this
organic
law
are
hereby
abrogated
.
Article
61
:
This
organic
law
shall
come
into
force
on
the
date
of
its
publication
in
the
Official
Gazette
of
the
Republic
of
Sebitoli
Tourist
Centre
¦
Kihingami
Wetland
¦
¦
Classic
Camping
Safari
¦
Uganda
Safari
¦
Gorilla
Safari
¦
Ruwenzori
Treks
¦
Rwanda
Safaris
¦
Short
Tours
&
Safari
Options
¦
"
AFRICAN
HOLIDAY
SAFARI
EXPERIENCES
IN
UGANDA
THE
PEARL
Of
AFRICA
"
HERITAGE
BIRD
SAFARI
IN
THE
PEARL
From
the
source
of
the
White
Nile
on
Lake
Victoria
to
the
snow
caped
mountains
of
the
moon
,
the
montane
forests
of
the
Virunga
volcanoes
to
the
desert
plains
of
the
far
north
,
no
other
country
in
Africa
can
match
Uganda
'
s
amazing
diversity
of
habitat
'
s
and
this
richness
is
reflected
in
the
ever
-
burgeoning
bird
list
of
over
1100
species
.
Uganda
is
the
richest
African
birding
destination
that
covers
over
225
,
000
square
kilometers
.
Our
prices
are
very
competitive
.
Similar
trips
are
available
for
swamps
,
forests
,
lakes
shore
and
the
Golf
course
(
city
center
)
,
please
let
us
know
your
interest
we
will
do
our
best
to
make
your
safari
a
memorable
one
.
BIRDING
PROGRAMMES
2002
-
2003
.
CENTRAL
CIRCUIT
(
Kampala
and
the
surroundings
)
WESTERN
CIRCUIT
I
SOUTH
WESTERN
CIRCUIT
WESTERN
CIRCUIT
II
ALBERTINE
RIFT
CIRCUIT
I
ALBERTINE
RIFT
CIRCUIT
II
FOREST
BIRDING
(
The
best
of
Uganda
)
SAVANNA
BIRDING
Kabarole
tours
offers
you
the
best
birding
tours
in
Uganda
with
Alfred
T
,
probably
the
best
bird
guide
in
Uganda
.
WHO
IS
ALFRED
Been
birding
since
1997
.
Gorilla
tracker
/
guide
in
Bwindi
for
4years
.
Has
810
species
on
his
lifelist
.
A
good
personality
and
humour
Birds
and
twitches
all
over
Uganda
.
BOOK
NOW
FOR
A
MEMORABLE
BIRDING
EXPERIENCE
OUR
SPECIALS
AT
DIFFERENT
BIRDING
SITES
Kampala
,
Entebbe
and
the
surroundings
.
White
winged
warbler
,
black
bishop
,
bat
hawk
,
grey
crowned
crane
,
compact
weaver
,
grey
kestrel
,
speckled
pigeon
,
shoesbill
,
papyrus
gonolek
,
African
hobby
,
African
goshawk
,
Marabou
stork
,
spotted
eagle
owl
,
golden
backed
weaver
,
northern
masked
weaver
,
red
headed
lovebird
,
African
fish
eagle
,
Ross
'
s
turacco
,
blue
headed
coucal
,
marsh
tchagra
,
black
heron
,
black
tailed
godwit
,
slender
billed
gull
,
Heuglin
'
s
gull
,
common
tern
.
Mabamba
Wetland
This
is
the
nearest
site
for
the
shoebill
,
lesser
jacana
,
blue
swallow
,
black
shouldered
night
jar
,
afep
pigeon
,
blue
breasted
bee
-
eater
,
papyrus
gonolek
,
white
winged
warbler
.
Mabira
Forest
Purlpe
throated
cuckoo
shrike
,
Nahan
'
s
francolin
,
Forest
wood
hoopoe
,
Green
tailed
bristlebill
,
Joyful
greenbul
,
Tit
hylia
,
Grey
longbill
,
sooty
boubou
.
Lake
Mburo
National
Park
Lakes
and
swamps
,
Moist
acacia
,
taller
mixed
woodland
grassland
and
rocky
ridges
.
Brown
chested
plover
,
Red
faced
barbet
,
southern
ground
hornbill
,
Papyrus
yellow
warbler
,
Yellow
billed
oxpecker
,
African
finfoot
,
black
collard
barbet
.
Budongo
Forest
.
350
total
species
Ituri
Batis
,
Puvel
'
s
illadopsis
,
Dwarf
kingfisher
,
Nahan
'
s
francolin
,
Black
collard
lovebird
,
Brown
twinspot
,
Fire
crested
alethe
,
Piping
hornbill
,
Cassin
'
s
hawk
eagle
,
Black
eared
ground
thrush
,
lemon
bellied
crombec
,
yellow
footed
flycatcher
,
Grey
headed
oliveback
,
chocolate
backed
and
shinning
blue
kingfishers
.
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
.
604
total
species
Lakes
and
rivers
,
moist
thicket
,
open
grassland
,
seasonal
and
permanent
swamps
,
riverline
bushland
and
forest
.
White
winged
warbler
,
Martial
eagle
,
African
skimmer
,
Verreaux
'
s
eagle
owl
,
Papyrus
gonolek
,
Papyrus
canary
,
Amur
Falcon
,
Ovampo
sparrowhawk
,
lowland
akalat
,
greater
and
lesser
flamingo
,
shoebill
,
Black
bee
eater
,
Curruther
'
s
cisticola
,
Terek
sandpiper
.
Semliki
National
Park
.
400
total
species
.
Oxbow
lakes
,
forest
swamps
,
Moist
semi
deciduous
forests
,
and
aquatic
habitats
.
Congo
serpent
eagle
,
Black
throated
coucal
,
Grey
throated
rail
,
Nkulengu
rail
,
Long
tailed
hawk
,
Spot
breasted
ibis
,
Capuchin
babbler
,
Yellow
throated
Nicator
,
Northern
bearded
scrub
robin
,
red
chested
owlet
,
Western
bronze
napped
pigeon
,
Black
collard
lovebird
,
White
bellied
kingfisher
,
Red
rumped
tinkerbird
,
Lyre
tailed
honeyguide
,
Zenker
'
s
honeyguide
,
White
throated
blue
swallow
,
Bate
'
s
nightjar
,
Yellow
throated
cuckoo
,
Orange
tufted
sunbird
,
Black
winged
oriole
,
Red
billed
heimet
shrike
,
lemon
bellied
crombec
,
fiery
breasted
bush
shrike
pale
fronted
negrofinch
.
hornbillare
piping
,
red
billed
dwarf
black
dwarf
,
white
crested
black
casqued
wattled
and
white
thighed
.
Kibale
National
Park
.
335
total
species
.
Tall
evergreen
forest
,
grassland
,
swamps
and
exotic
conifers
.
Green
breasted
pitta
,
African
pitta
,
Grey
winged
robin
,
Red
winged
francolin
,
Joyful
greenbul
,
White
bellied
crested
flycatcher
,
Uganda
woodland
warbler
,
White
collard
oliveback
,
leaf
love
,
African
broadbill
,
Willcock
'
s
honeyguide
.
Chestnut
winged
starling
,
White
winged
warbler
,
white
spotted
fluftail
,
scarly
throated
honeyguide
,
Also
chimp
tracking
.
Murchison
Falls
National
Park
.
450
total
species
.
Riverline
forest
,
papyrus
swamps
,
dry
and
wet
woodlands
,
lakes
and
rivers
,
Iron
wood
forest
and
brassus
palm
savana
.
Secretary
bird
,
Bat
hawk
,
Shoebill
,
Pennant
-
winged
and
standard
winged
nigtjars
,
Red
throated
swallow
,
Black
billed
barbet
,
Rock
prantincole
,
Denham
'
s
bustard
,
Red
-
necked
falcon
,
Heuglin
'
s
francolin
,
Senegal
thichnee
,
Pel
'
s
fishing
owl
,
caramine
bee
-
eater
,
spotted
morning
thrush
,
white
creted
turacco
,
Four
banded
sandgrouse
,
Bruce
'
s
green
pigeon
,
Black
scimitarbill
,
Vinaceous
dove
,
Chestnut
crowned
crowned
weaver
,
Bar
breasted
firefinch
,
Northern
red
bishop
,
white
rumped
seed
eater
and
cabanis
'
s
bunting
.
Also
chimp
tracking
is
possible
.
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
.
359
total
species
Montane
forest
with
patches
of
bamboo
,
montane
marshes
,
and
medium
altitude
forests
.
About
23
of
the
Albertine
Rift
Endemics
are
seen
here
,
with
the
most
exciting
being
the
African
green
broadbill
,
Grauer
'
s
rush
warbler
,
short
tailed
warbler
,
Rwenzori
turacco
,
Purple
breasted
sunbird
,
Regal
sunbird
,
Kivu
ground
thrush
,
Montane
masked
apalis
,
Red
faced
woodland
warbler
,
Olive
green
camaroptera
,
Handsome
francolin
,
Blue
headed
sunbird
,
Rwenzori
nightjar
,
Lagden
'
s
bush
shrike
,
and
brown
capped
weaver
.
Others
are
Waller
'
s
starling
,
oriole
finch
,
streaky
seed
eater
,
Chubb
'
s
cisticola
,
Barred
long
tailed
cuckoo
.
HOTELS
,
LUXERY
CAMPS
AND
LODGES
CLASS
A
:
Sheraton
,
Windsor
L
.
Victoria
Hotel
,
Imperial
Botanical
Beach
Hotel
,
Grand
Imperial
Hotel
,
Speke
Hotel
,
Hotel
Africana
,
Crested
Crane
Hotel
,
Para
Safari
lodge
,
Mweya
Safari
Lodge
,
Jacana
Safari
Lodge
,
Bwindi
Gorilla
Forest
Camp
,
Mantana
safari
camp
,
Semuliki
lodge
,
Masindi
Hotel
,
White
Horse
Inn
,
Regency
Lake
View
Hotel
,
Ndali
lodge
Nile
Resort
.
CLASS
B
:
COMMUNITY
BANDAS
,
CAMPSITES
,
HOTELS
,
AND
LODGES
Red
chilli
,
Kampala
backpackers
camp
site
,
Bwindi
community
bandas
,
CVK
,
Rwenzori
View
Guest
House
,
Sebitoli
Tourist
Centre
.
Rwenzori
Travellers
Inn
.
Mtns
of
the
Moon
Hotel
,
Mweya
Institute
of
Ecology
Hostel
,
Mweya
Students
Hostel
,
Murchison
Falls
Bandas
,
Kibale
Forest
Bandas
,
Ruhiija
Students
'
Domitory
,
L
.
Mburo
Tents
and
Traditional
Bandas
.
Nyabyeya
students
hostel
.
Semuliki
Campsite
.
BIRDING
PROGRAMMES
2002
-
2003
.
1
.
CENTRAL
CIRCUIT
(
Kampala
and
the
surroundings
)
Day
1
.
Arrival
.
Early
arrivals
,
will
do
birding
around
Entebbe
and
Kampala
.
Day
2
.
Birding
Mabamba
and
the
surroundings
.
Day
3
.
Birding
at
Lutembe
,
Botanical
gardens
,
Day
4
.
Birding
at
Garuga
golf
country
,
Heritage
trail
and
Entebbe
sewage
ponds
.
Day
5
.
Birding
Mabira
source
of
the
Nile
and
Bujagali
falls
.
Day
6
.
Departure
.
No
.
of
Pax
1
2
3
4
5
6
Hotels
$
1890
$
1430
$
1275
$
1200
$
1150
$
1120
Bandas
$
1340
$
880
$
725
$
650
$
600
$
570
2
.
WESTERN
CIRCUIT
I
Day
1
.
Arrival
Day
2
.
Birding
Mabamba
and
the
surroundings
Day
3
.
Transfer
to
L
.
Mburo
National
Park
birding
enroute
.
Day
4
.
Whole
day
birding
L
.
Mburo
National
Park
.
Day
5
.
Morning
Birding
and
Afternoon
transfer
to
QE2
National
Park
.
Day
6
.
Whole
Day
Birding
Day
7
.
Birding
whole
day
at
Imaramagambo
forest
.
Day
8
.
Birding
en
-
route
to
Semuliki
National
Park
Day
9
.
Whole
day
forest
birding
Day
10
.
Whole
day
forest
birding
Day
11
.
Transfer
to
Kibale
forest
N
.
P
.
birding
enroute
Day
12
.
Whole
day
forest
birding
Day
13
.
Transfer
to
Kampala
Day
14
.
Departure
.
No
.
of
Pax
1
2
3
4
5
6
Hotels
$
5022
$
3520
$
3020
$
2770
$
2620
$
2519
Bandas
$
4020
$
2520
$
2020
$
1770
$
1620
$
1520
3
.
SOUTH
WESTERN
CIRCUIT
Day
1
.
Arrival
Day
2
.
Mabamba
and
the
surroundings
Day
3
.
Birding
to
L
.
Mburo
Day
4
.
Whole
day
birding
in
the
Park
Day
5
.
Bird
and
transfer
to
Q
.
E
.
N
.
P
Day
6
.
Whole
day
birding
Day
7
.
Birding
to
Bwindi
(
Buhoma
)
Day
8
.
Whole
day
birding
in
the
forest
Day
9
.
Whole
day
birding
/
gorilla
tracking
Day
10
.
Birding
to
Ruhiija
Day
11
.
Whole
day
birding
Ruhiija
Day
12
.
Whole
day
birding
Ruhiija
Day
13
.
Transfer
to
Kampala
Day
14
.
Departure
.
No
.
of
Pax
1
2
3
4
5
6
Hotels
$
5485
$
3900
$
3375
$
3110
$
2955
$
2850
Bandas
$
4450
$
2880
$
2355
$
2090
$
1930
$
1825
4
.
WESTERN
CIRCUIT
II
Day
1
.
Arrival
Day
2
.
Mabamba
and
the
surroundings
Day
3
.
Birding
to
L
.
Mburo
Day
4
.
Whole
day
Birding
the
Park
Day
5
.
Morning
birding
and
afternoon
transfer
to
Queen
E
.
N
.
Park
Day
6
.
Whole
day
birding
Day
7
.
Whole
day
birding
Day
8
.
Morning
birding
and
afternoon
transfer
to
Kibale
National
Park
Day
9
.
Whole
day
birding
Kibale
forest
Day
10
.
Birding
to
Budongo
Day
11
.
Birding
at
the
Royal
Mile
Day
12
.
Birding
Kanio
Pabidi
and
transfer
to
Para
Day
13
.
Whole
day
birding
(
game
drive
)
Day
14
.
Birding
on
the
boat
(
Delta
and
Bottom
of
the
falls
)
Day
15
.
Bird
to
Kampala
Day
16
.
Departure
.
No
.
of
Pax
1
2
3
4
5
6
Hotels
$
6140
$
4250
$
3625
$
3310
$
3120
$
2995
Bandas
$
4965
$
3075
$
2445
$
2130
$
1945
$
1815
5
.
ALBERTINE
RIFT
CIRCUIT
I
Day
1
.
Arrival
Day
2
.
Transfer
to
Bwindi
(
Ruhiija
)
Day
3
.
Whole
day
birding
to
the
Mubwindi
swamp
Day
4
.
Whole
day
birding
in
the
forest
Day
5
.
Birding
to
Buhoma
through
the
Neck
Day
6
.
Whole
day
birding
Day
7
.
Whole
day
gorilla
tracking
/
birding
Day
8
.
Birding
to
L
.
Mburo
Day
9
.
Morning
birding
and
afternoon
transfer
to
Kampala
Day
10
.
Departure
.
No
.
of
Pax
1
2
3
4
5
6
Hotels
$
3820
$
2765
$
2410
$
2235
$
2135
$
2060
Bandas
$
3185
$
2175
$
1775
$
1600
$
1495
$
1425
6
.
ALBERTINE
RIFT
CIRCUIT
II
Day
1
.
Arrival
Day
2
.
Birding
to
FortPortal
Day
3
.
Birding
to
Semuliki
Forest
Day
4
.
Whole
day
birding
Day
5
.
Whole
day
birding
Day
6
.
Birding
to
Queen
Elizabeth
National
Park
Day
7
.
Birding
to
Bwindi
Impenetrable
National
Park
Day
8
.
Whole
day
birding
in
forest
(
Buhoma
)
Day
9
.
Whole
day
birding
in
the
forest
/
gorilla
tracking
Day
10
.
Birding
to
Ruhiija
through
the
Neck
Day
11
.
Whole
day
birding
to
the
Mubwindi
swamp
Day
12
.
Whole
day
birding
in
the
forest
Day
13
.
Birding
the
main
road
through
the
bamboo
to
L
.
Mburo
Day
14
.
Morning
birding
and
afternoon
transfer
to
Kampala
Day
15
.
Departure
.
No
.
of
Pax
1
2
3
4
5
6
Hotels
$
5785
$
4065
$
3490
$
3205
$
3030
$
2915
Bandas
$
4965
$
3245
$
2670
$
2385
$
2215
$
2100
6
.
FOREST
BIRDING
(
The
best
of
Uganda
)
Day
1
.
Arrival
Day
2
.
Birding
at
Mabira
Forest
Day
3
.
Birding
to
Budongo
Day
4
.
Whole
day
birding
the
Royal
Mile
Day
5
.
Whole
day
birding
the
Royal
Mile
Day
6
.
Whole
day
birding
Kanio
Pabidi
Day
7
.
Birding
to
Kibale
Forest
Day
8
.
Whole
day
birding
Day
9
.
Birding
to
Semuliki
Day
10
.
Whole
day
birding
in
forest
Day
11
.
Whole
day
birding
in
the
forest
Day
12
.
Bird
to
Queen
Elizabeth
Day
13
.
Birding
to
Bwindi
Day
14
.
Whole
day
birding
Bwindi
Day
15
.
Whole
day
gorilla
tracking
/
birding
Day
16
.
Birding
to
Ruhiiha
through
the
Neck
Day
17
.
Whole
day
birding
Ruhiija
to
the
Mubwindi
swamp
Day
18
.
Whole
day
birding
Ruhiija
Day
19
Birding
to
L
.
Mburo
Day
20
.
Morning
Birding
and
afternoon
transfer
to
Kampala
or
Entebbe
Day
21
.
Birding
and
Departure
.
Kiwatule
housing
is
mainly
tile
-
roofed
with
well
-
thought
out
architectural
design
RESIDENTIAL
developers
desire
quietness
,
lots
of
green
space
and
appreciate
high
housing
and
security
.
For
these
traits
,
the
city
centre
is
out
of
question
.
Little
wonder
that
many
people
are
looking
to
the
formerly
less
-
attractive
sections
of
the
city
and
turning
them
into
plush
suburbs
.
More
...
Array
will
bring
that
extra
charm
in
a
room
IN
the
same
way
as
those
huge
dangling
earrings
and
large
coloured
beads
complete
an
outfit
,
so
do
decorative
accessories
complete
the
look
of
a
room
.
They
are
the
one
thing
that
personalises
space
,
identifying
it
as
yours
.
More
...
Clear
-
view
glass
shelves
will
enhance
your
living
room
Treat
whole
village
in
sandfly
epidemics
THERE
are
several
species
of
sand
flies
,
but
the
most
com
-
mon
ones
are
phlebotomus
and
sergentomyia
.
Sandflies
are
small
,
dark
coloured
,
blood
sucking
diptera
.
More
...
Areas
with
social
amenities
are
the
best
buys
Steps
for
choosing
land
and
location
First
,
broadly
identify
localities
in
the
city
or
town
where
you
want
to
build
.
Look
at
real
estate
classifieds
in
newspapers
or
the
Internet
.
More
...
Make
home
whole
with
a
study
room
IMPORTANT
:
A
reading
room
is
a
vital
place
in
a
home
A
study
room
in
your
house
?
Why
not
?
Yes
,
friends
and
workmates
may
have
cautioned
you
against
taking
back
work
from
office
to
your
home
,
not
knowing
that
if
well
-
handled
it
can
be
an
exciting
venture
.
You
are
here
:
Home
>>
Programs
>>
Skills
and
Capacity
Building
Training
The
East
African
Human
rights
Foundation
About
the
programme
Capacity
building
is
a
continuous
process
that
creates
an
enabling
environment
with
pertinent
skills
,
knowledge
and
experience
over
a
particular
concern
.
To
bring
about
human
rights
observance
,
enforcement
and
well
-
coordinated
advocacy
,
NGOs
have
the
need
to
know
the
current
human
rights
issues
at
the
national
,
regional
and
international
level
such
that
they
are
able
to
build
advocacy
based
on
an
informed
point
of
view
.
Knowledge
,
skills
and
methodologies
also
lead
to
wide
information
spread
out
among
the
communities
.
This
in
turn
addresses
the
problem
of
lack
of
awareness
on
human
rights
issues
by
the
grass
root
communities
,
which
has
for
centuries
been
a
challenge
in
achieving
respect
for
individual
or
group
rights
.
Our
overall
objective
The
overall
objective
of
the
programme
is
to
build
strong
structural
/
technical
capacity
of
network
member
organizations
in
order
to
enhance
its
effectiveness
in
championing
human
rights
observance
in
Uganda
and
East
African
Sub
-
region
.
Our
Specific
objectives
To
build
the
capacity
of
member
and
non
-
member
selected
organizations
in
human
rights
skills
and
human
rights
programming
and
management
.
To
increase
opportunity
for
future
training
of
member
organization
and
their
affiliate
groups
and
CBOs
.
To
improve
on
the
quality
of
service
delivery
on
the
activities
targeting
member
organizations
and
collaborative
agencies
To
provide
environment
for
practical
knowledge
,
skills
,
information
acquisition
and
research
in
order
improve
on
member
organization
s
commitment
to
adapting
new
and
innovative
skills
.
A
democracy
cannot
exist
as
a
permanent
form
of
government
.
It
can
only
exist
until
a
majority
of
voters
discover
that
they
can
vote
themselves
largess
out
of
the
public
treasury
.
Alexander
Tyler
Our
activities
The
Capacity
Building
Programme
comes
in
to
strengthen
the
capacity
of
HURINET
(
U
)
member
organizations
through
trainings
in
:
Human
rights
and
democracy
concepts
.
Understanding
and
developing
advocacy
strategies
Human
rights
enforcement
and
implementation
skills
Management
of
human
rights
,
NGOs
,
Board
and
programmes
Leadership
skills
.
Human
rights
programming
Fund
raising
,
Resource
mobilization
and
,
negotiation
skills
.
Participatory
planning
,
implementation
and
monitoring
of
human
rights
projects
Gender
main
streaming
in
human
rights
advocacy
Training
in
human
rights
reporting
,
monitoring
and
documentation
.
Note
:
Whereas
effective
training
can
impart
skills
,
The
programme
upholds
that
exposure
and
practical
learning
from
other
organizations
can
also
increase
activists
experience
and
offer
them
a
comparative
analysis
of
the
human
rights
intervention
that
may
boost
their
capacity
.
Capacity
building
is
not
just
about
class
room
training
,
but
rather
a
combination
of
initiatives
focused
to
improve
organizations
performance
.
HURINET
-
U
has
a
more
practical
way
of
increasing
its
member
s
knowledge
,
skills
and
methodologies
.
This
is
through
:
Peer
training
and
Exchange
programmes
(
for
Eastern
Africa
and
In
-
country
organizations
)
Training
symposia
for
Eastern
Africa
(
this
is
held
under
the
East
African
Human
Rights
Foundation
a
programme
hosted
by
HURINET
(
U
)
TRAINING
Courses
conducted
in
2003
High
Performing
NGO
Management
Training
Content
Strategic
management
process
Policy
formulation
and
implementation
;
the
new
thinking
.
Democracy
in
management
.
Effective
delegation
.
Time
management
.
How
to
build
teams
for
better
performance
and
managing
the
ultimate
change
.
Negotiation
skills
,
getting
the
best
out
of
the
deal
,
communication
skills
,
interpersonal
relations
and
leadership
skills
for
improved
perfomances
Motivating
,
empowering
employees
for
improved
performance
and
desired
results
,
and
promoting
employee
participation
.
Lobbying
and
Advocacy
For
Human
Rights
Work
:
Content
Defining
advocacy
,
introduction
to
the
frame
of
advocacy
,
problem
analysis
and
issue
identification
Strategy
in
advocacy
,
factors
shaping
advocacy
,
different
strategies
matching
strategies
for
different
moments
Forces
,
friends
and
foes
:
audience
in
advocacy
Messages
and
media
:
educating
and
persuading
Maneuvering
on
the
inside
lobbying
and
negotiation
Networking
as
an
advocacy
tool
,
evaluating
advocacy
(
all
by
Jackie
Asiimwe
)
Human
Rights
And
Democracy
:
Content
Introduction
to
human
rights
:
Concept
of
human
rights
;
(
i
)
nature
,
characteristics
,
origins
and
categories
(
ii
)
universality
vs
.
cultural
relativism
and
domestic
application
of
human
rights
by
Dr
.
Michael
Onoriah
The
international
system
of
Human
Rights
Protection
,
International
protection
of
human
rights
by
Martin
O
.
Masiga
The
African
system
of
human
rights
protection
by
Apollo
Makubuya
The
National
framework
for
human
rights
protection
by
Solomon
Weebalearaali
Panel
discussion
on
CNHRC
,
IGG
,
EC
,
Judiciary
,
Rep
and
Police
by
Martin
Okumu
,
Evelyne
Edroma
,
Asumani
Mugenyi
and
Sam
Rwakoojo
Rights
and
democracy
:
Fundamental
principles
of
democracy
;
defining
democracy
,
civil
liberties
,
types
of
representative
democracy
etc
by
Prof
.
Frederick
Juuko
Social
,
economic
and
cultural
rights
:
The
nature
of
ESC
rights
,
state
parties
obligation
under
international
covenant
on
ESC
rights
,
problem
of
implementation
and
enforcement
of
the
covenant
by
Arthur
Baingana
Right
based
approach
to
development
by
Aliro
Omara
The
role
of
civil
society
in
the
protection
and
promotion
of
human
rights
by
Jackie
Asiimwe
Protection
of
minorities
:
the
international
protection
of
marginalized
Groups
by
Dr
.
Becker
Wirama
Back
to
top
THE
EAST
AFRICAN
HUMAN
RIGHTS
FOUNDATION
After
six
years
of
deliberating
and
planning
for
the
establishment
of
a
Regional
Human
Rights
Training
Institute
,
the
idea
was
finally
realized
on
the
27th
of
February
,
2004
.
Dr
Cheluget
Kipyego
officially
launched
the
East
African
Human
Rights
Fund
at
the
Windsor
Hotel
.
The
East
African
Human
rights
Foundation
is
a
human
rights
training
institute
for
human
rights
organisations
in
East
African
sub
region
that
is
committed
towards
building
the
capacity
of
human
rights
organisation
through
a
number
of
activities
so
as
to
enhance
knowledge
and
deepen
understanding
of
international
and
regional
human
rights
instruments
,
enforcement
and
practices
in
the
region
.
Inaugral
Training
By
The
Foundation
.
This
was
carried
out
under
the
theme
A
Regional
Approach
To
Integrating
International
Labour
Standards
The
following
were
the
topics
:
Introduction
to
International
Labour
Standards
(
The
origin
of
the
international
labour
movement
,
aims
and
objectives
of
international
labour
standards
,
minimum
standards
and
supervisory
mechanisms
under
ILO
)
.
Objective
:
Understanding
the
international
framework
for
the
protection
of
labour
rights
.
Participants
should
be
able
to
identify
what
labour
instruments
exist
and
their
contents
.
Panel
:
Dr
.
Onoria
Henry
and
Mattias
Landren
Relating
National
Laws
,
Policies
and
Practices
to
International
Standards
(
Participant
s
Open
Session
)
Use
of
the
problem
tree
to
find
out
the
challenges
in
labour
laws
and
find
remedies
Objective
:
Participants
exchange
commentaries
on
country
perspectives
from
their
experiences
and
identify
challenges
and
strengths
of
relating
to
the
international
perspective
.
Developing
Indicators
for
Compliance
with
International
Standards
Objective
:
To
conduct
an
independent
review
of
labour
regulatory
regimes
in
East
Africa
.
Participants
should
be
able
to
pinpoint
specific
legal
indicators
for
testing
compliance
with
the
international
labour
code
Documentary
output
:
Per
country
compendiumPanel
Alfred
Ndambiri
(
Kenya
)
,
Martin
O
.
Masiga
(
Uganda
)
,
Harold
Sungusia
(
Tanzania
)
Monitoring
in
Country
Compliance
Objective
:
Understanding
monitoring
in
country
Compliance
:
Participants
are
able
to
address
the
critical
monitoring
issues
from
per
country
test
cases
Mainstreaming
compliance
monitoring
into
organizational
work
Objective
:
Participants
are
able
to
mainstream
compliance
monitoring
into
organizational
activity
Panel
Independent
NGOs
-
Lillian
Keene
-
Mugerwa
(
PLA
)
,
Mati
Nyamu
and
Steeve
Ouma
reporting
on
their
work
on
the
ground
with
victims
.
Mainstreaming
compliance
monitoring
into
organizational
work
continued
(
Is
the
right
to
strike
a
fundamental
human
right
?
)
Objective
:
Participants
should
be
familiar
with
limitations
around
specific
labour
rights
,
in
particular
,
legal
limitations
around
association
and
bargaining
rights
.
Presenter
Dr
.
Onoria
Henry
Protecting
Vulnerable
Workers
Strategies
for
the
Protection
of
workers
living
with
Hiv
/
AIDS
in
East
Africa
Objective
:
To
introduce
participants
to
HIV
/
AIDS
policy
challenges
in
relation
to
international
labour
standards
.
Participants
should
be
able
to
identify
policy
gaps
and
develop
appropriate
enforcement
strategies
.
Panelists
:
Ruben
.
F
del
Prado
,
-
UNAIDS
Country
Coordinator
(
The
Response
of
UNAIDS
to
HIV
/
AIDS
in
the
work
place
-
15
mins
.
)
;
Ellen
Bajenja
-
Program
Officer
-
Accord
(
HIV
/
AIDS
and
the
work
policy
,
What
should
be
its
essential
elements
?
-
15mins
.
)
;
Maj
.
Rubaramira
Ruranga
-
National
Coordinator
,
NGEN
(
Advocacy
for
PLWHAS
,
Gains
and
Challenges
in
Uganda
-
15
mins
.
)
and
Amolo
Otiende
-
Chairperson
,
ICJ
-
Kenya
(
The
legal
Protection
of
PLWHAS
in
the
work
environment
-
15
mins
.
)
Labour
Rights
Training
Manual
Objective
:
The
Labour
Rights
Manual
as
a
Training
,
Networking
and
Information
Exchange
Tool
:
2
Group
sessions
to
discuss
aspects
of
the
manual
Key
documentary
output
:
Introduction
to
manual
and
guidelines
for
regional
mainstreaming
of
Labour
Rights
Standards
.
Preparing
a
Test
Case
Litigation
Group
:
facilitator
Winluck
Wahiu
Preparing
a
Complaint
to
ILO
Supervisory
body
:
Advocacy
Group
:
facilitator
-
Tor
/
Mattias
RegionalLabour
Rights
Advocacy
Objective
:
Participants
understand
regional
approaches
to
labour
rights
advocacy
:
Panelists
:
Tom
Nyadunga
,
(
African
Commission
)
Irene
Odida
Ovonji
(
EALA
)
Support
to
litigation
-
Winluck
Wahiu
(
ICJ
)
NOTE
:
Capacity
Building
is
not
an
end
in
its
self
.
Its
effectiveness
lies
in
its
relationship
with
the
Advocacy
and
Networking
and
Human
Rights
fund
programmes
(
See
pages
on
Advocacy
and
Networking
and
Human
Rights
Fund
on
our
website
)
because
a
clear
integration
of
both
is
a
fundamental
contribution
to
a
successful
human
rights
advocacy
in
Uganda
and
East
African
Region
.
What
is
in
the
pipeline
for
you
?
Watch
out
for
a
report
on
the
training
on
Labour
rights
(
posted
on
our
website
)
2004
Another
round
of
the
Peer
Training
and
Regional
exchange
programme
2004
A
training
on
Fundraising
and
resource
mobilization
skills
2004
.
And
many
more
!
Back
to
top
Clinical
Psychologist
&
Ph
.
D
.
Researcher
(
E
.
S
.
R
.
C
.
funded
)
Centre
for
the
Study
of
Women
and
Gender
The
University
of
Warwick
,
United
Kingdom
&
Member
of
African
Psycare
Research
Organisation
,
APRO
,
Uganda
"
Samanya
Agnes
-
I
did
not
know
Agnes
"
-
Ugandan
Women
'
s
Experiences
of
Violence
,
Rape
and
Torture
During
War
in
Luwero
District
:
Implications
for
Health
Policy
,
Welfare
and
Human
Rights
Uganda
has
experienced
civil
wars
since
the
gaining
of
independence
in
1962
.
War
still
continues
in
the
North
with
the
Lord
'
s
Resistance
Army
,
and
in
the
West
with
fighting
between
the
Uganda
People
'
s
Democratic
Front
and
the
Allied
Democratic
Forces
.
War
is
also
being
fought
in
the
Congo
.
Between
1981
and
1986
,
Uganda
in
general
experienced
gross
violations
of
human
rights
during
the
protracted
bush
war
against
Obote
'
s
regime
.
This
involved
Museveni
'
s
army
and
had
its
starting
base
in
Luwero
District
.
Hence
,
this
area
was
particularly
affected
.
Although
Luwero
is
now
experiencing
a
period
of
relative
peace
,
the
population
still
suffers
physical
and
psychological
effects
following
this
conflict
(
see
Musisi
et
al
,
1998
)
.
Additionally
there
is
an
absence
of
literature
addressing
the
issue
of
effective
treatment
strategies
for
women
war
-
survivors
in
this
developing
country
with
limited
resources
.
Click
here
for
details
Rogia
Abushar
Tufts
University
,
USA
Email
:
arogaia
@
hotmail
.
com
Female
Circumcision
:
Between
Accommodation
and
Resistance
Based
on
two
periods
of
ethnographic
fieldwork
,
1996
and
1998
,
this
paper
will
address
the
views
of
Sudanese
men
and
women
regarding
female
genital
excision
(
known
as
female
circumcision
)
.
The
paper
will
provide
ethnographic
narratives
of
those
who
resist
the
practice
as
well
as
those
who
are
opposed
to
it
.
The
paper
will
conclude
by
describing
the
most
current
campaigns
aiming
to
end
the
practice
among
those
who
also
paradoxically
adhere
to
it
.
Click
here
for
details
Susanna
Yene
Awasom
Ngemba
Women
'
s
Born
-
House
Forum
,
Cameroon
Email
:
awasomnf
@
yahoo
.
com
Female
Adjustments
to
Culturally
Sanctioned
Violence
in
a
Changing
Socio
-
Political
Landscape
in
Africa
:
The
Case
of
Women
of
the
Northwestern
Highlands
of
Cameroon
Culturally
sanctioned
violence
against
women
takes
severally
forms
including
forceful
marriage
,
dowry
murder
where
women
are
killed
for
their
dowry
portions
,
genital
mutilation
and
outright
battering
.
But
culture
is
not
static
.
This
paper
will
investigate
cases
and
instances
of
societal
forms
of
violence
against
women
of
Northwestern
Cameroon
in
the
colonial
and
post
-
colonial
period
.
Cases
of
women
who
revolted
against
arranged
or
imposed
marriages
and
the
consequences
of
such
attitudes
will
be
considered
.
This
study
also
focuses
on
traditional
female
societies
that
attempt
to
cushion
the
excesses
of
reactionary
and
chauvinistic
males
.
To
be
discussed
are
whether
:
o
culturally
sanctioned
violence
against
women
takes
several
forms
;
o
there
has
been
an
increasing
tendency
for
women
to
concert
and
mobilize
each
time
their
interests
are
threatened
;
o
women
intervene
in
violent
situations
engendered
by
male
dominated
domains
like
politics
.
The
various
concepts
dealing
with
gendered
social
relations
and
violence
will
be
of
focus
.
Specific
case
studies
of
women
who
resisted
culturally
sanctioned
violence
will
also
be
considered
,
particularly
those
who
resisted
forced
marriages
because
of
their
education
.
Lastly
the
mobilization
of
women
to
defend
their
vital
interests
will
be
examined
.
Click
here
for
details
Sharone
Backers
OIM
,
UK
Email
:
sbackers
@
hotmail
.
com
Going
it
Alone
:
The
Trafficking
of
Refugee
Women
This
paper
will
deal
with
the
ever
-
growing
concern
of
the
trafficking
of
women
--
particularly
refugee
women
.
Focus
will
be
on
the
dilemma
of
remaining
and
living
in
fear
,
or
fleeing
by
putting
your
life
and
money
in
the
hands
of
strangers
who
are
always
men
.
Trafficking
of
women
poses
great
risks
,
threats
,
vulnerabilities
,
insecurities
and
danger
.
Refugee
women
suffer
gender
persecution
at
practically
every
stage
of
their
journey
.
All
too
often
,
refugee
women
are
ignored
and
given
low
priority
in
the
refugee
world
.
This
paper
will
examine
the
plight
of
refugee
women
,
especially
those
attempting
to
flee
war
torn
communities
via
the
unpredictable
and
illegal
services
of
traffickers
.
Stories
will
be
told
from
women
who
have
fled
to
the
U
.
K
.
through
traffickers
.
Awareness
is
important
and
yet
this
is
such
a
sensitive
topic
that
is
still
considered
taboo
in
many
countries
.
Even
fifty
years
after
the
adoption
of
the
Refugee
Convention
,
there
are
still
no
clear
-
cut
ways
to
offer
protection
to
refugee
women
.
More
protection
,
understanding
and
solidarity
are
essential
when
it
comes
to
the
harrowing
nature
of
women
trafficking
.
The
problem
will
not
resolve
itself
,
which
is
why
it
must
be
addressed
as
a
matter
of
both
a
gender
and
a
human
rights
concern
.
Key
words
;
women
,
smuggling
,
trafficking
,
human
rights
,
bordercrossing
,
new
identities
.
Click
here
for
details
Oluyemisi
Bamgbose
University
of
Ibadan
,
Nigeria
Email
:
ybamgbose
@
kannet
.
com
Customary
Law
Practices
and
Violence
Against
Women
:
The
Position
Under
the
Nigerian
Legal
System
Customary
laws
are
sets
of
rules
accepted
by
persons
within
a
particular
culture
.
They
are
laid
down
rules
by
which
persons
within
the
culture
ought
to
behave
in
relation
to
each
other
and
things
.
They
are
part
of
the
whole
complex
of
culture
and
can
be
a
powerful
instrument
of
social
and
cultural
transformation
.
However
,
customary
law
must
avoid
such
traits
as
could
make
it
babaric
and
primitive
.
It
must
not
be
repugnant
to
natural
justice
,
equity
and
good
conscience
.
It
has
,
however
,
been
observed
that
certain
customary
law
practices
directly
or
indirectly
inflict
violence
on
women
in
Nigeria
.
This
is
true
in
the
sense
that
there
is
the
use
of
actual
force
or
threat
or
both
,
compelling
or
constraining
women
to
behave
or
not
in
given
ways
.
This
paper
considers
three
customary
law
practices
that
inflict
violence
on
women
in
Nigeria
.
These
are
practices
relating
to
widowhood
,
inheritance
and
marriage
.
The
position
under
customary
law
will
be
compared
with
the
position
under
statute
,
and
efforts
geared
at
improving
the
status
of
women
in
Nigeria
will
be
discussed
.
Key
Words
;
Law
,
practices
,
violence
and
women
.
Click
here
for
details
Elsje
Bonthuys
&
Natasha
Erlank
University
of
the
Witwatersrand
&
Rand
Afrikaans
University
,
South
Africa
The
Best
Interests
of
African
Children
in
the
Allocation
of
Custody
:
Gendering
the
Current
Models
The
allocation
of
custody
of
children
on
divorce
in
South
African
civil
law
is
governed
by
the
principle
of
the
best
interests
of
the
child
.
Although
rules
for
custody
allocation
in
customary
legal
systems
differ
significantly
from
those
in
civil
law
,
the
best
interests
principle
now
also
holds
for
customary
law
.
There
are
notable
differences
between
these
systems
,
African
customary
law
favoring
the
awarding
of
custody
to
the
male
parent
.
Currently
,
however
,
the
practical
interpretation
and
implementation
of
principle
of
the
best
interests
of
the
child
in
cases
involving
African
parents
and
children
is
not
consistent
.
In
some
cases
the
best
interests
are
perceived
as
being
served
by
traditional
customary
custody
arrangements
(
where
those
arrangements
reflect
customary
law
rather
than
practice
)
.
Where
,
however
,
one
or
both
of
the
parents
are
regarded
as
having
adopted
a
"
western
"
lifestyle
,
custody
arrangements
will
often
follow
the
civil
law
model
.
The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
analyze
this
phenomenon
and
to
evaluate
its
effect
,
particularly
on
women
and
children
.
The
historical
information
on
customary
child
custody
practices
will
be
used
to
show
that
custody
arrangements
need
to
be
more
flexible
than
either
of
the
above
models
currently
seems
to
allow
.
Key
words
;
Customary
law
,
children
,
custody
.
Click
here
for
details
Barbara
Caine
Monash
University
,
nation
Email
:
Barbara
.
Caine
@
arts
.
monash
.
edu
.
au
Global
Perspectives
on
Sexual
Violence
Against
Women
Historically
direct
and
/
or
indirect
institutionalized
sexual
violence
against
women
has
functioned
to
demoralize
and
terrorize
women
.
Today
,
sexual
violence
against
women
remains
one
of
the
most
intractable
violations
of
women
'
s
human
rights
.
In
civil
conflicts
and
guerrilla
insurgencies
,
women
are
considered
spoils
of
war
and
are
targeted
for
sexual
violence
in
attacks
that
include
rape
,
murder
and
sexual
slavery
.
In
conflict
situations
,
women
who
become
internal
or
international
refugees
are
still
liable
to
be
victimized
in
the
refugee
camps
and
in
areas
around
the
camps
.
In
classical
custodial
situations
,
whether
in
"
developed
"
or
"
developing
"
countries
,
women
suffer
sexual
and
other
physical
abuse
while
in
custody
at
the
hands
of
government
agents
.
The
vulnerability
of
women
prisoners
to
sexual
abuse
and
the
failure
of
prison
officials
and
governments
to
intervene
in
these
human
rights
violations
parallel
the
vulnerability
of
women
victimized
by
deliberate
terrorist
actions
of
warring
factions
.
In
this
paper
,
wartime
sexual
violence
and
post
-
conflict
abuse
in
Algeria
,
Bosnia
and
Sierra
Leone
,
and
custodial
violence
in
the
United
States
of
America
and
India
will
be
examined
.
By
adopting
a
comparative
perspective
,
the
paper
will
provide
a
sharper
insight
into
patterns
and
degrees
of
acceptance
of
sexual
violence
against
women
.
Click
here
for
details
Barbara
Caine
Monash
University
,
nation
Email
:
Barbara
.
Caine
@
arts
.
monash
.
edu
.
au
Gender
,
Family
and
The
Law
in
Islamic
Land
:
A
Comparative
Perspective
Islamic
Family
Law
(
IFL
)
is
an
important
part
of
the
complex
system
of
Islamic
jurisprudence
commonly
known
as
Sharia
.
Today
,
whether
formally
or
informally
,
IFL
governs
all
matters
related
to
family
relations
for
more
than
a
billion
Muslims
throughout
the
world
.
IFL
has
become
the
contested
ground
between
"
fundamentalist
"
and
"
modern
and
liberal
"
Islamic
groups
.
No
dialog
seems
to
be
possible
between
those
who
consider
it
to
be
the
embodiment
of
Islamic
identity
and
integrity
,
and
those
who
consider
it
to
be
the
embodiment
of
the
reactionary
validation
of
patriarchy
.
Yet
an
increasing
number
of
activists
and
scholars
have
begun
a
dialog
about
the
revision
and
preservation
of
IFL
.
The
objective
of
this
paper
is
to
verify
that
Sharia
is
indeed
a
historically
constructed
complex
and
pluralistic
set
of
norms
.
As
such
,
IFL
is
"
reformable
"
from
within
.
A
demonstration
of
the
complexities
of
IFL
within
and
across
cultures
undermines
the
myth
of
an
infallible
and
static
IFL
as
universally
binding
on
all
Muslims
.
It
also
verifies
the
emancipatory
potential
inherent
in
a
reformed
IFL
.
A
comparative
perspective
of
IFL
in
five
Islamic
countries
will
show
that
different
situational
contexts
have
led
to
a
diversity
of
theory
and
practice
.
It
will
thus
controvert
the
perspectives
of
both
fundamentalists
and
internationalists
.
Click
here
for
details
Maeve
Casey
University
College
Dublin
,
Ireland
Email
:
maeve
.
casey
@
dublin
.
com
Defining
Rights
This
paper
proposes
that
western
feminism
define
"
rights
"
as
rooted
in
the
subjective
experience
of
women
being
the
"
under
"
group
and
define
as
"
primary
"
the
right
to
survival
for
every
woman
on
this
planet
.
It
proposes
that
what
is
core
to
this
,
fresh
air
,
clean
drinking
water
,
nourishing
food
,
clothing
,
shelter
,
health
care
and
education
,
be
included
in
western
human
rights
law
on
the
principle
of
justice
rather
than
charity
.
It
also
proposes
that
male
-
defined
"
secondary
"
rights
of
American
constitutional
law
,
the
principles
underpinning
French
citizen
rights
,
and
rights
as
defined
in
the
European
Treaty
of
Rome
which
include
the
right
to
free
trade
,
to
free
movement
of
peoples
,
and
to
a
free
press
,
yield
to
the
primary
and
inalienable
right
to
survival
of
all
women
and
all
persons
.
Key
Words
;
Defining
,
rights
,
primary
survival
needs
.
Click
here
for
details
Alejandro
R
.
Cervants
-
Carson
Mary
Washington
College
,
USA
Email
:
acervant
@
mwc
.
edu
The
International
Discourse
of
Reproductive
Rights
:
A
Normative
and
Sociological
Interpretation
This
paper
will
study
the
international
definition
of
reproductive
rights
and
its
concurrent
discourse
.
Throughout
the
paper
a
normative
reading
and
a
sociological
interpretation
of
the
process
of
making
reproductive
decisions
will
be
developed
.
The
general
goal
is
to
offer
an
analytical
and
interpretive
framework
for
study
of
reproductive
rights
in
specific
national
contexts
.
A
series
of
assumptions
is
embedded
in
the
current
international
definition
.
These
can
be
derived
and
made
explicit
from
the
definition
and
its
historical
development
.
I
contend
that
these
sets
of
assumptions
are
fundamental
for
the
exercise
of
reproductive
rights
,
both
in
the
private
and
public
realms
.
What
would
be
the
ideal
situation
and
process
for
making
a
reproductive
decision
?
Standards
of
justice
and
equality
suggested
by
contemporary
human
rights
and
feminist
theory
will
be
used
to
thematize
the
required
elements
,
the
key
social
relations
,
and
the
necessary
conditions
for
an
"
ideal
process
.
"
Once
the
ideal
normative
is
established
,
attention
will
be
turned
to
the
sociological
dimension
.
Social
structures
and
social
relations
represent
a
permanent
jeopardy
for
the
actualization
of
the
ideal
normative
.
They
create
distortions
to
the
ideal
process
,
imposing
constraints
over
individuals
and
couples
,
as
well
as
affecting
the
process
of
formulating
and
carrying
out
reproductive
decisions
.
Click
here
for
details
Deborah
Daniels
Rape
Recovery
Center
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
d
.
daniels
@
raperecoverycenter
.
com
Domestic
Violence
in
Historical
and
Cross
-
Cultural
Perspective
Most
societies
have
struggled
with
the
issue
of
family
violence
,
leading
many
scholars
,
activists
,
and
policy
makers
to
assume
that
such
violence
is
a
universal
in
human
societies
,
and
that
it
follows
similar
patterns
across
time
and
culture
.
Stereotypes
popular
in
the
United
States
associate
domestic
violence
with
low
social
class
,
or
racial
or
cultural
minorities
.
According
to
this
model
,
only
working
-
class
men
or
men
with
ÒtraditionalÓ
values
,
beat
their
wives
or
hit
their
children
.
While
poverty
certainly
adds
to
the
stress
put
on
families
,
contemporary
statistics
contradict
this
vision
,
finding
domestic
violence
at
all
social
levels
and
among
a
wide
variety
of
cultural
groups
.
Similarly
,
many
feminists
have
viewed
family
violence
as
a
direct
result
of
patriarchy
,
without
analyzing
or
acknowledging
that
different
cultures
have
different
forms
of
patriarchy
,
as
well
as
different
attitudes
about
violence
,
both
of
which
result
in
vastly
different
rates
of
and
expressions
of
violence
within
families
.
Keeping
the
specifics
of
local
contexts
clearly
in
mind
,
this
panel
explores
both
the
ways
in
which
cultural
values
and
ideologies
shape
domestic
violence
,
and
the
ways
in
which
women
have
responded
to
that
violence
.
Deborah
Daniels
,
a
counselor
and
activist
in
Salt
Lake
City
who
has
worked
with
domestic
violence
victims
,
will
focus
on
international
feminist
and
state
policy
responses
to
domestic
violence
.
She
argues
that
while
feminists
have
been
able
to
create
grass
-
roots
institutions
for
providing
shelter
for
women
and
children
fleeing
violence
,
these
institutions
have
not
always
paid
sufficient
attention
to
issues
of
cultural
diversity
,
nor
have
they
been
adequately
supported
by
state
resources
.
Bringing
together
academics
and
activists
working
on
the
issue
of
violence
in
families
,
this
panel
examines
the
issue
of
domestic
violence
within
a
variety
of
cultural
and
historical
contexts
.
By
doing
so
we
hope
to
shed
light
on
the
ways
in
which
different
cultural
and
social
patterns
affect
its
shape
,
meaning
,
and
resistance
to
family
violence
.
Click
here
for
details
Adyasha
Das
Institute
of
Management
,
India
Email
:
adyasha_das
@
yahoo
.
com
Gender
-
based
violence
and
human
rights
:
A
case
study
of
the
Indian
marriage
system
Women
in
modern
India
are
,
on
their
own
,
imperfect
creatures
.
It
is
only
through
their
relationships
with
men
that
their
womanhood
,
can
be
proved
.
The
attributed
nature
of
women
is
to
be
heterosexual
,
monogamous
and
complementary
to
the
role
and
character
of
men
.
So
much
so
,
that
there
are
women
who
burn
themselves
alive
on
their
husband
is
funeral
pyres
,
and
are
thus
exalted
by
the
Indian
tradition
.
Women
are
encouraged
to
believe
that
they
will
find
lifelong
happiness
in
monogamous
unions
with
men
,
but
in
most
cases
they
find
it
is
precisely
marriage
that
oppresses
,
suppresses
and
depresses
them
.
Societies
organized
around
gendered
,
hierarchical
power
relations
give
legitimacy
to
violence
against
women
.
Not
only
is
there
the
problem
of
physical
abuse
but
also
emotional
abuse
.
Beneath
the
veneer
of
a
successful
marriage
lies
the
agony
of
domestic
violence
.
Many
theories
have
been
put
forward
to
account
for
wife
beating
:
the
machismo
validation
of
violence
in
men
,
individual
male
psychopathology
and
stress
,
and
all
carry
some
weight
.
In
India
,
despite
job
opportunities
and
avenues
of
higher
education
for
women
,
they
continue
to
be
constant
victims
of
domestic
violence
,
violence
in
the
community
and
in
the
workplace
.
Click
here
for
details
Carmen
Diana
Deere
&
Magdalena
León
University
of
Massachusetts
&
National
University
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
&
Colombia
Email
:
deere
@
econs
.
umass
.
edu
&
leon
@
flacso
.
org
.
ec
Women
'
s
Ownership
of
Land
in
Latin
America
:
Inheritance
,
the
State
and
the
Market
In
Latin
America
,
the
disjuncture
between
real
and
formal
equality
between
men
and
women
is
most
evident
in
terms
of
property
rights
and
the
distribution
of
assets
by
gender
,
particularly
land
.
There
are
significant
gender
differences
in
how
ownership
of
land
is
acquired
,
and
inheritance
is
by
far
the
most
important
means
by
which
women
acquire
land
.
For
men
,
the
land
market
and
state
distribution
/
titling
is
relatively
more
important
,
notwithstanding
a
strong
male
bias
in
land
inheritance
practices
.
This
12
-
country
study
suggests
that
there
is
a
tendency
toward
growing
gender
equality
in
land
inheritance
,
associated
with
a
decline
in
the
relative
importance
of
farming
activities
.
As
peasant
households
become
increasingly
dependent
on
multiple
income
earning
activities
,
there
is
less
of
a
tendency
to
concentrate
land
inheritance
on
only
sons
.
Also
,
increased
migration
by
both
sons
and
daughters
lessens
the
gender
bias
.
Other
factors
,
such
as
who
is
willing
to
take
care
of
the
parents
in
old
age
and
/
or
continue
farming
,
become
increasingly
important
factors
in
inheritance
decisions
.
This
paper
will
argue
that
the
land
market
is
not
gender
neutral
and
that
state
efforts
to
promote
land
banks
must
include
mechanisms
to
incorporate
women
as
beneficiaries
.
Overall
,
recent
agrarian
legislation
is
much
more
gender
-
progressive
than
reforms
of
the
past
,
a
factor
contributing
towards
an
increasing
visibility
of
women
as
beneficiaries
of
land
titling
efforts
.
Click
here
for
details
Patience
Elabor
-
Idemudia
University
of
Saskatchewan
,
Canada
Email
:
patience
.
elabor
-
idemudia
@
usask
.
ca
The
African
Dimension
of
International
Sex
Trafficking
:
the
Narratives
of
Nigerian
women
and
girls
engaged
in
the
Industry
Although
women
have
been
bought
and
sold
into
prostitution
for
thousands
of
years
,
the
trafficking
and
sale
of
women
into
prostitution
today
has
become
more
organized
,
more
systematized
,
and
more
international
in
scope
.
Most
of
the
affected
women
and
girls
become
vulnerable
to
prostitution
out
of
sheer
want
,
while
others
become
so
due
to
a
cruel
and
poor
life
at
home
.
It
is
estimated
that
one
to
two
million
women
and
children
are
trafficked
worldwide
each
year
.
Despite
these
facts
,
existing
studies
have
focused
mostly
on
Europe
,
North
America
and
Asia
.
The
scope
of
African
women
'
s
involvement
in
the
trafficking
industry
has
received
very
little
attention
,
despite
its
long
history
.
This
paper
is
aimed
at
filling
this
gap
by
highlighting
trafficked
Nigerian
women
and
girls
'
experiences
in
the
sex
trade
industry
in
a
globalized
world
.
It
will
explore
the
relationship
between
gender
,
sexuality
,
and
violence
against
women
,
human
rights
,
the
state
and
nationalism
.
Specifically
,
through
re
-
telling
the
stories
of
trafficked
African
women
and
girls
,
it
is
hoped
that
this
new
dimension
of
knowledge
on
human
trafficking
will
provide
new
impetus
for
developing
collaborative
strategies
for
addressing
the
practice
.
Recommendations
coming
out
of
the
strategies
will
be
made
available
to
policy
-
makers
for
consideration
in
the
development
of
programs
for
curbing
the
trade
in
humans
as
commodities
.
Key
Words
;
Sex
trafficking
,
prostitution
,
migration
,
women
'
s
sexuality
,
violence
against
women
,
globalization
and
work
.
Click
here
for
details
Victoria
Gaidenko
Ukraine
Email
:
ostap
@
mailhub
.
tup
.
km
.
ua
Trafficking
in
Women
from
Ukraine
as
a
Problem
on
the
Way
to
the
Gender
Equality
Formation
The
economic
crisis
in
Ukraine
has
influenced
the
social
and
economic
situation
of
the
Ukrainian
people
.
One
way
to
solve
vital
problems
is
traveling
abroad
to
get
money
in
retail
trade
and
temporary
employment
.
European
countries
are
places
for
workers
from
Ukraine
to
integrate
into
the
economic
life
.
In
addition
to
legal
"
female
"
jobs
(
babysitter
,
housekeeper
,
etc
.
)
,
the
modern
labor
market
proposes
new
types
of
"
work
"
for
women
,
including
porno
-
business
,
strip
-
clubs
,
modeling
,
and
applying
to
marriage
agencies
.
Gender
roles
and
duties
in
Ukraine
are
traditional
;
the
important
thing
for
man
is
work
,
and
for
woman
it
is
family
and
house
.
However
,
real
socio
-
economic
situations
require
Ukrainians
to
reconcile
with
full
-
time
women
'
s
employment
outside
of
the
house
(
and
country
)
due
to
financial
needs
in
the
family
.
Women
'
s
post
-
soviet
body
,
reduced
to
a
set
of
biological
and
anatomical
differences
,
has
become
an
object
of
exchange
and
purchase
.
This
is
reflected
in
increasing
prostitution
and
the
phenomena
of
trafficking
in
women
from
ex
-
USSR
.
Ukraine
is
known
as
a
country
-
supplier
of
women
to
the
sex
markets
of
Turkey
,
Italy
,
Spain
,
ex
-
Yugoslavia
,
Hungary
,
Czech
Republic
,
Greece
,
Russia
,
Israel
,
United
Arab
Emirates
and
the
USA
.
Trafficking
in
women
from
Ukraine
means
the
violation
of
human
rights
,
impingement
on
person
freedom
,
and
discrimination
of
women
,
and
is
a
main
obstacle
on
the
way
to
the
gender
equality
formation
.
Click
here
for
details
Gloria
-
Yvonne
University
of
Illinois
,
USA
Email
:
magajiya
@
yahoo
.
com
Abortion
Rights
--
A
Womyn
'
s
Rights
Issue
:
(
Re
)
claiming
&
(
Re
)
establishing
our
Human
Rights
Amid
The
United
States
Backlash
Against
Abortion
From
the
quest
to
eliminate
Medicaid
(
government
)
funding
that
is
used
to
provide
abortions
for
low
-
income
womyn
to
the
lack
of
prosecuting
those
involved
in
the
bombing
of
abortion
clinics
,
so
-
called
pro
-
life
,
right
-
wing
advocates
in
the
United
States
have
consistently
worked
towards
making
abortion
illegal
or
unavailable
to
women
.
According
to
the
Bush
Administration
'
s
recent
Global
Gag
Rule
"
foreign
NGOs
are
prohibited
from
using
their
own
,
non
-
U
.
S
.
funds
for
providing
legal
abortion
…
lobbying
to
legalized
abortion
or
to
liberalize
abortion
law
…
and
conducting
public
information
campaigns
regarding
abortion
.
"
The
U
.
S
.
House
of
Representatives
passed
a
bill
in
April
2001
that
defined
fetuses
as
people
.
"
The
Unborn
Victims
of
Violence
Act
would
make
it
a
federal
crime
to
harm
a
fetus
--
defined
as
"
a
member
of
the
species
Homo
sapiens
,
at
any
stage
of
development
,
who
is
carried
in
the
womb
.
"
Although
the
bill
,
supported
mostly
by
Republicans
,
supposedly
is
designed
not
to
prevent
abortions
as
it
"
exempts
abortions
performed
with
the
woman
'
s
consent
,
"
this
measure
is
an
open
attack
to
Roe
v
Wade
,
the
Supreme
Court
ruling
that
grants
a
womyn
'
s
right
to
an
abortion
.
Roe
v
Wade
does
not
accept
the
definition
of
a
fetus
as
a
human
being
.
In
1998
,
Amnesty
International
published
a
report
on
human
rights
violations
in
the
U
.
S
.
According
to
the
writers
"
This
report
reveals
a
persistent
and
widespread
pattern
of
human
rights
violations
in
the
USA
.
…
Racism
and
discrimination
contribute
to
the
denial
of
the
fundamental
rights
of
countless
men
,
women
and
children
.
"
The
United
Nations
document
,
the
Convention
for
the
Elimination
of
Discrimination
Against
Women
(
CEDAW
)
,
whose
sole
function
is
to
establish
equal
rights
for
womyn
in
all
societies
,
has
been
ratified
by
166
nations
but
not
by
the
U
.
S
.
Click
here
for
details
Bonnie
Gordon
State
University
of
New
York
at
Stony
Brook
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
bonnie
.
gordon
@
sunysb
.
edu
Domestic
Violence
in
Historical
and
Cross
-
Cultural
Perspective
Most
societies
have
struggled
with
the
issue
of
family
violence
,
leading
many
scholars
,
activists
and
policy
makers
to
assume
that
such
violence
is
a
universal
in
human
societies
.
Stereotypes
popular
in
the
United
States
associate
domestic
violence
with
low
social
class
,
or
racial
or
cultural
minorities
.
According
to
this
model
only
working
-
class
men
,
or
men
with
"
traditional
"
values
,
beat
their
wives
or
hit
their
children
.
This
paper
will
analyze
the
ways
in
which
contemporary
popular
women
singers
from
Britain
and
the
U
.
S
.
address
domestic
violence
in
their
music
.
It
will
be
argued
that
particular
musical
forms
,
especially
folk
,
have
proved
extremely
effective
in
communicating
women
'
s
concerns
and
anger
over
their
experiences
with
domestic
violence
.
Bringing
together
academics
and
activists
working
on
the
issue
of
violence
in
families
,
this
paper
contributes
to
a
panel
that
is
examining
the
issue
of
domestic
violence
within
a
variety
of
cultural
and
historical
contexts
.
By
doing
so
,
it
is
hoped
that
light
will
be
shed
on
the
ways
in
which
different
cultural
and
social
patterns
give
shape
,
meaning
,
and
resistance
to
family
violence
.
Click
here
for
details
Gubrium
C
.
Aline
Domestic
Violence
in
Java
:
Institutional
and
Narrative
Dimensions
This
paper
contributes
to
the
growing
body
of
anthropological
and
women
'
s
studies
literature
centering
on
domestic
violence
.
It
provides
another
comparative
perspective
,
in
Indonesia
,
in
the
ethnology
of
women
'
s
social
status
and
well
-
being
.
Domestic
violence
has
been
studied
in
Java
,
but
from
a
top
-
down
,
policy
perspective
;
or
cursorily
,
in
ethnographies
on
Javanese
gender
roles
and
labor
practices
.
This
paper
looks
at
the
social
construction
of
domestic
violence
in
Yogyakarta
,
Java
,
Indonesia
by
focusing
on
two
institutional
settings
that
directly
address
women
'
s
issues
in
Yogyakarta
:
a
women
'
s
empowerment
group
and
a
women
'
s
crisis
center
.
The
social
construction
of
domestic
violence
is
analyzed
from
institutional
and
local
participant
perspectives
.
The
central
research
issue
--
how
Javanese
women
'
s
experiences
of
domestic
violence
are
mediated
by
the
variety
of
institutional
and
cultural
ideologies
and
narrative
frameworks
brought
to
bear
on
them
--
is
explored
by
looking
at
how
these
two
service
institutions
represent
domestic
violence
,
how
the
participants
the
institutions
serve
represent
domestic
violence
,
the
central
narrative
themes
of
participants
'
and
institutional
representations
of
domestic
violence
,
and
how
state
and
culturally
-
constructed
gender
ideologies
influence
local
representations
of
domestic
violence
within
the
study
institutions
and
by
the
participants
the
institutions
serve
.
Open
-
ended
,
semi
-
structured
interviews
were
completed
with
both
institutional
staff
and
the
participants
served
by
these
institutions
.
Respondents
were
encouraged
to
convey
in
their
own
words
the
varied
details
of
their
domestic
violence
experiences
.
In
analyzing
domestic
violence
from
an
institutional
perspective
,
the
author
examined
how
institutions
and
staff
members
inscribed
domestic
violence
"
formula
stories
"
(
institutional
ideologies
/
philosophies
)
onto
participants
'
narratives
and
how
the
participants
,
in
turn
,
constructed
their
experiences
of
domestic
violence
in
relation
to
these
"
formula
stories
"
(
see
Loseke
2001
)
.
State
and
traditional
Javanese
gender
ideologies
are
incorporated
into
the
analysis
,
as
both
of
these
have
heavily
influenced
domestic
relations
and
participant
and
institutional
constructions
of
domestic
violence
.
Click
here
for
details
Sara
E
.
Gutierres
&
Christina
Van
Puymbroeck
Arizona
State
University
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
SARA
.
GUTIERRES
@
asu
.
edu
Childhood
and
Adult
Violence
in
the
Lives
of
Women
Who
Misuse
Drugs
A
number
of
studies
have
shown
a
link
between
childhood
abuse
and
adolescent
and
adult
substance
use
.
Individuals
who
have
experienced
childhood
abuse
may
misuse
substances
in
order
to
reduce
the
negative
physiological
,
behavioral
,
affective
and
cognitive
outcomes
associated
with
the
trauma
.
Further
,
experiences
in
dysfunctional
and
violent
homes
may
lead
to
the
dependence
exhibited
by
women
substance
misusers
.
As
a
result
,
women
may
be
particularly
susceptible
to
attention
from
men
who
promise
them
relief
from
their
psychological
distress
through
the
use
of
alcohol
and
drugs
.
Once
women
are
initiated
into
drug
use
,
they
generally
support
their
addiction
either
by
prostitution
or
reliance
on
a
drug
-
dealing
male
.
In
these
circumstances
they
are
likely
to
continue
to
be
victimized
through
violence
from
prostitution
customers
and
drug
using
partners
.
An
important
part
of
training
for
drug
treatment
personnel
must
be
in
understanding
physical
and
psychological
consequences
for
childhood
and
adult
victims
of
abuse
.
In
turn
,
it
is
also
important
for
those
who
work
with
victims
of
violence
to
recognize
symptoms
of
substance
misuse
.
This
type
of
cross
-
training
will
sensitize
substance
abuse
counselors
of
the
issues
that
put
their
clients
at
risk
for
unsuccessful
program
completion
,
and
therapists
treating
abuse
victims
to
look
for
symptoms
of
alcohol
or
drug
misuse
to
cope
with
the
trauma
of
violence
.
Key
words
;
Drug
misuse
,
physical
&
sexual
abuse
,
domestic
violence
,
prostitution
.
Click
here
for
details
Dianne
Hubbard
Legal
Assistance
Centre
,
Namibia
Email
:
dhubb
@
mweb
.
com
.
na
Synopsis
of
Paper
on
Violence
Against
Women
in
Namibia
There
is
a
growing
body
of
research
on
violence
against
Namibian
women
by
academics
,
NGOs
and
government
bodies
,
but
some
logical
and
methodological
weaknesses
of
existing
work
need
to
be
explored
.
It
is
particularly
important
to
examine
conclusions
about
the
underlying
causes
of
violence
against
women
to
see
if
they
are
supported
by
empirical
evidence
,
because
of
the
danger
that
misguided
assumptions
might
lead
to
misdirected
strategies
to
combat
violence
.
Similarly
,
statistics
on
the
incidence
of
violence
will
be
examined
very
rigorously
,
to
see
what
conclusions
can
accurately
be
drawn
from
the
police
statistics
and
studies
of
various
sample
groups
.
There
is
strong
stated
commitment
on
the
part
of
the
government
to
address
the
problem
of
violence
against
women
and
children
,
backed
up
by
significant
action
.
For
example
,
Namibia
has
a
new
law
on
rape
that
is
one
of
the
most
progressive
in
the
world
,
and
a
nationwide
network
of
specialized
police
stations
known
as
Woman
and
Child
Protection
Units
.
However
,
there
is
a
need
for
a
closer
examination
of
the
politics
of
government
action
.
Finally
,
community
attitudes
and
community
mobilization
will
be
explored
,
particularly
the
range
of
attitudes
about
women
and
violence
against
women
across
different
sectors
of
society
.
The
levels
of
mobilization
of
grassroots
women
and
men
around
this
issue
will
also
be
examined
.
Click
here
for
details
Amy
C
.
Hudnall
Appalachian
State
University
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
amyclar
@
attglobal
.
net
The
Necessity
of
Cultural
Relativism
and
Universalism
for
the
Effective
Implementation
of
the
United
Nation
'
s
CEDAW
and
the
Establishment
of
International
Equality
for
Women
Over
the
past
ten
years
,
conservative
voices
in
academia
and
policy
-
making
arenas
have
questioned
the
validity
of
Western
societies
'
cultural
relativist
stance
.
Critics
claim
that
cultural
relativism
has
contributed
to
the
moral
decay
of
cultures
and
removed
a
government
'
s
ability
to
denounce
certain
behaviors
.
They
proffer
that
adherence
to
cultural
relativism
eliminates
the
international
community
'
s
ability
to
sanction
a
nation
'
s
actions
against
their
citizens
.
Is
it
possible
to
honor
difference
while
demanding
universal
equality
for
women
?
If
we
are
to
strive
for
women
'
s
rights
,
that
difference
must
be
acknowledged
and
respected
.
Patriarchal
constructions
of
gendered
identities
vary
from
culture
to
culture
.
If
feminist
,
human
rights
activists
intend
to
advocate
for
internationally
applied
laws
,
they
must
first
recognize
that
women
have
very
different
needs
.
(
This
is
particularly
true
when
one
compares
the
needs
and
rights
of
women
from
first
world
nations
to
women
in
third
world
nations
.
)
In
response
,
critics
of
cultural
relativism
disallow
activists
'
ability
to
establish
a
universal
convention
.
For
any
set
of
universal
rights
to
be
successful
,
policy
should
incorporate
cultural
relativism
as
a
means
of
tempering
universalism
.
These
two
theories
should
be
used
hand
-
in
-
hand
to
form
a
foundational
bridge
for
a
practical
set
of
universal
human
rights
that
protect
all
individuals
.
Click
here
for
details
Agnes
Kabajuni
Kabarole
Research
Centre
,
Uganda
Email
:
krc
@
informcom
.
co
.
ug
Facing
the
Challenge
:
An
Experience
in
Human
Rights
from
Rural
Western
Uganda
A
project
that
addresses
concerns
of
women
and
children
started
in
1999
.
The
project
addresses
defilement
,
early
marriage
,
domestic
violence
and
child
neglect
,
concerns
that
were
found
to
be
the
major
cause
of
the
backwardness
in
this
county
..
To
date
the
following
achievements
have
been
realized
:
o
400
leaders
,
comprising
teachers
,
religious
,
local
council
,
youth
and
women
representatives
,
have
been
sensitized
.
o
48
volunteer
counselors
in
sixteen
parishes
were
trained
in
basic
skills
of
counseling
in
sixteen
parishes
were
trained
in
basic
skills
of
counseling
and
handling
clients
.
o
32
puppet
shows
were
conducted
o
six
community
support
groups
were
formed
who
are
now
continuing
with
information
giving
.
Through
the
program
a
network
of
NGOs
in
the
western
Uganda
that
aims
at
strengthening
the
capacity
of
NGOs
has
been
initiated
.
There
has
been
an
increase
in
cases
reported
to
the
counselors
and
police
.
A
radio
program
now
has
a
wider
coverage
considering
the
number
of
people
reporting
for
consultation
and
letters
written
to
contribute
to
the
issues
raised
.
Key
words
;
Defilement
,
Culture
,
Child
neglect
,
Law
.
Click
here
for
details
Kaarino
Kailo
Oulu
University
,
Finland
Email
:
kkailo
@
ktk
.
oulu
.
fi
Ecofeminism
and
the
Patriarchal
Culture
of
Violence
:
Gains
and
Challenges
The
purpose
of
this
workshop
is
to
assess
the
impact
,
directions
and
achievements
of
the
so
-
called
ecofeminist
movement
within
women
'
s
studies
and
in
broader
political
contexts
from
the
point
of
view
of
violence
vs
.
women
,
nature
and
minorities
.
Is
the
combined
critique
of
prevailing
policies
and
attitudes
towards
women
and
nature
useful
for
transforming
the
culture
of
violence
?
What
have
been
the
gains
of
such
an
approach
and
what
remains
to
be
researched
and
acted
upon
?
What
is
the
impact
of
the
goddess
studies
,
religions
and
movements
on
the
culture
of
violence
?
Do
the
ecospiritual
trends
represent
a
backlash
and
a
naive
regression
to
"
nature
myths
"
within
the
women
'
s
movement
or
is
the
division
spirituality
vs
.
politics
already
part
of
the
epistemic
,
dualistic
violence
of
Western
hegemonic
thought
?
Do
women
and
the
world
need
a
new
imaginary
,
new
discourses
of
being
-
knowing
and
how
might
they
impact
on
dismantling
the
culture
of
violence
?
What
in
the
vast
studies
on
violence
vs
.
women
and
nature
has
not
been
focused
?
Keywords
;
sustainable
"
development
"
,
ecofeminism
,
nature
/
culture
,
violence
.
Click
here
for
details
Eunice
Kamaara
Moi
University
,
Kenya
Email
:
eunkamaara
@
yahoo
.
com
From
Gender
Competition
to
Gender
Complementarity
:
Controlling
Marital
Violence
in
Kenya
A
major
public
concern
all
over
the
world
today
is
violence
and
aggression
within
the
family
.
It
is
expected
that
individuals
enjoy
love
,
care
and
security
within
the
family
.
But
the
gap
between
the
expected
and
the
actual
situation
is
enormous
.
The
family
is
one
of
the
brutal
institutions
in
terms
of
infringement
on
human
rights
.
The
intent
of
this
paper
is
to
examine
the
causes
of
and
the
nature
of
marital
violence
in
Kenya
with
specific
reference
to
physical
and
sexual
abuse
of
an
individual
by
his
or
her
spouse
.
This
has
otherwise
been
referred
to
as
intimate
partner
abuse
.
It
is
envisaged
that
marital
violence
and
aggression
is
positively
related
to
socio
-
cultural
definitions
of
masculinity
and
femininity
.
Thus
,
marital
violence
is
best
understood
within
a
gender
framework
.
While
violence
against
wives
is
more
common
in
Kenya
than
that
against
husbands
,
husband
abuse
is
no
less
a
problem
.
The
problem
of
marital
violence
must
be
faced
and
dealt
with
not
in
terms
of
sex
but
in
terms
of
humanity
.
When
both
men
and
women
trangress
the
limits
set
by
their
cultures
in
gender
,
gender
complementarity
will
be
promoted
rather
than
the
gender
competition
which
current
gender
approaches
enhance
.
Click
here
for
details
Njoki
M
.
Kamau
University
of
Minnesota
Duluth
Campus
,
USA
Violence
Against
Women
in
Kenya
This
paper
will
problematize
the
term
violence
against
women
as
understood
and
conceptualized
by
the
Kenyan
women
.
The
paper
will
specifically
focus
on
professional
women
in
Kenya
who
are
economically
self
sufficient
yet
experience
violence
from
their
male
partners
,
fathers
,
brothers
and
male
members
of
the
larger
society
.
Women
'
s
interpretation
of
male
violence
will
be
examined
,
as
will
their
responses
to
violence
and
the
government
'
s
responses
to
violence
against
women
.
I
will
situate
this
discussion
within
the
wide
framework
of
Human
Rights
.
Click
here
for
details
Johanna
Kehler
Nadel
Human
Rights
Research
&
Advocacy
Project
,
South
Africa
Email
:
jkehler
@
icon
.
co
.
za
Women
'
s
Rights
and
Women
'
s
Realities
:
The
South
African
Experience
South
Africa
'
s
transformation
process
seeks
to
overcome
its
history
of
racial
and
gender
-
based
inequality
.
This
process
is
aimed
at
the
empowerment
and
uplifting
of
the
historically
disadvantaged
,
especially
women
and
the
poor
.
Its
goals
are
socio
-
economic
development
and
growth
,
as
well
as
building
an
environment
that
facilitates
equal
access
to
resources
and
opportunities
.
Women
'
s
right
to
equality
and
non
-
discrimination
are
constitutionally
guaranteed
but
their
realities
remain
characterized
by
the
lack
of
access
to
resources
and
opportunities
,
as
well
as
the
lack
of
access
to
basic
services
.
Current
trends
of
privatization
of
public
services
and
cuts
in
social
spending
increase
women
'
s
reproductive
and
care
-
taking
tasks
,
and
will
lead
to
women
'
s
further
disempowerment
and
inequality
if
it
is
not
balanced
by
the
progressive
realization
of
these
rights
,
including
socio
-
economic
development
.
The
aim
of
this
paper
is
firstly
to
explore
women
'
s
rights
versus
women
'
s
realities
in
contemporary
South
Africa
.
Secondly
,
problems
and
challenges
surrounding
the
realisation
of
women
'
s
rights
and
women
'
s
empowerment
through
socio
-
economic
development
are
analysed
.
Finally
,
this
paper
will
argue
that
only
the
effective
translation
from
the
theory
of
equality
and
non
-
discrimination
,
as
constitutionally
guaranteed
,
into
the
practice
of
women
'
s
empowerment
and
socio
-
economic
upliftment
will
determine
South
Africa
'
s
success
in
its
transformation
to
a
society
characterised
by
equality
and
non
-
discrimination
.
Click
here
for
details
Lynn
Khadiagala
College
of
William
and
Mary
,
USA
Email
:
Iskhad
@
wm
.
edu
Judicial
Doctrine
and
Women
'
s
Property
Rights
in
Uganda
This
paper
,
drawing
on
fieldwork
carried
out
in
Southern
Uganda
,
examines
the
sources
and
evolution
of
judicial
doctrine
toward
women
'
s
property
rights
.
As
late
as
the
1960s
,
the
courts
were
willing
to
protect
women
'
s
access
to
land
by
limiting
men
'
s
ability
to
act
unilaterally
.
By
the
late
1970s
,
however
,
judicial
doctrine
strongly
privileged
male
authority
over
property
and
persons
.
Two
hypotheses
are
advanced
on
the
source
of
judicial
belief
and
the
forces
of
change
.
First
,
given
the
orientation
of
the
judiciary
toward
the
maintenance
of
social
order
as
their
highest
priority
,
the
legal
fate
of
women
depends
on
whether
the
courts
perceive
female
authority
to
be
a
guarantor
of
social
order
or
a
source
of
chaos
.
Second
,
the
precipitous
decline
in
women
'
s
property
rights
occurred
because
of
the
fluidity
of
customary
law
,
which
permits
activist
judges
wide
discretion
to
reshape
doctrine
.
As
Uganda
descended
into
political
and
economic
chaos
in
the
1970s
,
the
courts
adopted
a
more
authoritarian
and
patriarchal
model
,
perceiving
male
authority
to
be
a
bulwark
against
the
chaos
that
enveloped
Uganda
for
decades
.
Unfortunately
,
these
ideas
found
their
way
into
case
law
and
continue
to
influence
the
outcomes
of
women
'
s
property
disputes
today
.
Keywords
;
women
'
s
property
rights
,
law
.
Click
here
for
details
Shahnaz
Khan
St
.
Francis
Xavier
University
,
Canada
Email
:
skhan
@
stfx
.
ca
Violence
of
Zina
laws
in
Pakistan
Fifty
percent
of
female
prisoners
in
Pakistan
are
incarcerated
under
the
zina
laws
that
seek
to
regulate
women
'
s
morality
/
sexuality
.
In
the
prisons
they
suffer
physical
,
emotional
and
sexual
violence
.
The
practices
surrounding
zina
label
that
the
women
as
participators
in
illicit
sex
.
Arguably
,
regulation
of
their
sexuality
helps
situate
morality
within
the
individual
,
thus
de
-
emphasizing
the
injustice
,
corruption
and
poverty
in
the
Pakistani
social
order
.
The
state
considers
these
women
expendable
and
their
liberty
is
sacrificed
for
the
moral
health
of
the
nation
.
Their
incarceration
helps
build
a
case
for
national
morality
on
a
base
of
societal
corruption
and
injustice
.
Increasing
structural
inequality
and
growing
violence
in
Pakistan
can
then
be
explained
away
as
lack
of
individual
morality
,
rendering
the
cost
of
globalization
and
military
spending
invisible
.
It
will
be
argued
that
culturalist
explanations
of
the
woman
incarcerated
under
zina
will
not
suffice
.
Instead
feminist
solidarity
struggles
must
demystify
the
spectacle
of
the
woman
violated
through
zina
laws
and
identify
these
factors
which
link
the
woman
here
to
the
woman
there
.
In
so
doing
,
challenges
will
be
posed
to
the
larger
context
that
positions
third
world
countries
such
as
Pakistan
in
a
web
of
imperialist
relations
.
Click
here
for
details
Mee
-
Hae
Kong
Silla
University
,
Korea
Material
Girls
?
:
Sexual
Perceptions
and
Conflicts
among
Korean
Teenage
Girls
Who
have
Experienced
a
Compensated
Date
The
main
work
of
the
teenage
stage
is
to
construct
a
sense
of
personal
identity
.
Sexual
subjectivity
is
a
crucial
factor
of
sense
of
self
among
teenage
girls
.
However
,
girls
in
Korean
society
seem
to
have
conflict
between
their
embodied
sexual
feelings
and
actual
sexual
behaviors
within
the
social
and
relational
contexts
of
their
everyday
lives
.
In
this
study
,
sexual
perceptions
and
conflicts
among
teenage
girls
who
have
been
involved
in
a
compensated
date
will
be
considered
.
Present
social
systems
treat
teenage
girls
as
"
asexual
students
"
and
try
to
control
their
sexual
behaviors
.
By
tempting
girls
to
buy
and
own
more
goods
,
on
the
other
hand
,
capitalism
encourages
them
to
sexually
liberate
for
money
.
Thus
,
girls
in
Korean
society
today
are
taking
on
polar
positions
:
the
sexless
innocent
or
the
sexually
active
for
money
.
Although
there
are
girls
who
want
to
have
sexual
relations
with
their
lovers
,
their
sexual
behaviors
seem
to
be
a
mechanism
to
maintain
psychological
closeness
with
their
boyfriends
,
rather
than
to
express
their
own
sexual
desire
.
Korean
girls
'
sexual
conflict
and
ambivalence
result
in
the
absence
of
sexual
subjectivity
.
They
know
their
bodies
are
resources
for
exchangeable
money
,
but
they
don
'
t
realize
the
internalized
oppression
of
their
bodies
.
Pleasure
and
desire
of
their
bodies
are
accomplished
through
men
'
s
money
and
desire
.
Keywords
;
Sexual
perception
,
Compensated
date
,
Sexual
conflict
,
Sexual
subjectivity
.
Click
here
for
details
Anna
Kwiatkowska
The
Warsaw
School
of
Advanced
Social
Psychology
,
Poland
email
:
akwiatk
@
bialystok
.
home
.
pl
Domestic
Violence
in
Perception
of
People
with
Alcohol
Problems
In
Poland
,
domestic
violence
is
viewed
largely
as
connected
with
high
alcohol
consumption
.
For
many
Poles
alcohol
abuse
by
men
serves
as
an
explanation
of
violent
behaviors
against
women
.
Although
,
women
are
victims
in
the
first
place
,
it
must
be
admitted
that
both
men
and
women
might
be
involved
in
heavy
drinking
.
The
main
purpose
of
the
study
was
to
examine
beliefs
about
domestic
violence
from
perspective
of
men
and
women
with
alcohol
problems
.
Women
and
men
,
members
of
Anonymous
Alcoholics
,
were
presented
with
a
questionnaire
which
contained
popular
beliefs
about
domestic
violence
.
Results
revealed
many
differences
between
AA
women
and
AA
men
as
to
how
they
perceived
and
explained
various
types
of
domestic
violence
.
For
example
,
AA
women
accepted
violence
against
women
as
legitimate
means
of
dealing
with
undutiful
wives
,
and
they
tended
to
blame
women
for
provoking
violent
acts
by
men
.
In
addition
to
that
,
AA
women
demonstrated
more
negative
views
on
women
in
general
than
AA
men
did
.
It
seemed
that
alcohol
abuse
had
more
devastating
impact
on
women
'
s
well
-
being
,
self
-
worth
,
and
on
their
acceptance
of
violence
as
an
inevitable
part
of
life
.
Click
here
for
details
Katharina
Larondelle
&
Dagmar
Riedel
-
Breidenstein
Private
Practice
,
Germany
Email
:
sturm
.
larondelle
@
snafu
.
de
Socially
Relevant
Campaigns
against
Men
'
s
Violence
This
will
be
a
workshop
to
consider
socially
relevant
campaigns
against
men
'
s
violence
as
one
part
of
prevention
.
How
does
it
work
in
different
countries
?
What
kind
of
visible
or
invisible
women
'
s
culture
could
be
used
to
raise
the
public
consciousness
?
Click
here
for
details
Susana
Lastarria
-
Cornhiel
University
of
Wisconsin
,
USA
Email
:
slastrria
@
facstaff
.
wisc
.
edu
Land
Rights
,
Gender
and
Access
to
Factor
Markets
One
of
the
major
globalization
trends
with
regard
to
land
is
the
privatization
of
property
rights
.
The
privatization
trend
is
reflected
in
the
numerous
projects
and
programs
to
title
and
register
land
rights
and
to
create
or
activate
land
markets
.
Titling
and
registration
programs
are
often
accompanied
by
legislation
that
regularizes
private
land
rights
and
/
or
extends
individual
private
property
rights
for
previously
public
,
state
,
or
customary
land
.
This
paper
will
focus
on
the
impact
privatization
has
had
on
women
'
s
land
rights
and
tenure
security
,
and
their
ability
to
produce
.
Has
privatization
,
through
either
agrarian
reform
or
titling
,
protected
or
enhanced
women
'
s
rights
to
land
?
If
privatized
land
rights
increase
access
to
factor
markets
,
such
as
credit
for
smallholders
,
have
women
also
been
able
to
access
these
markets
?
An
examination
of
the
privatization
process
in
a
number
of
regions
reveals
that
where
previously
different
rights
to
land
were
distributed
among
different
groups
and
individuals
,
privatization
tends
to
concentrate
most
of
these
land
rights
into
the
hands
of
a
minority
.
Because
of
economic
and
cultural
factors
and
the
influence
of
powerholders
,
this
minority
tends
to
exclude
women
.
The
question
that
still
needs
to
be
examined
is
whether
giving
women
legal
and
equal
rights
to
land
will
facilitate
their
access
to
factor
markets
and
improve
their
ability
to
produce
.
Click
here
for
details
Miriam
Ibanda
Magumba
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Email
:
mimagumba
@
yahoo
.
com
A
Gendered
Perspective
as
to
why
Prostitution
should
or
should
not
be
Legalized
in
Uganda
Many
times
women
and
men
are
found
in
the
obvious
act
of
using
their
bodies
for
financial
gain
.
The
media
also
has
debated
for
and
against
the
act
of
prostitution
.
A
lot
of
moral
issues
arise
,
depending
on
one
'
s
spiritual
background
.
But
the
question
of
what
a
possible
stand
for
a
gender
student
'
s
contribution
to
such
a
hot
debate
is
not
sufficient
.
This
conference
therefore
is
an
opportunity
to
benefit
from
the
varied
viewpoint
of
participants
on
the
tabled
questions
.
In
Uganda
,
according
to
various
sources
,
prostitution
is
increasing
.
At
the
same
time
,
there
is
lobbying
by
some
groups
to
legalize
prostitution
and
have
prostitutes
represented
in
parliament
.
Ignoring
the
issue
will
not
help
,
but
debating
the
subject
will
sharpen
our
views
on
what
it
is
,
why
people
practice
it
,
how
they
perceive
themselves
and
the
actual
benefits
they
derive
from
it
.
This
paper
will
examine
the
gender
perspective
which
describes
the
socially
constructed
roles
,
activities
and
responsibilities
assigned
to
women
and
men
in
a
given
culture
,
location
or
time
.
It
will
also
attempt
to
give
perspectives
on
the
practice
,
and
a
brief
overview
of
gender
identities
in
prostitution
,
for
example
how
some
women
and
men
perceive
,
themselves
,
think
and
behave
as
far
as
prostitution
is
concerned
.
Click
here
for
details
Mayanja
Kizito
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Email
:
mayanjabk
@
math
.
mu
.
ac
.
ug
Female
Genital
Mutilation
:
Conspiracy
of
Silence
in
Diplomatic
Circles
This
paper
starts
with
a
broad
definition
of
violence
against
women
and
the
different
forms
it
takes
,
and
then
focuses
on
Female
Genital
Mutilation
(
FGM
)
in
particular
.
It
provides
an
overview
of
the
magnitude
of
FGM
and
sexual
violence
against
women
and
of
its
various
consequences
.
These
including
those
involving
the
health
of
women
,
their
social
status
,
and
the
implications
on
the
on
the
economies
of
their
countries
.
It
looks
at
the
factors
that
influence
FGM
,
highlighting
the
links
between
violence
against
women
and
the
cultural
and
social
norms
around
gender
,
and
other
inequities
,
which
perpetuate
or
exacerbate
this
violence
.
The
paper
suggests
how
a
gender
analysis
may
be
useful
to
the
violence
field
more
broadly
,
and
not
just
to
violence
against
women
.
It
discusses
some
of
the
limitations
of
current
responses
and
makes
recommendations
for
policy
and
programs
.
Finally
it
looks
at
some
dilemmas
or
areas
of
controversy
and
identifies
areas
for
further
work
.
Key
words
;
Tradition
or
Torture
.
Click
here
for
details
Abby
Taka
Mgugu
Women
and
Land
Lobby
Group
,
Zimbabwe
Email
:
abby
@
wllg
.
co
.
zw
Women
Claiming
Their
Land
Rights
in
Zimbabwe
This
paper
assesses
how
the
Government
of
Zimbabwe
has
been
implementing
land
reform
,
with
special
reference
to
the
plight
of
women
.
Land
is
considered
the
most
fundamental
resource
to
women
'
s
living
conditions
,
economic
empowerment
and
,
to
some
extent
,
their
struggle
for
equity
and
equality
within
a
patriarchal
society
.
Without
rights
to
land
,
women
'
s
economic
and
physical
security
is
compromised
.
Despite
the
importance
of
land
to
Zimbabwean
women
,
they
do
not
own
land
.
This
occurs
because
traditionally
women
are
considered
to
be
minors
and
land
is
a
male
domain
that
is
allocated
to
heads
of
households
--
presumably
male
.
This
paper
concludes
that
not
only
are
women
'
s
equality
and
land
rights
violated
by
common
practices
of
the
courts
but
the
social
and
economic
ramifications
of
decisions
have
an
important
effect
on
women
'
s
lives
.
With
86
percent
of
women
in
Zimbabwe
dependent
on
the
land
for
their
livelihoods
,
not
only
do
they
rely
on
land
for
their
own
survival
but
also
to
provide
for
their
families
and
communities
.
Ensuring
women
'
s
land
rights
is
essential
to
their
realizing
an
adequate
standard
of
living
.
If
women
'
s
rights
to
land
and
property
are
not
protected
,
their
economic
livelihood
is
severely
threatened
.
Key
Words
;
Importance
of
land
to
women
constraints
in
issues
of
ownership
and
control
,
legal
frame
work
to
claim
their
rights
.
Click
here
for
details
Carole
Moschetti
University
of
Melbourne
,
Australia
Critiquing
Child
Marriage
:
A
Controversial
Practice
Between
the
wars
,
British
feminist
and
member
of
parliament
Eleanor
Rathbone
,
championed
causes
relating
to
the
sexual
exploitation
of
children
in
such
areas
as
trafficking
for
prostitution
,
female
genital
mutilation
and
child
marriage
.
Her
campaigns
within
and
without
Britain
promoted
independent
citizenship
for
women
,
which
usually
meant
challenging
institutional
laws
that
rendered
women
as
property
of
men
.
In
a
particular
campaign
waged
against
child
marriage
in
India
,
the
physical
damage
suffered
by
girl
children
as
a
result
of
"
early
consummation
"
came
to
world
attention
,
exposed
by
the
Joshi
Report
in
India
in
1928
.
As
a
result
of
her
criticisms
against
such
cultural
practices
,
an
ensuing
debate
as
to
whether
Rathbone
was
a
friend
to
women
or
a
cultural
imperialist
,
remains
a
current
controversy
.
In
the
milieu
of
multiculturalism
,
cultural
relativism
and
in
human
rights
discourse
,
questions
of
western
bias
existing
in
the
works
of
Rathbone
remain
.
This
paper
offers
a
feminist
discussion
of
whether
Eleanor
Rathbone
should
be
likened
to
a
"
cultural
missionary
,
or
maternal
imperialist
preaching
a
gospel
of
women
'
s
uplift
"
,
or
whether
feminist
activism
like
Rathbone
'
s
proposals
for
extensions
of
legal
and
political
rights
for
women
have
current
relevance
in
deterring
the
institutional
ratification
of
women
as
sexual
property
.
Click
here
for
details
Stella
Mukasa
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Email
:
nordic
@
africaonline
.
co
.
ug
Gender
and
Access
to
Justice
in
Uganda
The
women
'
s
movement
in
Uganda
has
undertaken
laudable
initiatives
towards
improving
women
'
s
use
of
the
law
.
These
initiatives
have
generated
considerable
information
on
how
women
relate
with
the
law
and
the
legal
system
.
There
has
,
however
,
been
a
gap
regarding
a
critical
review
and
analysis
of
the
interface
between
gender
and
the
law
and
how
this
affects
access
to
justice
as
the
ultimate
goal
of
the
legal
system
.
The
reality
is
that
many
people
in
Uganda
,
particularly
poor
and
marginalized
groups
,
have
very
little
access
to
justice
and
little
insurance
of
safety
and
security
.
It
is
a
mere
fact
that
women
have
more
difficulties
with
the
justice
system
,
as
they
constitute
the
majority
of
the
poor
,
have
a
lower
status
in
society
and
are
subject
to
classified
gender
roles
.
This
paper
seeks
to
enhance
the
understanding
of
gender
and
its
implications
for
access
to
justice
,
and
provide
an
assessment
of
specific
gender
constraints
in
gaining
safety
,
security
and
access
to
justice
in
Uganda
.
Existing
problems
include
the
excessive
size
of
the
remand
population
,
severe
overcrowding
and
poor
health
conditions
in
prisons
,
and
the
vulnerability
of
female
inmates
.
Gender
concerns
are
vital
to
ensure
that
equal
and
fair
rights
and
treatment
are
upheld
towards
both
women
and
men
.
Key
Words
;
Access
,
justice
,
Uganda
.
Click
here
for
details
Dinah
Changwony
Mwinzi
Moi
University
,
Kenya
Email
:
dmwinzi
@
irmmoi
.
com
Gendered
Covert
Violence
on
Campus
:
The
Perceptions
and
Participation
of
Students
in
Kenyan
Public
Universities
Public
universities
in
Kenya
have
had
student
violence
ever
since
the
establishment
of
Nairobi
University
as
the
first
public
university
.
This
violence
ranges
from
riots
to
students
fighting
each
other
individually
or
in
groups
.
Such
violence
is
considered
serious
by
university
authorities
because
it
devalues
the
quality
of
academic
programs
and
the
reputation
of
the
institution
.
The
media
often
gives
extensive
coverage
to
such
violence
.
However
,
campus
violence
is
not
confined
to
the
physical
form
.
Covert
violence
,
a
form
of
psychological
violence
,
goes
on
unnoticed
in
public
universities
.
The
public
and
even
university
administration
rarely
know
its
existence
.
This
paper
discusses
covert
violence
under
the
following
sub
-
headings
:
o
Men
'
s
violence
to
men
or
women
'
s
violence
to
women
(
within
gender
)
.
o
Men
'
s
violence
to
women
or
women
'
s
violence
to
men
(
between
gender
)
.
o
A
group
of
men
and
women
'
s
violence
to
another
similar
group
(
across
gender
)
.
The
term
covert
violence
is
conceptualized
to
mean
any
form
of
non
-
physical
violence
carried
out
by
an
individual
or
a
group
with
an
intention
of
causing
psychological
torture
to
an
individual
or
a
group
.
It
concludes
that
this
type
of
violence
,
though
covert
,
may
equally
be
affecting
the
quality
of
life
and
academic
excellence
in
public
universities
.
Click
here
for
details
C
.
L
.
Nash
Hampton
House
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
email
:
clnash
@
yahoo
.
com
Kenyan
Women
'
s
Domestic
Empowerment
Conflict
Resolution
Unlike
Western
concepts
of
education
that
emphasize
written
expressions
of
literature
and
epistemologies
,
oral
tradition
has
been
the
primary
transmitter
of
cultural
knowledge
in
the
African
context
.
This
occurs
through
myths
,
proverbs
,
songs
,
riddles
and
sayings
.
Tenants
of
community
are
derived
through
words
,
ideals
and
concepts
verbally
articulated
for
African
indigenous
cultures
.
This
study
raises
the
question
:
Have
most
of
the
oral
traditions
in
Kenya
negated
women
and
violated
her
by
ideologies
that
render
her
subordinate
to
the
man
?
As
oral
literature
is
analyzed
as
a
primary
determinant
to
derive
cultural
understandings
of
women
,
the
Kikuyu
women
are
explored
as
a
primary
example
of
what
may
occur
in
the
wider
community
.
The
first
section
of
this
paper
is
a
critical
appraisal
of
the
folktalk
and
culture
of
Kenyan
women
.
Various
proverbs
and
sayings
will
be
addressed
while
accenting
the
uses
of
oral
traditions
for
women
.
The
second
section
will
analyze
folktalk
and
quiet
whispers
of
domination
through
cultural
attitudes
that
demean
women
,
and
transmission
of
African
indigenous
theologies
to
the
eventual
violence
committed
against
women
.
The
third
section
will
critically
assess
womantalk
and
revisioning
for
Kenyan
women
as
the
role
of
religion
in
liberating
women
is
considered
,
while
also
reviewing
the
woman
'
s
role
in
her
own
liberation
.
We
will
also
look
at
men
'
s
roles
in
this
struggle
and
the
need
for
full
partnership
.
Key
Words
;
Oral
violence
,
Kikuyu
,
tradition
.
Click
here
for
details
Zuleikha
Abdulrahman
Nworgu
&
Ifeyinwa
Flossy
Obuekwe
University
of
Benin
,
Nigeria
Email
:
zanworgu
@
uniben
.
edu
&
fobuekwe
@
uniben
.
edu
Domestic
Violence
Against
Women
:
A
Neglected
Major
Social
and
Public
Health
Problem
There
have
been
many
reports
on
domestic
violence
involving
women
all
over
the
world
.
Abuse
apparently
begins
early
in
marriage
when
women
are
most
vulnerable
.
In
many
societies
,
wife
beating
appears
to
be
justified
by
societal
norms
.
Women
who
have
suffered
domestic
violence
are
also
observed
to
experience
health
problems
other
than
physical
injury
,
such
as
chronic
headache
and
sleeping
and
eating
disorders
.
Moreover
,
victims
of
violence
are
more
likely
than
non
-
victims
to
be
heavy
users
of
alcohol
or
psychotropic
substances
.
This
study
examines
the
domestic
violence
in
an
urban
community
in
Nigeria
.
The
results
of
the
study
showed
that
over
80
percent
of
the
respondents
had
experienced
battering
at
least
once
in
their
lifetime
.
Out
of
these
,
26
percent
have
been
hospitalized
as
a
result
of
injuries
sustained
.
This
study
concludes
that
there
is
a
need
to
highlight
the
likely
consequences
of
domestic
violence
on
women
'
s
lives
and
on
the
lives
of
the
infants
they
bear
.
Greater
insight
is
also
needed
into
the
perception
,
attitudes
and
experiences
of
men
and
other
powerful
family
members
.
Women
should
be
economically
empowered
for
independence
thereby
reducing
cases
of
domestic
violence
.
Key
words
:
Domestic
violence
,
battering
,
public
health
problem
,
women
,
pregnancy
,
and
injury
.
Click
here
for
details
Olivia
M
'
chaju
-
Liwewe
and
Isabel
Matenje
CIDA
-
Malawi
Program
Support
Unit
and
Ministry
of
Gender
Youth
and
Community
Services
,
Malawi
Email
:
olivia
@
cida
.
malawi
.
net
Engendering
the
Poverty
Reduction
Strategy
Paper
(
PRSP
)
.
The
Malawi
Case
Study
The
Government
of
Malawi
,
like
other
African
countries
within
the
region
,
has
recently
developed
a
Poverty
Reduction
Strategy
Paper
(
PRSP
)
.
Recognizing
that
poverty
has
a
gender
dimension
,
the
Malawi
PRSP
technical
working
group
enlisted
gender
experts
to
draw
up
a
Gender
and
Empowerment
Strategy
(
GES
)
.
The
GES
aims
at
creating
a
conducive
and
enabling
policy
and
legal
environment
for
women
,
girls
,
and
boys
as
well
as
the
disadvantaged
groups
in
Malawi
to
benefit
from
the
country
'
s
development
programs
as
well
as
to
enjoy
their
human
,
social
,
political
,
legal
and
economic
rights
.
Emphasis
is
placed
on
empowering
women
and
men
so
that
they
are
able
to
make
informed
decisions
about
matters
affecting
their
day
to
day
lives
.
This
paper
analyze
the
effectiveness
of
the
process
of
integrating
gender
in
the
PRSP
as
well
as
the
roles
of
the
different
thematic
working
groups
including
donors
.
It
identifies
barriers
to
an
effective
engendering
process
and
gives
recommendations
as
to
how
future
processes
can
be
improved
.
Click
here
for
details
Leena
Parmar
University
of
Rajasthan
,
India
Email
:
leenaind
@
datainfosys
.
net
Indian
War
Widows
and
Government
Compensation
In
India
,
widowhood
means
not
only
a
loss
of
status
but
also
a
loss
of
pride
,
privileges
,
prestige
and
independence
.
In
every
fourth
household
in
India
there
is
a
widow
.
If
not
forced
to
will
away
her
financial
independence
,
a
widow
may
be
subjected
to
emotional
blackmail
by
her
own
children
or
forced
into
levirate
marriage
with
her
brother
-
in
-
law
so
that
she
has
no
decisive
power
over
her
body
,
property
or
finances
.
After
a
brief
introduction
of
widows
in
general
in
India
,
this
paper
highlights
war
widows
,
specifically
Kargil
war
widows
,
whom
the
Indian
Government
has
directly
compensated
.
What
is
the
impact
of
this
compensation
money
?
Who
are
the
beneficiaries
?
Who
is
actually
spending
the
money
and
on
what
?
Has
this
compensation
money
changed
the
status
of
these
widows
in
the
family
?
Do
they
have
any
role
in
the
process
of
decision
making
?
What
is
their
reaction
to
the
custom
of
getting
married
to
their
married
brother
-
in
-
laws
?
The
Kargil
war
widows
are
a
category
apart
;
they
can
not
be
compared
to
other
war
widows
or
widows
in
general
.
This
study
indicates
a
dominant
reality
in
form
of
"
economic
forces
"
that
determine
the
prestige
of
women
in
a
hierarchical
society
like
India
.
Click
here
for
details
Peresuh
Munhuweyi
University
of
Zimbabwe
,
Zimbabwe
Email
:
peresuh
@
comocentre
.
uz
.
ac
.
zw
The
Violation
of
Women
'
s
Rights
:
An
African
Perspective
with
Reference
to
Zimbabwe
Every
woman
is
entitled
to
the
realisation
of
civil
,
political
,
economic
and
cultural
rights
on
equal
terms
with
men
,
free
from
any
form
of
discrimination
.
In
addition
,
women
are
entitled
to
certain
fundamental
rights
that
are
specifically
linked
to
their
status
in
society
.
According
to
the
Vienna
Declaration
and
Programme
of
Action
,
the
world
has
recognised
that
human
rights
for
women
are
part
and
parcel
of
universal
human
rights
.
In
accordance
with
the
Convention
on
the
Elimination
of
all
Forms
of
Discrimination
Against
Women
,
women
are
guaranteed
equal
treatment
and
freedom
from
discrimination
.
Governments
and
international
women
'
s
conferences
have
committed
themselves
to
ensuring
that
women
'
s
rights
are
upheld
.
However
,
despite
these
conventions
,
commitments
,
obligations
and
declarations
,
women
,
particularly
those
in
Africa
and
other
developing
nations
,
continue
to
face
overt
and
convert
discrimination
and
marginalization
in
many
ways
.
This
paper
raises
issues
pertaining
to
women
'
s
rights
by
identifying
critical
areas
of
concern
.
The
paper
also
argues
that
governments
and
non
-
governmental
organisations
must
create
the
political
,
administrative
,
legislative
and
judicial
environments
that
can
enable
women
to
exercise
and
defend
their
economic
,
civil
,
political
and
cultural
rights
on
an
equal
basis
with
men
.
Keywords
;
Women
,
Human
Rights
,
Conventions
,
Legislative
,
Declaration
.
Click
here
for
details
Nicole
Göler
von
Ravensburg
Phillipps
University
,
Germany
Email
:
raven
@
wiwi
.
uni
-
marburg
.
de
Gender
,
Land
Tenure
,
Law
and
Rural
Development
in
South
Africa
The
officially
declared
development
objectives
in
South
Africa
include
poverty
alleviation
,
greater
efficiency
of
and
employment
creation
in
agricultural
production
.
Analysing
the
actual
land
tenure
rights
of
rural
women
in
South
Africa
using
criteria
deduced
from
the
economic
theory
of
law
,
this
paper
will
show
that
at
least
the
60
to
70
percent
women
-
headed
rural
households
in
the
ex
-
Homeland
regions
are
still
severely
disadvantaged
.
Both
legal
uncertainty
as
well
as
the
political
economy
are
major
reasons
for
this
.
Modern
law
is
attempting
to
improve
the
situation
,
yet
mechanisms
for
local
conflict
resolution
still
need
to
be
created
and
a
new
balance
found
between
the
inefficiencies
of
modern
law
(
"
phantom
law
"
)
and
the
gender
inequality
in
autochthonous
land
tenure
.
Considered
will
be
:
o
Land
tenure
,
poverty
and
agricultural
production
o
Changes
in
labour
and
family
constitutions
o
Control
of
power
and
participation
in
political
processes
o
Women
in
family
law
and
the
law
of
persons
,
including
access
to
autochthonous
courts
,
legal
status
,
and
divorce
;
material
security
for
women
in
autochthonous
law
;
intergenerational
consequences
of
divorce
;
inheritance
rights
of
secondary
wives
and
their
children
;
and
modern
matrimonial
law
.
Click
here
for
details
Abby
Sebina
-
Zziwa
,
Kamusiime
&
R
.
Nassali
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Email
:
abby
@
wllg
.
co
.
zw
Dilemmas
in
Legislating
for
Women
'
s
Land
Rights
:
The
Case
of
Uganda
Following
heated
debate
,
Uganda
enacted
a
new
land
law
in
that
excluded
spousal
co
-
ownership
of
land
.
Throughout
the
contention
,
this
concept
was
dismissed
as
elitist
and
a
crusade
of
urban
working
women
.
This
was
despite
research
indicating
otherwise
.
Research
has
identified
three
underlying
phenomena
as
impediments
to
acceptance
of
women
'
s
land
ownership
rights
in
Uganda
today
.
These
include
the
clan
ideology
,
societal
idiosyncrasies
embedded
in
everyday
practice
,
and
the
desire
for
control
engendered
by
religious
doctrines
.
Governance
both
at
the
national
and
local
levels
engenders
their
persistence
.
The
inconsistent
law
and
double
standards
in
its
application
is
affecting
major
policies
aimed
at
poverty
alleviation
.
Although
rural
women
and
men
know
the
cause
of
their
predicament
,
genuine
insecurity
of
tenure
for
the
producers
,
the
majority
of
whom
are
women
,
is
an
obstacle
to
concerted
efforts
in
rural
families
.
The
paper
shows
that
chronic
poverty
is
a
phenomenon
that
can
only
be
curbed
through
appropriate
national
legislation
that
induces
joint
decision
-
making
,
cooperation
and
equal
distribution
of
household
benefits
.
The
paper
illustrates
that
excluding
women
from
enjoying
equal
family
property
rights
with
their
spouses
is
a
recipe
for
stunted
household
development
,
low
agricultural
productivity
and
non
-
cooperation
of
conjugal
partners
in
the
Ugandan
setting
.
It
concludes
that
changing
national
poverty
profiles
entail
legislating
for
spousal
co
-
ownership
of
major
household
productive
resources
.
Key
Words
:
Women
,
Land
Rights
,
Legislation
,
Law
and
Co
-
ownership
.
Click
here
for
details
Sunita
Sen
Jadavpur
University
,
India
Email
:
senmita
@
yahoo
.
com
Society
,
Law
and
Sex
Workers
in
India
:
Options
and
Impediments
to
Gender
Equity
Sex
workers
are
marginalized
in
any
society
in
the
world
.
They
are
victims
of
exploitation
,
humiliation
and
stigmatization
.
The
movement
for
the
promotion
and
protection
of
human
rights
for
all
is
yet
to
reach
this
sector
of
society
.
In
addition
,
the
changing
social
-
economic
and
political
climate
is
not
free
from
the
dehumanizing
exploitation
of
women
as
sex
workers
.
The
process
of
modernization
of
traditional
societies
in
the
Asian
region
presents
a
more
glaring
feature
of
sex
work
.
Women
from
the
poorest
section
of
the
society
are
becoming
more
vulnerable
to
sexual
abuse
by
different
stakeholders
of
society
.
Some
laws
are
adopted
by
the
respective
governments
to
deal
with
this
issue
,
but
without
any
tangible
success
.
In
contemporary
India
,
traditional
and
religious
forms
of
prostitution
coexist
with
present
day
prostitution
.
Post
-
colonial
India
finds
itself
faced
with
multiple
problems
.
While
India
made
commendable
advances
in
several
sectors
of
the
economy
,
science
,
and
technology
,
sex
workers
remained
victims
of
discrimination
,
hatred
and
humiliation
,
therefore
facing
both
social
and
legal
isolation
.
The
paper
will
cover
traditional
forms
of
prostitution
and
their
status
,
economic
causes
of
prostitution
,
existing
laws
and
regulations
on
sex
workers
,
roles
of
government
and
non
-
governmental
organizations
,
and
options
and
impediments
to
social
transformation
of
sex
workers
.
Click
here
for
details
Shilan
Shah
University
of
Warwick
,
UK
Email
:
shilan
.
shah
@
warwick
.
ac
.
uk
The
Rights
of
the
Girl
-
Child
,
Law
,
tradition
and
Culture
in
Tanzania
This
paper
focuses
on
the
impact
of
the
concept
of
children
'
s
rights
in
a
non
-
western
and
non
-
industrialized
country
,
namely
Tanzania
.
I
study
the
interplay
between
international
human
rights
norms
/
children
'
s
rights
,
law
,
culture
and
tradition
in
Tanzania
,
with
particular
reference
to
the
issue
of
the
sexual
abuse
and
exploitation
of
the
girl
-
child
.
Attention
is
also
drawn
to
the
ability
of
the
current
legal
and
social
systems
in
Tanzania
,
to
respond
positively
and
efficiently
to
the
adoption
of
such
rights
-
based
laws
and
policies
,
for
the
protection
of
abuse
and
the
prevention
of
abuse
.
Click
here
for
details
Stanlie
James
University
of
Wisconsin
-
Madison
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
sjames
@
facstaff
.
wisc
.
edu
The
debate
on
Female
Genital
Cutting
Female
Genital
Cutting
(
FGC
)
-
in
the
past
referred
to
as
Female
Circumcision
,
Infibulation
,
Female
Genital
Mutilation
,
among
others
-
is
a
hotly
contested
and
controversial
issue
that
has
attracted
a
wide
range
of
contributions
from
scholars
and
activists
,
women
and
men
from
the
continent
of
Africa
and
globally
.
Notable
figures
engaged
in
this
debate
have
included
Nahid
Toubia
,
Seble
Dawit
and
Salem
Mekuria
,
as
well
as
Alice
Walker
and
a
host
of
other
women
and
men
from
outside
the
African
continent
.
FGC
is
not
widespread
in
Uganda
,
but
it
is
practiced
by
a
significant
number
of
East
African
communities
,
and
was
recently
'
banned
'
by
President
Moi
of
Kenya
.
The
presenter
anticipates
lively
and
possibly
contentious
debate
on
this
issue
,
and
chances
to
hear
the
expression
of
African
women
'
s
voices
that
do
not
get
wide
exposure
in
the
western
media
.
Click
here
for
details
Julie
Stewart
Women
'
s
Law
Centre
,
Zimbabwe
Email
:
stewart
@
law
.
uz
.
ac
.
zw
Women
'
s
Rights
as
Human
Rights
There
is
an
essential
,
inalienable
core
of
rights
to
which
every
human
being
is
entitled
.
That
core
is
constructed
from
notions
of
equality
.
However
,
at
times
it
is
really
nothing
more
than
a
paper
semblance
of
rights
.
Realistically
,
to
enable
universal
access
to
that
core
of
inalienable
rights
,
recognition
has
to
be
given
to
difference
.
Yet
difference
is
a
concept
that
creates
embarrassment
and
concern
,
because
difference
has
been
and
can
be
used
to
negatively
discriminate
.
Difference
has
also
been
used
in
a
negative
context
against
women
,
as
a
ground
for
discriminating
.
Unless
difference
is
confronted
and
seen
as
a
concept
that
can
have
positive
enabling
connotations
when
employed
as
a
means
of
compensating
for
essential
functional
differences
between
the
sexes
,
equality
cannot
be
effectively
delivered
.
This
paper
will
attempt
to
:
o
isolate
the
essential
differences
between
the
sexes
and
explore
the
sex
-
based
compensatory
measures
that
need
to
be
put
in
place
to
"
equalize
"
as
far
as
possible
male
and
female
participation
in
society
,
governance
,
employment
and
the
family
.
o
distinguish
between
the
effects
of
a
"
gendered
"
approach
and
a
"
sexed
"
approach
to
law
and
law
reform
and
to
show
that
both
are
necessary
if
law
is
to
be
a
part
of
the
process
to
achieve
substantial
equality
between
the
sexes
.
Click
here
for
details
Janet
Theiss
University
of
Utah
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
janet
.
theiss
@
utah
.
edu
Domestic
Violence
in
Historical
and
Cross
-
Cultural
Perspective
Most
societies
have
struggled
with
the
issue
of
family
violence
,
leading
many
scholars
,
activists
,
and
policy
makers
to
assume
that
such
violence
is
universal
in
human
societies
,
and
that
it
follows
similar
patterns
across
time
and
culture
.
Keeping
the
specifics
of
local
contexts
clearly
in
mind
,
this
panel
explores
both
the
ways
in
which
cultural
values
and
ideologies
shape
domestic
violence
,
and
the
ways
in
which
women
have
responded
to
that
violence
.
This
paper
will
explore
the
changes
and
continuities
in
patterns
of
domestic
violence
in
pre
-
modern
and
contemporary
China
,
focussing
especially
on
the
shifting
roles
of
Confucian
patriarchy
,
family
structure
and
political
context
as
factors
contributing
to
such
violence
.
Contemporary
explanations
of
wife
beating
often
label
it
as
a
vestige
of
"
traditional
"
or
"
feudal
"
patriarchal
values
,
perpetuating
the
myth
that
such
violence
was
condoned
in
pre
-
modern
society
.
It
will
be
argued
that
a
corrected
historical
record
offers
new
cultural
resources
for
combating
domestic
violence
and
helps
us
to
focus
more
usefully
on
the
complex
social
,
economic
and
emotional
factors
behind
it
.
Keywords
;
law
,
domestic
violence
,
history
.
Click
here
for
details
Lillian
Tibatemwa
-
Ekirikubinza
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Email
:
ltibatemwa
@
muklaw
.
ac
.
ug
Domestic
Violence
in
Historical
and
Cross
-
Cultural
Perspective
Most
societies
have
struggled
with
the
issue
of
family
violence
,
leading
many
scholars
,
activists
,
and
policy
makers
to
assume
that
such
violence
is
a
universal
in
human
societies
,
and
that
it
follows
similar
patterns
across
time
and
culture
.
Many
feminists
have
viewed
family
violence
as
a
direct
result
of
patriarchy
,
without
analyzing
or
acknowledging
that
different
cultures
have
different
forms
of
patriarchy
,
as
well
as
different
attitudes
about
violence
,
both
of
which
result
in
vastly
different
rates
of
and
expressions
of
violence
within
families
.
Keeping
the
specifics
of
local
contexts
clearly
in
mind
,
this
paper
explores
both
the
ways
in
which
cultural
values
and
ideologies
shape
domestic
violence
,
and
the
ways
in
which
women
have
responded
to
that
violence
.
Of
particular
focus
will
be
how
the
law
and
the
courts
in
various
African
countries
deal
with
domestic
violence
and
also
with
women
'
s
violent
responses
to
abuse
.
By
doing
so
,
it
is
hoped
that
light
will
be
shed
on
the
ways
in
which
different
cultural
and
social
patterns
affect
shape
,
meaning
,
and
resistance
to
family
violence
.
Click
here
for
details
Mary
P
.
Wahome
Moi
University
,
Kenya
Email
:
maryngare
@
yahoo
.
com
Gender
-
Based
Violence
:
A
Threat
to
Poverty
Eradication
and
Development
Poverty
has
existed
as
long
as
human
existence
in
the
world
.
The
problem
has
adversely
affected
the
Third
World
,
most
especially
Africa
'
s
sub
-
Saharan
region
.
Attempts
by
the
World
Bank
,
International
Monetary
Fund
,
national
and
local
organizations
to
eradicate
poverty
have
not
yet
yielded
positive
results
.
This
raises
suspicion
that
perhaps
the
approach
to
eradicate
poverty
has
been
inadequate
.
This
paper
will
argue
that
the
stability
of
the
family
plays
a
significant
role
in
development
.
Domestic
violence
is
a
threat
to
the
institution
of
the
family
as
well
as
to
the
national
and
international
development
.
There
is
need
to
explore
the
effect
of
gender
-
based
violence
and
to
consider
its
relationship
with
poverty
and
slow
development
.
The
social
,
psychological
and
economic
costs
of
domestic
violence
will
be
examined
.
Economic
costs
will
include
healthcare
,
absenteeism
,
reduced
family
income
and
outlays
of
law
enforcement
and
the
courts
.
Gender
-
based
violence
is
not
simply
a
private
issue
but
a
societal
one
and
efforts
to
curb
it
must
include
redressing
the
social
,
economic
and
other
imbalances
that
threaten
male
-
female
relationships
.
Key
Words
;
Gender
,
violence
,
poverty
and
development
.
Click
here
for
details
Elaine
J
.
Walters
McKenzie
-
Willamette
Hospital
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
email
:
jelane
@
efn
.
org
Supporting
Women
'
s
Leadership
in
Movements
to
End
Violence
Against
Women
Sexism
is
one
of
multiple
and
overlapping
oppressions
that
support
the
continuation
of
violence
against
women
.
Functioning
to
perpetuate
divisions
and
distress
between
men
and
women
,
the
messages
of
sexism
get
internalized
and
also
divide
women
from
each
other
.
Of
the
leaders
and
workers
in
the
movement
to
end
violence
against
women
,
95
percent
are
women
and
a
large
percent
are
survivors
of
the
same
violence
they
are
attempting
to
stop
.
The
work
of
ending
violence
against
women
challenges
powerful
social
and
family
norms
which
leaves
both
male
and
female
workers
vulnerable
to
direct
attack
,
discouragement
and
burnout
.
These
realities
have
significant
consequences
for
the
workers
and
for
progress
.
In
this
environment
,
taking
leadership
and
maintaining
personal
and
organizational
relationships
can
be
frightening
and
difficult
.
In
order
to
sustain
the
work
,
the
needs
of
the
leaders
and
workers
directly
engaged
in
the
movement
must
be
addressed
.
In
this
paper
,
the
nature
and
impact
of
sexism
on
women
'
s
leadership
,
organizational
health
,
and
alliance
building
with
men
,
will
be
examined
through
the
sharing
of
participants
'
own
experiences
.
At
the
conclusion
,
a
list
of
strategies
for
overcoming
personal
and
organizational
barriers
and
for
supporting
one
another
'
s
leadership
will
be
developed
.
Click
here
for
details
Kirsten
E
.
Wood
Florida
International
University
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
woodk
@
fiu
.
edu
Domestic
Violence
in
Historical
and
Cross
-
Cultural
Perspective
Most
societies
have
struggled
with
the
issue
of
family
violence
,
leading
many
scholars
,
activists
,
and
policy
makers
to
assume
that
such
violence
is
a
universal
in
human
societies
,
and
that
it
follows
similar
patterns
across
time
and
culture
.
Stereotypes
popular
in
the
United
States
associate
domestic
violence
with
low
social
class
,
or
racial
or
cultural
minorities
.
According
to
this
model
only
working
-
class
men
,
or
men
with
"
traditional
"
values
,
beat
their
wives
or
hit
their
children
.
Similarly
,
many
feminists
have
viewed
family
violence
as
a
direct
result
of
patriarchy
,
without
analyzing
or
acknowledging
that
different
cultures
have
different
forms
of
patriarchy
,
as
well
as
different
attitudes
about
violence
,
both
of
which
result
in
vastly
different
rates
of
and
expressions
of
violence
within
families
.
This
paper
will
examine
white
women
'
s
participation
in
the
violence
that
upheld
slavery
in
the
antebellum
United
States
.
Despite
a
prevailing
attitude
that
white
ladies
found
violence
repugnant
,
there
is
evidence
that
white
women
had
no
problem
using
violence
within
their
homes
against
both
their
children
and
their
slaves
.
Clearly
,
white
women
of
the
slave
South
participated
far
more
than
has
been
previously
acknowledged
in
the
violent
maintenance
of
the
slave
system
.
Click
here
for
details
Mary
Sullivan
University
of
Melbourne
,
Australia
Can
a
Harmful
Cultural
Practice
Be
Made
Safe
:
Occupational
Health
and
Safety
Strategy
for
Victoria
'
s
Legalized
Brothel
Prostitution
Australia
claims
to
be
in
the
forefront
for
implementing
workplace
occupational
health
and
safety
(
OHS
)
systems
for
the
sex
industry
.
In
the
state
of
Victoria
,
which
began
legalizing
prostitution
in
the
early
1980s
,
safe
sex
practices
and
the
prevention
of
sexually
transmitted
infections
have
dominated
OHS
programs
.
Currently
there
is
a
shift
towards
establishing
good
management
practices
,
which
would
afford
prostituted
women
working
in
the
legal
brothels
the
same
rights
as
those
afforded
to
other
workers
,
thus
treating
the
sex
industry
like
any
other
industry
.
The
normalization
of
prostitution
as
an
industry
masks
the
reality
that
prostituted
women
'
s
working
environment
is
inherently
a
place
of
constant
and
extreme
sexual
harassment
and
violence
.
Within
Victoria
,
sexually
exploitative
and
abusive
practices
are
not
only
conceivable
but
are
an
expected
part
of
sex
work
.
Male
consumers
,
for
example
,
increasingly
demand
anal
sex
and
sexual
intercourse
without
condoms
.
At
tabletop
dancing
venues
male
customers
penetrate
the
vaginas
of
women
who
are
performing
with
mobile
phones
and
other
objects
.
Moreover
,
the
boundaries
of
sex
work
are
constantly
being
expanded
,
as
is
suggested
by
the
rapid
expansion
of
bondage
and
discipline
centers
.
Victoria
'
s
approach
to
OHS
assists
in
maintaining
male
dominance
,
the
sexual
objectification
of
women
and
the
cultural
approval
of
violence
against
women
.
Click
here
for
details
Mei
-
Kuei
Yu
University
of
Kent
at
Canterbury
,
U
.
K
Email
:
my1
@
ukc
.
ac
.
uk
A
Comparative
Study
between
Taiwan
and
England
on
Women
'
s
Experiences
of
Domestic
Violence
and
of
Service
Delivery
Systems
The
aim
of
this
study
is
to
understand
battered
women
'
s
experiences
of
domestic
violence
and
of
service
delivery
systems
both
in
Taiwan
and
England
.
Of
particular
interest
are
women
'
s
experiences
with
professional
organizations
,
such
as
social
services
,
medical
and
health
services
,
the
police
and
the
legal
system
.
As
a
result
,
an
appropriate
strategy
will
be
proposed
for
the
future
.
The
major
questions
in
each
section
are
as
follows
:
1
)
What
were
battered
women
'
s
experience
of
violence
before
coming
for
refuge
?
2
)
What
are
the
reasons
why
women
seek
help
from
women
'
s
refuges
in
Taiwan
and
England
?
3
)
What
are
the
differences
and
similarities
bettered
women
'
s
needs
in
Taiwan
and
England
?
4
)
What
are
battered
women
'
s
experiences
of
the
police
,
court
,
medical
,
health
,
and
social
services
in
Taiwan
and
England
?
5
)
What
are
the
experiences
of
battered
women
who
ask
for
help
from
women
'
s
refuges
in
Taiwan
and
England
?
6
)
What
are
the
differences
and
similarities
between
women
'
s
experiences
of
the
police
,
court
,
medical
,
health
,
and
social
services
in
Taiwan
and
England
?
7
)
What
should
service
delivery
systems
in
Taiwan
do
to
respond
more
appropriately
to
the
needs
of
battered
women
?
Key
Words
;
Domestic
violence
,
service
delivery
system
,
comparative
sandy
.
Click
here
for
details
Rachel
Waterhouse
Forum
Muhler
,
Mozambique
Email
:
hlonipa
@
zebra
.
dem
Rural
Poverty
and
the
Devaluing
of
Women
'
s
Role
in
Agriculture
,
in
Southern
Mozambique
Informed
by
a
neo
-
liberal
theoretical
framework
,
the
currently
dominant
analysis
of
rural
poverty
in
Mozambique
has
focused
on
questions
of
land
tenure
security
and
market
access
for
rural
producers
,
including
rural
women
.
The
proposed
solutions
to
rural
poverty
in
general
,
and
that
of
women
heads
of
households
in
particular
,
are
linked
to
the
concept
of
securing
statutory
rights
to
the
land
and
improving
market
access
for
the
rural
poor
.
This
policy
focus
on
securing
land
rights
and
market
access
for
different
groups
of
people
deflects
attention
away
from
historical
processes
of
exclusion
.
It
obscures
historical
processes
through
which
women
and
men
have
had
differential
access
to
land
and
resources
with
which
to
work
the
land
.
In
the
context
of
increasing
commoditization
of
and
competition
over
land
,
ignoring
these
issues
is
likely
to
result
in
increasingly
polarized
opportunities
through
which
land
markets
emerge
as
a
major
threat
to
women
'
s
land
tenure
security
.
Furthermore
,
the
current
agricultural
policy
seems
likely
to
reinforce
exclusionary
patterns
of
accumulation
that
disadvantage
women
in
particular
.
If
rural
poverty
and
the
obstacles
faced
by
women
in
securing
rural
livelihoods
are
to
be
seriously
addressed
,
a
review
of
agrarian
policy
is
essential
.
This
should
be
based
on
adequate
analysis
of
the
gender
relations
of
reproduction
and
production
anchored
on
the
land
.
Click
here
for
details
DR
.
ERNEST
BEYARAZA
Makerere
University
,
Kampala
EFFECTS
OF
TRADITIONAL
CONCEPTS
OF
MARRIAGE
AND
FAMILY
ON
WOMEN
'
S
LAND
OWNERSHIP
IN
UGANDA
TODAY
.
Land
ownership
is
one
of
the
thorny
issues
in
Uganda
.
This
issue
has
been
developing
slowly
but
steadily
ever
since
the
introduction
of
individual
property
ownership
through
colonialism
.
Traditionally
,
land
was
communally
owned
.
As
colonialism
undermined
the
traditional
belief
systems
and
norms
,
the
communal
ownership
of
land
in
Uganda
was
declared
repugnant
in
the
case
of
Timoni
Mwenge
v
.
Serwano
Migade
,
way
back
in
the
early
1950s
.
While
the
colonial
impact
was
admittedly
effective
,
the
traditional
belief
systems
and
norms
have
remained
resilient
in
many
ways
.
Consequently
,
a
clash
between
traditional
and
modern
culture
has
emerged
.
This
paper
takes
special
interest
in
this
clash
in
terms
of
the
concepts
of
marriage
and
family
and
their
effect
on
land
ownership
.
The
traditional
concept
and
practice
of
marriage
,
whereby
a
girl
leaves
her
family
and
joins
that
of
her
husband
appears
to
be
one
of
the
key
problems
behind
land
ownership
by
girls
and
women
.
For
an
unmarried
girl
,
the
idea
of
land
ownership
does
not
arise
as
she
is
expected
to
go
away
,
anyway
.
In
many
societies
even
boys
are
traditionally
given
land
when
they
marry
.
This
land
is
for
building
their
separate
homesteads
and
food
production
for
their
new
families
.
Click
here
for
details
MRS
.
AGNES
NYOKA
SUDANESE
WOMEN
REFUGEES
LIVING
ILLEGALY
IN
NAIROBI
,
KENYA
SUDANESE
WOMEN
REFUGEES
LIVING
ILLEGARLY
IN
NAIROBI
,
KENYA
:
THEIR
EXPERIENCE
.
It
is
worthwhile
to
contexualise
intervention
with
a
brief
introduction
.
There
are
over
2000
Sudanese
’
s
refugees
women
currently
living
illegally
in
Nairobi
,
Kenya
.
But
,
the
above
quoted
number
frequently
fluctuate
as
some
leave
Kenya
and
others
do
arrive
in
Kenya
from
time
to
time
.
There
are
some
characteristics
which
they
all
share
in
common
:
they
are
,
to
a
large
extent
,
traumatized
,
weary
,
impoverished
and
destitute
,
depressed
and
helpless
.
Click
here
for
details
N
.
Ngwira
,
A
.
Chiweza
,
N
.
Kanyongolo
and
E
.
Kayambazinthu
Gender
Studies
and
Outreach
Unit
,
Chancellor
College
,
University
of
Malawi
Email
:
naomingwira
@
yahoo
.
com
economics
@
chirunga
.
sdnp
.
org
.
mw
.
Upholding
Women
’
s
Property
and
Inheritance
Rights
in
Malawi
:
Changes
required
to
meet
the
challenges
Women
’
s
property
and
inheritance
rights
have
attracted
a
lot
of
attention
in
the
1990s
in
Malawi
,
especially
after
the
Beijing
women
’
s
UN
conference
.
There
is
now
more
discussion
of
and
advocacy
for
these
rights
,
as
well
as
a
new
awareness
on
part
of
women
themselves
.
The
Convention
Against
the
Discrimination
of
Women
(
CEDAW
)
in
Article
16
calls
on
State
parties
to
‘
take
all
appropriate
measures
to
eliminate
discrimination
against
women
in
all
matters
relating
to
marriage
and
family
relations
’
,
and
that
on
basis
of
equality
between
men
and
women
,
the
latter
will
be
accorded
the
‘
same
rights
and
responsibilities
during
marriage
and
its
dissolution
;
and
also
provide
the
same
rights
for
both
men
and
women
in
respect
of
the
ownership
,
acquisition
,
management
,
administration
,
enjoyment
and
disposition
of
property
,
whether
free
of
charge
or
for
a
valuable
consideration
.
’
Malawi
has
ratified
the
CEDAW
and
has
also
developed
a
national
platform
for
action
in
responding
to
the
Beijing
conference
and
has
recently
come
up
with
a
gender
policy
.
The
Wills
and
Inheritance
Act
(
WIA
)
has
been
revised
to
criminalize
property
grabbing
.
However
evidence
from
media
and
court
sources
indicate
that
women
’
s
property
and
inheritance
rights
are
far
from
secure
.
Click
here
for
details
Shilu
Shah
and
Helen
Liebling
Investigations
of
the
Sexual
Exploitation
of
the
Girl
Child
in
Tanzania
and
Women
during
Civil
War
Years
in
Uganda
After
several
discussions
over
endless
cups
of
coffee
,
about
our
Ph
.
D
.
research
,
Helen
and
I
decided
to
present
a
joint
paper
.
We
both
agreed
that
the
sexual
exploitation
of
girls
and
women
are
areas
that
have
been
historically
silenced
,
until
the
feminist
movement
attempted
to
overcome
this
.
However
,
we
also
felt
that
gendered
accounts
of
the
commercial
sexual
exploitation
of
girls
and
sexual
exploitation
of
women
during
war
are
issues
that
are
still
very
much
under
-
represented
in
the
general
literature
,
and
remain
taboo
subjects
in
may
societies
.
Accordingly
,
we
thought
it
was
important
to
try
and
give
some
voice
to
the
experiences
of
these
girls
and
women
,
as
well
as
highlight
some
important
emerging
themes
.
Click
here
for
details
Many
African
countries
are
experiencing
a
problem
of
congestion
in
prisons
.
This
situation
makes
it
difficult
to
implement
relevant
United
Nations
Instruments
,
inter
alia
,
United
Nations
Standard
Minimum
Rules
for
treatment
of
offenders
,
Riyadh
Guide
Lines
,
Tokyo
Rules
,
Beijing
Rules
and
local
instruments
.
One
way
to
combat
this
problem
is
the
strict
implementation
of
national
and
international
legal
instruments
.
At
the
national
level
,
we
have
:
Habeas
Corpus
Act
(
Police
)
,
Nolle
Prosequi
(
Prosecution
)
,
alternatives
to
imprisonment
,
indictment
act
,
suspended
sentence
(
Judiciary
)
;
review
of
sentence
,
release
on
parole
;
remission
system
(
Prisons
)
.
The
implementation
of
all
those
instruments
will
keep
many
people
out
of
prison
.
1
Unfortunately
,
at
all
levels
,
these
instruments
have
not
been
wholly
implemented
though
they
could
be
useful
in
reducing
the
number
of
offenders
in
prisons
,
hence
congestion
.
Another
way
which
is
our
approach
is
a
successful
resettlement
of
ex
-
offenders
into
their
local
communities
which
will
prevent
them
from
relapsing
back
into
crime
(
recidivism
)
.
At
the
same
time
this
social
intervention
is
a
way
to
educate
,
involve
the
members
of
the
local
communities
as
local
social
actors
in
prevention
of
crime
,
taking
into
consideration
possible
socio
-
economic
consequences
of
further
crimes
on
their
lives
.
We
are
convinced
that
strict
implementation
of
both
local
and
international
instruments
and
successful
integration
of
offenders
through
our
approach
in
their
local
communities
or
places
of
their
choice
will
go
along
way
to
substantially
reduce
the
number
of
persons
in
prison
.
Some
readers
may
think
that
our
intervention
is
belated
because
it
seems
to
be
at
the
end
of
a
process
as
prisons
appear
to
be
the
last
stage
of
the
criminal
justice
system
.
A
careful
examination
of
the
situation
reveals
that
the
justice
system
is
seen
and
understood
as
linear
process
.
The
case
of
recidivism
shows
that
it
is
a
circular
one
:
(
police
,
prosecution
,
judiciary
,
prison
to
police
;
see
figure
(
1
)
below
)
.
(
a
)
Circular
Process
in
the
case
of
a
recidivist
.
(
b
)
Disruption
of
the
process
Our
efforts
are
geared
towards
disruption
of
that
circle
.
The
prison
is
our
starting
point
.
As
the
reader
will
learn
through
this
study
,
the
approach
described
disrupts
the
process
.
Many
cases
analyzed
during
this
study
show
clearly
that
disruption
;
(
see
inter
alia
quoted
cases
in
this
document
)
.
It
is
a
successful
resettlement
when
the
inmate
is
accepted
in
his
or
her
local
community
.
This
study
also
shows
that
when
there
is
a
failure
of
resettlement
because
of
non
-
involvement
of
local
social
actors
in
local
communities
,
the
ex
-
inmates
will
soon
relapse
into
crime
as
indicated
in
the
cases
of
TL
and
FM
who
were
killed
by
mobs
.
The
two
approaches
can
simultaneously
be
carried
out
when
sufficient
funds
are
available
.
The
effectiveness
of
the
criminal
justice
system
will
be
enhanced
.
As
can
be
deduced
from
the
above
illustrations
,
imprisonment
is
not
an
end
in
itself
,
but
a
means
to
an
end
.
The
punitive
logic
(
see
sub
-
section
,
4
.
1
:
Knife
Logic
)
which
is
characteristic
of
imprisonment
is
not
enough
to
break
the
circle
.
Other
logics
such
as
the
needle
logic
(
see
sub
-
section
4
.
2
)
are
needed
.
Our
approach
is
qualitative
.
Referring
to
B
.
Glaser
and
Strauses
we
are
using
the
grounded
theory
approach
whose
objectives
are
to
generate
adequate
concepts
from
the
data
and
the
theoretical
links
found
out
amongst
them
.
We
have
then
a
theoretical
core
explaining
the
problematic
situation
under
study
.
The
problem
in
our
case
is
the
social
rehabilitation
of
the
inmate
or
exprisoners
in
general
.
The
reader
may
observe
frequent
repetitions
in
this
presentation
.
This
is
one
of
the
constraints
of
the
approach
.
Those
repetitions
are
different
links
between
sections
,
sub
-
sections
and
paragraphs
showing
in
the
final
analysis
,
the
internal
cohesion
.
He
may
observe
also
that
the
formulation
of
some
of
the
quotations
is
not
good
.
In
order
to
avoid
any
alternations
of
those
quotations
,
they
are
kept
in
their
original
form
.
To
ensure
the
inmates
'
anonymity
,
only
the
initials
of
their
names
are
used
.
This
study
reveals
that
social
rehabilitation
is
a
process
.
Referring
to
Glaser
,
this
is
our
core
category
.
Unfortunately
,
the
common
understanding
of
social
rehabilitation
in
many
projects
seem
not
to
take
into
consideration
the
processual
aspect
of
social
rehabilitation
.
This
aspect
has
the
advantage
of
emphasizing
to
us
different
elements
below
:
There
are
steps
to
be
fulfilled
;
Every
process
requires
reparation
;
There
are
legal
instruments
to
law
support
from
;
The
involvement
of
different
social
actors
;
The
necessary
recourse
to
needle
logic
;
Social
workers
as
a
link
These
elements
are
essential
prerequisites
for
successful
social
rehabilitation
of
offenders
.
Referring
to
Glaser
,
those
elements
are
categories
generated
during
the
study
and
are
explanations
of
the
main
category
.
At
least
they
are
conditions
to
be
fulfilled
in
order
that
social
rehabilitation
succeeds
.
This
study
is
an
action
research
on
social
rehabilitation
of
offenders
,
initiated
and
launched
by
the
Commissioner
General
of
Prisons
Uganda
,
and
UNAFRI
on
the
19th
April
1994
.
From
a
total
of
50
cases
,
only
received
4
or
more
visits
while
in
and
after
release
were
analyzed
.
A
number
of
these
cases
have
been
quoted
to
illustrate
statements
in
the
study
.
The
results
are
considered
to
be
very
satisfactory
and
the
exercise
deserves
to
be
continued
and
extended
to
other
prisons
in
Uganda
and
other
countries
in
the
Africa
Region
.
At
the
same
time
this
study
demonstrates
the
kind
of
technical
cooperation
that
should
exist
between
UNAFRI
and
other
African
countries
.
The
scarce
financial
,
human
and
material
resources
available
in
our
countries
can
be
optimally
used
to
achieve
successful
resettlement
of
offenders
back
home
as
social
development
actors
.
We
are
convinced
that
the
study
could
be
undertaken
in
other
countries
of
the
region
,
in
order
to
improve
our
understanding
of
correctional
instruments
,
in
pursuit
of
local
and
international
instruments
,
which
are
dealing
with
the
rights
of
prisoners
in
particular
and
human
rights
in
general
.
Finally
,
in
our
view
,
this
study
is
a
way
to
implement
local
provisions
,
which
have
been
allowed
for
time
immemorial
,
to
sink
into
oblivion
and
international
instruments
often
considered
irrelevant
.
SECTION
1
:
EVERY
PROCESS
REQUIRES
PREPARATION
:
THE
FULFILLMENT
OF
STEPS
As
in
every
other
process
,
social
rehabilitation
requires
preparation
so
that
we
can
move
from
one
step
to
another
,
each
step
being
the
preparation
of
the
other
to
follow
.
Unfortunately
the
penal
practice
on
social
rehabilitation
in
most
African
countries
reveals
that
this
is
not
the
case
.
Hence
the
failure
of
rehabilitation
initiatives
.
As
a
rule
the
preparation
has
to
begin
as
soon
as
the
inmate
is
admitted
into
the
prison
in
order
to
maintain
ties
with
relatives
because
the
contribution
of
relatives
,
friends
etc
.
is
needed
at
this
stage
.
The
social
rehabilitation
programme
in
many
countries
,
as
indicated
by
delegates
during
UNAFRI
seminars
,
and
in
some
documents
,
are
failing
in
this
objective
because
of
lack
of
link
with
the
outside
and
the
involved
social
actors
operating
outside
the
needle
logic
.
1
.
1
IN
PRISON
:
1
.
1
.
1
Activities
in
General
Many
activities
are
organized
in
prison
for
inmates
,
i
.
e
.
vocational
training
,
sports
,
recreation
etc
.
These
activities
are
very
important
to
inmates
.
Sports
activities
for
example
develop
the
inmates
'
sense
of
responsibility
,
fair
play
,
initiative
,
self
-
confidence
,
rule
respect
,
etc
.
The
full
impact
of
training
activities
in
prison
will
not
be
meaningful
without
linking
them
with
outside
.
During
the
course
of
training
,
the
educators
,
the
social
workers
,
etc
.
should
,
through
inmates
'
relatives
and
other
visitors
,
explore
and
seek
outside
the
prison
,
opportunity
to
practice
the
skills
acquired
during
imprisonment
.
III
(
a
)
Summary
if
DM
'
s
case
DM
(
No
.
U
34
/
89
)
,
a
26
year
old
ordinary
prisoner
,
not
married
and
with
no
child
,
came
from
Luwero
district
and
his
earliest
possible
date
of
release
was
21
May
1994
.
He
was
born
from
a
polygamous
family
and
his
standard
of
education
was
P
.
VI
.
He
was
imprisoned
for
seven
years
and
ten
months
,
for
burglary
(
c
/
s
281
of
PCA
)
and
theft
;
stealing
a
bicycle
c
/
s
255
(
A
)
and
escaping
from
lawful
custody
(
c
/
s
103
of
PCA
)
.
Before
arrest
and
conviction
,
he
was
a
soldier
in
the
National
Resistance
Army
.
While
in
prison
,
he
was
taught
carpentry
and
gained
little
experience
in
the
trade
.
He
was
baptized
,
confirmed
and
became
a
committed
Christian
in
prison
.
He
was
visited
by
relatives
in
prison
a
number
of
times
.
At
home
in
Luwero
,
he
was
visited
six
times
by
the
Prisons
Social
worker
.
(
b
)
Comments
While
in
prison
he
gained
skills
in
carpentry
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
In
prison
he
was
placed
on
carpentry
,
where
he
gained
little
experience
and
skills
.
He
intends
to
work
in
any
carpentry
workshops
where
he
would
stay
in
Luwero
.
"
Fortunately
for
DM
,
later
on
his
brother
succeeded
in
getting
for
him
employment
in
a
carpentry
workshop
in
Kampala
.
What
we
mean
by
creating
possibilities
for
the
inmate
to
practice
the
activity
learned
in
the
prison
can
consist
of
preparing
the
involved
local
social
actors
as
the
brothers
in
this
case
of
DM
.
After
release
,
DM
was
not
in
position
to
implement
directly
the
skills
learned
in
prison
.
So
he
had
to
dig
for
more
than
one
year
,
by
that
time
he
seems
to
be
a
hard
working
man
.
The
relatives
and
neighbors
were
satisfied
with
his
attitude
.
One
of
the
brothers
preferred
to
direct
DM
to
the
activity
he
learned
in
prison
.
"
Then
after
which
he
was
found
a
small
carpentry
workshop
.
Later
,
someone
employed
him
to
work
for
him
.
"
What
we
need
to
indicate
here
is
that
we
failed
,
while
we
were
preparing
DM
to
go
to
his
local
community
;
to
link
him
to
the
owner
of
carpentry
workshop
,
as
a
way
of
assisting
DM
to
implement
the
skills
he
learned
in
prison
.
Fortunately
,
the
brother
filled
that
gap
.
This
is
to
say
that
this
possibility
was
available
.
By
the
time
of
his
release
,
contacts
should
have
been
established
with
potential
employers
,
but
this
was
not
done
.
Although
it
was
done
at
a
later
stage
in
his
resettlement
process
.
In
the
case
of
FM
the
social
worker
and
the
father
fortunately
had
the
opportunity
to
talk
about
this
aspect
.
When
the
social
worker
visited
the
home
of
FA
,
she
had
this
conversation
with
the
father
:
"
SW
:
Why
do
you
plan
to
settle
him
on
your
land
?
Why
not
find
a
school
for
FA
?
Father
:
It
is
because
when
I
used
to
visit
my
son
at
the
reformatory
school
could
find
him
very
busy
with
agricultural
activities
.
I
was
happy
and
I
felt
he
should
come
home
and
continue
with
agriculture
.
"
1
.
1
.
2
Vocational
Training
:
The
activities
such
as
blacksmith
,
carpentry
,
masonary
,
etc
.
should
be
organized
taking
into
consideration
the
outside
life
,
because
life
in
prison
should
not
be
in
isolation
.
Every
time
that
link
will
be
made
,
it
will
be
efficient
preparation
for
the
inmate
to
leave
the
prison
.
This
link
is
also
a
way
to
reduce
the
permanent
prisonization
effects
.
During
this
preparation
social
actors
such
as
educators
(
see
section
3
.
7
)
,
prisons
management
and
custodial
staff
(
section
3
.
8
)
and
the
inmate
himself
(
section
3
.
9
)
should
be
considered
as
social
actors
(
see
section
3
.
8
)
because
their
contribution
is
needed
.
When
an
inmate
is
totally
involved
in
that
preparation
we
can
succeed
in
changing
his
/
her
attitude
.
For
example
to
make
him
accept
the
responsibility
of
the
offence
he
/
she
committed
while
outside
.
One
of
the
indicators
to
evaluate
that
change
can
be
got
from
the
inmate
himself
/
herself
;
then
instead
of
saying
:
"
They
say
I
....
"
Will
become
:
"
I
did
...
"
A
change
of
attitude
on
the
part
of
the
prisoner
as
mentioned
above
is
needed
so
that
he
/
she
can
be
involved
in
his
/
her
rehabilitation
process
.
The
walls
around
the
prisons
which
are
symbolic
of
unnatural
social
environment
for
the
prisoner
,
should
not
be
considered
as
a
barrier
between
the
life
in
prison
and
outside
.
The
concept
of
social
rehabilitation
involves
that
link
between
life
in
prison
and
the
outside
.
1
.
1
.
2
The
Exposition
The
exposition
of
inmates
to
various
skills
alone
is
not
enough
.
The
inmate
should
be
linked
with
the
outside
in
order
to
improve
the
relationship
with
the
members
of
his
local
community
and
the
opportunity
to
implement
the
skills
learnt
while
in
prison
.
It
is
worth
to
indicate
here
that
the
Penal
Justice
System
professionals
should
always
have
in
mind
the
fact
that
imprisonment
does
not
often
solve
the
problem
existing
between
the
inmate
and
the
victim
.
That
is
why
during
the
first
contacts
with
the
inmates
many
of
them
prefer
to
go
elsewhere
after
release
than
going
home
because
of
fear
of
the
victims
at
home
.
The
social
worker
seems
to
be
the
key
person
to
solve
this
remaining
social
problem
.
The
successful
initiatives
on
his
/
her
behalf
are
the
explanations
of
the
reconciliatory
attitude
of
the
inmates
.
As
in
the
case
of
ES
,
he
wrote
a
letter
to
his
father
assuring
him
:
"
I
will
never
repeat
my
mistake
to
attack
my
stepmother
...
"
1
.
2
OUTSIDE
PRISON
:
1
.
2
.
1
.
The
Bad
Picture
of
the
Penal
System
The
data
examined
shows
that
there
is
always
a
link
between
the
inmate
and
the
relatives
.
But
because
of
the
bad
picture
the
relatives
,
friends
,
neighbors
,
etc
.
have
about
the
penal
system
,
a
big
number
of
inmates
are
not
visited
.
Even
the
first
contact
with
the
social
workers
is
difficult
and
misunderstood
.
As
below
this
bad
picture
explains
the
impression
the
social
worker
got
while
visiting
the
mother
of
PS
:
"
I
was
introduced
to
her
,
but
the
first
impression
I
got
was
that
she
had
doubt
about
me
.
May
be
she
mistook
me
to
be
one
of
the
bad
people
who
might
have
coned
her
.
Sometime
later
I
was
told
that
many
people
coned
her
,
especially
during
the
hearing
of
Peter
'
s
investigation
.
She
lost
a
lot
of
money
.
I
understand
some
people
continued
going
to
her
;
that
is
why
the
mother
is
still
sensitive
about
visitors
,
especially
those
visitors
who
mention
PS
.
"
This
is
really
a
bad
picture
of
the
penal
system
on
the
part
of
the
local
communities
.
This
bad
picture
is
also
shown
by
the
inmate
especially
on
prisons
.
The
following
paragraph
of
the
social
worker
'
s
report
on
PS
is
sufficient
illustration
:
"
When
PS
was
asked
about
imprisonment
,
he
replied
that
it
is
very
bad
to
be
a
prisoner
.
Prisons
staff
hardly
recognize
you
as
a
person
.
You
lose
your
dignity
and
nobody
can
listen
to
you
,
even
if
you
are
completely
worn
out
.
A
prisoner
cannot
suggest
...
Imprisonment
is
not
a
joke
.
Most
people
refer
to
prisoners
as
things
,
but
not
as
people
"
.
When
the
confidence
was
established
between
those
local
community
members
with
the
social
worker
,
we
learned
more
about
this
bad
picture
of
the
penal
system
.
II
(
a
)
Summary
of
SM
'
s
case
SM
(
No
.
U666
/
93
)
,
a
star
inmate
,
educated
up
to
P
.
VII
only
,
claims
to
be
a
Mutoro
by
tribe
(
with
a
Kiganda
name
)
,
but
on
the
prison
record
,
he
is
a
Muganda
by
tribe
.
Before
his
arrest
and
conviction
SM
was
a
soldier
in
the
National
Resistance
Army
.
When
interviewed
by
the
social
worker
,
SM
stated
that
his
relatives
were
in
Kasese
District
,
while
on
prison
record
his
father
was
in
Bugerere
,
in
Mukono
District
.
SM
is
from
a
monogamous
family
and
has
three
sisters
and
three
brothers
.
His
father
died
in
1982
and
the
mother
is
still
alive
.
Convicted
and
sentenced
to
30
months
'
imprisonment
for
robbery
,
(
c
/
s
272
of
PCA
)
SM
'
s
earliest
possible
date
of
release
from
prison
was
14
September
1994
.
While
in
prison
,
he
was
trained
in
the
carpentry
,
was
not
visited
and
the
social
worker
visited
him
four
times
after
release
.
b
)
Comment
In
this
case
,
SM
'
s
brother
revealed
the
bad
picture
he
had
on
the
penal
system
.
For
him
,
inmates
are
beaten
every
day
.
That
is
why
,
without
hesitation
,
he
asked
the
following
to
the
social
worker
to
confirm
his
opinion
on
the
penal
system
:
"
I
think
you
beat
them
every
day
and
take
them
to
shamba
,
is
it
so
?
"
SM
'
s
case
is
also
sufficient
illustration
of
the
Penal
System
.
Some
relatives
have
a
very
bad
picture
of
the
penal
system
in
general
and
of
the
prison
in
particular
,
so
that
they
cannot
believe
in
the
capacity
of
this
system
to
reform
the
inmate
.
When
the
social
worker
informed
SM
'
s
father
that
his
son
became
a
good
carpenter
during
his
imprisonment
,
the
latter
could
not
believe
:
"
Tobiya
"
,
he
exclaimed
.
This
bad
picture
is
the
cause
of
the
fear
the
relatives
,
friends
and
neighbors
have
to
visit
inmates
.
III
(
a
)
Summary
of
MM
'
s
case
MM
(
No
.
KGO
89
/
92
)
,
a
21
year
old
ordinary
inmate
,
a
Munyarwanda
by
tribe
,
comes
from
Mityana
in
Mubende
District
.
He
was
born
out
of
a
monogamous
family
and
both
parents
are
alive
.
He
is
not
married
and
has
no
child
.
He
stopped
at
Primary
III
and
before
his
arrest
and
subsequent
conviction
,
he
looked
after
his
father
'
s
cattle
.
MM
was
sentenced
to
30
months
'
imprisonment
for
stealing
cattle
(
c
/
s
255
of
the
PCA
)
and
escaping
from
lawful
custody
(
c
/
s
103
of
the
PCA
)
.
While
in
prison
he
worked
in
the
vegetable
shamba
.
His
earliest
possible
date
(
EPD
)
of
release
was
13th
July
1994
.
(
b
)
Comment
The
bad
picture
those
local
social
actors
have
and
even
the
inmates
is
not
on
the
mistreatment
of
inmates
,
but
also
imaginary
on
the
side
of
visitors
.
Here
is
some
conversation
between
MM
'
s
father
and
the
social
worker
:
"
MM
'
s
father
:
Will
they
not
mistreat
me
?
SW
:
...
They
will
welcome
you
,
they
will
ask
you
kindly
whom
you
want
and
they
will
give
you
a
seat
.
MM
'
s
father
:
Can
I
bring
him
something
to
eat
?
SW
:
You
can
bring
,
but
the
food
has
to
be
tested
first
.
MM
'
s
father
:
Thank
you
very
much
.
I
was
worried
at
first
,
when
I
saw
you
.
I
thought
you
were
CID
.
SW
:
We
all
laughed
.
"
This
bad
picture
is
also
described
by
some
inmates
.
Some
of
them
got
different
view
after
release
.
This
is
what
MM
revealed
to
the
social
worker
during
the
third
visit
the
social
worker
paid
to
his
home
:
"
I
will
come
there
to
see
you
.
You
have
been
a
friend
to
us
all
.
I
remember
when
we
were
at
Kigo
together
I
used
to
fear
everybody
,
but
now
you
have
come
here
thrice
,
I
am
now
used
to
you
.
We
look
like
brothers
who
share
problems
I
personally
have
.
I
will
come
there
to
see
you
all
.
"
This
revelation
by
the
ex
-
inmate
shows
that
there
is
really
a
change
on
the
picture
he
had
.
He
is
ready
to
pay
a
visit
to
all
of
them
(
the
social
worker
,
the
custodial
staff
,
etc
)
.
This
bad
picture
is
the
explanation
in
some
cases
of
the
surprise
observed
by
the
social
worker
.
Let
us
examine
the
case
of
JS
.
IV
(
a
)
Summary
of
JS
'
s
case
JS
(
No
.
MBP
617
/
94
)
is
a
star
inmate
,
a
Muganda
from
Mubende
District
and
aged
23
years
.
He
was
educated
up
to
Senior
Secondary
III
,
when
he
dropped
out
due
to
lack
of
school
fees
.
He
was
born
in
a
polygamous
family
.
His
father
was
still
alive
,
but
the
mother
died
.
JS
is
married
with
a
child
and
by
the
time
he
was
sentenced
to
imprisonment
,
he
was
not
doing
any
serious
work
.
He
was
sentenced
to
a
fine
of
shs
.
100
.
000
or
six
months
'
imprisonment
,
for
obtaining
goods
under
false
pretence
(
c
/
s
289
of
the
PCA
)
.
His
earliest
possible
date
of
release
was
30th
September
1994
.
While
in
prison
,
he
was
visited
by
a
friend
and
after
release
from
prison
,
the
social
worker
visited
the
ex
-
inmate
four
times
at
his
home
in
Mityana
,
Mubende
District
.
(
b
)
Comment
We
observed
that
this
exercise
has
made
some
persons
change
the
bad
picture
they
had
on
the
penal
system
in
general
and
on
prisons
in
particular
.
JS
'
s
father
considered
that
there
is
a
change
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
He
was
so
happy
again
,
the
worker
visiting
him
and
he
greeted
him
.
MM
could
not
believe
that
the
worker
could
visit
him
again
and
said
;
it
is
wonderful
to
see
a
government
following
somebody
from
prison
to
his
home
;
this
is
a
new
nation
;
he
nodded
his
head
.
"
This
statement
is
not
only
from
JS
'
s
father
,
KN
'
s
father
is
of
the
same
opinion
as
is
reported
by
the
social
worker
:
He
was
impressed
that
prisons
/
government
is
changing
these
days
...
"
This
case
and
others
are
indicative
of
a
growing
change
of
positive
attitude
towards
the
penal
system
in
general
and
prisons
in
particular
.
It
is
also
encouraging
to
note
that
both
cases
quoted
are
successful
because
the
ex
-
inmates
are
now
settled
and
leading
a
law
-
abiding
and
useful
life
.
We
can
say
that
we
failed
to
change
some
other
ex
-
inmates
,
who
still
have
a
very
bad
picture
of
the
penal
system
in
general
and
of
the
prisons
in
particular
.
PS
,
for
example
,
in
his
reply
to
the
social
worker
confirms
this
failure
.
For
this
ex
-
inmate
,
this
bad
picture
is
extended
to
the
society
in
general
:
This
study
shows
a
possibility
of
changing
the
attitudes
inter
alia
of
:
(
1
)
The
inmates
that
the
social
worker
is
there
to
prepare
them
for
their
return
from
prison
back
home
.
(
2
)
The
custodial
staff
to
consider
themselves
that
their
contribution
in
the
social
rehabilitation
of
inmates
.
(
3
)
The
members
of
the
local
community
that
their
contribution
is
needed
without
which
our
quest
for
a
successful
social
rehabilitation
is
doomed
to
failure
.
1
.
2
.
2
The
Happiness
of
the
Relatives
The
relatives
,
friends
,
neighbors
,
etc
.
who
do
not
visit
either
because
of
the
bad
picture
of
the
penal
system
and
consequently
by
the
fear
generated
by
this
bad
picture
,
or
because
of
long
distances
,
are
nevertheless
often
happy
when
they
learn
that
the
relatives
are
about
to
be
released
.
This
is
demonstrated
in
several
cases
below
:
V
(
a
)
Summary
of
TL
'
s
case
TL
(
No
.
U10
/
93
)
a
star
prisoner
,
was
37
year
old
man
from
Mityana
,
sentenced
to
two
and
a
half
years
'
imprisonment
for
illegal
possession
of
firearms
(
c
/
s
285
of
the
PCA
)
.
Before
his
arrest
and
conviction
,
he
was
working
as
a
driver
.
TL
was
married
with
children
.
His
father
and
mother
were
still
alive
.
While
in
prison
,
he
worked
as
a
cleaner
.
TL
was
visited
only
once
while
he
was
still
on
remand
in
prison
,
but
when
he
was
finally
convicted
,
he
was
not
visited
.
After
release
,
his
home
was
visited
twice
by
the
social
worker
.
(
b
)
Comment
In
the
case
of
TL
the
social
worker
reports
extreme
happiness
of
the
father
to
learn
that
his
son
was
still
alive
and
about
to
be
released
:
"
The
father
could
not
believe
his
ears
.
He
did
not
recall
whether
he
heard
properly
,
then
he
exclaimed
:
Where
is
TL
?
...
The
father
sighed
and
came
forward
to
embrace
me
.
He
was
extremely
grateful
to
hear
about
his
son
.
He
recalled
with
much
regret
that
he
has
lost
four
of
his
children
(
three
sons
and
one
daughter
)
and
he
had
assumed
that
TL
was
dead
.
As
we
see
below
,
because
of
lack
of
circulation
of
information
,
TL
was
presumed
dead
by
the
relatives
.
This
explains
the
happiness
and
at
the
same
time
the
suffering
by
the
father
.
III
(
a
)
Summary
of
KM
'
s
case
KM
(
No
.
MBP451
/
93
)
,
an
illiterate
star
prisoner
,
whose
earliest
possible
date
of
release
was
25th
July
1994
,
is
a
Moslem
by
faith
,
married
with
seven
children
and
comes
from
a
monogamous
family
in
Mityana
.
He
was
sentenced
to
two
years
'
imprisonment
for
malicious
damage
of
property
(
c
/
s
215
of
the
PCA
)
.
Before
arrest
and
conviction
,
KM
was
a
driver
in
the
National
Resistance
Army
.
In
Prison
,
he
was
trained
as
a
blacksmith
and
was
visited
several
times
by
the
wife
.
After
release
,
he
was
visited
four
times
by
the
social
worker
.
(
b
)
Comment
Even
in
this
case
there
is
happiness
and
some
suffering
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
When
I
told
the
sister
that
KM
was
due
for
release
on
25th
July
1994
,
she
was
so
happy
.
Then
all
of
a
sudden
she
cried
a
bit
,
saying
that
all
those
two
years
my
brother
has
been
in
prison
,
I
haven
'
t
been
able
to
go
and
visit
him
.
I
comforted
her
,
saying
that
it
was
not
your
fault
,
but
now
you
have
to
prepare
for
his
release
,
so
that
when
he
arrives
he
does
not
feel
out
of
place
as
an
outcast
.
"
The
bad
picture
described
earlier
is
also
the
explanation
of
the
surprise
observed
on
the
part
of
some
relatives
.
VII
VII
.
(
a
)
Summary
of
KN
'
s
case
KN
(
No
.
LWP10
/
94
)
,
a
star
inmate
,
aged
25
years
,
came
from
a
monogamous
family
in
Masaka
District
.
She
was
not
married
,
but
had
two
children
.
Her
earliest
possible
date
of
release
was
10th
November
1994
,
from
Luzira
Women
Prison
,
Kampala
.
She
was
imprisoned
for
one
year
for
the
offence
of
stealing
from
a
dwelling
house
(
c
/
s
282
of
the
PCA
)
.
Before
her
conviction
,
she
was
a
Grade
III
teacher
in
Masaka
.
While
in
prison
,
she
was
not
visited
,
but
her
father
wrote
a
letter
to
her
through
the
social
worker
.
The
social
worker
visited
her
parents
twice
,
and
after
release
she
is
in
constant
touch
with
the
social
worker
.
(
b
)
Comment
KN
'
s
father
was
really
surprised
when
the
social
worker
presented
him
with
a
letter
from
his
daughter
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
After
introducing
myself
,
I
gave
him
the
letter
written
by
KN
.
It
was
a
surprise
visit
because
he
never
expected
anybody
to
travel
from
Luzira
to
Masaka
on
behalf
of
a
prisoner
.
The
surprise
of
the
father
seems
also
due
to
the
bad
picture
he
has
on
the
prison
.
It
was
also
a
shock
to
him
to
hear
that
his
daughter
KN
was
well
and
healthy
and
had
taken
the
trouble
to
write
to
him
.
"
Even
in
the
case
of
DM
the
bad
picture
seems
to
be
one
of
the
explanations
of
the
happiness
as
expressed
by
the
mother
.
"
Oh
my
God
,
my
son
is
still
alive
!
Praise
the
Lord
.
Will
he
really
come
back
here
?
"
Here
the
feeling
of
strong
happiness
is
mixed
with
a
very
strong
surprise
.
VIII
(
a
)
Summary
of
AS
'
s
case
As
(
No
.
U66
/
84
)
is
a
star
inmate
,
a
Moslem
by
faith
,
and
a
Muru
by
tribe
,
from
the
Sudan
,
whose
parents
migrated
to
Uganda
when
he
was
still
a
child
.
By
the
time
of
his
arrest
and
conviction
,
he
was
38
years
old
and
married
with
children
.
He
was
sentenced
to
fifteen
years
'
imprisonment
for
kidnapping
with
intent
to
murder
,
(
c
.
s
235
of
the
PCA
)
and
his
earliest
possible
date
of
release
was
7th
October
,
1994
.
Prior
to
his
arrest
,
he
was
a
police
officer
(
Assistant
Commissioner
of
Police
)
,
and
before
he
joined
police
,
he
was
a
professional
mechanic
.
While
in
prison
,
he
was
trained
in
tailoring
and
was
visited
several
times
by
his
wife
,
relatives
and
friends
.
After
release
he
was
visited
five
times
by
the
social
worker
before
the
ex
-
inmate
left
for
Nairobi
.
(
b
)
Comment
In
this
case
it
is
a
friend
who
took
the
initiative
to
direct
AS
to
the
skills
he
learned
in
prison
:
"
Truly
I
convinced
AS
to
come
to
stay
with
me
.
He
brought
all
his
family
this
way
.
We
are
going
to
start
a
project
with
him
.
I
have
a
school
down
here
,
it
is
a
Muslim
school
.
AS
is
expert
in
tailoring
,
so
I
would
like
him
to
teach
the
children
tailoring
...
"
Even
for
this
case
and
others
,
the
necessary
actions
were
not
taken
,
failing
then
to
lead
the
ex
-
inmates
directly
to
the
skills
they
learned
in
prison
.
There
is
a
clear
need
to
prepare
,
using
the
different
contacts
(
relatives
,
friends
,
neighbors
,
etc
)
with
outside
,
so
that
on
release
the
inmate
is
able
to
implement
the
skills
learned
during
his
/
her
imprisonment
.
The
two
cases
above
show
well
that
the
preparation
of
the
inmate
to
resettle
will
be
almost
completed
when
this
aspect
of
implementing
the
skills
learned
in
prison
is
taken
into
consideration
.
Another
case
indicated
by
the
UDPAS
,
where
this
aspect
of
early
preparation
was
done
;
from
release
the
inmate
was
successfully
resettled
as
a
carpenter
for
more
than
ten
years
.
1
.
2
.
3
Rapture
For
the
success
of
the
social
rehabilitation
of
the
inmate
,
the
social
link
with
the
outside
(
relatives
,
friends
,
neighbors
,
etc
)
should
be
instituted
as
soon
as
the
inmate
is
admitted
into
the
prison
.
The
new
case
of
ET
shows
that
for
some
inmates
there
is
no
link
at
all
with
the
outside
.
IX
(
a
)
Summary
of
ET
'
s
case
ET
(
No
.
LWP
11
/
95
)
is
a
star
inmate
,
a
Samia
by
tribe
,
who
comes
from
Mukono
District
(
East
of
Kampala
)
.
She
was
40
years
old
at
the
time
of
her
arrest
,
married
to
a
man
who
had
other
women
.
The
husband
died
,
leaving
her
with
three
children
.
All
her
parents
too
had
died
.
She
was
sentenced
to
eighteen
months
'
imprisonment
for
the
offence
of
child
stealing
(
c
/
s
239
of
the
PCA
)
.
While
in
prison
,
she
was
looking
after
zero
grazing
dairy
cows
and
she
did
not
receive
any
visitors
.
(
b
)
Comment
We
learn
through
subsequent
visits
that
the
inmate
lost
her
land
while
in
prison
.
The
land
was
re
-
allocated
to
someone
else
by
the
LCI
Chairman
.
Upon
her
release
,
the
inmate
mounted
fruitless
efforts
to
repossess
her
land
.
She
reported
that
she
was
disadvantaged
because
she
was
illiterate
and
unable
to
read
a
letter
in
her
possession
from
the
Resident
district
Commissioner
(
RDC
)
to
the
LCI
chairman
in
respect
of
her
land
problems
.
As
expressed
by
her
lament
:
"
The
time
I
stayed
in
prison
is
too
long
.
I
do
not
know
,
since
I
did
not
hand
over
my
property
to
anybody
,
I
presume
to
be
in
bush
.
"
This
case
is
an
illustration
of
the
need
to
start
contact
between
the
inmate
and
the
outside
as
soon
as
possible
.
It
will
be
noted
from
the
above
that
if
earlier
contact
between
the
inmate
and
outside
relatives
had
been
made
,
the
chances
of
losing
her
land
could
have
been
minimized
.
This
omission
reinforces
our
opinion
of
the
necessity
to
establish
earlier
links
between
the
inmate
and
his
or
her
relatives
as
soon
as
he
/
she
is
admitted
into
prison
.
At
this
point
,
we
disagree
with
the
recommendation
on
preparation
for
release
as
contained
in
An
Alternative
White
Paper
on
Correctional
Services
,
a
South
African
document
that
:
"
...
efforts
to
reintegrate
prisoners
into
society
should
be
concentrated
in
the
last
part
of
every
prisoner
'
s
sentence
...
"
Because
of
lack
of
earlier
contact
with
the
outside
,
ET
''
land
was
unfairly
taken
away
from
her
and
she
is
now
renting
a
small
house
in
the
suburb
of
her
local
town
.
We
would
like
to
observe
further
,
that
apart
from
an
inmate
being
facilitated
to
continue
protecting
his
or
her
interest
while
in
custody
,
and
also
continue
his
/
her
business
activity
through
relatives
,
earlier
contact
with
the
outside
also
places
the
inmate
into
a
better
position
,
to
benefit
from
the
already
existing
legal
provisions
which
entitle
certain
offenders
to
earn
early
release
.
This
would
not
be
possible
for
the
inmate
to
benefit
if
the
linkage
is
established
at
the
last
month
towards
the
inmate
'
s
release
.
Delayed
linkage
of
the
inmate
and
the
outside
renders
nugatory
legal
(
local
and
international
)
provisions
,
which
empowers
prison
authorities
to
grant
certain
categories
of
deserving
prisoners
an
earlier
release
through
:
parole
,
review
of
sentence
,
release
on
license
,
etc
.
The
case
of
ZM
shows
a
total
physical
and
social
rupture
where
the
offender
is
kept
incomunicado
leading
to
relatives
presuming
the
offender
dead
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
It
had
been
rumored
that
he
was
dead
,
and
she
said
that
arrangements
were
being
made
for
the
last
funeral
rites
for
him
.
"
This
can
be
the
main
explanation
of
the
relatives
'
happiness
indicated
above
.
Here
also
is
a
useless
suffering
due
to
the
lack
of
circulation
of
information
between
the
inmate
and
his
/
her
relatives
.
Inspite
of
the
different
UN
and
local
Instruments
,
some
inmates
and
their
relatives
are
still
suffering
from
this
situation
.
Our
opinion
is
that
Uganda
and
other
countries
in
Africa
have
the
minimum
resources
to
change
this
situation
.
The
data
under
examination
,
as
the
reader
will
observe
,
after
reading
the
complete
study
,
reveals
that
in
some
of
our
African
countries
the
minimum
resources
are
available
,
but
not
used
.
As
a
response
to
the
above
observation
,
it
is
often
said
that
the
implementation
of
the
UN
Instruments
and
even
the
local
(
national
)
ones
is
difficult
.
We
are
convinced
that
the
meagre
resources
(
human
,
material
,
financial
,
etc
)
available
in
our
countries
can
allow
us
,
if
well
used
,
to
implement
those
instruments
.
The
present
project
is
a
way
of
implementing
all
those
instruments
.
In
light
of
the
above
cases
,
we
recommend
that
contact
between
the
inmate
and
the
outside
should
be
initiated
as
soon
as
possible
following
the
inmate
'
s
admission
into
the
prison
.
Contrary
to
the
views
held
by
the
authors
of
An
Alternative
to
the
South
African
White
Paper
on
Correctional
Services
,
recommending
that
contact
with
the
outside
in
favour
of
an
inmate
should
be
initiated
three
months
to
the
end
of
the
sentence
.
The
success
of
SB
'
s
case
demonstrates
immense
advantages
that
can
be
reaped
from
institution
of
earlier
contact
between
the
prisoner
and
the
outside
.
SB
,
while
in
prison
was
regularly
visited
by
his
wives
whom
he
directed
to
continue
with
the
business
and
raise
money
to
pay
off
the
debts
that
led
to
his
imprisonment
.
Consequently
,
because
of
the
good
and
earlier
contact
with
the
outside
,
the
business
continued
and
flourished
after
release
from
prison
.
ET
'
s
case
demonstrates
that
earlier
contact
with
outside
can
assist
in
providing
earlier
solutions
to
a
problem
which
had
been
complicated
by
lack
of
contact
with
the
outside
.
ET
lost
her
land
because
it
was
reallocated
while
she
was
in
prison
,
serving
a
sentence
of
one
and
a
half
years
,
without
any
contact
with
the
outside
.
This
was
a
cause
of
useless
suffering
to
ET
.
The
cases
of
TL
and
ZM
highlight
further
useless
suffering
inmates
and
their
relatives
are
subjected
to
,
if
no
earlier
contact
with
the
outside
means
we
are
doomed
to
failure
in
our
quest
to
reintegrate
the
offender
back
to
the
local
community
,
because
the
members
of
the
local
community
are
not
involved
in
the
social
rehabilitation
of
ex
-
inmates
;
the
cases
of
TL
and
ZM
are
a
clear
testimony
to
this
lack
of
contact
with
the
outside
.
The
involvement
of
those
local
social
actors
are
needed
.
This
involvement
brings
a
difference
between
TL
and
ZM
cases
.
The
late
,
but
total
involvement
of
the
local
community
members
in
the
case
of
ZM
makes
the
results
of
this
case
very
satisfactory
.
Although
in
the
case
of
TL
lack
of
involvement
by
local
community
members
makes
the
case
unsatisfactory
.
1
.
2
.
4
Useless
Suffering
PS
'
s
case
and
others
draw
our
attention
to
the
suffering
that
can
be
experienced
by
the
inmates
,
relatives
,
etc
.
because
of
lack
of
circulation
of
information
between
them
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
At
this
time
,
the
mother
seems
to
yield
.
She
changed
her
face
and
put
on
a
smiling
face
.
I
noted
so
because
she
even
extended
her
hand
to
shake
with
me
.
She
told
me
that
at
first
she
had
doubt
about
me
and
she
apologized
.
She
said
she
was
happy
to
hear
about
her
son
.
She
told
me
she
could
have
visited
him
today
but
she
ran
short
of
money
.
She
therefore
sent
the
sister
of
PS
.
She
sent
him
some
few
gifts
.
"
Below
is
a
case
demonstrating
the
useless
suffering
of
the
inmate
and
the
relatives
,
the
case
of
ES
.
X
(
a
)
Summary
of
ES
'
s
Case
ES
(
No
.
U69
/
87
)
is
a
star
inmate
aged
32
years
,
who
comes
from
Masaka
District
and
is
married
with
three
children
.
Educated
up
to
Senior
Secondary
III
,
ES
was
born
out
of
a
monogamous
family
.
His
father
died
,
leaving
his
mother
with
seven
children
.
He
was
sentenced
to
death
for
murder
,
(
c
/
s
183
of
the
PCA
)
but
the
death
sentence
was
commuted
to
life
imprisonment
,
whereby
his
earliest
possible
date
of
release
was
9th
September
,
1994
.
He
spent
most
of
his
time
of
imprisonment
,
in
the
condemned
section
of
the
prison
.
He
did
not
,
therefore
,
train
in
any
vocational
trade
.
Before
his
arrest
and
sentence
to
imprisonment
,
he
worked
as
a
pump
attendant
at
a
Petrol
Station
in
Kampala
;
worked
as
a
fishmonger
;
a
trader
in
second
-
hand
clothes
;
and
finally
joined
the
army
in
1979
.
(
b
)
Comment
ES
and
his
relatives
experienced
the
same
suffering
.
The
report
from
the
social
worker
describes
the
suffering
of
ES
.
"
ES
became
so
desperate
that
he
stopped
counting
himself
among
human
beings
.
The
mother
also
became
so
scarce
that
she
could
even
take
months
without
visiting
him
.
He
could
only
count
on
his
fellow
condemned
prisoners
as
his
close
friends
and
relatives
...
"
Cases
of
TL
,
DM
and
ZM
also
demonstrate
the
useless
suffering
inflicted
on
inmates
,
relatives
,
neighbors
,
friends
,
etc
.
through
non
-
contact
with
the
outside
.
Imprisonment
itself
is
punishment
.
Holding
a
prisoner
contrary
to
Section
37
of
the
United
Nations
Standard
Minimum
Rules
for
the
Treatment
of
Prisoners
or
local
legislations
results
into
useless
suffering
of
the
offender
and
relatives
.
Kept
in
that
situation
,
the
imprisonment
of
social
rehabilitation
programmes
is
comprised
and
the
picture
of
the
penal
system
will
continue
to
be
bad
before
prisoners
and
the
relatives
.
XI
(
a
)
Summary
of
SN
'
s
case
SN
(
No
.
LWP43
/
94
)
is
a
star
inmate
,
a
Muganda
from
Mawokota
in
Mpigi
District
and
she
was
19
years
old
at
the
time
of
her
arrest
and
conviction
.
Both
the
father
and
mother
died
.
SN
was
married
with
3
children
,
but
her
husband
also
died
.
She
never
went
to
school
,
although
her
parents
could
afford
to
pay
for
her
school
fees
.
She
simply
did
not
want
to
go
to
school
.
She
was
imprisoned
for
two
months
for
the
offence
of
administering
grievous
harm
to
a
person
(
c
/
s
212
of
the
PCA
)
.
While
in
prison
,
she
was
visited
by
her
inlaws
many
times
,
and
after
her
release
from
prison
,
the
social
worker
visited
the
ex
-
inmate
'
s
home
four
times
.
(
b
)
Comment
The
case
of
SN
shows
how
a
mother
can
suffer
in
prison
.
When
the
social
worker
visited
her
in
prison
,
she
revealed
:
"
...
I
am
worried
about
my
children
.
I
don
'
t
know
how
they
are
now
,
because
my
in
-
laws
they
don
'
t
tell
me
their
condition
.
"
She
later
asked
the
social
worker
to
visit
her
home
.
1
.
2
.
5
Reconciliation
By
reconciliation
we
mean
a
progressive
approach
through
which
an
inmate
and
his
/
her
local
community
members
are
prepared
to
enter
into
needle
logic
in
order
to
ensure
efficient
and
effective
social
rehabilitation
of
the
inmate
.
As
indicated
below
,
reconciliation
is
really
needed
because
as
some
cases
indicate
,
when
there
is
a
failure
or
when
this
aspect
of
social
rehabilitation
is
neglected
,
the
results
are
unsatisfactory
.
As
an
illustration
of
successful
reconciliation
,
let
us
refer
to
the
case
of
JS
.
What
we
are
trying
to
illustrate
here
is
the
fact
that
if
the
inmates
themselves
have
this
positive
attitude
,
the
social
worker
should
take
this
opportunity
to
encourage
the
inmates
/
relatives
or
even
the
victims
to
be
open
to
this
reconciliatory
initiative
.
But
in
case
this
positive
attitude
is
not
initiated
by
the
involved
persons
,
the
social
worker
is
the
one
to
initiate
the
process
.
During
the
preparation
period
before
JS
was
released
,
the
social
worker
paid
a
visit
to
the
parents
.
He
informed
them
that
their
son
had
changed
;
the
father
showed
a
positive
(
reconciliatory
)
attitude
:
"
...
but
as
you
have
come
,
it
seems
he
has
changed
.
He
is
free
to
come
back
.
"
This
reconciliatory
attitude
will
help
the
social
worker
to
achieve
this
objective
.
The
above
quotation
shows
that
the
parents
were
ready
to
contribute
and
to
be
involved
in
the
process
of
reconciliation
.
It
is
essential
to
indicate
here
also
the
positive
attitude
of
the
son
asking
through
his
letter
to
the
parents
,
to
be
pardoned
because
his
contribution
to
the
process
is
also
needed
.
This
positive
attitude
on
the
part
of
the
parents
and
the
inmate
(
the
son
)
will
facilitate
the
reconciliation
.
The
reconciliation
process
had
been
set
in
motion
because
when
the
father
received
the
letter
from
the
son
requesting
to
be
pardoned
by
them
,
action
was
taken
.
During
another
visit
to
this
family
,
as
a
response
to
the
social
worker
'
s
efforts
to
reconcile
JS
and
the
parents
,
the
father
replied
:
"
Oh
!
It
was
a
very
difficult
task
but
I
managed
it
...
I
also
got
that
chance
.
I
told
her
that
there
was
a
crucial
issue
which
need
her
attention
before
she
goes
back
,
that
a
prison
officer
visited
us
and
was
to
come
back
...
I
gave
her
a
letter
from
the
boy
.
She
read
it
twice
and
laughed
,
when
she
laughed
,
.
I
knew
that
I
had
won
the
case
and
she
asked
me
what
she
should
do
with
the
letter
.
I
did
not
hesitate
to
answer
her
.
I
said
to
her
that
I
hope
you
have
read
the
content
and
it
is
a
self
-
explanatory
letter
and
the
officer
wanted
to
see
both
of
us
to
discuss
about
the
matter
.
The
woman
jumped
and
said
she
was
going
,
that
for
her
she
had
forgiven
the
boy
as
the
matter
had
reached
the
authority
.
She
had
no
problem
,
she
said
.
She
did
not
give
any
condition
,
(
the
father
explained
the
worker
)
.
"
Here
also
,
the
reader
will
observe
the
reconciliatory
attitude
of
the
stepmother
.
Indeed
this
had
facilitated
the
reconciliation
of
the
son
with
his
parents
.
The
social
worker
succeeded
in
getting
the
contribution
of
both
parents
.
JS
'
s
case
and
others
also
show
how
the
social
worker
succeeded
in
getting
the
involved
social
actors
enter
into
needle
logic
.
1
.
2
.
6
The
Link
with
Outside
This
is
a
pre
-
requisite
for
a
social
rehabilitation
of
inmates
.
It
appears
that
often
in
many
of
our
countries
this
basic
social
work
is
half
way
done
.
The
data
under
study
shows
that
the
main
work
is
not
accomplished
.
We
wish
to
re
-
emphasize
that
this
is
the
main
explanation
of
the
failure
of
the
inmate
'
s
social
rehabilitation
projects
in
many
of
our
countries
.
We
cannot
prepare
an
inmate
to
go
back
home
(
Local
community
)
without
preparing
the
local
social
actors
to
receive
him
/
her
;
better
with
the
involvement
in
the
exercise
of
those
local
social
actors
.
The
cases
where
up
to
this
data
we
consider
as
successes
,
are
due
to
the
fact
that
the
inmate
and
the
local
social
actors
were
prepared
.
Contributions
came
from
the
inmates
themselves
and
the
relatives
,
friends
,
neighbors
,
etc
.
in
other
words
,
we
succeeded
because
they
were
reconciled
.
Indeed
the
inmate
should
be
reconciled
with
his
/
her
victim
,
relatives
,
etc
.
:
In
short
,
with
all
the
members
of
the
local
community
so
as
to
be
accepted
by
them
.
This
should
be
done
under
the
'
needle
logic
"
so
as
to
shift
from
sector
1
to
4
,
where
the
relationship
among
the
antagonists
is
more
complex
and
are
taken
into
consideration
,
not
the
private
interest
,
but
the
collective
one
.
To
succeed
in
the
reconciliation
of
the
antagonists
the
"
useful
"
information
should
be
circulated
between
them
.
This
circulation
of
information
should
also
be
amongst
the
relatives
of
the
inmate
so
that
they
can
contribute
efficiently
to
his
/
her
resettlement
XII
(
a
)
Summary
of
SB
"
s
case
SB
(
No
.
MBP
.
429
/
94
)
,
a
star
inmate
,
is
a
Munyoro
by
tribe
,
aged
34
years
,
a
Moslem
by
faith
and
comes
from
Masaka
District
.
He
is
a
businessman
and
married
to
two
wives
.
SB
was
convicted
and
sentenced
to
eight
months
imprisonment
for
issuing
a
false
cheque
(
c
/
s
364
of
the
PCA
)
.
While
in
prison
,
he
was
not
trained
in
any
trade
and
was
regularly
visited
by
his
wives
.
(
b
)
Comment
This
case
shows
what
kind
of
link
can
be
established
among
an
inmate
and
his
/
her
relatives
outside
prison
.
In
the
case
of
SB
the
following
quotation
reveals
what
the
two
wives
were
able
to
do
while
their
husband
was
in
prison
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
.
.
.
through
putting
funds
together
,
we
have
been
able
to
raise
some
good
money
.
During
one
of
our
visits
to
the
prison
,
he
told
us
that
he
wanted
us
to
raise
for
him
some
money
so
that
he
can
get
back
to
business
.
"
The
wives
succeeded
to
raise
the
money
needed
.
The
amount
that
led
SB
to
imprisonment
was
paid
and
today
SB
'
s
business
prospers
because
he
resumed
his
business
without
any
problem
.
The
success
of
this
case
is
due
to
permanent
contact
of
SB
with
his
wives
.
We
consider
that
his
return
home
was
well
prepared
.
DM
and
JS
cases
throw
more
light
on
this
statement
.
Before
release
,
DM
'
s
fear
was
the
victim
.
He
almost
refused
to
go
back
home
.
This
refusal
demonstrated
by
the
fact
that
he
initially
gave
a
wrong
address
of
the
relatives
:
"
Sir
,
I
would
like
to
apologize
to
you
for
not
being
straight
forward
.
I
realized
later
when
I
went
back
to
my
word
,
when
I
consulted
my
friends
,
I
was
told
you
were
the
right
person
to
help
me
.
Now
I
am
requesting
you
to
go
to
my
sister
.
She
will
be
the
one
to
tell
you
all
the
things
connected
to
the
man
.
I
have
written
this
letter
to
introduce
you
to
her
and
to
tell
you
everything
.
"
We
learn
from
the
social
worker
'
s
visit
to
DM
,
that
DM
'
s
fears
unfounded
because
the
victim
,
after
reading
the
letter
of
apology
from
DM
,
revealed
his
mind
:
"
I
cannot
reply
this
letter
because
I
had
forgiven
DM
long
time
ago
,
he
is
free
to
come
back
.
He
grew
up
in
my
home
he
is
my
son
too
.
"
When
DM
got
this
useful
information
through
the
social
worker
,
his
fear
to
return
home
vanished
.
This
shows
the
necessity
of
circulation
of
information
between
the
involved
social
actors
.
One
of
the
roles
of
the
social
worker
is
to
establish
the
social
link
and
circulation
of
information
.
As
the
reader
may
observe
,
when
the
information
is
in
circulation
between
the
involved
social
actors
,
(
victim
,
relatives
,
neighbors
,
etc
.
)
,
this
can
facilitate
the
reconciliation
between
,
inter
alia
,
the
victim
and
the
offender
.
DM
'
s
case
is
not
an
isolated
one
.
This
necessity
is
also
demonstrated
in
JS
,
whose
fear
of
his
stepmother
whom
he
beat
,
leading
to
his
father
chasing
him
away
from
home
.
During
the
time
the
social
worker
was
preparing
JS
for
release
,
JS
revealed
:
"
.
.
.
I
intend
to
change
the
place
and
I
would
like
to
go
back
home
,
but
even
my
father
does
not
know
that
I
am
in
prison
.
The
stepmother
misled
him
,
so
he
does
not
care
abut
me
.
"
As
indicated
above
,
when
the
basic
social
work
is
done
,
the
possibility
of
reconciliation
is
great
.
We
are
of
the
opinion
that
the
social
worker
has
well
prepared
JS
and
his
relatives
.
Otherwise
the
future
of
this
case
should
be
different
.
PS
'
s
case
draws
our
attention
to
the
suffering
that
can
be
experienced
by
the
inmates
because
of
lack
of
circulation
of
information
between
the
inmates
and
the
relatives
,
as
the
social
worker
reports
:
"
At
this
time
,
the
mother
seems
to
yield
.
She
changed
her
face
and
put
on
a
smiling
face
.
I
noted
so
because
she
even
extended
her
hand
to
shake
with
me
.
She
told
me
that
at
first
she
had
doubt
abut
me
and
she
apologized
.
She
said
she
was
happy
to
hear
about
her
son
.
She
told
me
she
could
have
visited
him
today
but
she
ran
short
of
money
.
She
therefore
sent
the
sister
of
PS
.
She
sent
him
some
few
gifts
.
"
ES
and
his
relatives
experienced
the
same
suffering
.
The
report
from
the
social
worker
described
the
suffering
of
ES
:
"
ES
became
so
desperate
that
even
stopped
counting
himself
among
human
beings
.
.
.
(
ES
paragraph
6
)
.
.
.
as
his
relatives
.
"
SB
'
s
case
shows
that
relatives
should
not
be
inactive
in
the
preparation
of
the
inmate
'
s
release
.
When
they
are
totally
involved
in
the
release
of
the
inmate
,
some
action
facilitating
the
rehabilitation
process
is
taken
by
them
.
About
the
debt
incurred
by
the
husband
which
led
to
his
imprisonment
,
the
wives
had
this
to
report
:
"
.
.
.
it
hasn
'
t
yet
been
paid
,
but
also
the
man
,
the
owner
of
the
money
of
late
has
left
for
Saudi
Arabia
,
because
we
wanted
to
pay
him
but
we
have
failed
,
because
we
can
'
t
get
into
contact
with
him
.
We
are
now
waiting
for
him
to
come
out
of
prison
to
handle
it
.
"
Some
misleading
officials
reports
and
observations
often
made
during
conferences
seem
to
be
at
variance
with
the
above
statements
,
alleging
that
local
communities
reject
totally
an
ex
-
prisoner
identified
as
an
incorrigible
criminal
.
These
observations
are
not
based
on
facts
.
This
is
because
there
are
no
preparations
on
behalf
of
the
inmate
and
the
local
social
actors
.
This
kind
of
observation
shows
that
something
was
not
done
and
we
have
to
identify
that
obstacle
so
that
the
process
continues
.
One
of
the
cases
we
consider
to
be
a
successfully
reconciled
is
the
case
of
JS
.
SECTION
2
LEGAL
INSTRUMENTS
SUPPORT
Correctional
workers
should
be
aware
of
the
existence
of
national
and
international
instruments
at
their
disposal
which
are
meant
to
promote
the
social
rehabilitation
of
inmates
.
Unfortunately
,
their
implementation
has
been
allowed
to
pass
into
oblivion
for
many
reasons
.
One
of
the
reasons
,
referring
to
our
data
,
that
those
who
had
to
implement
those
instruments
are
deeply
emersed
in
punitive
logic
with
the
result
that
the
referred
instruments
above
are
thought
to
be
irrelevant
.
It
is
not
therefore
uncommon
to
hear
from
correctional
officers
that
international
instruments
advocating
social
rehabilitation
of
inmates
are
regarded
as
too
advanced
to
be
implemented
in
our
local
environments
.
However
,
taking
into
consideration
the
African
social
realities
,
(
the
extended
families
,
neighborhood
,
the
logic
of
conflict
resolution
)
,
our
data
has
revealed
that
those
national
and
international
instruments
can
be
implemented
.
We
hasten
to
point
out
at
this
stage
that
our
contribution
to
show
how
both
local
and
international
Instrument
can
be
implemented
,
after
evaluating
the
human
,
material
and
financial
resources
available
in
the
under
developed
countries
.
In
making
our
contribution
,
we
were
influenced
by
the
foresight
of
both
national
and
international
legislators
,
who
had
laid
useful
structures
for
achieving
an
effective
social
rehabilitation
of
inmates
.
We
wish
to
use
the
following
instruments
below
to
show
the
foresight
of
the
legislature
and
why
some
of
the
provisions
they
put
in
place
were
partially
or
never
implemented
at
all
.
As
local
legal
instruments
,
we
consider
the
Prisons
Act
,
the
Prisons
Rules
,
the
Children
Statute
,
Minimum
Standard
Rules
for
the
Treatment
of
Prisoners
,
the
Tokyo
Rules
,
the
Beijing
Rules
,
the
Riyadh
Guidelines
,
the
United
Nations
Rules
for
the
Protection
of
Juveniles
Deprived
of
their
Liberty
as
these
are
found
to
be
related
to
the
social
rehabilitation
process
.
We
are
mainly
dealing
with
these
instruments
although
there
are
some
other
laws
and
acts
linked
with
them
,
such
as
Labour
Rules
of
the
International
Labour
Organization
(
ILO
)
on
prisoners
etc
.
2
.
1
PRISONS
ACT
AND
PRISONS
RULES
As
national
instruments
we
can
refer
to
sections
49
of
the
Prisons
Act
and
remission
of
part
of
sentence
of
certain
prisoners
;
Section
50
of
Prisons
Act
on
criminals
to
be
released
on
license
only
;
Section
51
on
review
of
sentences
;
Section
51
(
Release
on
Parole
)
.
2
.
1
.
1
Remission
of
Part
of
Sentence
of
Certain
prisoners
(
Section
49
)
Sub
-
section
4
of
that
Section
is
more
relevant
:
"
The
Commissioner
may
recommend
to
the
Minister
designated
.
.
.
that
should
advise
the
President
to
grant
a
further
remission
on
special
grounds
.
"
The
concept
of
special
grounds
covers
the
following
conditions
:
a
)
The
terminally
sick
b
)
The
aged
who
are
not
on
capital
charges
c
)
Breast
feeding
mothers
held
on
petty
offences
,
etc
.
2
.
1
.
2
Release
of
Habitual
Criminals
on
Licence
only
(
Section
50
)
When
a
prisoner
is
due
for
release
on
licence
,
Section
50
,
Sub
-
section
2
below
specifies
the
power
of
the
Commissioner
General
of
Prisons
,
inter
alia
,
to
release
and
revoke
such
a
licence
.
After
reading
the
above
document
,
the
reader
will
observe
that
the
provisions
are
silent
on
who
has
to
implement
the
decision
made
by
the
Commissioner
General
of
Prisons
.
However
,
in
the
licence
book
,
it
is
specified
that
the
police
are
the
ones
to
supervise
:
"
(
a
)
The
Licence
shall
contain
the
photograph
and
the
finger
prints
of
the
holder
,
who
shall
retain
it
and
produce
it
to
a
Magistrate
,
Police
Officer
,
Prison
Officer
or
his
Gombolola
Chief
,
on
demand
.
"
(
b
)
The
Licence
shall
not
break
the
law
,
nor
shall
he
associate
with
persons
of
bad
character
;
he
shall
not
lead
any
idle
life
.
"
(
c
)
He
shall
proceed
to
his
intended
place
of
residence
without
delay
,
and
report
to
the
nearest
Police
Station
within
48
hours
.
If
he
lives
further
than
ten
miles
from
a
Police
Station
,
he
may
report
to
his
Gombolola
Chief
instead
.
"
(
d
)
He
shall
report
once
a
month
in
the
manner
described
at
(
c
)
,
and
also
whenever
he
changes
his
address
.
"
The
field
observation
,
however
,
has
revealed
that
there
has
been
total
failure
by
police
to
implement
the
provisions
quoted
above
.
In
our
view
,
the
police
failure
in
the
supervisory
role
can
be
explained
as
indicated
below
,
by
the
fact
that
the
inmates
had
no
initial
confidence
in
the
whole
penal
system
.
We
are
also
of
the
opinion
that
a
special
section
be
created
in
the
police
and
trained
on
the
supervision
of
licences
.
On
this
task
they
should
be
assisted
by
well
trained
social
workers
who
should
be
capable
of
winning
the
confidence
of
the
inmates
.
2
.
1
.
3
Review
of
Sentences
(
Section
51
)
This
section
deals
with
long
sentence
prisoners
,
i
.
e
.
lifers
and
persons
imprisoned
for
7
or
more
years
.
For
those
cases
the
Commissioner
shall
:
"
.
.
.
submit
to
the
Minister
for
the
time
being
designated
.
.
.
a
report
on
the
general
condition
and
conduct
of
every
prisoner
undergoing
imprisonment
for
life
or
for
a
term
exceeding
seven
years
,
at
the
end
of
every
four
years
of
such
imprisonment
or
at
such
lesser
period
as
that
Minister
or
the
Commissioner
considers
desirable
.
"
The
review
of
sentences
of
this
class
of
offenders
is
one
sided
and
does
not
seek
coordination
with
other
social
actors
involved
in
effective
rehabilitation
of
the
offender
as
observed
in
this
study
.
2
.
1
.
4
Release
on
Parole
(
Section
52
)
This
section
provides
for
release
on
parole
,
persons
sentenced
to
four
years
or
more
.
The
legislator
foresees
that
there
is
a
necessity
to
prepare
the
prisoner
to
join
the
normal
life
outside
.
For
that
reason
Section
52
provides
:
"
(
1
)
A
prisoner
serving
a
sentence
of
imprisonment
for
a
period
of
four
years
or
more
may
be
allowed
by
the
Commissioner
within
three
months
of
the
date
he
is
due
for
release
on
conditions
and
for
reasons
approved
by
the
Commissioner
to
be
temporarily
absent
from
prison
on
parole
or
a
stated
length
of
time
which
shall
not
be
greater
than
fourteen
days
.
(
2
)
The
commissioner
or
an
officer
in
charge
may
at
any
time
recall
a
prisoner
released
on
parole
.
(
3
)
Any
prisoner
who
fails
to
return
to
prison
on
the
completion
of
the
period
of
his
parole
or
when
informed
that
he
has
been
recalled
under
the
provisions
of
subsection
(
2
)
of
this
section
shall
be
guilty
of
an
offence
and
may
be
arrested
without
warrant
and
shall
be
liable
on
conviction
to
the
same
punishment
as
if
he
had
escaped
from
prison
.
(
4
)
A
prisoner
when
released
on
parole
who
contravenes
the
conditions
imposed
upon
him
shall
be
guilty
of
an
offence
and
shall
,
on
conviction
,
be
liable
to
imprisonment
for
a
period
not
exceeding
six
months
.
"
This
section
has
never
been
implemented
at
all
and
there
is
no
documentation
to
prove
the
contrary
of
what
is
said
about
this
statement
.
Why
are
the
sections
not
implemented
?
The
reply
to
this
question
,
taking
into
consideration
the
data
examined
and
the
needle
logic
involved
,
seems
to
be
due
to
the
non
-
involvement
of
other
social
actors
identified
in
the
study
,
in
particular
the
social
workers
who
are
the
link
between
the
inmate
and
the
intended
place
of
resettlement
.
It
should
also
be
added
that
up
until
now
the
penal
system
and
society
at
large
have
not
embraced
the
fact
that
social
rehabilitation
of
offenders
is
a
process
.
Even
though
those
legal
instruments
on
parole
,
release
on
licence
,
review
of
sentence
,
etc
.
were
meant
to
facilitate
the
social
rehabilitation
of
ex
-
offenders
,
experience
has
shown
that
this
has
not
been
the
case
.
In
case
of
release
on
licence
,
there
is
a
total
failure
.
We
refer
to
a
well
known
case
of
a
notorious
robber
here
in
Uganda
in
1960s
,
(
KT
)
,
who
was
released
on
licence
in
1974
,
failed
to
report
to
police
and
went
to
a
neighboring
country
from
where
he
committed
another
offence
and
was
imprisoned
.
From
then
he
has
never
been
heard
of
.
This
seems
to
have
been
the
last
case
of
release
on
licence
,
because
until
now
there
are
no
more
licence
books
with
Prisons
.
In
our
view
,
there
is
need
to
extend
the
training
of
police
and
prison
officers
in
particular
to
embrace
new
penology
.
This
is
important
for
the
implementation
of
legal
instruments
on
parole
,
release
on
Licence
,
review
of
sentence
,
etc
.
all
of
which
are
meant
to
facilitate
the
social
rehabilitation
of
offenders
.
If
we
continue
to
quote
the
punitive
logic
,
we
shall
continue
violating
prisoners
'
rights
through
non
-
implementation
of
the
said
legal
instruments
,
for
it
is
evident
that
the
application
of
those
instruments
has
sunk
into
oblivion
for
many
years
.
2
.
2
THE
CHILDREN
STATUTE
1996
This
new
Children
Statute
repealed
the
Reformatory
Schools
Act
and
Approved
Schools
Act
.
The
Uganda
legislator
has
put
in
place
mechanisms
through
this
Statute
to
withdraw
,
the
child
from
the
penal
system
as
soon
as
possible
.
This
is
in
line
with
the
new
penology
some
of
whose
elements
are
given
below
:
"
(
1
)
Where
a
child
is
arrested
,
the
police
shall
under
justifiable
circumstances
caution
and
release
the
child
.
(
2
)
The
police
shall
be
empowered
to
dispose
of
cases
at
their
discretion
without
recourse
to
formal
court
hearings
in
accordance
with
criteria
to
be
laid
down
by
the
Inspector
General
of
Police
.
"
The
legislator
gives
the
local
council
members
an
important
role
to
play
:
"
(
3
)
As
soon
as
possible
after
arrest
,
the
child
'
s
parents
or
guardians
and
the
Secretary
for
Children
'
s
Affairs
of
the
Local
Government
Council
for
the
area
in
which
the
child
resides
,
shall
be
informed
of
the
arrest
by
the
police
.
"
This
is
really
a
new
penology
involving
all
the
social
actors
other
than
the
penal
system
professionals
as
was
the
cases
in
the
past
.
The
legislator
also
foresaw
the
contribution
of
the
parents
or
guardians
:
"
(
4
)
The
police
shall
ensure
that
the
Parent
or
guardian
of
the
child
is
present
at
the
time
of
the
police
interview
with
the
child
except
where
it
is
not
in
the
best
interest
of
the
child
.
"
Other
sub
-
sections
bring
out
the
legislator
'
s
foresight
in
involving
important
social
actors
in
the
decriminalization
and
protection
of
the
right
of
the
child
.
However
,
we
would
not
hasten
to
add
that
the
data
examined
refers
to
prison
case
only
and
it
is
our
sincere
hope
that
funds
permitting
,
the
study
should
be
extended
to
cover
remand
homes
as
well
.
At
the
level
of
the
judiciary
the
legislator
has
provided
the
family
and
children
court
.
Even
sections
14
-
19
have
the
objective
to
take
the
child
out
of
the
formal
adult
court
.
By
the
14th
section
,
the
legislator
had
installed
the
family
and
children
court
in
every
district
,
and
any
other
lower
government
unit
designated
by
the
Chief
Justice
in
the
Gazette
.
In
order
to
avoid
the
negative
impact
of
the
penal
system
on
the
child
,
the
legislator
foresees
the
need
for
continued
parental
care
for
the
child
,
by
cautioning
(
Section
18
)
:
"
A
Family
and
Children
Court
shall
not
make
a
supervision
order
or
a
care
order
unless
it
considers
that
doing
so
would
be
beneficial
to
the
child
.
"
This
legislator
'
s
desire
to
keep
the
child
out
of
the
penal
system
appears
in
section
91
(
1
)
:
"
(
1
)
Where
a
child
appears
before
a
court
charged
with
any
offence
,
the
magistrate
or
person
presiding
over
the
court
shall
inquire
into
the
case
and
unless
there
is
serious
danger
to
the
child
,
release
the
child
on
bail
-
(
a
)
On
court
bond
on
the
child
'
s
on
recognisance
;
(
b
)
With
surerities
,
preferably
the
child
'
s
parents
of
guardians
who
shall
be
bound
on
a
court
bond
,
not
cash
.
"
In
our
opinion
,
in
light
of
the
new
penology
the
Ugandan
legislator
did
a
better
job
by
affirming
the
local
council
courts
,
which
is
a
direct
implementation
of
the
international
instruments
,
such
as
Beijing
Rules
and
Riyadh
Guidelines
.
We
wish
to
give
the
reader
direct
access
to
the
relevant
section
(
93
)
of
the
role
of
the
local
committee
courts
as
follows
:
(
2
)
A
Village
Resistance
Committee
Court
shall
have
the
criminal
jurisdiction
set
out
in
the
Third
Schedule
to
this
Statute
in
a
case
involving
a
child
.
(
3
)
A
Village
Resistance
Committee
Court
shall
be
the
court
of
first
instance
in
respect
of
the
criminal
offences
referred
to
in
sub
-
section
(
2
)
of
this
section
involving
children
.
(
4
)
A
.
(
3
)
A
Village
Resistance
Committee
shall
have
jurisdiction
to
try
a
child
for
any
of
the
following
offences
-
(
a
)
affray
,
under
section
74
of
the
Penal
Code
;
(
b
)
any
offence
against
section
162
with
the
exception
of
paragraph
(
b
)
of
sub
-
section
(
1
)
of
the
Penal
Code
;
(
c
)
common
assault
,
under
section
227
of
the
Penal
Code
;
(
d
)
actual
bodily
harm
,
under
section
228
of
the
Penal
Code
;
(
e
)
theft
,
under
section
245
of
the
Penal
Code
;
(
f
)
criminal
trespass
,
under
section
286
of
the
Penal
Code
;
(
g
)
malicious
damage
,
under
section
315
of
the
Penal
Code
.
(
5
)
A
Village
Resistance
Committee
Court
may
,
not
withstanding
any
penalty
prescribed
by
the
Penal
Code
,
in
respect
of
the
offences
specified
in
sub
-
section
(
3
)
,
make
an
order
for
any
of
the
following
relief
-
(
a
)
reconciliation
(
b
)
compensation
(
c
)
restitution
;
(
d
)
apology
;
and
(
e
)
caution
.
(
6
)
In
addition
to
the
relief
under
sub
-
section
(
4
)
,
the
court
may
make
a
guidance
order
under
which
the
child
shall
be
required
to
submit
himself
to
the
guidance
,
supervision
,
advice
and
assistance
of
a
person
designated
by
the
court
.
We
would
like
to
emphasize
here
that
this
jurisdiction
(
local
committee
courts
)
is
or
should
be
mainly
under
the
needle
logic
,
given
the
orders
the
local
committee
can
make
Rules
for
the
Treatment
of
prisoners
.
A
.
Standard
Minimum
Rules
for
the
Treatment
of
Prisoners
.
2
.
3
.
1
.
Contact
with
Outside
This
Provision
(
37
)
of
the
Standard
Minimum
Rules
for
the
Treatment
of
Prisoners
states
:
"
Prisoners
shall
be
allowed
under
necessary
supervision
to
communicate
with
their
family
and
reputable
friends
at
regular
intervals
,
both
by
correspondence
and
by
receiving
visits
.
"
Once
again
we
express
the
opinion
that
links
by
correspondence
and
visits
can
be
more
effectively
carried
out
by
the
social
workers
and
religious
leaders
.
This
was
not
effectively
done
in
the
past
.
That
is
why
,
for
example
,
KN
'
s
father
was
really
surprised
:
"
.
.
.
It
was
a
surprise
visit
because
he
never
expected
anybody
to
travel
from
Luzira
to
Masaka
on
behalf
of
a
prisoner
.
It
was
also
a
shock
to
him
to
hear
that
his
daughter
KN
was
well
and
healthy
and
had
taken
the
trouble
to
write
to
him
.
"
This
quotation
illustrates
the
lack
of
circulation
of
information
between
the
inmate
and
his
/
her
relatives
in
general
.
The
following
case
of
TL
is
an
additional
information
to
the
above
:
"
.
.
.
and
I
mentioned
about
TL
.
The
father
could
not
believe
his
ears
.
He
did
not
recall
whether
he
heard
properly
,
then
he
exclaimed
,
where
is
TL
?
I
responded
that
TL
is
still
in
prison
in
Upper
Prison
Luzira
and
is
due
for
release
on
7th
October
1994
.
I
informed
the
father
that
his
son
TL
sent
warm
greetings
to
him
.
At
this
juncture
the
father
sighed
and
came
forward
to
embrace
me
.
He
was
extremely
grateful
to
hear
about
his
son
.
.
.
The
father
informed
me
that
he
was
planning
to
hold
the
last
funeral
rites
for
TL
.
.
.
"
This
last
quotation
clearly
shows
that
there
was
no
communication
at
all
between
the
father
(
relatives
)
and
his
son
in
prison
,
whom
he
had
considered
dead
as
he
had
already
lost
three
sons
and
one
daughter
.
This
is
a
source
of
useless
suffering
.
This
is
not
an
isolated
case
.
ZM
'
s
case
is
similar
to
TL
'
s
case
:
"
.
.
.
She
was
extremely
happy
to
learn
that
ZM
was
still
alive
and
she
wished
her
husband
was
around
to
hear
by
himself
.
She
clapped
,
made
noise
and
uttered
some
words
in
Gisu
.
"
It
is
worth
noting
here
that
the
happiness
and
suffering
is
not
shared
by
the
relatives
,
but
also
by
the
neighbors
,
in
short
,
by
the
local
community
.
This
shows
that
some
local
community
members
,
if
not
all
of
them
,
are
involved
some
how
in
every
social
aspect
of
life
in
their
community
.
The
local
community
is
not
considered
as
available
human
,
material
and
financial
resources
to
be
used
in
the
process
of
social
rehabilitation
.
Even
then
,
inmates
have
the
desire
to
communicate
with
the
outside
.
But
there
is
no
structure
enabling
them
to
do
so
.
This
seems
to
be
the
feeling
of
ES
.
The
social
worker
revealed
the
following
:
"
None
of
ES
'
s
close
relatives
nor
his
beloved
mother
knew
the
latest
development
of
his
retrial
.
There
was
no
way
he
could
send
the
message
to
his
mother
.
This
could
mean
to
sponsor
someone
to
reach
there
.
He
only
waited
for
his
day
to
come
and
leave
the
great
gates
,
as
he
called
them
.
"
We
learn
from
the
above
quotation
that
ES
had
a
complete
rupture
or
communication
with
his
relatives
.
His
wife
stopped
visiting
him
when
the
death
sentenced
was
passed
.
The
relatives
stopped
visiting
him
thinking
he
had
already
been
hanged
,
not
knowing
that
they
are
supposed
to
be
informed
when
such
a
person
is
to
finally
be
executed
.
After
the
first
visit
,
the
social
worker
reports
:
"
The
mother
,
after
hearing
that
ES
'
s
death
sentence
was
commuted
to
ten
years
'
imprisonment
,
and
consequently
that
ES
was
to
be
released
soon
,
the
mother
was
shocked
and
could
not
believe
that
her
son
was
still
alive
.
"
For
almost
seven
years
,
ES
was
not
visited
and
was
considered
dead
by
his
relatives
.
In
this
case
it
is
obvious
that
the
inmates
'
human
rights
which
are
also
the
relatives
'
human
rights
,
often
not
taken
into
consideration
,
are
violated
yet
Provision
No
.
37
of
the
United
Nations
Standard
Minimum
Rules
for
the
Treatment
of
Offenders
stipulates
that
:
"
Prisoners
shall
be
allowed
under
necessary
supervision
to
communicate
with
their
family
and
repeatable
friends
at
regular
intervals
,
both
by
correspondence
and
by
receiving
visits
.
"
This
case
also
shows
the
useless
suffering
the
inmates
and
relatives
have
to
suffer
sometimes
.
ET
'
s
case
is
also
another
illustration
.
She
revealed
to
social
worker
of
her
suffering
because
of
lack
of
information
from
the
LCs
about
her
land
.
She
had
to
say
the
following
:
"
I
intend
to
go
back
to
dig
,
but
my
fear
is
about
my
land
.
The
RCs
might
have
re
-
allocated
it
to
some
one
else
.
They
have
a
habit
of
selling
people
'
s
land
who
are
not
there
.
Since
this
year
began
I
have
not
received
any
visitor
.
I
am
still
doubtful
,
I
am
likely
to
have
no
where
to
stay
,
I
do
not
like
to
come
back
to
prison
because
of
my
land
.
"
This
case
shows
that
when
the
problem
the
inmate
is
facing
while
in
prison
is
solved
,
his
or
her
social
rehabilitation
is
likely
to
be
successful
.
The
contact
with
the
outside
is
a
way
to
solve
this
kind
of
problem
;
in
this
particular
case
,
contact
with
the
LC
members
of
his
/
her
local
community
requesting
them
to
take
care
of
his
/
her
land
while
he
/
she
is
in
prison
.
Unfortunately
,
when
we
got
in
touch
with
the
members
of
LCI
,
it
was
too
late
because
ET
was
due
for
release
and
the
Land
was
already
sold
to
a
man
.
This
case
shows
the
necessity
to
link
,
the
inmate
to
his
/
her
local
community
,
as
soon
as
possible
in
order
to
avoid
this
kind
of
situation
.
As
illustrated
by
the
above
different
cases
,
there
is
really
a
need
to
link
the
inmate
with
the
outside
as
soon
as
possible
.
Social
Rehabilitation
can
succeed
if
the
conditions
indicated
earlier
are
put
in
place
,
and
especially
if
the
links
with
the
outside
are
carried
out
.
2
.
3
.
2
.
Religion
Provision
42
of
the
United
Nations
Standard
Minimum
Rules
for
the
Treatment
of
Prisoners
states
:
"
If
the
Institution
contains
a
sufficient
number
of
prisoners
of
the
same
religion
,
a
qualified
representative
of
that
religion
shall
be
appointed
or
approved
.
If
the
number
of
prisoners
justifies
it
and
conditions
permit
,
the
arrangement
should
be
on
a
full
-
time
basis
.
"
Access
to
a
qualified
representative
of
any
religion
shall
not
be
refused
to
any
prisoner
.
On
the
other
hand
,
if
any
prisoner
should
object
to
a
visit
of
any
religious
representative
,
his
attitude
shall
be
fully
respected
:
"
So
far
as
practicable
,
every
prisoner
shall
be
allowed
to
satisfy
the
needs
of
his
religious
life
by
attending
the
services
provided
in
the
institution
and
having
in
his
possession
the
books
of
religious
observance
and
instruction
of
his
denomination
.
"
This
practice
has
very
positive
impact
on
the
inmate
as
DM
confirms
in
these
words
:
"
I
am
completely
changed
.
I
shall
not
repeat
this
behavior
.
I
used
to
go
to
church
from
time
to
time
,
but
not
on
regular
basis
.
Religion
was
not
an
important
part
of
my
life
as
I
was
growing
up
,
but
now
,
I
am
a
true
Christian
.
I
got
baptized
and
confirmed
in
prison
.
I
am
sorry
for
what
I
did
.
"
This
change
will
continue
and
become
more
lasting
on
the
life
of
DM
as
it
is
reported
by
the
mother
to
the
social
worker
in
these
words
:
"
DM
is
changed
,
he
is
a
true
saved
person
.
He
even
gave
a
testimony
in
the
Church
about
two
weeks
ago
and
he
asked
those
he
offended
to
forgive
him
.
"
2
.
3
.
3
.
Notification
of
Death
,
Illness
,
Transfer
Provision
44
of
the
above
Instrument
is
a
way
of
informing
the
inmate
about
his
/
her
life
in
prison
.
This
provision
stipulates
:
"
Upon
the
death
or
serious
illness
of
,
or
serious
injury
to
a
prisoner
,
or
his
removal
to
an
institution
for
the
treatment
of
mental
affections
,
the
director
shall
at
once
inform
the
spouse
,
if
the
prisoner
is
married
,
or
the
nearest
relative
and
shall
in
any
event
inform
any
other
person
previously
designated
by
the
prisoner
.
A
prisoner
shall
be
informed
at
once
of
the
death
or
serious
illness
of
any
near
relative
.
In
case
of
the
critical
illness
of
a
near
relative
,
the
prisoner
should
be
authorized
,
whenever
circumstances
allow
,
t
go
to
his
bedside
wither
under
escort
or
alone
.
Every
prisoner
shall
have
the
right
to
inform
at
one
his
family
of
his
imprisonment
or
his
transfer
to
another
institution
.
"
Economic
constraints
in
our
countries
e
.
g
.
lack
of
transport
etc
.
will
not
in
most
cases
permit
prison
administration
to
implement
this
provision
,
but
the
available
human
resources
if
tapped
and
fully
utilized
will
change
the
current
situation
for
the
better
.
2
.
3
.
4
.
Guiding
Principles
The
following
provisions
of
the
same
Instrument
tally
with
the
understanding
of
social
rehabilitation
as
a
process
.
As
provision
60
(
2
)
puts
it
in
these
words
:
"
Before
the
completion
of
the
sentence
it
is
desirable
that
the
necessary
steps
be
taken
to
ensure
for
the
prisoner
a
gradual
return
to
life
in
society
.
This
aim
may
be
achieved
,
depending
on
the
case
,
by
a
pre
-
release
regime
organized
in
the
same
institution
or
in
another
appropriate
institution
,
or
by
release
on
trial
under
some
kind
of
supervision
which
must
not
be
entrusted
to
the
police
but
should
be
combined
with
effective
social
aid
.
To
complete
the
proceeding
quotation
,
Provision
61
adds
:
"
The
treatment
of
prisoners
should
emphasize
not
their
exclusions
from
the
community
,
but
their
continuing
part
in
it
.
Community
agencies
should
,
therefore
,
be
enlisted
wherever
possible
to
assist
the
staff
of
the
institution
in
the
task
of
social
rehabilitation
of
the
prisoners
.
There
should
be
in
connection
with
every
institution
social
workers
charged
with
the
duty
of
maintaining
and
improving
all
desirable
relations
of
a
prisoner
with
his
family
and
with
valuable
social
agencies
.
Steps
should
be
taken
to
safeguard
,
the
maximum
extent
compatible
with
the
law
and
the
sentence
,
the
rights
relating
to
civil
interests
,
social
security
rights
and
other
social
benefits
of
prisoners
.
"
2
.
3
.
5
.
Social
Relations
and
Aftercare
The
preceding
provisions
provide
directives
while
the
offender
is
still
in
prison
.
This
international
instrument
foresees
the
necessity
for
social
relations
and
after
care
of
an
ex
-
prisoner
.
The
following
provision
(
80
)
states
:
"
From
beginning
of
a
prisoner
'
s
sentence
consideration
shall
be
given
to
his
future
after
release
and
he
shall
be
encouraged
and
assisted
to
maintain
r
agencies
outside
the
institution
as
may
promote
the
best
interests
of
his
family
and
his
own
social
rehabilitation
.
"
Contrary
to
South
African
Alternative
Paper
on
Correctional
Services
,
consideration
shall
be
given
to
the
inmate
'
s
future
after
release
from
the
beginning
of
his
/
her
sentence
.
A
careful
reader
will
observe
that
this
instrument
spells
out
different
steps
of
the
process
under
study
:
social
rehabilitation
process
.
In
our
view
the
implementation
of
that
instrument
is
not
really
a
problem
.
Many
of
our
countries
can
marshall
the
available
human
and
the
scarce
financial
resources
to
achieve
invaluable
results
.
B
.
The
Tokyo
Rules
2
.
3
.
6
.
Non
-
Custodial
Measures
This
Instrument
for
non
-
custodial
measures
provides
a
set
of
basic
principles
to
promote
the
use
of
non
-
custodial
measures
as
well
as
minimum
safeguards
for
persons
subject
to
alternative
to
imprisonment
.
It
provides
guidelines
from
pre
-
trial
stage
to
post
-
sentencing
stage
.
We
are
mainly
interested
in
the
last
stage
,
our
sample
being
constituted
by
the
inmates
.
At
this
level
,
the
main
objective
is
the
social
rehabilitation
of
the
inmate
.
Provision
9
.
1
of
this
Instrument
states
:
"
The
competent
authority
shall
have
at
its
disposal
a
wide
range
of
post
-
sentencing
alternatives
in
order
to
avoid
institutionalization
and
to
assist
offenders
in
their
early
re
-
integration
into
society
.
"
This
is
why
we
consider
that
the
preparation
of
the
inmate
should
start
as
soon
as
possible
in
order
to
avoid
long
institutionalization
of
inmates
.
The
competent
authority
is
provided
,
with
the
following
post
-
sentencing
dispositions
by
provision
9
.
2
:
"
a
)
Furlough
and
half
way
houses
b
)
Work
or
education
release
c
)
Various
forms
of
parole
.
d
)
Remission
e
)
Pardon
.
"
This
exercise
prepares
the
inmate
so
that
the
competent
authority
can
implement
section
IV
(
post
-
sentencing
stage
)
of
the
Instrument
.
Then
the
release
on
parole
,
section
52
of
the
Prisons
Act
,
is
implemented
.
Taking
into
account
the
above
stated
considerations
,
the
objective
of
staff
training
is
the
social
rehabilitation
of
inmates
.
The
provision
16
.
1
of
this
instrument
stipulates
:
"
The
objective
of
training
shall
be
made
clear
to
staff
,
their
responsibilities
with
regard
to
rehabilitating
the
offender
,
ensuring
the
offender
'
s
rights
and
protective
society
.
Training
should
also
give
staff
an
understanding
of
the
need
to
cooperate
in
and
coordinate
activities
with
the
agencies
concerned
.
"
In
many
of
our
countries
in
Africa
,
the
training
of
staff
overlooks
the
social
rehabilitation
of
inmates
,
more
emphasis
is
put
on
security
.
In
this
context
,
the
social
worker
in
the
Prison
Department
is
referred
to
as
the
"
Poor
Cousin
"
of
the
Department
.
This
is
due
to
the
fact
that
this
kind
of
system
is
operating
under
punitive
logic
.
This
Instrument
emphasizes
:
research
,
planning
,
policy
formulation
of
that
evaluation
.
This
study
is
an
implementation
of
that
section
.
Research
is
the
only
way
to
improve
on
our
knowledge
and
know
-
how
so
that
we
are
able
to
put
in
place
new
policies
.
C
.
The
Beijing
Rules
2
.
3
.
7
.
The
Administration
of
Juvenile
Justice
In
this
sub
-
section
we
are
concerned
with
the
remand
homes
.
Section
18
.
1
(
various
disposition
measures
)
states
:
"
A
large
variety
of
disposition
measures
shall
be
made
available
to
the
competent
authority
,
allowing
for
flexibility
so
as
to
avoid
institutionalization
to
the
greatest
extent
possible
.
Such
measures
,
some
of
which
may
be
combined
,
include
:
a
)
care
,
guidance
and
supervision
orders
;
b
)
probation
;
c
)
community
service
orders
;
d
)
financial
penalties
and
restitution
;
e
)
intermediate
treatment
and
other
treatment
orders
;
f
)
orders
to
participate
in
group
counseling
and
similar
activities
;
g
)
orders
concerning
foster
care
,
leaving
communities
or
other
educational
settings
;
h
)
other
relevant
orders
.
"
Section
18
.
2
of
the
Beijing
Rules
states
:
"
No
juvenile
shall
be
removed
from
parental
supervision
,
whether
partly
,
entirely
unless
the
circumstances
of
his
/
her
case
make
this
necessary
.
"
With
respect
to
section
95
(
Family
and
Children
Court
of
the
Children
Statute
1996
)
quoted
above
,
the
Uganda
legislator
is
implementing
this
Instrument
and
did
better
by
discharging
absolutely
the
child
:
(
a
)
cautioning
,
binding
the
child
to
be
of
good
behaviour
;
(
b
)
compensation
,
restitution
or
fine
,
when
the
situation
allows
.
Let
us
repeat
that
this
project
(
the
social
rehabilitation
of
inmates
)
is
an
implementation
of
national
and
international
instruments
;
for
example
Section
25
(
mobilization
of
volunteers
and
community
services
)
of
the
Beijing
Rules
,
and
Sub
-
section
25
.
1
specifies
that
:
"
Volunteers
,
voluntary
organizations
,
local
institutions
and
other
community
resources
shall
be
called
upon
to
contribute
effectively
to
the
rehabilitation
of
the
juvenile
in
a
community
setting
,
and
as
far
as
possible
,
within
the
family
unit
.
"
The
commentary
on
the
above
sub
-
section
reflects
:
"
...
the
need
for
rehabilitative
orientation
of
all
work
with
juvenile
offenders
.
Cooperation
with
the
community
is
indispensable
if
the
directives
of
the
competent
authority
are
to
be
carried
out
effectively
.
Volunteers
and
voluntary
services
in
particular
have
proved
to
be
viable
resources
but
are
at
present
underutilized
.
In
some
instances
the
cooperation
of
ex
-
offenders
(
including
ex
-
addicts
)
can
be
of
considerable
assistance
.
"
The
findings
of
the
study
make
us
emphasize
that
all
locally
available
human
resources
should
be
collective
social
actor
plays
or
should
play
an
important
role
in
their
local
community
on
the
implementation
of
the
measures
made
at
the
level
of
police
and
the
judiciary
,
this
being
part
of
their
work
.
The
Ugandan
legislator
has
foreseen
provisions
strengthening
this
role
of
local
communities
.
Who
should
be
the
link
between
the
young
offender
in
the
remand
home
and
the
local
community
,
where
he
/
she
comes
from
?
The
social
worker
is
the
one
to
link
the
up
.
XII
(
a
)
Summary
of
FA
'
s
case
FA
(
YOB
)
is
a
star
juvenile
aged
19
years
,
by
the
time
the
social
worker
had
interview
with
him
.
He
is
a
Nubian
by
tribe
and
a
Moslem
by
faith
.
FA
comes
from
Busia
in
Tororo
District
,
and
was
educated
up
to
Primary
IV
level
.
Both
parents
are
still
alive
although
they
are
separated
and
the
father
has
married
another
woman
.
He
has
two
brothers
and
two
sisters
.
FA
was
detained
for
three
years
,
for
the
offence
of
stealing
from
a
vehicle
,
(
c
/
s
255
(
A
)
of
the
PCA
)
whose
owner
(
victim
)
he
did
not
know
.
While
in
the
reformatory
school
,
he
was
trained
in
agriculture
and
was
visited
by
both
the
father
and
the
mother
a
number
of
times
.
FA
was
well
behaved
in
prison
.
(
b
)
Comment
This
case
shows
fruitful
involvement
of
FA
'
s
parents
and
relatives
.
After
the
first
visit
by
the
social
worker
to
FA
'
s
parents
,
the
social
worker
reports
:
"
The
mother
and
father
of
FA
visited
him
several
times
at
the
reformatory
school
.
The
father
had
also
sent
him
letters
and
messages
,
through
other
relatives
who
visited
FA
.
Both
parents
of
FA
have
been
very
active
in
visiting
their
son
in
the
reformatory
school
.
This
shows
that
the
relationship
between
them
is
still
good
.
"
Each
of
these
opportunities
should
be
exploited
for
the
better
preparation
of
the
child
and
parents
(
relatives
)
to
be
reunited
.
As
a
reply
to
the
social
worker
,
the
father
disclosed
:
"
I
am
extremely
happy
.
The
mother
and
relatives
are
waiting
to
welcome
him
back
home
and
the
young
sisters
and
brothers
have
missed
him
very
much
.
They
all
could
not
go
to
visit
him
in
Bugungu
due
to
financial
constraints
.
"
About
the
future
of
FA
,
after
the
following
question
of
the
social
worker
:
"
...
why
do
you
plan
to
resettle
him
in
your
land
;
why
not
find
a
school
for
FA
?
"
The
father
had
this
to
say
:
"
...
it
is
because
when
I
sued
to
visit
my
son
at
the
reformatory
school
,
I
could
find
him
very
busy
with
agricultural
activities
.
I
was
very
happy
and
felt
he
should
come
home
and
continue
with
agriculture
.
"
Even
the
neighbors
were
very
ready
to
receive
FA
.
Replying
to
the
social
worker
about
the
relatives
and
neighbors
'
attitude
,
the
mother
said
:
"
...
they
are
all
going
to
be
very
happy
to
receive
him
home
.
We
have
been
anxiously
waiting
to
hear
when
he
would
be
released
.
"
The
second
case
is
difficult
;
the
case
of
IS
here
under
shows
a
different
situation
where
the
social
worker
will
pay
a
key
role
in
linking
the
juvenile
with
outside
:
XII
(
a
)
Summary
of
IS
'
s
case
IS
(
YOB
)
is
a
star
juvenile
,
a
Musoga
by
tribe
from
Kamuli
District
and
aged
19
years
,
at
the
time
of
interview
with
the
social
worker
.
He
is
a
Protestant
by
faith
and
was
educated
up
to
Primary
VII
level
.
IS
was
born
in
a
monogamous
family
and
both
parents
were
alive
but
divorced
.
He
was
not
visited
at
all
in
the
reformatory
school
,
neither
by
relatives
nor
friends
.
IS
was
sentenced
to
three
years
'
detention
for
house
breaking
and
theft
(
c
/
s
283
of
the
PCA
)
.
He
stole
household
property
,
i
.
e
.
TV
,
TV
deck
and
clothes
from
WB
,
for
whom
he
worked
and
whom
he
claimed
was
his
father
.
The
social
worker
visited
the
so
called
father
(
the
victim
)
once
.
His
earliest
possible
date
of
release
from
detention
was
27th
July
1994
.
He
was
disobedient
and
smoker
of
cigarettes
.
(
b
)
Comment
This
case
is
a
difficult
one
.
The
first
difficulty
is
that
the
man
indicated
as
his
father
,
was
not
the
father
.
The
so
called
father
was
surprised
by
the
claim
that
he
was
IS
'
s
father
.
As
a
response
to
the
social
worker
'
s
information
,
he
said
:
"
Madam
!
I
am
surprised
to
hear
that
IS
was
claiming
me
to
be
his
father
.
I
admit
that
I
helped
IS
because
he
was
desperately
looking
for
employment
in
town
here
;
I
sympathized
with
him
and
employed
him
in
my
farm
at
Namayira
.
Unfortunately
,
instead
of
IS
to
appreciate
my
assistance
to
him
,
he
broke
into
my
house
and
stole
TV
,
TV
deck
,
radio
cassette
,
suits
,
shirts
,
money
and
other
clothes
of
my
wife
and
my
children
.
This
resulted
me
to
take
IS
to
police
...
"
Because
of
what
IS
did
,
the
so
called
father
refused
to
have
him
back
,
but
gave
him
the
following
proposals
:
"
...
we
should
try
to
find
from
RCs
and
probation
officer
of
Kamuli
here
.
May
be
they
can
be
of
some
help
.
I
am
sure
when
the
inmate
comes
back
to
me
here
,
I
will
give
him
transport
to
go
to
his
parents
.
"
We
consider
that
there
is
at
least
a
reconciliatory
attitude
from
the
so
called
father
,
in
that
he
was
prepared
to
give
him
(
IS
)
transport
to
go
to
his
parents
.
As
they
continued
discussing
,
the
social
worker
convinced
him
to
allow
IS
back
in
his
home
:
"
...
after
talking
and
convincing
WB
for
a
long
time
,
he
accepted
to
help
the
inmate
on
condition
he
promises
never
to
steal
again
.
"
On
release
IS
was
accepted
by
this
man
as
he
promised
.
He
resumed
his
work
at
the
farm
.
The
social
worker
succeeded
in
reconciling
them
.
D
.
THE
RIYADH
GUIDELINES
2
.
3
.
8
The
Socialization
Process
Our
attention
is
drawn
mainly
to
socialization
process
.
Section
4
,
paragraph
12
puts
strong
emphasis
on
the
family
:
"
Since
the
family
is
the
central
unit
responsible
for
the
primary
socialization
of
children
,
governmental
and
social
efforts
to
preserve
the
integrity
of
the
family
,
including
the
extended
family
should
be
pursued
.
The
society
has
a
responsibility
to
assist
the
family
in
providing
care
and
protection
in
ensuring
physical
and
mental
wellbeing
of
the
children
.
Adequate
arrangements
,
including
day
care
should
be
provided
.
"
The
involvement
of
the
family
,
as
a
collective
social
actor
,
is
really
needed
for
a
successful
rehabilitation
of
young
offenders
and
even
adults
.
We
would
like
to
comment
briefly
on
the
issue
of
community
involvement
(
section
C
of
part
IV
)
of
this
Instrument
.
The
perception
of
the
community
in
general
seems
,
in
our
opinion
,
to
be
the
reason
why
related
provisions
are
difficult
to
implement
.
To
avoid
this
difficulty
,
this
study
is
dealing
with
the
microsociological
which
puts
emphasis
on
the
concrete
social
entities
as
local
communities
.
The
advantage
at
this
level
is
that
social
initiative
can
be
more
efficient
if
carefully
conducted
.
We
hope
our
readers
will
understand
our
emphasis
on
the
concept
of
local
communities
.
As
it
appears
in
this
study
;
this
concept
is
very
operational
in
the
field
.
Referring
to
section
5
of
Riyadh
Guidelines
(
social
policies
)
,
government
agencies
should
give
high
priorities
to
plan
and
program
for
young
persons
and
should
provide
sufficient
funds
and
other
resources
for
effective
delivery
of
services
,
facilities
and
staff
for
adequate
services
.
Our
view
is
that
if
those
plans
and
programs
take
the
level
of
local
communities
,
(
we
mean
the
involvement
,
of
the
social
actors
)
for
their
implementation
,
then
those
plans
and
programs
will
be
more
effective
.
SECTION
3
:
SOCIAL
ACTORS
As
indicated
above
the
Social
Rehabilitation
is
a
process
.
For
a
successful
social
rehabilitation
the
following
conditions
should
be
met
;
the
use
of
needle
logic
;
the
accomplishment
of
each
step
;
the
involvement
of
local
social
actors
;
the
confidence
of
the
inmate
on
the
social
worker
,
etc
.
)
.
As
social
actors
we
have
inter
alia
:
i
.
Social
Workers
ii
.
L
.
C
.
Members
iii
.
Family
Members
iv
.
Neighbors
v
.
The
victim
and
his
/
her
family
vi
.
Religious
Leaders
vii
.
The
Uganda
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Society
(
U
.
D
.
P
.
A
.
S
.
)
viii
.
The
Inmate
.
Below
here
we
now
highlight
the
role
played
by
some
social
actors
.
3
.
1
SOCIAL
WORKER
AS
A
LINK
The
social
worker
is
one
of
the
important
social
actors
whose
contribution
is
needed
.
As
already
indicated
in
the
previous
sections
,
the
important
role
of
the
social
worker
is
to
link
the
inmate
with
the
outside
has
been
demonstrated
.
One
cannot
talk
of
social
rehabilitation
process
without
social
workers
.
That
is
why
a
two
-
day
seminar
was
organized
by
UNAFRI
and
Uganda
Prisons
Service
for
them
,
in
order
to
update
their
training
.
They
were
exposed
to
the
needle
logic
and
other
new
strategies
meant
to
facilitate
the
involvement
of
local
social
actors
in
the
resettlement
of
the
ex
-
inmates
.
In
Uganda
there
has
been
a
talk
of
rehabilitation
in
the
absence
of
social
rehabilitation
.
This
condition
is
not
being
accomplished
.
It
is
true
that
in
the
past
voluntary
organizations
such
as
the
Uganda
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Society
(
UDPAS
)
,
an
after
care
organization
,
were
and
even
now
are
available
.
Although
in
most
districts
this
organization
is
not
functioning
,
therefore
ineffective
.
This
is
very
important
in
so
far
as
they
assist
the
ex
-
prisoners
to
get
jobs
in
the
local
communities
where
they
come
from
or
the
one
receiving
them
,
but
this
is
not
enough
.
It
is
imperative
that
there
should
be
good
relationships
between
the
ex
-
prisoner
and
members
of
the
local
community
.
The
acceptance
of
ex
-
prisoners
will
be
concrete
if
the
local
community
members
are
ready
to
use
these
services
so
that
he
/
she
will
be
contributing
to
the
socio
-
economic
development
of
the
community
.
This
is
one
of
the
most
important
aspects
of
the
work
of
the
social
worker
.
Some
members
of
the
local
community
are
conscious
of
this
aspect
of
socio
-
economic
development
.
This
observation
is
from
,
inter
alia
,
GM
'
s
case
.
XIV
(
a
)
Summary
of
GM
'
s
case
GM
(
LWP
.
22
/
92
)
,
a
star
inmate
aged
,
22
years
,
from
Mbarara
,
was
married
with
two
children
but
later
divorced
.
She
was
from
a
monogamous
family
and
educated
up
to
S
.
III
.
Both
parents
are
alive
,
though
separated
.
GM
was
sentenced
to
three
and
half
years
imprisonment
for
conspiracy
with
her
brother
,
with
intent
to
murder
(
c
/
s
197
of
the
PCA
)
.
Her
earliest
possible
date
of
release
was
29th
September
,
1994
.
While
in
prison
,
she
worked
in
the
shamba
first
and
later
transferred
to
the
handicraft
workshop
.
She
was
not
visited
in
prison
,
but
received
anonymous
threatening
letters
from
outside
.
The
social
worker
visited
her
five
times
after
her
release
.
(
b
)
Comment
The
first
reference
to
socio
-
economic
development
of
the
local
community
is
from
LC1
Chairman
who
describes
GM
to
the
social
worker
as
follows
:
"
...
she
was
very
hardworking
and
had
helped
the
man
get
to
his
present
status
...
"
We
have
also
to
add
the
observations
of
LCIII
Chairman
to
the
social
worker
.
"
She
was
very
good
,
well
behaved
and
hardworking
girl
.
We
expect
a
lot
from
her
in
terms
of
development
.
"
These
quotations
are
self
-
explanatory
.
It
is
,
therefore
,
worth
to
prepare
the
ex
-
inmate
and
the
local
community
members
completely
so
as
to
ensure
a
successful
social
rehabilitation
of
the
ex
-
inmate
.
He
will
then
positively
contribute
to
the
socio
-
economic
development
of
the
particular
area
.
This
preparation
is
one
of
the
main
roles
of
the
social
worker
.
In
order
to
improve
relationship
between
the
inmate
and
the
local
community
members
,
the
social
worker
should
make
the
inmate
have
confidence
in
him
/
herself
,
then
the
inmate
.
Will
develop
a
reconciliatory
attitude
.
Let
us
refer
again
to
ET
'
s
case
.
When
the
social
worker
asked
her
if
she
felt
that
she
was
charged
wrongly
,
she
answered
:
"
No
,
I
was
in
the
mistake
...
I
apologized
to
them
.
"
This
positive
attitude
of
accepting
the
mistakes
done
by
the
inmates
is
sometimes
initiated
by
the
inmates
themselves
.
This
is
what
we
learn
from
SN
'
s
case
who
said
:
"
After
I
had
fought
,
I
tried
to
beg
her
leniency
but
she
refused
to
forgive
me
.
When
I
was
taken
to
court
,
I
accepted
the
charge
.
If
the
victim
was
a
neighbor
,
this
positive
attitude
from
that
time
should
bring
reconciliation
between
them
.
This
is
the
reason
why
it
was
possible
for
the
social
worker
to
establish
the
link
with
the
outside
.
In
the
following
cases
,
DM
and
TL
,
the
social
workers
were
also
misdirected
.
Concerning
TL
,
the
social
worker
reports
:
"
...
we
traced
the
father
of
TL
almost
from
house
to
house
,
but
in
vain
.
We
also
tried
neibouring
villages
,
but
no
where
to
be
seen
.
There
was
JS
,
but
when
I
enquired
whether
he
has
a
son
by
the
name
of
TL
,
he
denied
.
I
was
really
in
dilemma
;
the
time
was
running
out
and
the
bill
of
the
transport
hired
services
.
I
realized
that
it
was
a
total
failure
.
The
LCs
confirmed
to
me
that
there
was
no
such
a
person
in
their
village
.
They
advised
me
to
go
back
.
I
regretted
my
failure
and
came
back
to
Kampala
.
"
Fortunately
,
the
social
worker
was
not
discouraged
.
He
was
really
determined
:
"
...
this
was
a
lesson
to
me
,
but
I
was
not
prepared
to
give
up
.
"
He
will
succeed
to
get
the
correct
address
from
the
inmate
:
"
After
emphasizing
that
,
I
forgave
him
and
told
him
that
I
am
still
willing
to
go
and
visit
the
place
where
he
intends
to
settle
after
release
.
He
directed
me
a
new
.
"
3
.
1
.
1
.
In
Prison
The
social
worker
has
to
make
the
inmate
reconcile
with
himself
i
.
e
.
to
get
the
inmate
have
internal
reconciliation
in
order
to
assume
responsibility
for
what
he
did
.
To
be
concrete
,
this
inmate
has
to
move
from
the
usual
prisoners
'
phenomenal
position
of
"
They
say
I
.
.
.
"
to
"
I
did
.
.
.
"
as
the
social
worker
succeeded
in
the
case
of
DM
:
"
Sir
,
my
problem
is
like
this
.
.
.
I
committed
the
offence
at
our
village
to
one
of
our
neighbor
'
s
house
.
This
man
was
LC
II
Chairman
Mr
LB
.
I
don
'
t
know
whether
he
is
still
LC
Chairman
.
"
The
social
worker
succeeded
to
get
the
information
from
DM
and
LO
because
they
took
the
social
worker
into
confidence
.
In
the
case
of
DM
,
he
had
this
to
say
:
"
.
.
.
I
would
like
to
apologize
to
you
for
not
being
straight
forward
to
you
.
I
realized
this
later
when
I
went
back
to
my
ward
.
When
I
consulted
my
fellow
inmates
I
was
told
you
were
the
right
person
to
help
me
.
I
am
requesting
you
to
go
back
to
my
sister
.
She
will
be
the
one
to
tell
you
all
things
to
connect
you
to
the
man
I
have
written
this
letter
to
introduce
you
to
her
.
"
As
said
above
this
is
a
firm
foundation
of
the
social
intervention
.
This
is
why
DM
'
s
case
and
others
are
some
of
the
successful
ones
.
Once
the
inmate
does
not
have
confidence
in
the
social
worker
,
he
/
she
will
not
give
proper
information
.
The
patience
and
determination
of
the
social
worker
are
creating
an
atmosphere
of
confidence
between
the
social
worker
and
the
inmate
.
This
is
demonstrated
in
the
cases
already
quoted
above
:
i
.
e
.
the
cases
of
DM
and
TL
.
It
is
worth
noting
that
in
order
to
pursue
this
demonstration
,
we
refer
to
LO
'
s
case
.
XV
(
a
)
Summary
of
LO
'
s
Case
LO
(
No
.
U66
/
93
)
is
an
ordinary
prisoner
,
a
Japadhola
by
tribe
,
aged
45
years
and
educated
up
to
Primary
IV
level
.
He
was
sentenced
to
30
months
'
imprisonment
for
the
offence
of
escaping
from
lawful
custody
(
c
/
s
103
of
the
PCA
)
and
at
the
same
time
on
remand
for
another
offence
of
murder
(
c
/
s
183
of
the
PCA
)
.
He
comes
from
Mukono
District
and
before
his
arrest
and
imprisonment
he
served
in
the
army
.
Married
with
children
,
LO
was
born
out
of
a
monogamous
family
.
While
in
prison
,
he
was
not
trained
in
any
vocational
trade
while
in
prison
and
was
visited
once
by
his
uncle
.
(
b
)
Comment
What
we
would
like
to
point
out
from
this
case
is
a
strategy
to
be
developed
by
the
social
worker
,
in
order
to
ensure
an
atmosphere
of
confidence
,
is
that
the
social
worker
may
postpone
the
interview
/
visit
until
when
the
inmate
will
be
ready
to
cooperate
.
After
the
first
visit
the
worker
reports
:
"
LO
was
very
difficult
to
deal
with
.
So
,
I
asked
him
to
come
back
the
following
morning
and
he
agreed
.
"
The
following
day
,
LO
was
really
cooperative
:
"
LO
came
changed
.
He
answered
some
of
the
questions
.
.
.
"
He
furnished
the
social
worker
with
the
needed
information
.
This
case
was
suspended
because
LO
is
still
on
remand
in
prison
pending
another
charge
of
escape
from
lawful
custody
.
This
is
one
of
the
steps
of
preparation
we
are
talking
about
.
Doing
that
we
are
building
a
strong
foundation
for
the
social
intervention
because
we
cannot
go
ahead
without
the
inmate
'
s
involvement
in
the
process
.
At
this
level
,
useful
information
shall
be
collected
by
the
social
worker
.
He
/
she
will
discover
influential
persons
in
the
life
of
the
inmate
.
That
can
be
the
beginning
of
the
concrete
link
with
the
outside
world
.
3
.
1
.
2
.
Outside
Prison
The
contribution
of
local
social
actors
outside
is
very
useful
and
indicates
what
they
can
do
for
the
inmate
.
The
case
of
DM
brings
this
out
clearly
by
linking
the
inmate
with
the
victim
.
DM
'
s
problem
was
his
fear
of
the
victim
.
There
was
really
a
need
for
him
to
know
what
the
victim
was
thinking
about
him
and
the
disappearance
of
his
sister
,
who
should
have
given
him
the
information
,
was
another
problem
for
him
:
"
The
disappearance
of
my
sister
has
caused
problems
to
my
life
.
I
will
not
be
safe
at
home
.
I
wanted
the
sister
to
let
me
know
about
the
man
(
the
victim
)
.
I
don
'
t
know
what
he
thinks
about
me
.
"
The
social
worker
will
be
the
link
between
the
inmate
and
this
sister
.
We
observe
that
the
absence
of
that
link
is
a
cause
of
anxiety
on
the
part
of
the
inmate
.
After
visiting
the
home
of
the
inmate
'
s
sister
,
the
social
worker
had
this
conversation
with
him
on
his
request
:
DM
"
...
Did
you
succeed
Sir
?
"
SW
"
...
Yes
,
but
fruitless
.
"
DM
"
Why
fruitless
,
Sir
?
"
SW
"
I
did
not
get
her
there
but
your
in
-
laws
were
present
and
cooperated
with
me
.
Your
sister
N
.
had
gone
to
her
husband
'
s
village
and
she
was
expected
back
after
one
week
.
"
It
is
apparent
that
when
a
social
link
is
established
,
the
inmate
seems
to
be
relieved
of
the
queations
,
the
inmate
had
longed
for
news
from
outside
(
from
his
sister
)
.
That
is
why
the
inmate
seemed
to
be
happy
following
the
social
worker
'
s
observation
who
had
this
to
say
:
"
The
prisoner
was
stimulated
after
he
received
the
news
from
the
sister
'
s
home
.
He
became
.
.
.
friendly
.
.
.
revealed
his
secret
.
He
expressed
willingness
to
reconcile
with
the
man
.
.
.
"
The
nature
of
information
given
to
the
social
worker
shows
a
high
level
of
confidence
required
,
the
case
is
also
an
illustration
.
In
order
to
indicate
how
far
this
confidence
can
reach
,
we
refer
to
the
following
case
of
CA
.
XVI
(
a
)
Summary
of
CA
'
s
case
CA
(
LWP
.
12
/
93
)
,
a
star
inmate
,
23
years
old
from
Apac
District
,
single
and
no
child
.
She
is
from
a
monogamous
family
,
with
both
parents
still
alive
and
educated
up
to
SIV
.
CA
was
sentenced
to
a
period
of
two
years
'
imprisonment
or
a
fine
of
U
.
Shs
.
150
.
000
/
-
for
the
offence
of
threatening
violence
.
She
could
not
pay
the
fine
;
therefore
she
had
to
serve
the
sentence
of
imprisonment
.
Before
conviction
,
she
worked
as
a
clerk
.
While
in
prison
,
she
was
visited
a
number
of
times
by
her
brothers
,
but
the
father
refused
to
visit
her
.
She
was
eventually
released
on
26th
August
1994
(
EPD
)
and
the
social
worker
continued
to
visit
her
.
(
b
)
Comment
This
lady
found
in
the
social
worker
a
person
to
confide
in
.
At
this
time
she
was
the
only
person
with
whom
she
could
share
her
problems
:
CA
"
Aunt
,
I
do
not
know
whether
I
told
you
.
When
I
was
in
prison
,
I
was
tested
for
HIV
;
the
results
were
positive
.
SW
"
.
.
.
would
you
like
us
to
discuss
it
?
.
.
.
"
CA
"
Yes
,
I
want
you
to
know
that
I
am
thin
because
of
thoughts
/
worries
and
sickness
itself
.
"
They
then
decided
to
sit
under
a
tree
and
the
social
worker
counseled
her
,
after
which
she
asked
her
if
she
could
include
this
part
of
their
talk
in
her
report
.
She
agreed
and
the
social
worker
suggested
to
her
to
be
going
for
treatment
in
the
staff
clinic
,
and
she
promised
to
register
there
for
further
HIV
management
.
It
is
important
to
stress
here
that
even
after
release
all
contacts
or
links
which
can
be
beneficial
to
the
ex
-
inmate
should
be
exploited
.
The
social
worker
took
a
very
good
initiative
to
the
ex
-
inmate
by
linking
CA
with
Port
Bell
Women
'
s
Resettlement
Project
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
CA
is
now
one
of
the
women
profiting
from
this
project
.
The
project
is
only
for
discharged
women
from
prison
.
She
is
in
the
first
batch
,
undergoing
training
for
four
months
,
after
which
they
will
go
back
to
society
,
equipped
with
various
skills
of
their
choice
of
specialization
.
"
The
inmate
'
s
confidence
in
the
social
worker
should
continue
after
release
.
This
will
keep
the
ex
-
inmate
in
good
contact
with
the
social
worker
and
will
become
the
one
the
ex
-
prisoner
will
confide
information
.
That
is
also
the
case
between
D
.
M
.
and
the
social
worker
:
DM
"
Affende
I
am
trying
to
put
up
a
grass
thatched
hut
and
get
married
.
Do
you
support
me
?
"
SW
"
It
is
a
good
idea
to
have
a
house
and
marry
.
When
you
have
a
woman
you
are
respected
,
at
least
you
develop
your
kibanja
"
This
is
a
very
vital
role
to
be
played
by
the
social
worker
.
Doing
so
we
are
totally
in
the
social
rehabilitation
process
.
When
the
social
worker
succeeds
in
creating
that
good
atmosphere
a
for
successful
social
rehabilitation
of
the
inmate
,
those
pieces
of
advice
are
likely
to
be
implemented
by
the
ex
-
inmate
:
"
Affende
I
took
your
advice
and
it
helped
me
,
since
I
came
I
have
not
associated
with
bad
groups
.
If
I
do
not
have
something
to
do
at
home
,
I
go
to
the
garden
,
spend
time
there
and
come
to
sleep
.
"
Let
us
refer
again
to
KM
'
s
case
.
We
consider
this
case
was
a
successful
one
,
because
the
social
worker
succeeded
linking
this
man
with
his
local
community
.
Due
to
successful
preparation
,
a
member
of
his
local
community
(
a
LC
official
)
linked
him
his
employer
who
gave
KM
the
job
of
a
driver
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
I
asked
him
whether
he
was
the
one
who
had
secured
a
job
for
KM
.
He
said
that
since
he
knew
that
KM
was
a
driver
,
he
had
a
friend
who
was
looking
for
one
.
So
,
it
was
easy
to
connect
KM
to
him
.
Luckily
enough
he
started
working
straight
away
,
and
informed
me
that
everything
has
been
a
success
for
him
,
and
his
family
ever
since
he
started
working
.
"
When
KM
got
a
job
,
he
was
able
then
to
meet
all
his
family
obligations
.
On
this
,
we
learn
from
the
social
worker
:
"
The
wife
was
so
happy
to
meet
me
once
again
.
She
told
me
how
resettlement
was
,
the
problems
they
experienced
,
but
these
were
minor
ones
and
could
easily
be
handled
.
In
the
other
hand
,
she
was
happy
because
they
had
achieved
a
lot
while
in
the
village
.
Even
school
fees
and
food
were
no
longer
a
problem
to
them
.
"
3
.
2
THE
UGANDA
DISCHARGED
PRISONERS
'
AID
SOCIETY
(
U
.
D
.
P
.
A
.
S
.
)
The
Uganda
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Society
is
one
of
the
important
social
organs
for
the
resettlement
of
ex
-
prisoners
.
It
is
a
voluntary
charitable
organization
run
under
the
auspice
of
the
Prisons
Department
.
The
society
is
open
to
people
from
all
walks
of
life
i
.
e
,
:
people
from
various
religious
organizations
,
businessmen
and
women
,
civil
servants
,
professionals
such
as
criminologists
,
sociologists
,
social
workers
,
etc
.
3
.
2
.
1
.
Brief
History
of
U
.
D
.
P
.
A
.
S
.
The
history
of
the
Uganda
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Society
is
linked
with
history
and
development
of
similar
societies
in
Britain
as
Uganda
was
a
British
Colony
.
From
1948
(
after
the
2nd
world
War
)
up
to
1957
some
form
of
aftercare
services
to
some
discharged
prisoners
were
undertaken
by
the
Province
Commissioners
,
Public
Relations
and
Social
Welfare
and
the
Probation
Departments
.
This
after
care
work
handled
through
the
official
government
machinery
was
mainly
confined
to
contacting
local
authorities
and
relatives
of
the
prisoners
with
the
aim
of
resettling
them
.
Some
attempts
were
also
made
to
obtain
employment
for
a
few
ex
-
prisoners
.
Towards
the
end
of
1957
the
Luzira
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Committee
was
formed
.
The
Prisons
Department
and
the
Department
of
Probation
and
Social
Welfare
continued
to
provide
some
assistance
to
some
prisoners
who
were
about
to
be
released
and
ex
-
prisoners
in
conjunction
with
the
Luzira
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Committee
.
It
is
of
interest
to
note
that
the
Luzira
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Association
(
the
origin
of
the
Uganda
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Society
)
was
formed
in
1957
at
the
same
time
when
the
United
Nations
Minimum
Rules
for
the
Treatment
of
Offenders
(
UNMR
)
were
adoptedby
the
United
Nations
.
The
formation
of
the
society
and
was
prompted
by
a
circular
letter
,
No
.
688
/
7
,
dated
20th
June
,
1957
from
the
Home
Secretary
for
colonies
.
This
circular
followed
the
approval
of
the
United
Nations
Standard
Minimum
Rules
for
the
Treatment
of
Offenders
.
At
the
instigation
of
the
Commissioner
of
Prisons
in
1974
,
a
national
organization
of
the
Uganda
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Society
was
formed
with
branches
in
the
city
and
most
of
the
major
towns
of
Uganda
.
The
political
instability
in
the
1970s
and
1980s
made
most
of
the
branches
of
the
society
in
upcountry
towns
to
become
dormant
.
3
.
2
.
2
.
Organization
The
Executive
of
the
Uganda
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Society
is
made
up
of
:
i
.
Chairman
ii
.
Vice
Chairman
iii
.
Secretary
iv
.
Assistant
Secretary
v
.
Treasurer
vi
.
Executive
Committee
Members
-
4
of
whom
are
elected
by
the
Annual
General
Meeting
.
3
.
2
.
3
.
Aims
and
Objectives
As
stipulated
in
Article
III
of
the
Constitution
of
the
Uganda
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Society
,
among
others
,
the
aims
and
objectives
of
the
society
are
:
To
educate
the
public
to
realize
the
need
and
importance
of
accepting
and
resettling
ex
-
prisoners
back
into
the
society
.
To
inculcate
into
the
minds
of
ex
-
prisoners
a
desire
to
work
with
the
rest
of
the
citizens
for
the
betterment
of
the
nation
.
To
co
-
operate
with
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Societies
and
similar
organizations
in
Africa
and
elsewhere
.
To
work
in
co
-
operation
with
other
Voluntary
Organizations
in
the
country
.
To
work
in
liaison
with
the
appropriate
Government
Organs
for
furthering
the
aims
and
objectives
of
the
society
.
As
the
reader
will
observe
,
Uganda
Discharged
Prisoners
Aid
Prisoners
'
Society
is
heavily
involved
in
this
project
(
study
)
.
This
study
shows
a
systematic
way
of
handling
ex
-
inmates
'
social
rehabilitation
.
Let
us
take
this
opportunity
to
call
upon
other
institutions
with
similar
objectives
/
aims
to
join
in
this
exercise
by
way
of
putting
together
our
human
,
material
and
financial
resources
in
order
to
achieve
this
noble
cause
.
The
contribution
of
U
.
D
.
P
.
A
.
S
.
as
an
illustration
to
fill
the
gap
which
government
cannot
fill
,
for
example
,
transport
from
the
place
where
the
ex
-
prisoner
was
arrested
to
his
home
village
,
the
offer
of
some
items
,
such
as
hoes
and
pangas
,
carpentry
tools
,
for
those
who
are
going
to
do
carpentry
;
seeds
,
clothing
,
blankets
,
etc
.
There
are
also
counseling
services
offered
by
UDPAS
.
3
.
3
.
LOCAL
COUNCIL
(
LC
)
When
the
National
Resistance
Movement
(
NRM
)
came
to
power
in
1986
it
established
a
Resistance
Council
System
of
administration
.
This
form
of
administration
was
meant
to
transfer
power
to
the
ordinary
people
at
the
grassroot
level
.
3
.
3
.
1
.
Structure
:
These
councils
are
organized
such
that
all
persons
aged
18
years
and
above
in
every
village
in
the
country
form
the
Local
Councils
(
LC
I
)
.
These
councils
elect
committees
of
9
members
who
form
LCI
Executive
Committee
.
All
the
LC
I
Executive
Committees
in
the
Parish
form
the
LC
II
who
in
turn
elect
from
amongst
themselves
an
Executive
of
members
,
LC
III
,
etc
.
,
etc
.
We
are
only
concerned
with
LC
I
Executives
and
perhaps
LC
II
and
III
as
they
directly
affect
the
social
rehabilitation
and
resettlement
of
ex
-
offenders
.
This
is
why
the
complete
structure
of
the
LC
system
up
to
District
Level
is
not
given
herein
.
At
village
level
the
major
functions
of
LC
I
-
III
can
be
summarized
as
follows
:
i
)
Administrative
Communication
Channels
ii
)
Overseeing
project
implementation
iii
)
Settlement
of
local
disputes
iv
)
Security
v
)
Mass
mobilization
,
etc
.
Some
cases
such
as
GM
,
DM
and
KM
used
above
,
show
the
way
the
LCs
can
be
involved
in
the
social
rehabilitation
process
of
ex
-
inmates
and
the
results
achieved
there
after
.
The
various
ways
of
involvement
in
this
exercise
can
be
used
as
a
course
content
for
training
or
sensitizing
the
local
council
members
.
Here
,
the
U
.
D
.
P
.
A
.
S
.
,
for
example
,
can
contribute
by
organizing
this
kind
of
activity
as
one
of
its
aims
and
objectives
especially
for
the
transient
offenders
with
strong
contribution
from
the
local
community
.
3
.
4
THE
LOCAL
COMMUNITY
3
.
4
.
1
.
LC
Members
As
seen
above
(
see
LC
Organization
)
there
are
five
levels
.
LC
I
is
the
nearest
to
the
people
.
When
we
are
in
the
field
they
appear
to
be
involved
in
this
social
intervention
.
This
level
is
convenient
and
necessary
one
in
which
different
social
actors
as
LC
I
members
,
religious
leaders
(
see
sub
-
section
3
.
6
)
,
neighbors
,
etc
.
,
have
to
be
involved
.
We
have
to
note
that
LS
I
members
have
to
handle
petty
offences
in
the
community
.
The
role
to
be
played
by
the
LC
I
members
can
be
to
monitor
and
assist
the
ex
-
prisoners
on
their
settlement
.
Since
we
are
in
the
field
,
LCI
,
LC
II
and
LC
III
members
should
be
totally
involved
in
the
rehabilitation
and
resettlement
of
ex
-
inmates
.
As
in
DM
'
s
case
,
they
can
act
in
their
capacities
as
LC
Members
:
"
In
my
capacity
as
LCIII
Chairman
I
have
nothing
bad
to
comment
on
DM
.
Since
he
came
back
he
is
a
quiet
good
person
.
"
This
can
do
more
than
only
acting
in
their
official
capacities
as
LC
members
.
They
are
also
duty
bound
as
members
of
respective
local
communities
to
contribute
to
the
social
rehabilitation
of
ex
-
inmates
.
In
his
capacity
as
uncle
of
DM
,
he
supported
DM
'
s
building
his
own
house
and
getting
married
and
had
this
to
say
:
"
.
.
.
we
have
been
telling
our
son
to
build
his
own
house
he
fears
to
stay
alone
.
"
3
.
4
.
2
.
Neighbors
Neighbors
also
have
an
important
role
to
play
.
They
should
be
gravely
involved
in
the
exercise
.
Their
opinion
on
social
rehabilitation
of
the
inmate
is
a
way
to
evaluate
the
success
of
social
rehabilitation
resettlement
of
ex
-
inmates
.
ZM
'
s
case
is
self
explanatory
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
.
.
.
SM
assured
me
that
my
friend
ZM
is
a
good
man
,
that
he
changed
completely
and
that
the
village
as
whole
feels
proud
of
him
.
SM
emphasized
that
ZM
is
trusted
and
a
reliable
member
of
the
family
.
ZM
told
me
that
ZM
stays
with
his
wife
...
and
that
they
are
happy
.
This
was
a
good
report
to
me
as
a
worker
,
first
to
learn
that
ZN
is
at
home
and
secondly
that
ZM
is
a
good
member
of
the
village
and
that
he
was
coping
up
with
the
community
.
"
The
preparation
of
neighbors
can
be
very
difficult
but
the
social
worker
should
not
be
discouraged
by
the
negative
attitude
of
some
members
of
the
local
community
.
The
training
received
and
experience
gained
normally
cover
this
kind
of
situation
.
So
,
it
is
possible
to
change
this
negative
attitude
.
The
same
case
of
ZM
is
an
illustration
.
The
involved
social
worker
reports
the
following
of
ZM
'
s
case
:
"
.
.
.
YW
,
who
on
my
first
visit
was
not
willing
to
welcome
him
...
,
had
developed
positive
attitude
towards
ZM
.
YM
was
happy
to
meet
me
and
appreciated
our
kind
services
.
YW
stated
that
so
far
no
complaint
about
ZM
.
May
be
some
time
later
.
We
hope
that
he
will
peacefully
settle
.
I
thank
him
for
good
welcome
accorded
to
ZM
,
when
released
from
prison
.
I
encouraged
him
to
assist
him
as
much
as
possible
.
"
This
case
and
others
show
that
a
well
trained
and
experienced
social
worker
has
the
skill
to
involve
all
the
local
community
members
in
this
kind
of
social
intervention
exercise
.
As
indicated
above
,
in
the
preceding
paragraph
,
we
failed
in
TL
and
FM
cases
mainly
because
,
of
the
involvement
of
all
the
local
community
members
as
local
social
actors
.
In
the
following
two
cases
of
FM
and
TL
,
we
manage
to
link
these
two
inmates
with
the
outside
.
The
aunt
,
in
the
case
of
FM
and
the
father
in
the
case
of
TL
.
XVII
a
)
Summary
of
FM
'
s
Case
FM
(
No
.
KGO
.
34
/
92
)
is
a
star
inmate
aged
22
years
and
sentenced
to
three
years
'
imprisonment
for
stealing
a
vehicle
(
c
/
s
255
(
A
)
of
the
PCA
)
.
His
earliest
possible
date
of
release
was
26th
June
,
1994
.
While
in
prison
he
was
deployed
to
work
in
the
kitchen
.
Before
arrest
and
conviction
he
worked
as
an
office
messenger
at
Entebbe
.
His
mother
died
when
he
was
still
young
.
He
had
a
young
woman
with
whom
they
stayed
and
had
one
child
.
The
young
woman
was
the
only
person
who
visited
him
in
the
police
cell
.
His
real
father
was
not
known
but
the
so
called
father
with
whom
he
grew
up
had
18
children
from
different
women
.
Apparently
he
was
not
visited
while
in
prison
.
b
)
Comment
The
social
worker
will
note
that
the
person
indicated
as
FM
'
s
father
was
not
the
real
father
.
The
so
-
called
father
informed
the
social
worker
thus
:
"
You
know
the
problem
of
us
men
!
FM
is
not
my
son
.
FM
is
born
from
the
house
-
girl
who
was
working
for
me
.
He
was
produced
from
the
house
-
boy
,
who
was
working
for
a
certain
European
...
The
house
-
girl
brought
the
boy
(
FM
)
and
purported
that
he
was
my
son
;
okay
I
looked
after
the
boy
for
a
time
being
and
the
mother
departed
for
some
other
unknown
place
,
by
now
FM
was
around
six
years
.
"
As
a
result
of
this
situation
,
the
so
called
father
will
not
be
involved
in
the
social
rehabilitation
.
The
contact
with
FM
'
s
sister
failed
.
It
was
very
difficult
for
the
social
worker
to
trace
her
by
the
address
given
to
her
by
FM
.
She
even
changed
her
name
as
the
social
worker
reports
:
"
I
understand
she
was
staying
with
an
auntie
called
Mama
N
?
I
asked
.
She
said
yes
,
but
she
has
changed
her
name
.
She
is
now
called
Jaja
.
"
So
,
only
FM
'
s
aunt
was
contacted
and
will
be
the
only
link
FM
will
have
with
the
outside
.
She
promised
to
link
FM
to
his
uncle
and
mother
:
"
I
am
going
tomorrow
to
meet
with
his
uncle
(
her
real
brother
)
.
I
want
to
come
to
a
compromise
where
FM
will
stay
.
With
me
or
with
him
.
I
want
to
talk
with
my
mother
too
.
I
feel
FM
should
learn
building
houses
(
mason
)
;
he
can
even
do
welding
.
He
can
take
one
from
the
two
.
"
The
aunt
acted
as
the
only
link
.
Unfortunately
FM
was
killed
by
a
mob
because
of
robbery
,
four
weeks
after
his
release
from
prison
.
This
is
what
the
social
worker
learnt
the
second
visit
to
the
so
-
called
father
and
also
from
the
aunt
.
The
case
of
EN
did
not
even
go
far
,
this
must
be
taken
into
consideration
.
The
local
social
actors
were
not
involved
at
all
:
XVIII
(
a
)
Summary
of
EN
'
s
case
EN
(
LWP
.
25
/
93
)
,
is
a
19
year
old
woman
from
a
monogamous
family
in
Seeta
,
Mukono
District
,
a
star
offender
,
married
with
one
child
.
Both
parents
died
and
she
grew
up
with
a
step
-
mother
,
who
later
chased
her
away
.
She
was
later
brought
up
by
her
grand
mother
.
BN
was
educated
up
to
P
.
VI
level
,
imprisoned
for
18
months
for
theft
,
loss
of
her
friend
'
s
husband
'
s
property
,
kept
in
her
home
(
c
/
s
302
of
the
PCA
)
.
Before
her
imprisonment
,
she
was
a
petty
business
woman
,
and
while
in
prison
she
was
not
visited
.
The
social
worker
tried
to
visit
her
sister
twice
but
without
success
.
b
)
Comment
This
case
is
a
total
failure
because
her
relatives
were
not
linked
to
her
.
The
social
worker
did
not
succeed
in
getting
the
required
information
:
for
example
,
where
he
came
from
,
the
names
and
addresses
of
contact
persons
(
relatives
,
friends
,
neighbors
,
victims
,
etc
)
,
to
be
contacted
so
as
to
receive
back
the
ex
-
inmate
.
The
first
time
the
social
worker
had
been
directed
to
a
sister
:
"
The
inmate
had
directed
me
to
ask
from
the
market
in
Gaba
but
nobody
knew
the
sister
.
So
I
decided
to
come
back
and
talk
to
the
prisoner
,
whereby
she
directed
me
anew
.
"
The
second
time
he
went
back
to
trace
the
sister
,
it
seems
the
inmate
again
gave
a
wrong
address
:
"
I
went
as
directed
by
the
inmate
,
looked
for
the
home
but
in
vain
.
The
home
,
however
,
I
was
directed
to
one
of
the
relatives
.
I
came
back
and
went
another
time
but
also
in
vain
.
The
prisoner
was
,
however
,
released
and
she
has
gone
to
a
place
I
cannot
know
.
"
Let
us
refer
again
to
TL
'
s
case
where
the
father
was
the
only
link
with
the
outside
.
This
led
to
a
failure
in
the
social
rehabilitation
of
TL
,
who
after
seven
months
resumed
bad
company
.
One
of
his
brothers
revealed
:
"
Late
TL
found
his
old
friends
in
Kampala
and
planned
quick
means
of
getting
money
.
I
was
informed
that
it
appears
,
on
the
fateful
day
,
after
robbing
or
house
breaking
,
or
robbery
from
passengers
,
they
were
raided
and
killed
.
"
The
death
of
TL
is
an
opportunity
for
us
to
take
stock
of
three
important
aspects
,
among
others
;
i
)
the
purpose
of
imprisonment
,
mainly
is
to
socially
rehabilitate
the
offender
;
ii
)
the
span
of
vocational
training
,
which
should
encompass
contact
with
potential
employers
when
a
prisoner
is
in
prison
;
iii
)
effectively
involve
the
local
community
in
social
rehabilitation
and
resettlement
of
the
offender
into
his
new
or
old
habitat
,
which
is
difficult
for
him
to
abandon
.
This
failure
appears
to
reveal
non
-
involvement
of
relatives
in
the
process
of
social
rehabilitation
and
resettlement
of
the
ex
-
inmate
.
What
can
be
the
reason
for
the
failure
here
?
We
do
recognize
that
the
supervision
on
the
part
of
the
social
worker
was
inadequate
.
Visits
should
be
more
frequent
,
at
least
every
month
.
This
weakness
of
inadequate
supervision
by
the
social
worker
was
also
identified
by
the
brother
,
who
lamented
:
"
.
.
.
My
dear
,
TL
would
take
heed
,
and
I
wish
you
regularly
visited
late
TL
;
he
would
have
listened
and
abided
by
your
words
.
"
Later
on
,
the
father
also
expressed
the
same
opinion
:
"
.
.
.
I
wish
TL
remained
in
prison
at
least
,
I
would
be
with
hope
.
I
wish
you
closely
supervised
him
,
other
than
taking
long
to
check
on
him
.
"
3
.
5
THE
POLICE
In
the
areas
where
the
Police
are
directly
in
touch
with
the
population
,
as
social
actors
they
should
make
a
contribution
to
the
exercise
.
At
the
level
of
our
intervention
,
at
the
villages
,
the
police
have
no
representation
.
For
that
reason
their
contribution
should
be
low
at
that
level
.
In
some
case
,
e
.
g
.
Prison
Rules
,
Section
101
,
sub
-
section
(
a
)
,
(
e
)
,
(
f
)
,
(
g
)
(
ii
)
,
and
sub
-
section
5
;
Police
are
mandated
to
supervise
ex
-
inmates
released
on
license
and
ex
-
inmates
who
are
mandatorily
released
under
police
supervision
.
Due
to
lack
of
conditions
/
requirements
developed
in
this
study
:
i
)
Preparation
ii
)
Good
implementation
of
legal
support
iii
)
Co
-
odination
with
other
social
actors
iv
)
Needle
logic
,
The
police
efforts
to
successfully
supervise
and
ensure
ex
-
inmates
do
not
relapse
into
crime
often
fail
.
This
is
demonstrated
by
the
high
failure
rate
of
releases
on
license
.
The
failures
are
attributed
to
lack
of
co
-
ordination
between
Police
and
Prisons
management
and
the
persistent
use
of
punitive
logic
.
An
example
of
lack
of
co
-
ordination
between
Police
and
Prisons
Management
is
that
there
are
no
books
indicating
completion
of
supervision
of
license
releasees
sent
back
by
Police
.
This
can
be
explained
by
the
fact
that
there
is
breakdown
in
the
supervision
exercise
.
As
a
remedy
more
social
workers
(
welfare
officers
)
should
be
recruited
,
associated
and
included
in
the
work
,
as
the
legislator
puts
it
in
the
Children
Statute
.
Inspite
of
lack
of
Police
in
the
village
,
their
contribution
is
indicated
in
GM
'
s
case
when
there
was
a
need
to
protect
her
from
those
who
had
threatened
her
life
on
release
.
She
was
asked
to
report
to
Police
station
before
going
home
after
her
release
from
prison
.
This
request
by
the
police
officer
was
expressed
as
follows
:
"
.
.
.
she
should
try
to
pass
here
in
Mbarara
in
order
to
assist
us
in
our
further
investigations
and
more
instruction
as
to
how
she
should
conduct
herself
in
the
village
concerning
her
security
.
"
All
social
actors
dealing
with
the
penal
system
cannot
continue
working
in
isolation
.
The
police
are
no
exception
.
The
mission
of
police
is
not
limited
to
arrest
only
,
but
also
they
have
a
very
important
duty
of
educating
the
population
.
It
is
observed
that
in
their
everyday
work
police
officers
use
the
Needle
Logic
Approach
.
This
has
no
link
whatsoever
with
mismanagement
of
cases
brought
to
police
.
To
focus
our
attention
on
the
subject
under
study
we
would
like
to
stress
that
the
attitude
of
police
towards
ex
-
inmates
should
be
under
the
Needle
Logic
.
In
this
way
they
will
be
very
important
social
actors
in
the
exercise
of
resettlement
of
ex
-
prisoners
.
They
have
to
reconcile
the
ex
-
inmates
with
the
local
community
.
This
means
police
should
avoid
pointing
a
finger
at
ex
-
inmates
whenever
a
criminal
act
is
committed
as
this
will
have
bad
impact
on
the
ex
-
offenders
.
This
bad
impact
can
be
that
the
ex
-
inmate
will
have
a
feeling
that
the
community
has
no
trust
in
him
.
He
feels
he
is
being
identified
as
an
incorrigible
criminal
,
hence
stigmatized
.
Data
examined
in
this
study
shows
that
the
police
are
involved
in
the
exercise
:
the
social
rehabilitation
and
resettlement
of
the
ex
-
inmate
.
This
GM
'
s
case
where
due
to
the
good
initiative
of
the
social
worker
,
the
police
advised
her
:
"
.
.
.
to
be
more
careful
at
the
time
of
release
,
...
try
to
pass
here
in
Mbarara
...
"
We
are
of
the
opinion
that
the
contribution
of
the
police
officer
will
be
enhanced
if
the
needle
logic
approach
is
used
in
assisting
GM
in
her
social
rehabilitation
and
resettlement
.
The
same
is
true
in
the
mandatory
mission
of
the
police
on
supervision
of
ex
-
inmates
.
3
.
6
RELIGIOUS
LEADERS
The
contribution
of
these
social
actors
is
very
important
.
They
have
to
operate
at
two
levels
:
in
and
out
of
prison
.
3
.
6
.
1
.
In
Prison
The
work
done
by
them
helps
the
social
worker
.
DM
'
s
case
demonstrates
what
the
work
of
the
religious
leaders
can
be
affective
in
bringing
about
positive
change
of
the
behavior
of
the
inmates
.
Religious
leaders
play
a
very
important
role
in
bringing
about
moral
regeneration
.
DM
came
into
prison
as
a
pagan
.
Due
to
the
good
contact
with
the
religious
leaders
he
became
a
devoted
Christian
.
We
can
find
the
legal
support
of
this
work
to
be
done
by
the
religious
leaders
in
provisions
41
and
42
of
the
United
Nations
Standard
Minimum
Rules
for
the
Treatment
of
Prisoners
.
3
.
6
.
2
.
Outside
Prison
The
work
of
the
religious
leaders
should
not
stop
with
the
release
of
the
inmates
.
It
should
continue
outside
.
The
religious
leaders
in
prison
should
establish
as
soon
as
possible
the
link
between
the
inmates
and
the
religious
leaders
of
their
local
community
so
that
once
on
release
there
is
no
disruption
and
the
inmates
can
continue
to
practice
their
religions
.
DM
'
s
case
is
a
clear
testimony
.
The
link
proposed
here
,
unfortunately
,
was
not
done
when
he
was
in
prison
.
This
link
will
be
established
by
himself
(
as
devoted
protestant
born
-
again
)
.
The
social
worker
learns
from
DM
'
s
mother
the
following
:
"
.
.
.
DM
was
changed
.
He
is
a
true
saved
person
.
He
even
gave
testimony
in
the
church
about
two
weeks
ago
and
he
asked
those
he
offended
to
forgive
him
.
"
Reference
can
be
made
also
to
the
case
of
ZM
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
I
was
happy
to
learn
that
he
regularly
attends
Sunday
services
from
the
catholic
mission
nearby
and
that
he
mixes
freely
with
people
.
"
We
acknowledge
this
positive
religious
change
experienced
by
the
prisoner
was
not
only
the
contribution
of
the
local
religious
ministers
,
but
also
the
immense
contribution
by
voluntary
religious
organizations
,
like
Prison
Fellowship
Uganda
,
Christian
Light
Foundation
,
etc
.
3
.
7
.
EDUCATORS
AND
INSTRUCTORS
These
social
actors
also
play
a
significant
role
.
It
is
important
to
observe
that
traditionally
these
actors
were
exclusively
dealing
with
imparting
know
how
to
the
inmates
in
their
respective
trades
.
Such
an
approach
has
a
weakness
in
the
social
rehabilitation
process
,
as
it
lacks
link
with
socio
-
economic
aspect
of
the
life
outside
.
In
fact
after
release
,
the
ex
-
inmate
will
not
be
practicing
his
trade
in
isolation
.
He
will
be
dealing
with
customers
,
relatives
,
etc
.
who
need
advance
information
and
preparation
about
the
ex
-
offender
so
that
they
can
accept
him
/
her
as
a
carpenter
,
tailor
,
mason
,
etc
.
We
learn
from
Welfare
and
Rehabilitation
Section
of
Prisons
Department
some
successful
cases
where
a
team
of
educators
,
social
workers
and
Uganda
Discharged
Prisoners
'
Aid
Society
members
have
made
very
successful
contacts
which
allowed
a
young
man
to
continue
with
his
education
from
O
'
Level
(
Senior
IV
)
to
Makerere
University
,
where
he
graduated
with
a
BA
in
Education
.
This
is
not
an
isolated
case
.
Therefore
,
what
we
are
asking
to
be
done
is
possible
.
Unfortunately
,
this
is
one
of
the
isolated
many
ex
-
inmates
and
lads
as
possible
.
We
would
like
to
re
-
emphasize
that
the
earlier
preparation
through
linking
the
inmate
with
relevant
social
actors
has
a
pay
off
in
as
far
as
it
enables
the
offender
to
appreciate
the
change
she
/
he
has
undergone
while
in
prison
.
Local
actors
'
appreciation
will
give
the
ex
-
offender
the
chance
to
take
up
his
/
her
rightful
place
in
the
socio
-
economic
development
of
the
area
.
This
gives
the
ex
-
offender
a
feeling
of
acceptance
by
the
local
community
and
get
integrated
into
it
.
This
is
demonstrated
by
DM
,
who
until
now
,
has
happily
not
relapsed
into
crime
unlike
TL
and
FM
,
who
were
not
trained
in
any
trade
while
in
prison
.
DM
continues
to
avoid
bad
groups
.
We
have
to
emphasize
in
this
sub
-
section
3
.
7
that
the
training
offered
to
an
inmate
in
prison
should
take
into
consideration
the
economic
climate
of
the
local
community
from
which
he
comes
.
Relevant
training
be
given
to
the
offender
in
order
to
facilitate
his
linkage
with
potential
employers
and
local
community
,
as
pointed
out
in
the
preceding
paragraph
.
Referring
to
section
6
of
the
Prison
Rules
which
states
:
"
At
every
prison
there
shall
be
a
reception
board
consisting
of
the
officer
in
charge
and
such
other
persons
as
the
Commissioner
may
determine
,
who
shall
interview
every
prisoner
as
soon
as
possible
aft
his
reception
in
prison
and
consider
what
arrangements
are
to
be
made
for
his
/
her
training
.
"
The
legislator
understood
that
to
ensure
the
successful
social
rehabilitation
and
reintegration
of
offender
,
well
rounded
training
in
different
skills
is
a
very
important
component
.
Unfortunately
,
this
is
not
implemented
in
the
majority
of
cases
.
TL
and
FM
never
received
any
training
at
all
in
any
skill
and
,
therefore
,
given
no
opportunity
at
all
to
create
a
linkage
between
the
inmate
and
the
would
-
be
potential
employers
,
and
at
the
same
time
the
involvement
of
the
local
community
in
the
social
reintegration
of
offenders
.
This
could
be
the
possible
explanation
of
the
failures
of
these
two
cases
.
It
is
imperative
therefore
,
and
where
possible
,
the
reception
/
classification
Board
considers
the
economic
climate
of
the
area
the
inmate
emanates
from
,
when
choosing
the
training
to
offer
,
while
at
the
same
time
taking
into
account
the
security
arrangements
of
the
institution
.
Furthermore
,
during
this
period
the
interests
of
the
inmate
as
a
social
actor
should
be
taken
into
consideration
in
conformity
with
United
Nations
Standard
Minimum
Rules
for
Treatment
of
Prisoners
.
Section
72
(
2
)
stipulates
:
"
The
interest
of
the
prisoners
and
their
vocational
training
,
however
,
must
not
be
subordinated
to
the
purpose
of
making
a
financial
profit
from
an
industry
in
the
institution
.
"
3
.
8
PRISON
MANAGEMENT
AND
CUSTODIAL
STAFF
What
we
endeavor
to
show
in
this
study
are
the
necessary
linkages
among
the
social
actors
identified
in
the
course
of
this
study
and
others
who
are
apparent
,
but
are
part
and
percel
of
the
criminal
justice
system
e
.
g
.
the
police
,
Prosecutors
,
Judges
,
Magistrates
,
Probation
Officers
,
Ministers
and
even
behind
the
scenes
:
the
legislators
(
law
makers
)
.
Prison
Officers
in
their
day
to
day
work
need
the
contribution
of
other
social
actors
,
inter
alia
,
social
workers
(
see
sub
-
section
3
.
1
)
,
religious
leaders
(
see
sub
-
section
3
.
6
)
,
and
others
.
Prison
Act
and
Prison
Rules
for
example
provide
the
legal
support
of
the
religious
contribution
in
these
terms
:
"
The
officer
in
charge
shall
make
such
arrangements
as
he
shall
consider
practicable
for
the
holding
of
religious
services
in
the
prison
and
for
the
religious
instruction
of
prisoners
.
"
3
.
8
.
1
.
With
Religious
Ministers
Section
63
of
Prison
Rules
stipulates
:
"
Every
prisoner
on
admission
shall
be
required
to
state
his
religion
and
denomination
and
he
shall
be
treated
as
a
member
of
such
religion
and
denomination
until
such
time
as
a
minister
of
religion
at
the
request
of
the
prisoner
certifies
in
writing
that
he
belongs
to
another
religion
or
denomination
.
Ministers
of
religion
shall
be
permitted
to
visit
prisoners
at
such
times
as
the
officer
in
charge
shall
consider
desirable
.
The
officer
in
charge
shall
make
such
arrangements
as
he
shall
consider
practicable
for
the
holding
of
religious
services
in
the
prison
and
for
religious
instruction
of
prisoners
.
"
3
.
8
.
2
.
With
Visiting
Justices
On
Appointment
and
Powers
of
Visiting
Justices
,
Section
74
of
Prisons
Act
(
1964
)
states
:
"
The
Minister
shall
,
from
time
to
time
,
appoint
by
statutory
instrument
fit
and
proper
persons
to
be
visiting
justices
for
each
prison
.
The
District
Commissioner
,
the
Chief
Magistrates
and
resident
magistrates
and
all
administrative
officers
in
any
area
in
which
a
prison
is
situated
shall
be
ex
-
officio
visiting
justices
of
that
prison
.
A
visiting
justice
may
at
any
time
visit
a
prison
in
respect
of
which
he
is
a
visiting
justice
:
Provided
that
a
female
visiting
justice
shall
not
visit
that
part
of
a
prison
set
aside
for
the
detention
of
male
prisoners
.
A
visiting
justice
may
inspect
the
several
wards
,
cells
,
yards
,
punishment
cells
and
other
apartments
and
divisions
of
the
prison
,
inspect
and
test
the
quality
and
quantity
of
the
prisoners
'
food
,
and
question
any
prisoner
or
prison
officer
,
and
shall
ascertain
so
far
as
possible
whether
this
Act
and
rules
made
thereunder
and
the
prison
standing
orders
are
adhered
to
,
and
shall
call
the
attention
of
the
officer
in
charge
to
any
irregularity
that
may
be
observed
in
the
working
of
the
prison
or
in
the
treatment
of
any
prisoner
confined
therein
,
and
shall
exercise
and
perform
such
other
duties
as
may
be
prescribed
.
The
visiting
justices
for
any
prison
may
appoint
a
chairman
and
may
act
as
a
Board
of
visiting
justices
and
may
at
the
end
of
each
year
or
at
any
other
convenient
time
render
a
report
to
the
Commissioner
on
the
state
of
the
prison
for
which
they
are
visiting
justices
.
"
Unfortunately
,
nowadays
the
above
social
actors
(
the
visiting
justices
)
are
no
longer
in
the
field
,
although
they
used
to
play
a
very
important
role
in
the
past
.
Those
linkages
are
also
a
way
to
improve
the
living
conditions
in
prisons
and
a
way
to
facilitate
the
social
rehabilitation
of
the
inmate
as
the
identified
social
actors
should
be
involved
in
the
process
.
The
linkages
we
are
talking
about
should
be
at
different
levels
in
the
day
-
today
operations
of
prisons
.
The
custodial
staff
should
,
for
example
,
taking
into
consideration
security
aspects
,
have
to
be
assisted
by
the
social
worker
so
that
there
is
easy
circulation
of
information
between
them
.
Therefore
,
there
should
be
no
apathy
as
it
is
sometimes
observed
:
"
The
prisoners
are
there
with
their
man
.
"
All
officers
involved
in
the
day
-
to
-
day
running
of
prisons
should
work
as
a
team
.
All
members
of
that
team
should
avoid
negative
attitudes
and
initiatives
towards
social
rehabilitation
of
offenders
,
taken
by
among
others
(
social
workers
,
the
religious
leaders
,
educators
,
etc
.
)
.
3
.
9
THE
INMATE
It
will
be
very
difficult
to
succeed
in
the
social
rehabilitation
process
without
active
involvement
of
the
inmate
and
the
future
ex
-
inmate
.
At
both
stages
we
have
to
consider
him
as
a
social
actor
whose
contribution
is
very
necessary
.
At
this
level
the
social
worker
has
a
very
crucial
role
to
play
.
The
social
worker
will
have
to
reconcile
the
inmate
with
him
/
herself
.
This
means
accepting
the
offence
he
/
she
committed
and
being
sorry
for
what
he
did
.
She
/
he
should
be
ready
to
go
back
to
his
/
her
local
community
.
When
the
social
worker
succeeds
in
achieving
this
,
then
reconciliation
with
the
local
social
actors
will
be
possible
.
This
was
to
be
the
case
with
DM
:
.
.
.
I
request
you
highly
never
to
still
imagine
my
past
after
this
.
I
am
really
changed
and
swear
never
to
follow
that
trap
.
I
believe
in
coming
out
a
new
man
in
body
and
mind
.
.
.
The
case
of
JS
is
another
illustration
.
He
took
the
initiative
to
write
a
letter
to
his
mother
whom
he
had
beaten
,
leading
to
his
father
expelling
him
from
home
.
He
informed
her
:
"
He
will
never
repeat
this
grievance
towards
his
stepmother
,
and
that
he
will
remain
obedient
to
both
parents
.
"
This
positive
attitude
of
JS
facilitated
reconciliation
.
The
reconciliation
between
JS
and
the
stepmother
,
was
organized
by
the
father
.
The
following
third
case
is
yet
another
testimony
of
reconciliation
reached
by
the
offender
towards
the
father
.
KN
had
once
been
requested
by
the
father
to
assist
in
the
running
of
his
home
,
following
KN
'
s
mother
'
s
death
.
To
this
,
KN
objected
.
However
,
the
father
did
not
take
it
bad
.
He
played
a
significant
role
in
finding
KN
and
her
new
found
husband
a
decent
place
to
live
in
,
while
in
Masaka
.
It
was
in
that
place
where
KN
stole
someone
'
s
dress
,
leading
to
her
imprisonment
and
to
the
father
'
s
disappointment
.
Well
prepared
by
the
social
worker
for
release
,
KN
realized
the
deep
disappointment
of
her
father
;
so
she
developed
a
new
positive
attitude
towards
the
father
.
In
this
case
the
social
worker
succeeded
in
getting
KN
from
prison
,
back
home
,
as
evidenced
by
the
following
:
"
Madam
,
this
world
is
funny
.
When
I
was
released
,
I
did
not
want
to
disappoint
my
father
any
more
.
I
came
here
straight
,
and
tried
to
settle
down
.
.
.
"
The
non
-
involvement
of
the
inmate
can
spell
failure
;
the
case
of
BN
is
the
consequence
of
non
-
involvement
.
The
first
contact
between
the
social
worker
and
the
inmate
is
a
determinant
of
subsequent
useful
contacts
with
outside
social
actors
,
i
.
e
.
the
family
,
relatives
,
neighbors
,
the
victim
,
religious
leaders
,
etc
.
The
social
worker
in
pursuing
his
/
her
mission
will
have
to
improve
the
relationship
between
the
inmate
and
the
local
social
actors
.
The
needle
logic
shall
prevail
over
the
punitive
logic
,
due
to
the
former
'
s
ability
to
reconcile
these
different
and
annoying
entities
.
In
a
given
case
if
the
social
worker
fails
in
the
reconciliation
process
with
the
local
community
,
then
with
assistance
of
other
actors
like
the
UDPAS
he
should
create
other
social
relations
in
order
to
resettle
the
ex
-
inmate
,
in
places
such
as
:
(
h
)
the
Kiswa
Hostel
(
Property
of
UDPAS
)
;
(
i
)
Home
for
the
Provident
,
Nkokonjeru
(
Property
of
the
Little
Sisters
of
St
.
Francis
)
.
The
data
of
the
26
analyzed
cases
show
that
the
more
the
local
social
actors
,
identified
and
involved
,
the
more
the
chances
of
success
.
We
can
classify
this
into
levels
of
involvement
below
:
SOCIAL
ACTORS
'
CONTRIBUTION
LEVELS
Contribution
Level
and
Results
Obtained
Level
of
Contribution
Resultants
Name
Sex
Age
No
.
Of
Social
Actors
No
.
Of
Cases
I
(
High
)
VS
D
.
M
.
Z
.
M
.
J
.
S
.
M
M
M
26
54
23
16
6
4
3
21
II
(
average
)
S
K
.
N
.
K
.
S
.
N
.
N
.
S
.
M
.
C
.
A
.
S
.
N
.
P
.
S
.
F
.
A
.
G
.
M
.
B
.
B
.
S
.
B
.
E
.
S
.
S
.
D
.
A
.
S
.
E
.
T
.
E
.
N
.
K
.
M
.
M
.
M
.
I
.
S
.
F
M
M
M
F
F
M
M
F
M
M
M
M
M
F
M
M
M
M
25
23
30
25
23
26
35
19
32
28
34
39
38
48
40
30
42
21
21
6
7
2
5
5
6
6
4
7
8
8
11
5
6
3
5
6
4
2
19
67
III
(
low
)
NS
B
.
N
.
T
.
L
.
F
.
M
.
F
M
M
19
21
22
0
1
1
3
21
TOTAL
25
00
VS
:
Very
Satisfactory
S
:
Satisfactory
NS
:
Not
Satisfactory
Source
:
UNAFRI
This
table
highlights
the
positive
contribution
of
social
actors
towards
reintegration
of
ex
-
inmates
into
his
/
her
local
community
.
This
means
the
greater
the
number
of
local
social
actors
identified
,
the
higher
the
possibility
that
the
ex
-
offender
being
reintegrated
into
his
/
her
former
community
will
succeed
.
The
converse
is
true
,
i
.
e
.
the
lower
the
number
of
local
social
actors
involved
,
the
higher
the
chances
of
failure
to
reintegrate
the
ex
-
offender
into
his
/
her
local
community
.
We
hasten
to
observe
that
in
some
cases
,
as
it
is
in
that
of
IS
,
if
there
is
an
involvement
of
the
local
social
actor
who
is
at
the
same
time
the
victim
of
IS
,
the
chances
of
reintegration
are
high
.
As
indicated
in
table
1
above
,
levels
1
and
2
are
taken
as
successes
.
For
instance
,
in
level
1
(
high
)
,
concerning
DM
,
JS
,
and
ZM
,
the
number
of
social
actors
involved
in
the
local
community
was
very
high
and
the
results
(
12
%
)
,
hence
a
resounding
successful
reintegration
into
the
local
community
on
their
part
.
Next
on
the
scale
is
level
2
(
average
)
.
There
is
relatively
a
good
chance
of
success
by
76
%
of
the
cases
improved
the
relationship
between
the
ex
-
offender
and
other
members
of
the
local
community
.
This
need
is
often
expressed
by
the
relatives
of
the
inmates
or
even
by
the
ex
-
offenders
themselves
.
The
third
level
(
low
)
is
an
indication
of
less
involvement
of
local
social
actors
in
social
reintegration
of
ex
-
inmates
,
leading
to
expected
poor
adjustment
into
the
community
.
This
level
constitutes
12
%
of
failure
.
The
table
above
builds
the
statement
that
the
less
the
social
actors
involved
,
in
the
social
rehabilitation
of
the
offenders
,
the
less
chances
the
ex
-
offender
has
in
keeping
a
law
-
abiding
life
outside
.
On
the
contrary
,
the
more
social
actors
are
involved
in
the
social
rehabilitation
of
the
ex
-
inmates
,
the
more
chances
the
ex
-
inmates
have
in
settling
into
their
local
communities
and
live
law
-
abiding
lives
.
The
involvement
of
as
many
social
actors
as
possible
should
be
done
when
ex
-
inmate
decides
to
resettle
in
his
/
her
place
,
where
he
/
she
is
from
,
in
another
place
other
than
his
/
her
original
local
community
,
because
,
as
said
above
,
the
interest
of
the
inmate
or
ex
-
inmate
is
paramount
In
so
doing
the
inmate
or
ex
-
inmate
will
have
a
feeling
of
being
respected
and
will
have
self
satisfaction
.
This
type
of
inmate
is
likely
to
cooperate
at
all
stages
of
social
rehabilitation
process
.
He
will
feel
more
committed
and
responsible
during
the
process
.
Those
qualities
are
prerequisites
for
the
success
during
the
social
rehabilitation
process
.
SECTION
4
:
RECONCILIATION
:
AS
A
LOGIC
OF
SOCIAL
EHABILITATION
PROCESS
When
there
is
a
problematic
situation
,
the
social
reaction
of
the
members
of
the
local
community
can
be
based
on
different
logics
:
i
)
Punitive
(
knife
)
,
ii
)
Therapeutic
,
iii
)
Conciliatory
,
iv
)
Compensatory
.
In
this
study
we
are
only
dealing
with
two
of
those
logics
:
The
punitive
logic
which
seems
to
be
the
main
logic
used
in
penal
justice
system
and
the
reconciliatory
or
needle
logic
which
we
are
trying
to
demonstrate
that
the
more
the
penal
system
uses
the
reconciliatory
or
needle
logic
,
the
more
successful
the
social
rehabilitation
and
reintegration
process
will
be
.
4
.
1
KNIFE
LOGIC
This
logic
(
the
punitive
logic
)
has
the
objective
to
punish
the
offender
.
This
is
also
the
objective
of
imprisonment
because
for
a
long
time
this
punishment
was
believed
to
correct
the
offender
.
Many
studies
show
that
this
objective
,
correction
through
punishment
,
has
never
been
achieved
.
That
is
why
some
of
them
consider
that
the
penal
justice
system
is
in
crisis
or
wanting
.
However
,
we
can
say
that
the
contemporary
justice
system
in
many
countries
is
beginning
to
be
opened
to
other
logics
inter
alia
,
the
needle
logic
.
This
is
not
to
suggest
that
the
punitive
logic
should
not
be
abolished
in
favour
of
the
needle
logic
.
But
the
needle
logic
should
prevail
over
the
punitive
logic
.
In
practice
in
many
countries
there
is
a
trend
towards
the
use
of
needle
logic
,
because
it
is
observed
that
the
punitive
logic
continues
to
fail
the
social
rehabilitation
of
the
prisoner
.
Data
under
study
shows
that
the
process
of
social
rehabilitation
cannot
be
achieved
if
the
punitive
logic
continues
to
operate
at
the
expense
of
the
needle
logic
.
As
the
Manyanga
proverb
quoted
above
,
the
knife
logic
(
punitive
logic
)
cannot
repair
the
torn
social
fabric
.
The
if
we
need
to
succeed
in
the
social
rehabilitation
of
the
future
ex
-
inmate
we
need
to
resort
to
the
use
of
the
needle
logic
.
4
.
2
NEEDLE
LOGIC
One
of
the
main
objectives
of
needle
logic
is
to
bring
about
reconciliation
.
The
social
worker
by
means
of
mediation
or
negotiation
should
reconcile
the
inmate
with
his
/
her
local
community
.
The
main
tool
for
him
/
her
to
use
is
the
needle
logic
in
order
to
win
the
participation
of
all
the
social
actors
involved
.
For
us
this
approach
is
the
only
logical
one
,
which
seems
to
be
best
suited
for
repairing
the
torn
social
fabrics
.
Each
of
the
social
actors
involved
should
be
guided
by
this
logic
.
Let
us
refer
to
DM
and
ZM
cases
in
sub
-
section
in
the
following
sub
-
section
,
for
illustration
.
4
.
2
.
1
.
The
Victim
There
is
a
close
relationship
between
the
victim
and
the
offender
.
That
is
why
the
victim
reported
that
:
"
.....
I
had
forgiven
DM
a
long
time
.
He
is
free
to
come
back
.
He
grew
up
in
my
home
and
he
is
my
son
to
...
"
Given
the
relationship
between
DM
and
the
victim
,
the
victim
did
not
want
to
take
the
case
to
the
penal
justice
system
.
This
attitude
facilities
reconciliation
,
especially
after
seeing
that
the
penal
system
is
unable
to
repair
the
torn
social
fabric
.
The
study
shows
that
the
powerful
penal
justice
system
confiscated
from
the
local
social
actors
the
case
and
ignored
totally
the
interests
and
wishes
of
the
victim
.
The
work
of
the
social
worker
should
then
be
to
take
into
account
the
wishes
of
the
victim
and
other
social
actors
involved
.
The
social
worker
should
be
oriented
to
the
needle
logic
.
The
victim
shows
that
there
is
no
longer
problem
between
him
and
the
offender
.
The
victim
of
ZM
has
also
forgiven
ZM
who
had
stolen
his
chicken
.
This
is
to
show
DM
'
s
case
is
not
in
isolation
and
that
a
victim
can
be
approached
and
prepared
to
forgive
the
offender
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
...
YW
indicated
he
had
forgiven
ZM
.
I
thought
this
was
a
very
useful
and
promising
comment
.
"
From
the
above
account
it
can
be
seen
that
the
needle
logic
is
still
preferred
by
the
local
social
actors
.
In
spite
of
the
rude
interference
by
the
punitive
logic
,
the
local
social
actors
are
still
able
to
exercise
reconciliation
.
This
proves
the
effectiveness
of
the
needle
logic
in
the
social
rehabilitation
process
.
That
is
why
in
table
I
,
DM
'
s
case
shows
the
highest
number
of
local
social
actors
.
4
.
2
.
2
.
The
Offender
The
offender
should
also
be
involved
in
the
needle
logic
.
The
access
to
that
logic
on
the
part
of
the
offender
is
sometimes
difficult
because
knowing
very
well
that
the
penal
justice
system
logic
is
a
punitive
one
,
the
offender
will
censor
all
information
to
give
to
the
penal
system
personnel
.
This
can
explain
why
BN
refused
to
give
the
correct
address
to
the
social
worker
.
DM
'
s
initial
distrust
in
the
social
worker
is
another
explanation
:
This
attitude
of
DM
will
be
an
important
element
for
the
successful
social
rehabilitation
.
We
can
consider
the
victim
'
s
and
the
offender
'
s
attitudes
,
and
the
skill
of
the
social
worker
involving
many
social
actors
has
contributed
to
the
higher
success
ranking
of
DM
and
other
cases
used
in
Table
I
above
.
The
different
elements
that
the
Social
worker
gathered
together
constitute
the
social
fabric
to
be
mended
.
They
were
able
to
succeed
in
this
exercise
because
they
were
all
involved
in
the
social
rehabilitation
process
.
Even
DM
who
had
intended
to
go
and
live
elsewhere
after
release
:
"
...
I
will
look
for
a
carpenter
'
s
job
around
Luwero
Town
.
"
Will
be
able
to
join
his
local
community
where
relatives
,
neighbors
and
all
local
community
members
including
the
LCII
and
III
Chairmen
are
all
very
happy
with
him
.
SECTION
5
:
SOCIAL
REHABILITATION
AS
A
PROCESS
The
study
shows
the
different
conditions
to
be
satisfied
when
need
to
succeed
in
the
social
rehabilitation
process
.
As
the
reader
will
observe
the
first
four
sections
describe
those
different
conditions
explaining
what
is
or
should
be
the
social
rehabilitation
.
In
other
words
,
referring
to
Glaser
'
s
terminology
,
this
is
the
core
category
.
The
four
other
categories
are
showing
the
conditions
without
which
the
social
rehabilitation
as
a
process
cannot
be
achieved
.
Let
us
now
refer
to
each
of
them
in
order
to
stress
the
theoretical
links
between
each
of
them
and
the
core
categories
and
amongst
themselves
.
5
.
1
PREPARATION
The
social
rehabilitation
,
like
all
other
processes
,
requires
preparations
.
That
means
,
to
go
step
by
step
.
Each
step
being
a
preparation
for
the
one
to
follow
.
Another
condition
is
that
this
process
should
begin
as
early
as
possible
.
This
is
in
order
to
minimize
the
bad
prisonization
effect
.
This
will
facilitate
also
the
contact
with
the
outside
.
As
we
know
,
long
absence
weakens
the
relationship
.
Hence
the
necessity
to
make
adequate
preparations
for
the
offender
'
s
resettlement
in
the
local
community
.
Let
us
refer
again
to
KN
to
illustrate
the
necessity
for
early
preparation
of
ex
-
inmates
for
release
.
KN
''
case
shows
the
social
rupture
between
KN
and
the
father
.
But
the
initiative
taken
by
the
social
worker
will
re
-
establish
a
social
link
between
KN
and
the
father
,
and
this
as
shown
above
will
lead
to
reconciliation
between
them
.
The
father
was
completely
surprised
by
that
initiative
.
The
social
worker
reports
:
"
...
It
was
also
a
shock
to
him
to
hear
that
his
daughter
KN
was
well
and
healthy
,
and
had
taken
the
trouble
to
write
...
"
This
contact
will
allow
KN
and
other
inmates
of
our
sample
to
go
back
to
their
homes
.
5
.
2
LEGAL
INSTRUMENTS
SUPPORT
There
are
legal
provisions
put
in
place
supporting
the
implementation
of
successful
social
rehabilitation
.
These
provisions
,
as
foreseen
by
the
legislator
,
are
meant
for
social
rehabilitation
of
inmates
.
Some
of
these
provisions
are
examined
in
this
study
their
and
weaknesses
have
been
identified
.
The
major
weakness
is
that
these
sections
of
the
law
do
not
cover
sufficiently
the
different
steps
of
the
social
rehabilitation
process
.
We
are
of
the
opinion
that
those
sections
are
silent
on
the
role
to
be
played
by
different
social
actors
identified
in
the
study
.
This
means
that
there
is
no
legal
support
for
all
social
interventions
to
be
carried
out
by
those
actors
.
By
the
same
token
the
preparation
is
compromised
.
This
second
condition
:
the
need
to
improve
the
legal
support
available
in
our
countries
so
that
this
legal
support
can
enable
the
social
actors
to
better
organize
and
implement
the
preparation
of
social
rehabilitation
,
needs
to
be
specific
on
the
role
to
be
played
by
those
social
actors
.
5
.
3
SOCIAL
ACTORS
The
reader
will
observe
that
we
are
referring
to
national
and
international
instruments
.
At
the
national
level
the
study
shows
that
many
provisions
foreseen
by
the
legislator
,
are
not
implemented
.
This
compromises
a
lot
of
social
rehabilitation
initiatives
taken
by
different
social
actors
.
This
section
considers
the
foresight
of
both
national
and
international
instruments
,
which
support
the
social
rehabilitation
of
offenders
.
Some
sections
of
these
instruments
have
been
examined
during
the
study
.
Weaknesses
have
been
noted
especially
where
they
do
not
cover
sufficiently
the
different
steps
to
be
followed
in
the
social
rehabilitation
process
.
As
a
result
of
these
weaknesses
,
sections
of
the
local
Instruments
are
observed
to
be
silent
on
the
roles
to
be
played
by
the
social
actors
.
This
means
that
there
is
no
legal
support
spelt
out
for
social
intervention
to
be
carried
out
by
the
identified
social
actors
.
To
repeat
,
by
the
same
token
,
the
preparation
is
so
compromising
.
As
demonstrated
in
Section
3
(
Social
Actors
)
there
is
no
social
rehabilitation
without
the
involvement
of
social
actors
identified
in
this
study
.
Those
social
actors
:
(
social
workers
,
religious
leaders
,
administrators
,
traditional
leaders
,
opinion
leaders
,
neighbors
,
offender
and
victim
families
,
educators
and
instructors
,
Prisons
management
and
custodial
staff
,
the
Police
,
etc
)
are
the
ones
to
prepare
,
to
implement
legal
instruments
and
to
initiate
the
use
of
the
needle
logic
.
This
third
condition
:
the
involvement
and
contribution
of
social
actors
,
should
not
be
underrated
if
we
need
to
rehabilitate
the
inmate
or
ex
-
inmate
.
But
it
has
to
be
noted
that
the
absence
of
those
actors
means
that
we
are
perhaps
doing
something
,
but
surely
not
social
rehabilitation
.
5
.
4
THE
NEEDLE
LOGIC
The
three
first
conditions
are
not
sufficient
without
the
fourth
:
the
needle
logic
.
In
effect
the
social
rehabilitation
means
the
improvement
of
relationship
between
the
inmate
or
the
ex
-
inmate
with
all
other
members
of
his
/
her
local
community
.
This
improvement
can
be
achieved
under
the
guidance
of
the
needle
logic
.
Fig
1
:
The
Interest
and
Relationship
Model
Let
us
refer
to
the
above
Figure
1
for
illustration
.
In
general
when
the
situation
is
problematic
the
involved
local
social
actors
can
be
placed
in
quadrant
I
;
because
the
relationship
between
the
inmate
and
some
of
those
actors
,
as
shown
in
our
data
should
be
poor
,
as
each
of
the
involved
actors
trend
to
emphasize
private
interests
.
To
succeed
in
the
social
rehabilitation
of
the
inmate
,
or
the
ex
-
inmate
,
the
social
worker
as
a
link
has
to
reconcile
all
of
them
.
The
needle
logic
should
be
understood
as
a
mechanism
by
which
the
torn
social
fabrics
can
be
sewn
back
.
The
objective
of
the
needle
logic
is
to
emphasize
shift
of
the
interests
of
local
social
actors
from
often
private
to
collective
and
the
relationship
from
poor
to
complex
;
then
they
can
be
located
in
quadrant
IV
.
5
.
5
INDICATORS
When
those
four
conditions
are
met
or
are
being
met
,
the
following
indicators
will
confirm
the
success
of
social
rehabilitation
and
reintegration
process
:
(
a
)
the
confidence
of
the
inmate
in
before
the
social
workers
;
(
b
)
becoming
a
strong
believer
while
in
prison
and
outside
;
(
c
)
the
need
for
reconciliation
with
the
victim
:
"
I
am
guilty
and
I
would
like
to
reconcile
to
the
man
.
"
(
d
)
relatives
'
appreciation
:
"
I
thank
you
Sir
,
you
really
changed
my
son
...
"
(
e
)
the
contribution
of
the
local
actors
as
the
LCI
Chairman
reporting
:
"
.....
when
KM
came
back
to
settle
on
our
village
we
had
no
quarrel
with
that
and
we
welcomed
him
back
.
"
6
.
0
SUMMARY
CONCLUSIONS
AND
RECOMMENDATIONS
To
summarize
our
study
,
we
would
like
to
emphasize
that
the
social
rehabilitation
and
reintegration
of
inmates
or
future
ex
-
inmates
is
a
process
Then
at
each
stage
local
social
actors
involved
should
be
identified
and
their
positive
contribution
should
be
encouraged
.
In
order
to
achieve
a
lasting
social
rehabilitation
and
reintegration
of
offenders
,
there
should
be
coordinated
efforts
between
social
actors
within
the
prison
,
during
the
period
of
the
inmate
'
s
incarceration
and
social
actors
outside
the
prison
.
This
study
shows
clearly
that
there
is
no
meaningful
social
rehabilitation
and
reintegration
of
inmates
without
adequate
involvement
of
social
actors
identified
during
this
study
.
It
seems
to
us
that
the
more
social
actors
are
identified
and
involved
by
the
social
worker
in
a
particular
case
,
the
more
successful
the
social
rehabilitation
and
reintegration
of
that
case
is
.
We
are
convinced
,
through
this
study
,
that
successful
social
rehabilitation
can
be
achieved
if
and
only
if
the
needle
logic
approach
prevails
over
the
punitive
approach
.
We
recommend
that
this
study
should
be
extended
,
funds
permitting
,
to
cover
more
prisons
and
more
inmates
countrywide
.
At
the
same
time
this
approach
deserves
to
be
implemented
in
other
countries
of
Africa
so
that
efficient
policies
can
be
formulated
for
improvement
of
rehabilitation
of
prisoners
in
Africa
.
In
comparison
with
the
quantitative
approach
and
others
,
this
approach
of
the
grounded
theory
,
shows
many
advantages
,
inter
alia
,
collection
of
empirical
data
,
involvement
of
many
local
social
actors
,
resulting
in
their
discovering
and
learning
about
day
-
today
new
practices
involved
in
the
social
rehabilitation
and
reintegration
process
.
The
possibility
of
progressive
evaluation
in
the
course
of
the
study
and
comparison
of
data
during
the
study
.
Human
resources
available
and
which
can
be
offered
by
the
United
Nations
African
Institute
for
the
Prevention
of
Crime
and
the
Treatment
of
Offenders
(
UNAFRI
)
should
be
tapped
and
utilized
by
all
African
countries
to
carry
a
similar
study
.
We
are
glad
to
report
that
we
have
already
tapped
these
invaluable
human
resources
at
UNAFRI
.
We
,
therefore
,
feel
we
shall
be
amply
rewarded
if
African
countries
enter
into
future
collaboration
with
us
in
research
of
this
nature
so
as
to
improve
the
design
and
develop
realistic
policies
for
the
prevention
of
crime
and
treatment
of
offenders
,
and
improve
on
the
made
of
information
flow
amongst
the
social
actors
.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Becker
Howard
S
.
,
"
Outsiders
:
Studies
in
the
Sociology
of
Deviance
:
;
Free
Press
,
New
York
,
1963
Black
D
.
;
The
Behaviour
of
Law
-
New
York
,
Academic
Press
,
1976
Comaroff
and
S
.
Roberts
,
Rules
and
Processes
;
The
Cultural
Logic
of
Dispute
in
an
African
Context
;
The
University
of
Chicago
Press
,
Chicago
,
1981
.
Debuyst
Christian
;
Dangerosité
et
justice
pénale
;
Collection
Deviance
et
Sociéte
;
Médecine
et
Hygiene
;
Masson
,
1981
.
Debuyst
Christian
(
Hommage
'
a
)
;
Acteur
Social
et
Deliquance
;
Pierre
Mardaga
(
éditeur
)
,
1990
.
Foucault
Michael
;
Discipline
and
Punish
,
New
York
,
1978
.
Glaser
B
.
G
.
,
and
Strauss
AL
;
The
Discovery
of
Grounded
Theory
Strategies
for
Qualitative
Research
;
Chicago
:
Aldine
,
1967
.
Glaser
B
.
G
.
;
Theoretical
Sensitivity
:
Advances
in
the
Methodology
of
Grounded
Theory
;
Sociology
Press
,
1978
.
Goffman
E
.
,
"
Stigmate
,
les
usagers
Sociaux
des
handicaps
"
,
Minnit
,
Paris
,
1968
.
Gulliver
P
.
H
.
,
Disputes
and
Negotiations
;
A
Cross
-
culture
Perspective
;
Academic
Press
;
Orlando
,
Florida
;
1979
.
Howard
S
.
Becker
,
"
Outsiders
:
Studies
in
the
Sociology
of
Deviance
"
,
Free
Press
,
New
York
,
1993
.
Keturah
Kamugasha
Akiiki
(
by
)
;
Equality
Behind
the
Bars
:
in
the
New
Vision
,
vol
.
2
,
No
.
43
,
Tuesday
,
February
20
,
1996
.
N
.
Masamba
Sita
;
le
"
ntumbu
"
ou
le
"
kibuku
"
,
vers
une
théorie
formelle
du
controle
sociale
;
theése
de
doctorat
,
U
.
C
.
L
.
,
1989
.
Mckillop
Sandra
(
ed
.
by
)
:
Keeping
people
out
of
Prison
,
in
Conference
Preceding
No
.
11
,
AIC
1990
.
Norwitz
Allan
V
.
-
The
Logic
of
Social
Control
;
Plenum
Press
.
New
York
and
London
,
1990
.
Ortman
Rudiger
;
Deviant
Behavior
,
Personality
and
Prisonization
;
in
Gunther
Kaiser
and
al
.
(
ed
.
by
)
;
Crime
and
Criminal
Justice
;
Max
Plank
Institute
,
Freiburg
1988
.
Penal
Reform
Lobby
Group
;
An
Alternative
White
On
Correctional
Services
;
February
1995
.
Penal
Reform
International
,
Briefing
No
.
3
.
Philippe
Reform
and
al
.
;
Les
forces
cahées
de
la
justice
:
la
crise
de
la
justice
penale
;
Editions
du
centurion
,
Paris
,
1980
.
Share
Bryons
,
The
Changing
Role
of
The
Prisons
Officers
in
England
and
Wales
;
in
the
Keeper
'
s
Voice
,
Vol
.
16
,
No
.
2
,
Spring
1995
.
South
Africa
White
Paper
.
Strauss
A
.
L
.
;
Qualitative
Analysis
for
Social
Scientists
;
Cambridge
University
Press
,
3rd
ed
.
,
1989
.
The
Uganda
Government
;
The
License
Book
;
printed
by
the
Government
Printer
,
Entebbe
,
Uganda
,
1964
.
Van
Outrive
L
.
;
"
Stigmatization
,
un
prolongement
de
l
'
analyse
criminologique
,
"
R
.
D
.
P
.
&
C
,
1973
.
Vedder
C
.
B
.
and
al
.
;
Penology
,
a
Realist
Approach
Charles
C
.
Thomas
,
Publisher
1964
.
From
Prison
Back
Home
Report
of
7th
Governing
Board
From
Prison
Back
Home
2nd
Edition
Crime
and
Development
in
Africa
List
of
Publications
(
1996
-
2005
)
Employment
No
vacancy
announcemnts
at
present
.
Please
keep
checking
this
area
for
further
information
.
By
Felix
Osike
and
John
Odyek
A
Bill
to
give
the
public
the
right
to
access
information
held
by
the
State
has
finally
been
submitted
to
Parliament
.
Information
minister
Dr
.
Nsaba
Buturo
tabled
the
Bill
yesterday
amid
protest
from
some
MPs
who
accused
him
of
plagiarism
.
Bugweri
MP
Abdu
Katuntu
was
set
to
present
a
private
members
Bill
on
the
same
subject
.
I
am
extremely
delighted
that
the
bill
has
been
tabled
for
first
reading
.
I
,
however
,
register
my
protest
about
the
manner
in
which
the
minister
has
handled
this
matter
.
What
the
Government
did
was
to
plagiarise
my
work
.
To
me
,
this
is
theft
,
said
Katuntu
amid
shouts
of
,
shame
!
shame
!
from
colleagues
.
The
Bill
,
which
will
operationalise
Article
41
of
the
Constitution
,
says
,
Every
citizen
has
a
right
of
access
to
information
and
records
in
the
possession
of
the
State
or
any
public
body
,
except
where
the
release
of
the
information
is
likely
to
prejudice
the
security
or
sovereignty
of
the
State
or
interfere
with
the
right
to
the
privacy
of
any
other
person
.
Buturo
said
the
Attorney
General
had
found
nothing
new
in
Katuntu
s
draft
bill
.
The
Bill
provides
for
the
designation
of
an
information
officer
by
every
state
agency
,
who
will
be
responsible
for
the
discharge
of
information
to
the
public
.
It
seeks
to
identify
classes
of
information
,
which
the
public
can
access
.
From
the
Editor
For
a
while
,
there
has
been
some
silence
,
but
cannot
not
hold
any
longer
.
Joy
that
overflows
within
communities
we
work
with
cannot
be
left
un
-
shared
.
In
this
newsletter
,
read
about
communities
,
staff
and
supporters
that
not
only
make
-
work
possible
but
equally
exciting
.
In
this
newsletter
,
we
bring
you
a
feature
on
Apac
District
one
of
the
AFC
operating
areas
.
Thank
you
so
much
for
supporting
us
in
many
ways
and
we
hope
to
maintain
our
relationship
while
strengthening
our
support
to
children
and
communities
.
Head
office
A
few
changes
were
made
especially
at
office
.
The
building
that
started
getting
a
facelift
earlier
at
the
beginning
of
the
year
was
finally
finished
in
September
.
The
office
was
painted
,
and
a
new
shade
named
Action
Ark
was
erected
with
support
from
generous
supporters
.
Staff
recruitment
13
new
staff
have
been
hired
;
1
Program
Coordinator
Bernadette
Babishangire
,
1
Human
Resource
/
Administration
Manager
Julius
Nabaasa
,
I
Microfinance
Coordinator
Shirley
Misango
,
2
helpline
counselors
Aaron
Tumusiime
and
Jean
Kyomugisha
,
2
Accounts
assistants
Sara
Komuhangi
(
Kampala
)
and
Joyce
Akera
(
Apac
)
,
5
Social
workers
Moses
Mukuru
(
Masindi
)
,
Christine
Aguti
and
Stephen
Opio
(
Apac
)
,
Peter
Kamese
and
Valeria
Nasaka
(
Kampala
)
,
and
a
Security
Guard
Joe
Ngoi
.
The
number
of
staff
and
volunteers
has
now
grown
to
39
.
Change
of
Departments
Eric
moved
to
Database
and
sponsorship
management
from
C5
,
Rose
is
now
Head
of
social
work
team
in
Kampala
.
Titus
takes
up
Monitoring
and
Evaluation
from
C5
.
Holt
Representative
Arrives
On
12th
September
,
Crystal
Ashton
from
USA
arrived
in
Uganda
.
She
will
be
in
Uganda
for
12
months
while
working
in
Ethiopia
at
the
same
time
.
On
18th
of
the
same
month
,
HOLT
Programs
Vice
President
Carole
Stiles
paid
a
working
visit
to
AFC
programs
.
She
visited
project
sites
and
held
a
training
of
social
workers
.
Strategic
plan
AFC
finally
has
a
new
Strategic
Plan
2007
-
2011
.
The
new
strategic
plan
puts
emphasis
on
streamlining
HIV
/
AIDS
,
integrating
all
AFC
activities
into
Family
Preservation
Program
.
The
key
program
areas
include
;
Child
Health
and
Survival
component
,
Household
income
poverty
reduction
component
,
Household
Food
security
component
,
Education
and
Early
Childhood
Development
,
Child
rights
and
social
protection
and
Capacity
Building
and
Organizational
Development
.
The
plan
requires
more
resources
to
meet
its
outlined
objectives
.
AFC
chairperson
Away
!
On
August
16th
Chairperson
Jolly
Nyeko
(
Mummie
)
left
for
Canada
for
PhD
studies
.
At
a
ceremony
filled
with
emotion
and
mixed
feelings
about
her
departure
,
staff
members
together
with
Board
members
on
August
12th
,
who
had
met
that
evening
,
partied
till
late
at
the
new
Action
Ark
.
Lots
of
eats
and
drinks
made
the
would
be
usual
evening
a
memorable
one
.
Most
staff
members
could
not
imagine
a
year
without
mummie
and
yet
all
of
them
agreed
that
it
was
timely
for
her
to
attain
such
training
.
On
her
part
,
she
said
,
PhD
is
not
mine
as
a
person
,
but
it
s
for
God
s
work
.
I
will
miss
my
family
and
especially
staff
,
but
before
any
one
knows
,
I
will
be
back
.
Urging
staff
to
remain
committed
to
God
and
work
,
she
finally
said
goodbye
.
At
the
end
of
it
,
staff
said
bye
for
now
,
see
you
later
.
Northern
Uganda
in
Focus
Northern
Uganda
has
suffered
from
civil
unrest
since
1986
.
Hundreds
of
thousands
of
people
have
been
killed
in
the
rebellion
against
the
Ugandan
government
,
and
an
estimated
four
hundred
thousand
people
have
been
left
homeless
.
The
insurgency
by
the
cult
-
like
group
and
its
elusive
leader
Joseph
Kony
has
forced
more
than
1
.
6
million
people
into
camps
,
where
up
to
21
percent
of
children
are
malnourished
and
as
many
as
15
,
000
people
share
a
single
water
source
.
Many
children
have
been
abducted
and
forced
into
rebellion
.
While
most
of
male
children
are
led
to
battlefronts
,
many
young
girls
have
been
turned
into
sex
slaves
escalating
STIs
/
HIV
/
AIDS
,
rates
in
the
region
.
The
LRA
has
kidnapped
as
many
as
25
,
000
children
to
serve
as
fighters
,
porters
and
sex
slaves
who
make
up
more
than
three
-
quarters
of
its
ranks
.
Beyond
peace
A
drive
through
the
sparsely
populated
dry
plateaus
of
Apac
district
reveals
with
little
investigations
reveals
the
suffering
of
people
especially
children
hungry
and
angry
,
malnourished
desperate
youngsters
many
of
them
roaming
on
the
roadsides
.
A
similarly
simple
look
at
gardens
shows
evidence
of
hunger
that
roams
across
villages
,
visible
effects
of
war
seen
by
the
destroyed
burnt
houses
(
huts
)
.
Any
new
person
,
is
like
a
God
sent
savior
to
the
area
;
in
just
a
minute
,
many
children
will
have
run
and
a
drama
team
thereon
formed
ready
to
sing
and
dance
expressing
their
despair
of
war
disease
and
poverty
,
yet
with
smiling
faces
and
vigor
.
Apac
District
Apac
District
lies
in
the
northern
part
of
Uganda
,
sharing
borders
with
Pader
to
the
immediate
north
,
Gulu
district
to
the
north
west
,
Kitgum
in
the
north
east
,
Masindi
to
the
West
,
Lira
to
the
East
and
Nakasongola
in
the
South
.
It
covers
an
area
of
6684
sq
km
and
in
terms
of
altitude
it
lies
between
1
,
350
and
1
,
500
meters
above
sea
level
.
The
district
has
five
counties
,
which
are
further
sub
-
divided
into
23
sub
-
counties
,
a
total
of
1970
Local
Council
I
divisions
and
122
Local
Council
II
divisions
.
The
relative
peace
and
security
in
northern
Uganda
-
stemming
from
ongoing
peace
talks
between
the
LRA
and
Ugandan
government
in
southern
Sudan
has
created
hope
in
a
region
described
as
a
worst
place
where
a
child
can
grow
.
Many
civil
organizations
and
government
have
now
started
offering
some
kind
of
help
mainly
emergence
relief
.
However
,
most
of
the
attention
is
geared
towards
Gulu
yet
level
of
damage
in
Apac
is
unimaginable
.
Apac
Underserved
:
AFC
response
AFC
with
financial
assistance
from
HOLT
International
has
been
working
thick
and
thin
in
the
district
since
2000
.
AFC
committed
staff
some
of
which
survived
rebel
abductions
in
many
instances
have
continuously
served
the
children
and
families
in
very
difficult
circumstances
.
In
a
district
full
of
suspicions
,
at
one
instance
,
Milton
(
AFC
staff
in
the
area
)
was
attacked
while
riding
a
bicycle
during
his
regular
home
visits
.
A
group
of
villagers
all
armed
with
machetes
only
wanted
him
dead
.
It
was
only
a
bible
and
AFC
ID
he
carried
in
his
bag
that
saved
his
life
and
he
lives
to
tell
the
story
.
In
January
2006
,
a
HOLT
donor
team
visited
the
area
and
was
touched
by
the
deplorable
living
conditions
of
the
people
in
the
area
.
At
the
end
of
it
all
,
it
was
agreed
that
special
attention
be
paid
to
the
area
by
scaling
up
services
to
reach
as
many
as
possible
.
On
August
17
2006
,
Apac
Initiative
was
launched
at
a
colorful
ceremony
held
at
Alito
sub
county
headquarters
officiated
by
the
District
HIV
/
AIDS
focal
person
Dr
.
Marion
Oyar
.
Using
Family
Preservation
model
,
AFC
is
expected
,
in
unprecedented
way
,
to
serve
a
community
that
is
largely
neglected
,
and
bring
out
the
children
s
silent
voices
.
The
challenges
remain
many
;
HIV
/
AIDS
,
unemployment
,
low
literacy
levels
,
powerlessness
and
the
biting
poverty
.
Don
t
be
discouraged
though
by
such
statistics
Apac
has
much
potential
especially
in
agriculture
with
one
of
the
biggest
numbers
of
cotton
ginneries
in
the
country
,
having
been
built
in
almost
every
sub
county
,
and
strong
determined
people
ready
to
rebuild
their
lives
.
Eric
Kakoole
.
Household
income
poverty
reduction
Over
300
families
receive
income
-
generating
support
through
loans
and
small
grants
.
Working
with
the
very
poor
families
,
AFC
has
proved
that
people
are
not
poor
because
they
are
poor
but
because
of
the
situations
they
find
themselves
in
.
AFC
started
by
providing
small
grants
of
less
than
30
dollars
to
families
starting
income
generating
activities
.
Its
amazing
how
fast
and
steadily
these
families
have
set
up
business
most
of
them
standing
the
test
of
time
.
Currently
AFC
through
its
economic
arm
provides
micro
finance
loans
to
the
very
poor
households
,
some
of
which
are
child
-
headed
,
affected
/
infected
by
HIV
/
AIDS
many
Micro
Finance
companies
conveniently
choose
to
ignore
.
An
amazing
number
of
over
20
household
graduate
each
quarter
from
receiving
small
grants
to
borrowing
amounts
bigger
than
200
dollars
so
as
to
strengthen
their
business
.
Education
During
the
mini
-
survey
on
child
rights
,
Jessica
6
years
made
a
very
important
statement
.
When
she
was
asked
if
she
knew
any
child
right
,
in
her
broken
English
,
she
said
the
right
is
Educason
(
read
education
)
.
Probed
further
as
to
why
she
thought
so
,
she
continued
,
going
to
school
and
friends
and
play
and
shoes
.
This
just
reaffirmed
the
need
for
AFC
to
scale
up
education
support
in
the
communities
.
As
such
,
the
Education
Support
budget
has
continuously
grown
bigger
with
more
commitment
to
provision
of
scholastic
materials
that
make
many
of
children
in
UPE
areas
miss
schools
.
School
fees
payment
though
still
on
a
limited
scale
has
enabled
over
50
children
;
10
in
vocational
schools
,
11
in
secondary
schools
and
the
rest
being
in
primary
schools
.
With
numbers
growing
to
over
500
children
in
Early
Childhood
Development
Centers
,
AFC
is
becoming
one
of
the
fastest
growing
ECD
providers
.
At
the
same
time
AFC
is
moving
in
to
support
teacher
capacity
development
and
school
construction
in
Masuliita
and
Kulambiro
.
A
new
primary
school
was
set
up
in
Masuliita
and
there
have
been
training
of
teachers
and
ECD
caregivers
top
She
could
not
hold
back
her
joy
,
as
she
hugged
everyone
around
,
besides
her
,
a
group
of
excited
children
,
were
jumping
all
over
,
as
people
from
the
neighborhood
gathered
.
In
the
presence
of
Holt
Vice
President
and
local
leaders
,
a
new
house
,
first
ever
built
completely
with
AFC
support
in
Kampala
was
handed
over
to
Abiba
Sebi
on
19th
Sept
2006
In
my
entire
life
of
80
years
,
I
have
never
even
stepped
in
the
house
like
this
Abiba
.
With
financial
support
from
HOLT
,
the
grandmother
looking
after
over
20
orphans
now
has
a
permanent
house
of
4
bedrooms
,
sitting
room
,
a
store
and
a
big
veranda
where
children
will
play
.
More
81
households
were
given
housing
support
in
form
of
construction
and
renovation
materials
such
as
cement
,
iron
sheets
,
timber
and
labor
.
Child
/
Community
Health
Children
are
cruelly
hit
by
HIV
/
AIDS
,
a
pandemic
that
continues
to
be
a
big
threat
to
communities
with
huge
burdens
felt
by
individual
families
.
AFC
s
continual
commitment
to
mitigating
its
impact
and
social
support
to
the
affected
families
has
had
a
tremendous
impact
in
communities
.
With
our
established
referral
system
of
HIV
/
AIDS
cases
,
over
10
household
heads
are
now
receiving
ARVs
.
Over
1005
children
are
receiving
nutritive
supplements
and
over
4000
youths
in
Kampala
,
Apac
,
Masindi
,
Gulu
and
Lira
are
receiving
trainings
in
HIV
/
AIDS
prevention
through
behavioral
change
trainings
.
AFC
has
also
stepped
up
support
for
community
health
by
establishing
and
equipping
Community
outreach
clinics
in
Kampala
,
Masindi
and
Apac
.
This
could
have
come
as
a
miracle
to
over
250
children
that
report
each
month
for
treatment
of
malaria
,
cough
,
fever
,
intestinal
worms
,
anemia
,
malnutrition
,
and
typhoid
in
the
communities
.
Provision
of
mosquito
nets
for
prevention
of
malaria
and
immunization
of
children
in
communities
continue
to
be
AFC
major
illness
prevention
strategies
in
the
communities
.
Food
Security
To
fight
hunger
and
malnutrition
,
AFC
has
supported
over
206
families
with
drought
resistant
seeds
,
hoes
,
oxen
ploughs
,
and
direct
food
emergencies
.
At
the
same
time
,
most
of
the
household
heads
have
been
trained
in
food
security
.
Unmet
need
though
,
still
remains
especially
in
difficult
circumstance
areas
like
Apac
and
in
land
limited
areas
like
Kampala
.
Masuliita
School
Project
At
this
time
AFC
is
looking
forward
to
education
institutional
development
.
On
May
19th
2006
,
a
new
school
was
born
at
Biika
,
Masuliita
in
Wakiso
district
.
The
school
that
is
visioned
to
host
a
number
of
children
from
all
over
Uganda
and
abroad
started
with
29
children
from
the
neighborhood
.
In
this
area
,
children
walk
as
far
as
5
kilometers
to
the
nearby
schools
.
As
a
result
many
of
the
children
either
never
go
to
school
or
if
at
all
go
,
they
regularly
miss
classes
.
This
may
be
one
of
the
reasons
why
the
area
is
poorer
than
the
neighboring
villages
.
The
parents
have
come
together
to
start
making
bricks
,
cleaning
the
compound
and
paying
some
little
fees
for
the
children
.
Financial
support
from
Jolly
Nyeko
Foundation
has
helped
the
school
start
,
but
much
more
is
needed
.
How
you
can
support
Support
the
construction
of
a
7
class
room
block
plus
administration
Support
the
teacher
development
initiative
Support
by
sponsoring
a
child
at
this
school
Volunteer
to
teach
at
the
school
Volunteers
AFC
has
for
a
long
time
worked
with
volunteers
.
To
date
,
there
are
6
volunteers
working
with
AFC
.
However
we
still
encourage
more
volunteers
especially
from
outside
Uganda
.
This
time
around
,
you
can
volunteer
at
the
school
in
Masuliita
.
There
is
accommodation
for
5
volunteers
at
a
time
.
Visitors
The
first
-
ever
ministerial
visit
to
AFC
happened
on
September
20
,
2006
.
The
Uganda
Minister
of
State
for
Youth
and
Children
,
Hon
.
Rtd
.
James
Kinobe
became
the
first
minister
ever
to
visit
AFC
offices
.
In
the
presence
of
Holt
Vice
President
for
Programs
and
the
new
Holt
Representative
,
he
called
for
a
stronger
partnership
and
pledged
assistance
especially
in
children
rights
issues
.
Other
visitors
included
;
Madeleine
Cillier
,
Christopher
Clough
from
UK
,
Harriet
Brawl
,
Diana
Dokor
,
Joseph
Prisk
,
Conrad
Mandsager
and
a
team
from
Child
Voice
International
,
Chris
Fearson
,
Stanford
Maher
,
from
USA
,
Hege
E
.
Nome
from
Norway
,
Harima
Hamza
from
Niger
,
Evans
Maphenduka
,
from
South
Africa
.
26
visitors
from
CCF
Kenya
led
by
Tobias
Aulo
plus
a
host
of
35
visitors
within
Uganda
from
different
organizations
and
government
ministries
.
AFC
also
hosted
the
Board
meeting
that
was
attended
by
all
members
plus
new
members
:
Mrs
Betty
Onen
,
Mrs
Elinah
Chemonges
,
and
Pastor
Peter
Mugabi
.
More
about
AFC
programs
GOVERNANCE
,
DEMOCRATIZATION
AND
HUMAN
RIGHTS
Project
period
:
2006
-
2009
Project
objectives
:
Carry
out
teaching
,
research
,
learning
,
training
and
publications
in
Human
Rights
Governance
and
Gender
Issues
Stimulate
debate
among
staff
,
students
,
and
policy
makers
on
issues
of
Human
Rights
Governance
and
Gender
Advocate
for
a
Gender
sensitive
environment
Improve
internal
governance
at
the
University
Capacity
Building
of
Makerere
University
staff
and
students
for
engagement
with
external
governance
institutions
Increased
participation
of
women
and
gender
-
sensitive
men
in
decision
making
Research
Areas
Arms
of
Government
and
the
Rule
of
Law
Assessing
Uganda
’
s
Governance
Institutions
The
Situation
of
Minorities
and
Indigenous
Peoples
Criminal
Justice
Military
Justice
Multipartism
in
Practice
Media
Rights
and
Freedom
of
Expression
Access
to
Justice
Target
groups
University
staff
and
students
Policy
makers
Human
rights
organizations
Institutions
of
governance
Expected
outputs
Changed
perceptions
among
stakeholders
on
issues
of
human
rights
governance
and
gender
Practices
and
visible
support
to
gender
initiatives
Increased
influence
on
policy
inputs
by
units
Increased
influence
by
university
on
government
policies
Several
published
and
online
working
papers
ECONOMIC
SOCIAL
AND
CULTURAL
RIGHTS
(
ESCRs
)
Project
Period
2006
-
2007
Project
Objectives
The
general
objective
of
the
project
is
to
carry
out
basic
and
policy
-
oriented
research
on
the
situation
of
Economic
,
Social
and
Cultural
Rights
(
ESCRs
)
in
Uganda
,
relating
in
particular
to
the
general
lack
of
enduring
developments
in
the
area
,
their
legal
content
and
effect
and
the
necessary
mechanisms
for
their
enforcement
and
protection
.
How
,
for
example
,
do
current
governmental
policies
on
the
eradication
of
poverty
exemplified
in
the
PEAP
relate
to
and
enhance
the
right
to
work
,
access
to
medical
care
and
the
achievement
of
education
for
all
?
What
would
be
an
acceptable
and
realisable
level
from
which
the
government
cannot
detract
without
being
in
violation
of
its
international
obligations
?
Which
domestic
normative
and
institutional
mechanisms
can
be
erected
to
assist
in
ensuring
that
the
base
-
line
for
enforcement
of
these
rights
is
not
transcended
?
Such
questions
need
to
be
asked
with
the
primary
intention
of
recasting
the
issue
of
the
interrelatedness
of
all
“
categories
”
of
rights
,
against
the
background
of
the
process
of
political
transition
that
is
currently
underway
in
the
country
.
The
specific
objectives
of
the
project
are
:
-
To
clarify
the
key
issues
in
the
debate
on
ESCRs
,
especially
as
they
resonate
in
the
case
of
Uganda
;
To
provide
a
preliminary
framework
and
context
for
further
debate
and
consideration
by
the
various
actors
(
local
,
national
and
international
)
,
and
in
particular
,
for
activist
Human
Rights
NGOs
to
begin
to
consider
the
struggle
for
ESCRs
as
a
critical
and
integral
aspect
of
their
operations
;
T
o
foster
greater
consideration
and
action
among
international
agencies
(
UNDP
,
IBRD
,
IMF
,
etc
.
)
in
the
integration
of
human
rights
perspectives
into
their
policies
and
operations
,
and
with
particular
respect
to
macro
-
economic
policy
,
as
presently
applied
;
To
critically
analyze
the
PEAP
and
subject
it
to
a
rights
-
based
framework
,
especially
with
respect
to
the
key
areas
of
health
,
education
,
shelter
/
housing
,
food
and
adequate
living
standards
;
To
establish
a
foundation
for
future
cooperation
and
collaboration
among
human
rights
groups
,
individuals
and
policy
institutions
for
the
elaboration
of
concrete
strategies
of
action
,
through
the
mechanism
of
workshops
,
seminars
and
conferences
;
To
publish
and
disseminate
the
results
of
the
research
to
a
broader
audience
including
the
various
actors
identified
To
provide
a
foundation
for
the
establishment
of
teaching
and
training
programmes
in
ESCRs
for
university
students
,
activists
and
policy
makers
.
Research
Areas
Globalization
and
ESCRs
in
Uganda
:
A
Background
Study
ESCRs
in
Northern
Uganda
HIV
/
AIDS
and
the
right
to
healthcare
The
Right
to
Shelter
/
Housing
Education
:
Primary
,
Secondary
and
Tertiary
Poverty
and
Adequate
Living
Standards
The
Question
of
Water
Food
and
sustenance
rights
Promotion
and
Protection
of
Cultural
Rights
Expected
Output
Publication
of
nine
research
reports
/
working
papers
on
the
topics
including
Globalization
and
ESCRs
in
Uganda
ESCRs
in
Northern
Uganda
HIV
/
AIDS
and
the
Rights
to
Healthcare
The
question
of
water
Food
,
Nutrition
and
sustenance
rights
The
right
to
shelter
/
Housing
in
Uganda
Education
right
in
the
primary
,
secondary
and
tertiary
arena
Poverty
,
labour
rights
and
adequate
living
standards
The
promotion
and
protection
of
cultural
rights
Six
workshop
reports
Publication
of
a
book
on
New
Governance
Models
in
Africa
Engagement
with
critical
actors
in
the
policy
,
activist
,
developmental
and
humanitarian
arena
Significant
input
to
policy
debate
and
discussion
Critical
response
to
the
research
publications
,
workshops
reports
and
book
Foundation
for
the
development
of
improved
Law
School
curricula
DEBATING
FORM
AND
SUBSTANCE
IN
AFRICA
’
S
NEW
GOVERNANCE
MODELS
:
AN
INTERNATIONAL
WORKSHOP
Project
Period
2006
Project
Objectives
The
broad
objective
of
the
project
is
to
bring
together
scholars
,
researchers
and
activists
from
different
parts
of
the
continent
engaged
in
work
on
constitutionalism
and
governance
and
to
interrogate
the
key
challenges
facing
countries
that
have
introduced
new
models
of
democratic
governance
,
particularly
via
the
Constitution
.
The
main
project
activity
is
a
two
-
day
workshop
that
will
assess
both
the
success
factors
of
political
transition
processes
in
different
national
contexts
,
and
more
critically
consider
the
practical
obstacles
that
stand
in
the
way
of
realization
of
the
often
-
lofty
ideals
embodied
in
those
constitutional
instruments
.
The
workshop
will
critically
engage
with
and
contribute
to
current
constitutionalism
and
governance
debates
,
and
offer
in
-
depth
reflections
on
alternative
models
of
governance
practices
drawn
from
around
the
continent
.
Finally
;
the
project
will
critically
interrogate
the
conceptual
and
practical
expression
of
constitutional
change
in
Africa
with
a
view
to
contributing
to
ongoing
debates
and
policy
interventions
designed
to
strengthen
constitutional
rule
on
the
continent
.
Output
The
shared
experiences
of
constitutionalism
and
governance
,
especially
the
trends
,
structures
,
processes
and
good
practices
in
Africa
will
be
summarized
in
the
report
of
the
workshop
proceedings
and
a
published
book
of
the
workshop
papers
.
DECENTRALIZED
GOVERNANCE
AND
HUMAN
RIGHTS
IN
UGANDA
Project
period
2005
-
2006
Project
Objectives
The
overall
objective
of
this
project
is
to
enhance
access
to
justice
through
promotion
of
a
human
rights
based
approach
to
governance
,
service
delivery
and
gender
relations
at
the
local
level
.
This
will
be
achieved
through
a
number
of
specific
objectives
including
:
research
on
governance
,
human
rights
and
access
to
justice
,
and
enhanced
awareness
of
local
government
officials
regarding
human
rights
.
Specific
objectives
:
To
conduct
research
on
the
a
linkage
between
decentralization
,
democratization
,
human
rights
and
access
to
justice
at
the
local
level
;
To
raise
awareness
among
stakeholders
in
local
government
to
appreciate
and
understand
fundamental
human
rights
principles
including
the
right
to
a
fair
trial
,
equality
of
all
persons
,
non
-
discrimination
,
due
process
,
the
rights
of
vulnerable
groups
and
full
participation
in
so
far
as
they
relate
to
the
justice
sector
;
To
influence
policy
-
makers
on
the
need
to
integrate
human
rights
principles
in
local
government
administration
;
Key
activities
:
Conducting
research
;
Holding
workshops
;
Publishing
working
papers
,
and
Developing
a
Training
Manual
on
Human
Rights
for
Local
Government
officials
.
Target
groups
Civil
Society
Organisations
engaged
in
human
rights
training
for
local
governments
.
Policy
-
makers
especially
in
the
area
of
local
government
.
Senior
local
government
officials
(
district
chairpersons
,
chief
administrative
officers
and
others
in
the
local
government
structures
)
;
Local
Council
Courts
in
the
selected
districts
(
with
a
focus
on
LCC
III
)
,
and
Human
rights
institutions
such
as
the
UHRC
,
and
human
rights
CSOs
;
Expected
Outcomes
:
Increased
human
rights
awareness
for
local
governments
and
LCCs
resulting
in
reduced
violations
of
human
rights
related
to
access
to
justice
The
compilation
and
publication
of
at
least
four
(
4
)
well
-
researched
and
analyzed
working
papers
on
Local
Governance
,
Human
Rights
and
Access
to
Justice
,
Publication
of
a
training
manual
to
enhance
local
government
awareness
on
human
rights
and
access
to
justice
;
A
better
understanding
and
integration
of
human
rights
issues
into
local
government
administration
;
Enhanced
service
delivery
by
local
governments
and
JLOS
institutions
at
the
local
level
;
An
understanding
of
human
rights
principles
in
so
far
as
they
relate
to
local
governments
;
Established
linkages
with
policy
-
makers
to
develop
guidelines
for
integrating
human
rights
in
local
government
administration
.
Improving
the
relevance
of
human
rights
principles
to
ordinary
people
.
Women
Watering
the
"
Literary
Desert
"
In
1969
,
Prof
.
Taban
Lo
Liyong
wrote
a
very
provocative
essay
published
by
the
East
African
Publishing
House
under
the
title
The
Last
Word
.
In
that
essay
,
he
claimed
that
Uganda
was
a
literary
desert
because
there
were
no
creative
writers
in
action
.
This
statement
drew
the
wrath
of
scholars
like
Okot
P
'
Bitek
who
argued
that
literature
does
not
exist
only
in
the
written
form
.
Okot
further
argued
that
Uganda
had
very
many
creative
oral
artists
and
that
these
were
literary
persons
though
their
work
was
not
in
the
written
form
.
Taban
'
s
essay
was
written
against
the
background
that
there
were
few
male
owned
publishing
houses
in
Uganda
except
the
traditional
religious
and
government
owned
publishing
houses
.
This
paper
presents
women
'
s
participation
as
actors
in
Uganda
'
s
Her
/
History
.
In
the
1960
'
s
,
many
women
wrote
their
stories
even
as
Taban
was
claiming
Uganda
was
a
literary
desert
.
In
the
1990
'
s
,
FEMRITE
,
a
woman
'
s
owned
publishing
house
was
born
amidst
the
male
dominated
media
publishing
Houses
.
Women
Writing
Africa
is
yet
another
project
that
is
collecting
women
'
s
lost
voices
for
publication
in
an
African
volume
that
will
come
out
in
two
years
time
.
Women
have
been
and
are
continuing
to
tell
their
stories
in
their
own
words
and
in
their
own
style
.
Click
here
for
details
Aili
Mari
Tripp
University
of
Wisconsin
-
Madison
Email
:
tripp
@
polisci
.
wisc
.
edu
Women
'
s
Studies
and
the
Women
'
s
Movement
in
Uganda
The
presentation
reflects
on
the
relationship
between
women
'
s
studies
scholarship
and
the
women
'
s
movement
in
Africa
.
The
presentation
reflects
on
the
book
entitled
"
The
Women
'
s
Movement
in
Uganda
:
Achievements
and
Challenges
Ahead
.
"
The
authors
of
the
chapters
of
the
book
will
present
their
chapters
at
the
Congress
in
three
panels
.
The
presenter
would
like
to
reflect
on
the
book
as
well
as
the
panels
regarding
the
Ugandan
women
'
s
movement
;
to
talk
about
the
impact
women
'
s
studies
at
Makerere
has
had
on
the
women
'
s
movement
and
vice
versa
.
2002
is
also
the
tenth
anniversary
of
the
formation
of
the
Department
of
Women
and
Gender
Studies
at
Makerere
,
one
of
the
first
of
its
kind
in
Africa
.
It
has
played
an
important
role
in
developing
women
'
s
studies
as
a
field
of
study
in
Uganda
.
The
Department
and
other
women
'
s
studies
scholars
at
Makerere
have
also
provided
a
critical
intellectual
base
for
government
policies
affecting
women
and
girls
and
for
the
women
'
s
movement
itself
.
It
has
been
a
force
for
mainstreaming
in
the
University
.
The
Department
has
played
a
key
role
in
training
gender
-
sensitive
policy
makers
,
civil
servants
,
academics
,
and
civil
society
leaders
.
The
presentation
will
use
the
Ugandan
case
to
also
talk
more
generally
on
the
role
of
women
'
s
studies
and
activism
in
Africa
.
Click
here
for
details
Alejandra
Vassallo
National
University
of
Lujan
,
Argentina
Email
:
Alejandrav
@
ciudad
.
com
.
ar
A
Feminist
Movement
in
the
70s
?
Issues
of
Periodization
and
Politics
in
Argentina
from
a
Comparative
Perspective
This
paper
focuses
on
two
kinds
of
tensions
that
arise
when
trying
to
analyze
a
particular
feminist
movement
in
the
broader
context
of
a
feminist
historiography
and
a
feminist
politics
.
One
is
related
to
the
problem
posed
by
periodizations
of
world
feminism
as
a
movement
during
the
late
sixties
and
early
seventies
.
Closely
related
to
this
,
the
second
tension
is
revealed
in
the
conflict
between
a
"
narrative
of
origins
"
that
in
effect
hearkens
back
to
2nd
Wave
Feminism
on
a
global
level
,
and
the
actual
politics
of
early
feminist
groups
in
Argentina
,
that
has
left
a
long
-
standing
imprint
on
current
feminist
politics
.
The
widely
accepted
periodization
that
has
established
the
resurgence
of
feminism
in
the
decade
between
the
mid
-
60s
and
mid
-
70s
is
actually
intimately
related
to
a
history
of
U
.
S
.
and
Western
European
feminism
,
and
may
not
necessarily
reflect
"
other
"
feminist
experiences
.
Nonetheless
,
many
of
the
2nd
Wave
political
practices
and
theory
,
were
readily
incorporated
and
discussed
by
early
Argentine
feminist
groups
since
1970
.
Click
here
for
details
Alice
Ndidde
and
Ann
Katahoire
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Email
:
andidde
@
avumuk
.
ac
.
ug
Adult
Literacy
in
Uganda
This
paper
will
look
at
the
impact
women
have
had
on
adult
literacy
programs
,
both
in
providing
courses
as
well
as
in
advocacy
.
The
presentation
will
discuss
the
impact
;
increased
literacy
has
had
on
women
'
s
economic
,
political
and
social
empowerment
.
Click
here
for
details
Amy
Lind
Arizona
State
University
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
lind
@
asu
.
edu
Rethinking
Gender
and
(
Heterosexual
-
)
Sexuality
in
Development
Theory
,
Practice
,
and
Politics
:
Lessons
from
Latin
America
With
a
few
exceptions
,
scholars
of
Latin
American
and
Third
World
Studies
have
rarely
analyzed
the
relationship
among
lesbian
,
gay
,
bisexual
and
transgender
(
lgbt
)
movements
and
the
politics
of
the
international
development
field
.
The
paper
addresses
the
ways
in
which
institutionalized
heterosexuality
is
an
integral
part
of
most
development
frameworks
.
The
author
argues
how
this
affects
lesbians
as
well
as
heterosexual
women
deemed
"
unacceptable
"
by
societal
or
community
standards
.
Thus
the
analysis
consists
of
examining
ideologies
both
of
women
who
perform
traditional
gender
roles
,
like
mothers
'
movements
,
married
women
with
children
,
as
well
as
of
women
who
do
not
fit
within
the
heterosexist
norms
of
society
,
for
instance
,
lesbians
,
bisexuals
,
transgendered
people
-
and
also
heterosexual
women
who
are
employed
as
sex
workers
,
unmarried
women
who
have
sexual
relationships
with
men
,
and
the
like
.
The
paper
also
discusses
positive
examples
of
how
lgbt
people
have
negotiated
the
politics
of
sexual
identity
through
their
participation
in
development
projects
and
in
their
jobs
,
political
struggles
and
daily
lives
.
Click
here
for
details
Ann
Denis
University
of
Ottawa
,
Ottawa
,
Canada
Email
:
adenis
@
uottawa
.
ca
The
Impact
of
Changing
State
Policies
on
Women
'
s
Work
in
Barbados
This
paper
proposes
a
gendered
analysis
of
the
impact
of
changing
state
policies
on
work
done
by
women
in
Barbados
since
the
1970s
.
In
terms
of
its
theoretical
perspectives
,
the
analysis
considers
the
material
and
ideological
components
of
gender
systems
and
their
sometimes
contradictory
interactions
,
together
with
feminist
theories
of
citizenship
and
of
appropriation
.
"
Work
"
is
conceptualised
broadly
,
including
work
for
pay
or
profit
,
unpaid
reproductive
work
and
such
activities
as
volunteer
work
and
study
.
State
policies
include
those
relating
to
personal
autonomy
,
to
employment
,
to
the
provision
of
social
programmes
and
to
structural
adjustment
.
Drawing
on
feminist
intersectional
analysis
,
the
paper
also
introduces
a
discussion
of
the
effects
of
the
intersection
of
gender
,
ethnic
/
racial
origin
,
and
social
class
on
the
impact
that
state
policies
have
on
women
'
s
work
.
It
is
concluded
that
changes
have
been
more
significant
in
the
material
dimensions
of
the
gender
system
than
in
the
ideological
dimensions
,
and
that
state
policy
does
not
guarantee
women
full
citizenship
rights
,
despite
the
improvements
in
the
political
and
civil
components
of
their
citizenship
.
Key
Words
:
paid
and
unpaid
work
;
Barbados
;
state
policies
;
feminist
intersectional
analysis
;
gender
systems
analysis
.
Click
here
for
details
Anne
Hoiberg
and
Dianne
L
.
Aker
United
Nations
Association
of
San
Diego
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
,
University
of
San
Diego
,
USA
Email
:
daker
@
acusd
.
edu
Is
the
Road
to
Gender
Equity
Going
in
a
Circle
?
Advances
and
Detours
for
Women
and
Girls
in
a
Multi
-
Ethnic
,
U
.
S
.
Border
Community
Key
areas
of
gender
equity
concerns
that
link
professionals
and
academics
in
finding
solutions
are
examined
through
the
successes
and
roadblocks
encountered
in
the
U
.
S
.
A
.
multi
-
ethnic
border
city
of
San
Diego
,
California
,
which
has
a
significant
number
of
immigrants
and
refugees
from
Africa
,
Asia
,
and
Latin
America
.
Domestic
violence
community
response
,
encouragement
of
political
and
civic
participation
in
decision
-
making
,
efforts
to
overcome
de
-
socializing
poverty
,
and
programs
to
prepare
the
girl
child
for
full
social
development
have
been
developed
over
the
last
twenty
years
.
At
the
same
time
,
new
challenges
have
arisen
as
cultural
confrontations
and
traditional
detours
have
come
up
as
barriers
in
the
road
to
gender
equality
and
respect
.
The
paper
examines
what
is
working
and
what
impedes
progress
in
very
specific
terms
from
practical
and
professional
,
as
well
as
theoretical
,
perspectives
.
The
programs
that
have
been
especially
effective
will
be
emphasized
so
that
communities
and
universities
can
undertake
to
support
gains
in
women
'
s
advancement
and
efforts
to
address
the
challenges
of
ensuring
women
'
s
and
girls
'
empowerment
.
Click
here
for
details
Avital
H
.
Bloch
University
of
Colima
,
Mexico
Email
:
abloch
@
cgic
.
ucol
.
mx
The
Challenges
to
Contemporary
Liberalism
and
the
Women
'
s
Movement
:
Feminist
Legal
Theorist
Drucilla
Cornell
This
paper
will
focus
on
the
work
of
American
legal
theorist
and
feminist
thinker
Drucilla
Cornell
.
During
the
last
decade
,
Cornell
,
a
professor
of
law
,
political
science
and
women
'
s
studies
at
Rutgers
University
,
in
the
US
,
has
published
a
series
of
pioneering
and
influential
works
on
feminist
jurisprudence
.
Addressing
the
realities
of
law
,
culture
,
social
culture
,
and
politics
and
tying
them
to
philosophy
,
legal
studies
,
and
gender
analysis
have
characterized
her
studies
.
The
paper
will
analyze
the
ways
in
which
she
has
approached
the
relationships
between
feminism
and
law
,
as
well
as
how
she
has
connected
gender
culture
,
postmodernism
,
political
thought
,
and
ethics
in
order
to
create
a
feminist
theory
of
justice
.
The
paper
demonstrates
Cornell
'
s
important
contributions
through
her
challenges
of
both
contemporary
directions
of
gender
theory
as
well
as
the
women
'
s
movement
politics
.
Not
only
does
she
not
fall
into
the
trap
of
retreat
into
anti
-
feminism
,
but
she
also
offers
pragmatic
legal
and
political
radical
reforms
applicable
in
the
west
as
well
as
the
post
-
colonial
world
.
Click
here
for
details
Aida
Bagic
Email
:
aidab
@
zamir
.
net
Gender
Issues
in
Southeast
Europe
:
the
Impact
of
the
International
Funding
Policies
The
objectives
of
the
research
are
to
analyze
the
impact
of
the
international
funding
policy
on
the
capacity
of
women
'
s
organizations
to
influence
national
mechanisms
for
gender
equality
in
the
countries
of
Southeast
Europe
;
compare
the
development
of
the
women
'
s
movement
in
the
respective
countries
,
especially
regarding
the
role
of
international
funding
in
that
development
;
compare
national
mechanisms
for
promotion
of
gender
equality
in
the
respective
countries
;
conduct
a
case
study
of
the
Gender
Task
Force
within
the
Stability
Pact
for
Southeast
Europe
(
or
another
appropriate
international
funding
mechanism
in
the
region
)
;
and
develop
a
policy
paper
on
program
strategies
in
the
area
of
gender
policy
in
coordination
with
network
mentors
.
Click
here
for
details
Jennifer
Beeman
and
Nancy
Guberman
Universite
of
Quebec
,
Montreal
Email
:
beeman
.
jennifer
@
uqam
.
ca
The
Day
-
to
-
day
Practice
of
Democracy
in
Women
'
s
Groups
in
Quebec
:
Theorizing
Democracy
from
the
Bottom
Up
When
studying
the
practice
of
democracy
in
civil
society
organizations
,
organizers
and
researchers
are
confronted
with
several
important
problems
.
On
the
one
hand
,
general
democratic
theory
is
highly
developed
,
complex
,
heterogenous
and
very
abstract
(
Collin
,
1984
,
1992
;
Mansbridge
,
1990
.
1991
,
1995
;
Pateman
,
1970
,
1989
;
Rowbotham
,
1986
;
Touraine
,
1992
,
1994
)
.
On
the
other
hand
,
research
on
actual
democratic
experiences
are
very
circumscribed
and
context
-
specific
(
Baxter
,
1996
;
Bystydzienski
and
Sekhon
,
1999
;
Couillard
,
1994
,
1995
,
1996
;
Ferree
and
Martin
,
1995
;
Leidner
,
1991
,
1993
;
Pennell
,
1989
;
Rothschild
-
Whitt
,
1979
,
1986
)
.
In
both
veins
of
theory
,
one
encounters
important
limits
to
what
has
been
theorized
about
democracy
from
the
experiences
of
women
'
s
groups
.
Our
research
team
carried
out
a
multi
-
case
,
qualitative
study
of
the
organizational
culture
of
women
'
s
groups
in
Québec
(
1995
-
98
)
,
followed
by
a
three
year
study
of
democratic
practices
in
women
'
s
groups
(
1998
-
2001
)
.
The
results
of
this
long
,
rich
research
process
allow
us
to
outline
the
fundamental
components
of
democratic
processes
,
be
they
for
a
small
,
unstructured
group
or
a
large
governmental
or
nongovernmental
body
.
In
our
paper
,
we
will
first
outline
the
basic
components
of
the
democratic
process
.
For
each
of
these
components
,
we
will
examine
the
problems
frequently
encountered
in
women
'
s
groups
,
and
civil
society
organizations
generally
,
as
well
as
looking
at
innovative
practices
groups
have
developed
to
overcome
these
obstacles
.
Our
particular
interest
is
on
how
groups
facilitate
the
participation
of
disadvantaged
members
of
society
in
the
complex
democratic
processes
of
their
groups
.
Our
research
has
led
us
to
understand
democracy
not
as
a
linear
process
with
discrete
components
,
but
as
a
culture
in
itself
.
If
a
group
is
to
be
democratic
,
the
commitment
to
equality
and
participation
in
decision
-
making
structures
by
members
must
infuse
the
work
of
the
group
at
all
levels
.
However
,
in
order
to
discuss
the
action
of
democracy
it
is
useful
to
break
it
down
into
its
component
parts
;
this
also
facilitates
discussion
of
obstacles
and
practices
that
favor
democratic
participation
by
members
in
groups
.
Any
democratic
process
in
principle
should
contain
four
key
components
.
First
are
the
pre
-
requisites
which
include
members
'
access
to
and
understanding
of
any
information
pertinent
to
the
decisions
that
are
to
be
made
,
their
ability
to
formulate
opinions
and
present
those
opinions
to
a
group
,
their
capacity
to
negotiate
and
consider
the
ideas
of
others
,
among
other
elements
.
The
second
component
of
the
democratic
process
is
deliberation
.
This
means
the
process
by
which
members
of
the
group
discuss
,
analyse
debate
,
look
for
alternatives
and
negotiate
.
This
process
leads
to
the
next
component
,
which
is
the
actual
decision
-
making
process
itself
where
the
group
will
settle
on
its
decision
either
through
consensual
or
vote
-
taking
means
.
It
is
important
to
note
that
the
decision
-
making
process
does
not
inherently
involve
deliberation
.
This
is
the
case
where
a
body
essentially
rubber
-
stamps
propositions
submitted
by
others
.
Finally
,
there
is
the
carrying
out
of
the
decision
.
For
the
process
to
be
completed
the
decision
must
be
acted
upon
.
A
classic
way
of
undermining
democratic
processes
is
by
inaction
or
deliberate
blocking
of
the
means
to
act
on
the
decision
.
Many
participants
in
our
research
identified
another
aspect
of
the
democratic
process
which
we
have
come
to
call
"
pre
-
democracy
"
which
is
the
presence
of
basic
conditions
of
equality
,
respect
,
openness
,
listening
attentively
to
others
and
a
climate
of
trust
,
without
which
it
is
impossible
for
grassroots
members
,
often
from
very
disadvantaged
backgrounds
and
with
low
levels
of
education
,
to
attempts
to
participate
in
the
process
.
The
question
of
the
common
interests
of
the
group
that
should
guide
the
deliberation
and
decision
-
making
processes
is
often
a
source
of
tension
and
misapprehension
in
civil
society
organizations
and
our
paper
will
examine
the
issue
of
how
groups
,
using
their
mission
as
their
guide
,
can
negotiate
more
openly
the
diverse
interests
of
the
individual
members
without
delegitimizing
them
in
the
name
of
a
supposedly
objective
common
interest
of
the
group
.
Finally
,
we
will
examine
the
confusion
and
problems
around
the
concept
of
consultation
and
how
consultation
of
members
or
citizens
is
coming
to
replace
democratic
processes
in
many
civil
society
organizations
and
government
bodies
.
Click
here
for
details
Carol
Mueller
Email
:
Carol
.
Mueller
@
asu
.
edu
Global
Events
and
Women
'
s
Mobilization
The
presentation
will
focus
on
the
role
of
the
United
Nations
conferences
and
allied
forums
in
expanding
women
'
s
global
networking
.
The
paper
will
be
from
a
networking
perspective
in
terms
of
the
organizations
represented
at
the
fora
.
Click
here
for
details
Deborah
Mulumba
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Email
:
ugarose
@
infocom
.
co
.
ug
The
Role
of
the
Women
'
s
Movement
in
Conflict
Resolution
The
paper
will
consider
the
gender
dimensions
of
conflict
in
Uganda
from
1964
to
date
.
It
will
also
examine
the
role
of
women
'
s
organizations
as
well
as
individual
women
activists
in
ameliorating
conflict
in
Uganda
.
The
obstacles
and
constraints
that
hinder
women
'
s
effective
participation
in
conflict
resolution
will
also
be
discussed
.
Further
,
it
will
contrast
women
'
s
efforts
with
those
of
other
organizations
like
World
Vision
and
Human
Rights
Watch
in
addressing
the
plight
of
abducted
girls
and
women
in
the
Northern
Uganda
,
and
in
particular
,
their
psychological
and
physical
trauma
in
the
ongoing
conflict
.
Click
here
for
details
Elaine
J
.
Walters
McKenzie
-
Willamette
Hospital
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
jelane
@
efn
.
ng
Supporting
Women
'
s
Leadership
in
Movements
to
End
Violence
against
Women
Sexism
is
one
of
multiple
and
overlapping
oppressions
that
support
the
continuation
of
violence
against
women
.
Functioning
to
perpetuate
not
only
divisions
and
distress
between
men
and
women
,
the
messages
of
sexism
get
internalized
and
also
divide
women
from
each
other
.
95
percent
of
the
leaders
and
workers
in
the
movement
to
end
violence
against
women
are
women
,
and
a
large
percent
identify
as
survivors
of
the
same
violence
they
are
attempting
to
stop
.
The
work
of
ending
violence
against
women
challenges
powerful
social
and
family
norms
,
which
leaves
both
male
and
female
workers
vulnerable
to
direct
attack
and
to
discouragement
and
burnout
.
These
realities
have
significant
consequences
for
the
workers
and
for
our
progress
.
In
this
environment
,
taking
leadership
and
maintaining
personal
and
organizational
relationships
can
be
frightening
and
difficult
.
In
order
to
sustain
the
work
,
we
must
attend
to
the
needs
of
the
leaders
and
workers
directly
engaged
in
the
movement
.
In
this
workshop
,
the
nature
and
impact
of
sexism
on
women
'
s
leadership
,
organizational
health
,
and
alliance
building
with
men
,
will
be
examined
through
the
sharing
of
participants
'
own
experiences
.
At
the
conclusion
,
participants
will
develop
a
list
of
strategies
for
overcoming
personal
and
organizational
barriers
,
for
supporting
one
another
'
s
leadership
and
for
getting
what
they
need
to
be
effective
leaders
themselves
.
Click
here
for
details
Elisabeth
Lorenzen
NIKK
,
Oslo
,
Norway
Email
:
elisabeth
.
lorenzen
@
nikk
.
uio
.
no
Challenging
Gender
Issues
in
the
Sexual
Safety
Debate
The
paper
presents
the
research
and
action
project
Living
for
Tomorrow
.
The
project
was
based
at
NIKK
in
Oslo
and
ran
for
three
years
from
1998
-
2000
with
central
collaboration
with
participants
in
Estonia
.
At
the
heart
of
this
project
were
critical
explorations
of
how
the
gender
system
works
and
needs
to
be
questioned
and
changed
in
order
to
enable
safer
sexual
behaviors
.
Processes
that
deepen
understanding
of
social
forms
of
gender
inequality
and
cultural
beliefs
about
gender
differences
,
in
contrast
to
common
notions
of
fixed
,
natural
truths
,
were
taken
as
the
key
focus
around
which
sexual
health
and
safety
issues
could
be
made
more
relevant
and
engaging
for
the
young
people
.
Participatory
learning
processes
created
a
climate
of
engagement
and
openness
that
enabled
the
participants
to
think
more
critically
about
gender
while
learning
about
sexual
health
concerns
and
risk
behaviors
in
sexual
relationships
.
With
a
challenging
focus
on
gender
Living
for
Tomorrow
aimed
to
combine
gender
theory
and
research
with
action
implementation
to
approach
youth
,
sexual
safety
and
HIV
prevention
.
All
to
enable
young
people
to
become
more
actively
and
effectively
involved
in
sexual
safety
work
and
stemming
the
HIV
/
AIDS
epidemic
.
Click
here
for
details
Elizabeth
Blaney
University
of
New
Brunswick
,
Canada
Email
:
blaney
@
unb
.
ca
Northern
Reflections
:
"
Moving
the
Hearts
and
Minds
of
Women
"
in
the
Northwest
Territories
This
paper
explores
women
'
s
issues
and
education
in
the
Northwest
Territories
.
It
examines
gender
equity
and
education
within
the
Northern
historical
,
social
,
political
,
and
economic
contexts
and
discourses
in
which
they
are
embedded
.
It
provides
evidence
that
understanding
issues
related
to
gender
and
education
in
the
Northwest
Territories
requires
an
analysis
that
begins
from
the
experiences
of
women
in
the
North
.
It
reveals
how
assumptions
about
knowledge
and
what
constitutes
women
'
s
issues
and
education
can
support
or
undermine
gender
and
education
change
work
.
It
speaks
to
the
tensions
,
challenges
,
and
possibilities
of
coalition
and
community
work
between
women
,
women
'
s
groups
,
and
critical
educators
.
Click
here
for
details
Ellen
Carol
Dubois
University
of
California
at
Los
Angeles
,
U
.
S
.
A
Email
:
Edubois
@
Ucla
.
Ledu
Agitation
for
Political
Rights
for
Women
in
Africa
In
North
and
South
America
,
in
Europe
,
in
Asia
,
in
the
Antipodes
,
in
the
Middle
East
,
the
earliest
phases
of
feminist
agitation
focused
on
gaining
the
right
to
vote
,
on
"
woman
suffrage
.
"
Recent
research
on
woman
suffrage
movements
around
the
world
has
tremendously
increased
scholarly
Knowledge
of
this
agitation
,
especially
in
connection
with
nationalist
,
anti
-
colonial
movements
.
What
about
Africa
?
Where
does
Africa
fit
into
this
international
history
?
This
paper
will
consider
the
problems
faced
in
researching
the
way
that
women
gained
political
rights
in
Africa
,
especially
the
chronology
of
national
liberation
movements
and
the
impact
of
imperialism
and
racism
.
The
paper
will
also
consider
what
scholars
have
uncovered
about
particular
women
'
s
campaigns
for
political
equality
:
in
Nigeria
,
in
South
Africa
,
and
in
Kenya
.
Click
here
for
details
Elsie
M
.
Alexander
University
of
Botswana
,
Botswana
Email
:
alexande
@
mopipi
.
ub
.
bw
Civil
Society
and
State
Relations
-
Experiences
of
the
Women
'
s
Movement
in
Botswana
This
paper
will
assess
the
strategies
of
the
women
'
s
movement
in
Botswana
over
the
last
three
decades
and
evaluate
the
achievements
and
major
constraints
since
the
1985
UN
World
Conference
on
Women
,
held
in
Nairobi
,
Kenya
.
An
assessment
in
terms
of
a
shift
in
ideology
and
strategy
within
the
women
'
s
movement
that
has
resulted
in
a
more
proactive
,
radical
and
challenging
approach
will
be
explored
.
Lessons
learnt
will
be
highlighted
.
The
paper
will
further
explore
the
differences
between
the
older
liberal
organizations
and
those
established
in
the
early
1990s
.
The
paper
argues
that
the
older
organizations
'
activities
were
informed
by
liberal
development
ideologies
consistent
with
liberal
feminist
thinking
.
The
younger
ones
were
conceptualized
within
the
radical
feminist
perspective
that
challenges
the
status
quo
,
the
patriarchal
ideology
,
as
well
as
male
dominance
in
society
.
The
paper
analyses
the
impact
of
this
shift
on
the
gender
agenda
and
on
the
overall
state
policies
and
responses
.
The
paper
concludes
that
a
democratic
,
political
and
positive
,
economic
environment
contributes
to
the
nature
of
civil
society
state
relations
.
Click
here
for
details
Eunice
A
.
Nyamasyo
Kenyatta
University
,
Kenya
Email
:
auma_1999
@
yahoo
.
com
The
Women
'
s
Movement
and
Gender
-
Related
Institutions
in
Kenya
:
Gains
and
Challenges
in
Socio
-
economic
Development
This
paper
discusses
the
women
'
s
movement
in
Kenya
and
is
based
on
field
research
data
drawn
from
over
200
gender
-
based
development
organizations
.
The
author
argues
that
women
and
these
organizations
have
contributed
significantly
to
the
socio
-
economic
development
of
Kenya
.
Gains
include
working
with
rural
communities
as
well
as
creating
gender
awareness
.
The
major
challenge
continues
to
be
the
patriarchal
nature
of
the
Kenyan
society
.
The
author
strongly
recommends
the
need
for
recognition
and
support
of
the
activities
of
the
women
'
s
movement
plus
the
sustenance
of
the
cross
-
cultural
discourse
between
academics
and
professionals
.
Click
here
for
details
Fenella
Porter
Open
University
,
United
Kingdom
Email
:
F
.
K
.
Porter
@
open
.
ac
.
uk
Institutionalizing
Gender
Equality
in
the
Context
of
Voluntary
Action
This
paper
is
based
on
a
Ph
.
D
.
research
looking
at
organizational
learning
and
change
on
gender
,
in
a
context
where
volunteerism
is
the
basis
for
action
.
The
lack
of
contractual
relationships
in
volunteerism
and
voluntary
action
might
compromise
organizational
systems
of
accountability
,
but
on
the
other
hand
there
may
exist
specific
ideas
of
personal
responsibility
inherent
in
the
motivations
associated
with
volunteerism
and
voluntary
action
.
The
paper
will
critically
examine
the
ideas
of
responsibility
and
the
motivations
found
in
volunteerism
and
voluntary
action
.
The
paper
will
look
at
volunteerism
as
a
part
of
human
life
,
and
the
way
in
which
a
voluntary
organization
has
institutionalized
altruism
.
What
impact
does
this
have
on
power
relations
?
This
is
a
particularly
key
question
in
the
context
of
northern
volunteer
-
sending
agencies
working
in
the
South
.
The
research
process
itself
will
also
be
examined
-
a
feminist
process
investigating
gender
in
the
context
of
volunteering
.
Click
here
for
details
Aili
Tripp
and
Sarah
Ntiro
University
of
Wisconsin
-
Madison
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
,
Uganda
Email
:
ailitripp
@
charter
.
net
,
ugsociety
@
bushnet
.
net
Women
'
s
Movement
History
:
Colonial
and
Post
-
Independence
This
paper
will
discuss
the
roots
of
the
current
women
'
s
movement
in
earlier
periods
of
Uganda
'
s
colonial
and
post
-
independence
history
.
It
will
discuss
the
role
of
education
,
the
influence
of
organizations
like
the
Mothers
Union
in
providing
fora
to
develop
organizational
and
leadership
skills
,
and
the
role
of
the
Uganda
Council
of
Women
,
YWCA
,
Family
Planning
Association
,
Forward
Society
,
and
other
such
organizations
in
paving
the
way
for
the
emergence
of
contemporary
women
'
s
organizations
.
Click
here
for
details
Hilda
Roslashmer
Christensen
University
of
Copenhagen
,
Denmark
Email
:
Hilda
.
roemer
.
christensen
@
sociology
.
ku
.
dk
Global
Identities
,
Global
Projects
.
The
Remapping
of
Women
'
s
Movements
in
Late
Modernity
The
workshop
focuses
on
the
re
-
narration
and
re
-
location
of
women
'
s
movements
as
one
/
some
of
the
major
social
movements
of
the
20th
century
in
the
light
of
globalization
and
cross
-
national
exchanges
.
It
will
deal
with
women
'
s
movements
and
women
on
the
move
in
a
cross
-
national
and
global
perspective
.
The
overall
aim
of
the
workshop
is
to
contest
the
traditional
concepts
and
approaches
to
the
study
of
women
'
s
movements
.
How
does
the
mapping
of
the
women
'
s
movements
look
when
it
goes
beyond
the
traditional
framework
of
women
'
s
rights
associations
and
the
nation
states
?
And
how
have
the
challenge
of
multiculturalism
changed
the
movements
among
women
?
What
are
the
historical
roots
of
international
co
-
operation
among
women
and
women
'
s
associations
in
relation
to
central
issues
such
as
peace
,
sports
and
religion
and
the
like
?
How
did
/
have
the
tradition
of
early
international
networking
been
transferred
into
the
current
intensified
networking
an
associating
?
What
kind
of
role
do
new
and
old
women
'
s
organizations
play
for
the
re
/
foundation
of
women
'
s
movements
throughout
the
world
:
both
in
Western
and
in
post
-
communist
and
post
-
colonial
countries
?
Click
here
for
details
Jackie
Asiimwe
Uganda
Email
:
jamug
@
yahoo
.
com
Making
Women
'
s
Land
Rights
a
Reality
:
The
Women
'
s
Movement
and
Land
Rights
Advocacy
in
Uganda
This
paper
will
look
at
the
ways
in
which
women
'
s
organizations
and
networks
in
Uganda
attempted
to
influence
the
1998
Land
Act
,
what
gains
for
women
were
made
with
the
Act
,
and
the
ways
in
which
women
are
using
this
new
legislation
.
It
will
also
discuss
the
struggle
over
the
co
-
ownership
amendment
to
the
Land
Act
and
the
new
political
challenges
posed
by
the
outcome
of
these
efforts
.
The
paper
will
highlight
the
positive
developments
that
came
out
of
the
struggle
,
which
included
networking
between
women
'
s
and
other
organizations
as
well
as
the
rethinking
of
strategies
.
Click
here
for
details
Jacqueline
Asiimwe
Uganda
Email
:
jamug
@
yahoo
.
com
Feminist
Leadership
in
Uganda
:
One
Step
Forward
or
Two
Steps
Back
?
This
paper
posits
the
notion
that
while
it
is
well
and
good
that
the
women
'
s
movement
has
made
progress
in
women
'
s
political
/
public
rights
,
the
present
discrimination
of
women
in
the
home
undermines
the
very
rights
they
have
gained
outside
the
home
.
In
order
to
make
the
gains
of
the
women
'
s
movement
in
the
public
sphere
meaningful
;
women
'
s
rights
in
the
private
have
to
be
recognized
as
well
.
The
two
spheres
of
rights
are
mutually
reinforcing
and
interdependent
.
To
ensure
that
women
'
s
private
rights
are
recognized
,
the
women
'
s
movement
needs
to
seek
ways
to
make
advocacy
for
women
'
s
domestic
rights
political
,
so
that
politicians
listen
,
and
make
the
necessary
changes
to
the
laws
that
presently
discriminate
against
women
.
Click
here
for
details
Jane
Gaskell
University
of
British
Columbia
,
Canada
Email
:
Jane
.
gaskell
@
ubc
.
ca
Discourses
of
Feminism
:
The
Women
'
s
Movement
in
British
Columbia
and
Ontario
Education
This
paper
will
examine
how
different
discourses
of
feminism
have
obtained
institutional
support
from
educational
institutions
in
the
struggle
for
equality
for
women
in
education
in
British
Columbia
and
Ontario
.
Both
equal
rights
feminism
and
more
radical
analysis
of
women
'
s
difference
received
support
from
teachers
'
unions
and
governments
in
the
early
1970s
,
while
more
recently
only
equal
rights
feminism
has
any
support
.
The
reasons
and
implications
for
the
women
'
s
movement
and
for
education
are
discussed
.
Click
here
for
details
Janet
Nambi
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Women
and
Girls
With
Special
Needs
in
Uganda
This
paper
will
examine
the
role
of
women
in
advocacy
around
disability
and
in
forming
organizations
to
address
the
particular
needs
of
women
who
are
disabled
.
The
discussion
will
cover
both
women
with
physical
and
mental
disabilities
.
The
paper
will
highlight
the
role
of
organizations
like
the
West
Nile
Association
of
the
Handicapped
(
WENA
)
as
well
as
the
National
Union
of
Disabled
Persons
of
Uganda
(
NUDIPU
)
that
have
lobbied
actively
in
support
of
the
rights
of
disabled
women
.
Click
here
for
details
Janet
Townsend
,
Emma
Mawdsley
,
Gina
Porter
University
of
Durham
,
UK
Email
:
janet
.
townsend
@
durham
.
ac
.
uk
Women
'
s
Worlds
and
the
Transnational
Community
of
Non
Government
Organisations
NonGovernment
organizations
(
NGOs
)
engaged
in
development
work
worldwide
belong
to
a
transnational
community
.
Many
of
their
professionals
synchronize
behavior
and
outlook
along
common
lines
until
they
become
interchangeable
.
These
NGOs
are
a
North
-
South
transmission
channel
for
two
meta
-
languages
:
donor
fashions
and
new
managerialism
.
Studies
undertaken
in
Ghana
,
India
and
Mexico
show
that
despite
the
fact
that
many
NGOs
are
donor
-
created
as
well
as
led
,
many
of
them
still
seek
to
represent
local
voices
and
needs
.
This
applies
particularly
to
feminist
and
other
women
-
controlled
organizations
.
Whose
ideas
count
?
How
do
women
clients
as
well
as
staff
get
included
or
excluded
?
What
works
and
what
does
not
?
How
are
the
processes
engendered
?
This
paper
seeks
to
answer
these
questions
.
Despite
what
may
be
called
a
new
imperialism
,
NGOs
rather
than
academicians
will
play
a
central
role
in
changing
the
world
.
Click
here
for
details
Joy
Kwesiga
and
Aili
Tripp
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
and
University
of
Wisconsin
-
Madison
,
USA
Email
:
Tripp
@
polisci
.
w
.
sc
.
edu
The
Women
'
s
Movement
in
Uganda
:
An
Overview
This
paper
provides
an
analysis
of
why
the
Ugandan
women
'
s
movement
has
become
such
a
force
since
1986
;
how
it
is
distinguished
from
women
'
s
movements
in
other
parts
of
Africa
;
how
the
current
organizations
differ
from
earlier
ones
;
what
its
overall
impact
has
been
;
what
are
its
limitations
;
and
what
are
the
key
debates
in
the
women
'
s
movement
.
The
paper
also
describes
the
major
actors
in
the
women
'
s
movement
,
including
national
and
local
women
'
s
organizations
and
networks
,
academics
,
the
ministry
in
charge
of
gender
,
women
politicians
,
and
media
workers
who
focus
on
gender
issues
.
In
addition
,
the
paper
discusses
the
role
of
the
legislature
,
the
courts
,
and
the
president
in
influencing
policy
.
It
also
covers
the
impact
donors
,
the
international
women
'
s
movement
,
as
well
as
international
NGOs
based
in
Uganda
have
played
in
this
area
.
Click
here
for
details
Joy
Kwesiga
and
Margaret
Kikampikaho
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Email
:
deanfss
@
mak
.
ac
.
ug
,
alliance
@
infocom
.
co
.
ug
Women
'
s
Movement
Contributions
to
the
Improvement
of
Female
Education
in
Uganda
This
paper
will
consider
ways
in
which
women
'
s
organizations
have
influenced
female
education
in
Uganda
.
It
will
look
at
efforts
to
remove
obstacles
and
constraints
to
girls
'
education
at
different
levels
.
In
particular
,
it
will
examine
efforts
to
:
provide
bursaries
for
girls
,
give
opportunities
to
girls
who
were
forced
out
of
school
due
to
early
and
unplanned
pregnancy
,
improved
school
facilities
to
ensure
that
girls
participate
in
education
and
advocate
for
more
girls
friendly
policies
.
It
will
also
discuss
efforts
to
enhance
female
education
by
government
and
other
partners
specifically
the
special
programs
by
the
Ministry
of
Education
and
Sports
,
the
1
.
5
points
policy
at
Makerere
University
,
Kampala
,
as
well
as
the
1995
Universal
Primary
Education
(
UPE
)
policy
.
Factors
that
have
contributed
to
gains
made
and
obstacles
still
existing
will
be
highlighted
.
Click
here
for
details
Kaarina
Kailo
University
of
Oulu
,
Finland
Email
:
kkailo
@
ktk
.
oulu
.
fi
Feminists
for
a
Gift
Economy
From
the
dawn
of
time
,
women
'
s
gifts
have
been
creating
and
sustaining
communities
as
well
as
making
the
world
a
better
place
.
In
recent
years
,
women
have
been
articulating
new
forms
of
protest
,
refusing
war
and
all
forms
of
violence
,
protecting
the
environment
and
all
life
,
creating
new
multi
-
centered
and
diverse
political
spaces
and
defining
new
politics
of
care
,
community
,
compassion
,
and
connectedness
.
Women
are
creating
alternative
visions
,
paradigms
and
imaginaries
,
even
reconceptualizing
the
foundations
of
political
society
.
This
workshop
describes
and
explores
the
logic
of
mothering
and
gift
giving
as
an
alternative
to
the
patriarchal
capitalist
exchange
economy
,
which
has
degraded
gift
giving
while
co
-
opting
it
.
Although
the
workshop
is
based
on
For
-
Giving
,
the
Gift
Economy
by
Genevieve
Vaughan
who
will
present
her
work
,
other
participants
will
interact
with
the
book
'
s
vision
and
discuss
how
it
can
or
cannot
be
applied
pragmatically
and
philosophically
in
different
cultural
contexts
.
Click
here
for
details
Karen
Monkman
and
Peter
Easton
Florida
State
University
,
USA
Email
:
kmonkman
@
mailer
.
fsu
.
edu
,
monkman
@
coe
.
fsu
.
edu
Social
Policy
from
the
Bottom
Up
This
presentation
focuses
on
the
empowerment
approaches
to
building
new
social
practice
and
policy
at
the
grass
roots
embodied
in
the
"
Tostan
"
experience
.
Tostan
is
a
Senegalese
NGO
that
uses
non
-
formal
,
participatory
methodologies
to
support
village
-
based
social
change
,
especially
in
areas
related
to
women
'
s
health
and
human
rights
.
Villages
in
several
Sub
-
Saharan
African
countries
are
,
subsequent
to
Tostan
'
s
educational
program
,
beginning
to
identify
and
act
on
concerns
that
affect
women
'
s
health
and
human
rights
,
as
well
as
the
well
being
of
their
families
.
Some
communities
have
gone
so
far
as
to
declare
a
moratorium
on
the
practice
of
female
genital
circumcision
and
have
mobilized
their
families
and
villages
to
discontinue
the
practice
.
This
paper
uses
data
from
a
recently
-
concluded
evaluation
of
the
Tostan
experience
to
explore
the
dimensions
of
the
participatory
process
used
,
local
community
response
to
it
,
and
popular
reaction
to
the
changing
social
situation
in
rural
Africa
that
lead
to
new
social
practices
and
grass
roots
policy
initiatives
.
Click
here
for
details
Kate
Adoo
-
Adeku
Ghana
Email
:
hamimaal
@
hotmail
.
com
Women
'
s
Movements
and
Activism
in
Ghana
1980
-
2000
Women
'
s
movements
evolved
during
the
nationalist
struggle
to
give
support
towards
the
attainment
of
independence
.
Subsequently
,
the
movements
became
more
focused
on
nation
building
with
the
emphasis
on
obtaining
basic
legal
rights
.
The
United
Nations
Decade
for
Women
saw
the
emergence
of
women
'
s
movements
as
a
catalyst
for
the
promotion
of
women
'
s
rights
and
the
achievement
of
gender
equality
in
the
country
.
Historically
,
socio
-
cultural
practices
have
impeded
women
'
s
progress
rendering
them
invisible
in
the
country
'
s
socio
-
economic
,
political
and
decision
-
making
structures
.
There
has
,
therefore
,
been
a
need
for
strong
activist
movements
in
the
country
to
address
the
challenges
facing
the
general
subordination
of
Ghanaian
women
in
society
.
The
question
arises
whether
the
movements
that
emerged
within
the
period
under
review
(
1980
-
2000
)
,
had
the
required
dynamism
plus
the
theoretical
basis
,
to
confront
the
patently
patriarchal
dominance
of
Ghana
'
s
social
system
or
whether
they
were
simply
'
social
welfare
'
movements
more
in
line
with
helping
women
get
involved
in
the
status
quo
.
The
paper
discusses
the
role
,
challenges
,
progress
,
achievements
and
limitations
of
these
movements
towards
the
enhancement
of
the
status
of
Ghanaian
women
.
Click
here
for
details
Krassimira
Daskalova
St
.
Kliment
Ohridski
University
of
Sofia
,
Bulgaria
Email
:
daskalov
@
ceu
.
hu
Women
,
Gender
and
Transition
in
Eastern
Europe
:
The
Case
of
Bulgaria
In
Bulgaria
,
discussions
about
women
and
their
role
in
society
have
pervaded
public
debates
in
the
post
-
1989
era
.
At
the
same
time
,
women
'
s
organizations
of
varying
size
and
influence
have
proliferated
.
The
paper
maps
out
the
different
images
of
women
and
assumptions
about
gender
differences
that
are
now
important
features
of
public
life
.
It
describes
how
,
in
the
midst
of
all
these
images
,
women
'
s
organizations
formulate
and
pursue
their
goals
.
What
obstacles
do
they
encounter
?
How
does
the
institutional
structure
of
women
'
s
organizations
shape
or
constrain
the
discourse
of
these
groups
?
How
are
their
ways
of
imagining
women
'
s
problems
related
to
earlier
discourses
of
communism
and
to
the
current
political
ideas
and
institutions
with
which
they
must
compete
and
interact
?
The
discourse
is
important
because
public
debate
defines
what
can
be
imagined
,
what
can
be
publicly
claimed
,
and
thus
,
what
can
actually
be
done
in
the
areas
of
social
policy
,
legal
reform
,
as
well
as
d
other
political
actions
concerning
women
in
Bulgaria
.
Besides
,
in
order
to
understand
the
significance
of
any
one
discourse
,
it
is
necessary
to
examine
the
social
and
cultural
context
in
and
against
which
it
is
formulated
,
as
well
as
the
historical
precedents
on
which
it
is
built
.
Key
words
:
Women
,
transition
,
Eastern
Europe
,
women
'
s
movement
,
feminism
.
Click
here
for
details
Kristen
Timothy
National
Council
for
Research
on
Women
,
USA
Email
:
ktim
@
att
.
net
Developing
an
International
Agenda
for
Women
'
s
Equity
,
1945
-
2000
The
paper
examines
the
forces
that
have
interacted
to
set
in
an
international
agenda
for
women
'
s
equity
from
1945
when
the
United
Nations
was
founded
to
the
present
.
The
paper
will
examine
the
role
of
the
UN
Commission
on
the
status
of
women
in
generating
a
global
agenda
on
women
'
s
issues
that
encompasses
women
in
-
development
and
women
'
s
human
rights
.
The
paper
will
analyze
how
the
commission
sought
to
provide
political
space
for
women
advocates
from
different
regions
of
the
world
to
lobby
Governments
for
policies
and
laws
that
would
promote
equity
between
men
and
women
.
It
will
also
discuss
the
gains
made
by
women
activities
from
different
cultures
and
political
persuasions
in
using
that
UN
forum
for
sharing
experiences
as
well
as
forming
new
feminist
networks
.
It
will
examine
the
context
that
generated
new
issues
or
revisited
and
intensified
old
ones
,
for
example
,
women
in
development
,
gender
mainstreaming
and
specific
issues
like
trafficking
in
women
,
an
issue
that
was
on
the
'
international
'
agenda
of
women
activists
at
the
time
the
UN
was
founded
and
has
recently
reappeared
as
a
target
for
international
action
.
The
paper
will
also
briefly
analyze
the
results
of
the
Beijing
Conference
in
1995
in
relation
to
evolving
international
women
'
s
issues
and
its
implications
for
the
UN
and
the
women
'
s
movement
in
the
future
.
Key
Words
:
Human
security
,
safety
,
women
'
s
empowerment
,
International
women
'
s
movement
,
women
and
the
UN
.
Click
here
for
details
Lin
Chun
London
School
of
Economics
and
Political
Science
United
Kingdom
Email
:
C
.
Lin
@
lse
.
ac
.
uk
The
Rights
and
Wrongs
of
State
Feminism
The
concept
of
'
state
feminism
'
,
originally
applied
to
women
-
friendly
public
policies
in
the
Nordic
social
democracies
,
can
be
used
for
post
-
revolutionary
socialist
countries
with
similar
as
well
as
different
connotations
.
The
case
of
the
People
'
s
Republic
of
China
illustrates
contradictions
in
the
state
project
of
women
'
s
liberation
,
involving
ideology
and
institutions
,
laws
and
regulations
,
policy
debates
and
(
re
)
formulation
.
Tensions
between
protection
and
autonomy
,
national
-
developmentalism
and
feminism
,
equal
citizenship
and
gender
consciousness
are
discussed
in
the
comparative
context
of
state
socialism
on
the
one
hand
and
market
liberalization
on
the
other
.
Overall
,
as
the
PRC
is
recognized
as
having
significantly
improved
the
conditions
of
female
existence
with
a
vast
rural
population
and
a
low
per
capita
GDP
but
recently
retreated
from
many
earlier
achievements
,
it
is
argued
that
government
commitment
to
gender
equality
remains
indispensable
.
Yet
much
more
is
also
needed
from
societal
participation
and
local
and
individual
initiatives
from
below
.
The
social
dimension
of
feminism
in
China
'
s
transformation
towards
global
integration
is
defined
.
The
lessons
of
the
Chinese
experiences
,
diverse
and
puzzling
as
they
are
,
are
relevant
to
the
women
'
s
movements
on
a
global
stage
today
.
Keywords
;
state
,
market
,
public
,
social
,
citizenship
.
Click
here
for
details
Linda
Eyre
University
of
New
Brunswick
Email
:
leyre
@
unb
.
ca
Place
Matters
:
Gender
Equity
Policy
and
Education
in
the
Maritimes
Understanding
the
activity
of
the
women
'
s
movement
and
education
in
New
Brunswick
and
Nova
Scotia
,
Canada
,
must
involve
an
understanding
of
the
personal
,
social
,
economic
and
political
histories
of
the
peoples
of
this
place
.
While
running
the
risk
of
reifying
boundaries
,
unless
we
begin
here
,
we
are
always
looking
elsewhere
for
models
or
answers
which
absent
the
contexts
in
which
this
region
is
located
.
This
paper
considers
how
gender
equity
policy
in
education
has
been
framed
in
this
colonized
,
marginalized
,
and
increasingly
corporatized
place
,
and
,
hopefully
,
opens
up
space
for
considering
an
alternate
vision
for
girls
and
women
'
s
education
in
this
region
.
Click
here
for
details
Mangala
Subramaniam
University
of
Connecticut
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
mas95007
@
uconnvm
.
uconn
.
edu
Networks
and
Collective
Processes
in
Women
'
s
Empowerment
The
paper
examine
a
quasi
-
collective
intervention
,
a
partnership
between
the
state
and
the
local
community
to
highlight
the
'
processes
'
involved
in
the
empowerment
of
poor
women
.
Two
theoretical
expositions
:
explanations
of
networks
in
shaping
social
change
and
'
collective
'
processes
as
conceptualized
in
social
movements
and
activism
scholarship
are
used
to
examine
a
specific
intervention
,
the
Mahila
Samakhya
Karnataka
(
MSK
)
Program
in
India
that
aims
at
raising
female
literacy
rates
by
addressing
issues
of
empowerment
.
Evidence
from
the
author
'
s
research
clearly
points
to
how
'
collective
processes
'
and
connections
built
through
networks
have
created
potential
for
human
agency
,
for
women
to
act
and
seek
change
.
Over
time
,
the
collective
serves
as
an
organizational
basis
of
strength
to
begin
questioning
the
structure
of
power
relations
in
society
.
For
poor
women
who
have
neither
the
courage
to
articulate
their
experiences
,
nor
the
space
to
do
so
,
the
concept
of
collective
is
meaningful
.
Click
here
for
details
Margaret
McFadden
Appalachian
State
University
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
mcfaddenmh
@
appstate
.
edu
A
Radical
Exchange
:
International
Women
'
s
Activists
between
the
Wars
,
1918
-
1939
Virginia
Woolf
'
s
Three
Guineas
(
1938
)
defines
a
model
for
women
'
s
response
to
militarism
,
nationalism
,
anti
-
Semitism
,
and
fascism
.
Woolf
proposed
that
women
belong
to
a
secret
Society
of
Outsiders
,
since
,
"
As
a
woman
,
I
have
no
country
.
As
a
woman
1
want
no
country
.
As
a
woman
my
country
is
the
whole
world
.
"
Woolf
'
s
Outsiders
Society
makes
several
demands
of
its
female
members
,
all
of
whom
must
agree
to
poverty
(
only
enough
money
to
live
and
develop
)
,
chastity
(
refusal
to
sell
one
'
s
brain
-
power
)
,
derision
(
refusing
honors
and
fame
)
,
and
"
freedom
from
unreal
loyalties
"
of
national
,
religious
,
family
,
or
sex
pride
.
The
work
analyzes
the
difference
between
women
and
men
,
differentially
constructed
by
their
education
and
social
upbringing
.
This
difference
allows
them
to
know
and
learn
and
act
in
different
ways
.
By
examining
the
life
and
work
of
women
activists
around
the
world
,
one
can
see
how
women
work
differently
,
as
insiders
and
as
outsiders
simultaneously
.
The
paper
will
explore
and
analyze
activists
in
the
areas
of
peace
,
national
independence
,
and
anarchism
/
socialism
--
women
who
were
conscious
international
networkers
in
the
period
before
World
War
II
.
Click
here
for
details
Margaret
Snyder
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
Pegsnyder
@
aol
.
com
Economic
Activities
This
paper
will
start
by
situating
women
within
a
broader
historical
and
economic
context
,
with
a
brief
review
of
the
impact
of
economic
downturn
and
civil
violence
on
women
'
s
activities
,
fostering
intense
economic
activity
.
The
paper
will
then
look
at
how
women
in
Uganda
have
organized
themselves
as
farmers
,
merchants
and
entrepreneurs
for
economic
strength
and
the
role
of
women
'
s
organizations
in
providing
services
and
strengthening
the
capacities
of
women
as
economic
actors
through
cooperatives
,
rotating
credit
and
savings
societies
and
many
other
associations
.
It
will
look
at
the
role
of
organizations
like
the
Council
for
the
Economic
Empowerment
for
Women
in
Africa
and
the
Uganda
Women
'
s
Finance
and
Credit
Trust
in
providing
micro
-
credit
and
business
management
skills
to
small
scale
entrepreneurs
.
The
paper
will
describe
literacy
training
;
agricultural
extension
services
,
legal
aid
services
,
and
child
care
arrangements
for
market
women
.
It
will
discuss
advocacy
,
political
action
and
the
mobilization
of
particular
sectors
,
including
entrepreneurs
,
domestic
workers
,
trade
union
women
,
multipurpose
women
'
s
groups
,
women
'
s
cooperatives
,
sex
workers
,
and
others
.
The
paper
will
also
examine
the
role
of
women
in
shaping
the
national
budget
as
well
as
economic
policy
more
generally
and
will
look
at
how
structural
adjustment
initiatives
and
globalization
generally
affect
women
.
Click
here
for
details
Marilyn
Fowler
Women
'
s
Intercultural
Network
(
WIN
)
,
U
.
S
.
A
Email
:
win
@
win
-
cawa
.
org
Calling
the
Circle
:
Building
a
Global
Women
'
s
Action
Network
The
Women
'
s
Intercultural
Network
(
WIN
)
is
an
NGO
based
in
San
Francisco
,
CA
that
creates
opportunities
for
women
to
come
together
across
great
divides
for
common
cause
,
to
collaborate
globally
on
critical
concerns
.
WIN
launched
CALLING
THE
CIRCLE
in
January
2001
with
women
NGO
leaders
from
Uganda
visiting
the
US
.
In
July
2001
,
women
leaders
from
the
US
visited
Uganda
.
The
exchanges
were
focused
on
learning
about
each
other
'
s
organizations
and
strategies
for
empowering
women
.
A
panel
of
six
US
,
Ugandan
and
Japanese
women
involved
in
developing
these
CIRCLES
will
talk
about
how
women
are
connecting
across
real
and
virtual
barriers
to
structure
a
global
communications
model
for
NGO
,
academic
,
business
and
other
partnerships
to
empower
women
and
girls
.
Click
here
for
details
Mary
Bernstein
University
of
Connecticut
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
Mary
.
Bernstein
@
asu
.
edu
Repression
and
the
Mobilization
of
Lesbian
,
Gay
,
Bisexual
,
and
Transgender
Movements
The
paper
compares
cross
-
nationally
the
forms
of
repression
faced
by
lesbian
,
gay
,
bisexual
,
and
transgender
(
lgbt
)
people
,
their
relationship
to
traditional
gender
roles
and
the
enforcement
of
particular
family
forms
.
Today
,
"
[
h
]
omosexuality
is
illegal
in
85
countries
;
it
is
punished
with
death
in
eight
of
them
,
and
draws
a
prison
term
of
10
years
to
life
in
seven
,
3
-
10
years
in
11
,
and
up
to
three
years
in
ten
others
"
.
Hostility
toward
lgbt
people
has
been
the
purview
of
religion
,
government
,
law
,
and
science
.
Anti
-
lgbt
repression
"
tends
to
break
out
with
special
venom
when
people
imagine
a
threat
to
the
security
of
gender
roles
,
of
religious
doctrine
,
or
of
the
state
and
society
,
or
to
the
sexual
safety
and
health
of
the
individual
"
.
The
paper
examines
the
ways
in
which
the
construction
of
lgbt
identities
varies
cross
-
nationally
and
the
implications
of
those
constructions
for
both
mobilization
and
repression
.
The
author
argues
that
the
opening
of
democratic
processes
as
well
as
the
increased
equality
for
women
provides
both
opportunities
for
the
mobilization
of
lgbt
activists
,
while
also
creating
the
political
conditions
for
conservative
backlash
.
Click
here
for
details
Stephanie
Brzuzy
Arizona
State
University
,
U
.
S
.
A
Social
Conflicts
Over
the
Meaning
of
Gender
Identity
:
Identity
,
Power
and
Politics
Queer
activists
,
along
with
some
feminist
theorists
and
practitioners
,
have
begun
to
challenge
the
dichotomous
meaning
of
gender
identity
in
societal
institutions
and
traditional
western
social
thought
,
including
feminist
thought
.
Transgender
and
intersex
activists
point
out
that
gender
dualisms
(
male
/
female
;
masculine
/
feminine
;
man
/
woman
;
boy
/
girl
)
are
destructive
and
tend
to
render
invisible
(
and
sometimes
illegal
)
anyone
'
s
identity
that
does
not
fit
within
traditional
gender
norms
.
Social
inequalities
are
perpetuated
by
these
narrow
definitions
-
in
the
United
States
as
well
as
globally
-
through
,
for
example
,
"
gender
identity
disorder
"
as
well
as
genital
surgeries
on
babies
born
intersexed
in
psychological
and
medical
practices
,
respectively
.
The
paper
will
address
some
examples
of
how
gender
identity
serves
to
define
,
regulate
and
oppress
identities
from
birth
through
adulthood
.
It
will
focus
on
transgender
and
intersexual
identities
,
drawing
in
part
from
the
transgender
and
intersex
movement
strategies
to
challenge
and
rethink
oppressive
gender
identities
,
laws
and
policies
.
Click
here
for
details
Maureen
Fielding
Penn
State
University
Delaware
County
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
MDF6
@
SU
.
EDU
Truth
and
Healing
in
South
Africa
:
Khulumani
-
A
Support
Group
for
Victims
of
Apartheid
South
African
women
suffered
greatly
under
apartheid
.
They
experienced
economic
oppression
,
forced
removals
,
personal
violence
,
and
the
loss
of
husbands
and
children
.
When
apartheid
ended
in
1995
,
many
still
did
not
know
the
fate
of
their
husbands
and
children
.
Many
older
women
,
whose
children
had
died
or
disappeared
,
were
destitute
as
children
typically
care
for
aging
parents
in
South
Africa
.
The
Truth
and
Reconciliation
Commission
(
TRC
)
provided
these
women
a
chance
to
tell
their
stories
and
perhaps
to
learn
the
truth
about
their
husbands
and
children
.
For
many
women
,
however
,
the
reality
of
testifying
before
a
formal
court
with
media
coverage
proved
to
be
a
daunting
prospect
.
The
paper
focuses
on
Khulumani
,
a
national
network
of
support
groups
formed
to
encourage
the
traumatized
victims
of
apartheid
to
speak
out
as
well
as
provide
support
to
those
who
testified
before
the
TRC
.
Khulumani
aims
to
help
a
trauma
victim
-
testify
,
find
a
survival
mission
,
reestablish
meaningful
relationships
,
reconnect
,
recover
faith
,
and
do
political
work
.
Click
here
for
details
Miriam
David
Keele
University
England
,
United
Kingdom
Reflections
from
a
British
Feminist
:
An
Auto
/
biographical
Approach
This
paper
will
reflect
on
self
,
place
and
learning
as
feminist
projects
.
Click
here
for
details
Mirjam
Southwell
University
of
London
,
UK
Email
:
robbinsi
@
netcomuk
.
co
.
uk
Gender
Policy
in
Development
Organizations
:
Symbolism
versus
Realism
The
paper
is
based
on
qualitative
research
carried
out
in
United
Nations
Organizations
(
UNIDO
,
UNCTAD
,
ITC
/
WTO
)
,
governmental
organizations
(
DFID
and
GTZ
-
UK
,
Germany
and
Zimbabwe
)
and
an
NGO
(
UK
and
Zimbabwe
)
.
The
research
looked
at
links
in
the
international
policy
process
for
technology
,
development
and
gender
.
Focusing
on
technology
policy
,
both
an
explicitly
and
implicitly
masculine
area
of
expertise
,
revealed
a
struggle
regarding
gender
.
In
international
policy
,
gender
is
located
in
a
complex
,
conflicting
and
"
open
"
nesting
of
implementation
structures
from
local
to
global
levels
in
which
the
commitment
of
key
individuals
(
for
and
against
)
has
a
crucial
impact
.
The
increasing
emphasis
in
development
organizations
of
mainstreaming
gender
brings
with
it
particular
issues
of
"
hearing
"
women
and
the
continued
need
for
women
specific
programs
.
Mainstreaming
may
be
presented
as
the
organizations
'
symbolic
policy
but
women
specific
projects
are
still
seen
as
necessary
by
policy
implementers
-
the
paradox
of
mainstreaming
.
The
concept
of
"
getting
round
"
gender
issues
,
illustrating
the
degrees
of
discretion
in
the
policy
process
is
introduced
in
the
paper
.
Click
here
for
details
Monica
Dennison
Australia
Email
:
Monica
@
optusnet
.
com
.
au
Thirty
Years
on
,
an
Australian
Woman
'
s
Trajectory
This
paper
will
set
an
Australian
woman
'
s
journey
,
which
started
in
Kampala
Uganda
(
1969
-
72
)
,
in
the
context
of
the
major
shifts
for
women
in
Australia
in
the
last
thirty
years
.
It
will
ask
what
gains
Australian
women
have
made
,
sustained
or
lost
in
those
years
.
Based
on
both
statistical
analyses
of
the
changes
in
women
'
s
participation
in
major
aspects
of
Australian
society
in
that
period
,
as
a
series
of
in
-
depth
interviews
with
women
representing
a
range
of
perspectives
and
backgrounds
,
it
will
highlight
both
what
has
been
achieved
and
what
needs
to
be
done
.
The
author
was
plunged
from
the
status
of
lecturer
in
Psychiatric
Social
Work
at
Makerere
University
(
1970
-
72
)
,
into
that
of
a
midwife
and
second
class
citizen
in
the
milieu
of
fundamentalist
Sydney
Anglicanism
.
The
personal
struggle
to
shake
off
the
constraints
has
been
paralleled
by
many
shifts
and
struggles
for
women
in
Australian
society
.
There
are
now
more
women
students
at
the
University
than
men
.
Yet
there
is
only
one
woman
CEO
amongst
the
top
hundred
companies
in
Australia
.
There
are
now
women
priests
in
almost
all
Australian
Anglican
dioceses
,
the
major
exception
being
Sydney
diocese
,
the
largest
and
wealthiest
.
Issues
to
be
discussed
will
include
language
,
the
relevancy
of
feminism
,
social
justice
as
well
as
opportunities
for
women
'
s
advancement
plus
gender
equity
.
Click
here
for
details
Myra
Marx
Ferree
University
of
Wisconsin
-
madison
Email
:
mferree
@
ssc
.
wisc
.
edu
Thinking
globally
,
acting
locally
:
feminism
activism
in
the
world
system
Although
it
was
the
environmental
movement
that
popularized
the
slogan
,
"
think
globally
,
act
locally
,
"
this
is
also
a
good
description
of
feminist
activism
in
the
world
today
.
On
the
one
hand
,
there
are
more
global
networks
and
international
interests
among
feminists
today
than
in
the
1970s
and
1980s
,
which
contributes
to
an
understanding
of
women
'
s
issues
in
world
-
system
terms
.
On
the
other
hand
,
much
actual
feminist
mobilization
is
local
and
particular
,
tied
to
the
specific
realities
and
political
and
constraints
of
the
national
systems
in
which
they
act
.
In
the
talk
,
I
connect
the
historical
variation
in
globalized
feminist
activism
(
which
reached
an
a
typical
low
point
during
the
cold
war
)
with
patterns
in
national
and
local
women
'
s
movements
at
the
grassroots
.
Despite
variations
in
focus
and
types
of
activism
between
and
within
countries
.
I
argue
,
there
are
also
three
important
common
features
.
First
,
I
discuss
the
emergence
of
shared
and
influential
international
feminist
discourse
grounded
in
liberalism
that
emphasizes
that
"
women
'
s
rights
are
human
rights
,
"
frames
gender
and
economic
development
to
emphasize
that
women
are
human
resources
,
emphasizes
women
'
s
education
and
social
empowerment
as
a
brake
on
fertility
.
Second
,
I
look
at
the
ways
that
social
movement
work
gets
done
,
typically
in
the
form
of
community
organizing
,
the
"
housework
of
politics
.
"
I
contrast
the
transitional
advocacy
network
with
the
more
classic
form
of
grassroots
social
movement
and
argue
that
there
are
distinctive
advantages
for
women
being
able
to
mobilize
both
ways
.
Third
,
I
suggest
that
the
breakdown
of
the
East
-
West
axis
of
the
Cold
War
offers
both
opportunities
and
risks
for
transnational
activists
,
opportunities
in
transcending
the
stereotypes
of
homogeneity
implicit
in
categories
such
as
"
western
"
and
"
third
World
"
feminism
,
and
risks
in
reduplicating
the
class
and
race
inequalities
of
the
last
great
wave
of
transnationalism
,
the
colonial
empires
of
the
20th
century
.
Click
here
for
details
Nancy
Naples
and
Manisha
Desai
University
of
California
,
U
.
S
.
A
,
Hobart
and
William
Smith
Colleges
,
U
.
S
.
A
Email
:
desai
@
hws
.
edu
,
nnaples
@
uci
.
edu
Transnational
Solidarities
and
Globalization
Much
of
the
analyses
of
globalization
concentrate
on
the
broader
economic
,
social
,
and
political
dimensions
of
contemporary
global
changes
and
neglect
the
ways
in
which
low
income
women
and
other
marginalized
actors
are
responding
to
these
changes
in
different
parts
of
the
world
.
In
particular
,
frequently
missing
from
accounts
of
globalization
,
are
the
effects
on
the
social
,
political
,
and
economic
changes
on
women
'
s
community
-
based
activism
.
This
paper
will
present
different
cases
studies
of
women
'
s
local
responses
to
global
economic
,
political
,
and
social
changes
and
will
demonstrate
how
women
are
responding
to
these
powerful
forces
through
local
organizing
strategies
that
are
linked
to
international
and
transnational
women
'
s
movements
.
Presenters
will
build
a
bridge
between
macro
-
level
analyses
of
globalization
to
the
micro
-
level
by
highlighting
disparate
economic
and
political
strategies
developed
by
women
in
urban
,
rural
,
as
well
as
suburban
communities
in
diverse
parts
of
the
world
.
Click
here
for
details
Nancy
Naples
University
of
Connecticut
,
U
.
S
.
A
Email
:
NNaples
@
uci
.
edu
Sexual
Citizenship
,
Heteronormativity
and
Immigration
Policy
This
paper
explores
the
relationship
between
sexual
citizenship
and
heteronormativity
in
contemporary
immigration
law
and
localized
implementation
practices
with
particular
focus
on
US
immigration
policies
.
The
processes
of
racialization
and
heteronormativity
are
woven
in
and
through
local
policy
regimes
and
less
visible
community
practices
.
However
,
social
regulation
is
a
fluid
process
that
is
influenced
by
a
number
of
factors
including
the
interventions
of
processes
of
racialization
,
gender
,
and
class
.
Drawing
on
policy
analysis
,
ethnographic
investigation
and
secondary
data
,
the
presenter
examines
the
processes
of
immigrant
identity
construction
,
racial
formation
,
and
social
regulation
.
Click
here
for
details
Nancy
Wyatt
Penn
State
University
Delaware
County
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
njw
@
psu
.
edu
Community
-
Based
Grassroots
Organizing
People
working
for
structural
social
or
political
change
often
must
work
from
outside
established
political
and
social
structures
.
In
the
United
States
,
three
examples
of
such
movements
relevant
to
this
presentation
are
the
women
'
s
rights
/
suffrage
,
the
union
movement
,
and
civil
rights
for
African
American
citizens
.
In
the
nineteenth
century
,
women
were
officially
citizens
of
the
United
States
,
but
they
did
not
have
suffrage
and
so
could
only
petition
the
government
for
redress
of
grievances
,
including
suffrage
and
property
rights
.
In
the
nineteenth
and
early
twentieth
century
,
workers
who
wanted
to
organize
for
collective
bargaining
were
subject
to
violent
harassment
by
employers
who
were
supported
by
state
and
federal
officials
.
Also
in
the
nineteenth
and
for
much
of
the
twentieth
century
,
a
wide
variety
of
state
laws
and
unofficial
social
violence
prevented
African
Americans
from
participating
in
the
political
process
.
Disempowered
groups
such
as
the
three
described
above
turned
to
grassroots
organizing
to
work
for
social
change
.
The
process
by
which
groups
such
as
those
mentioned
above
muster
courage
and
plan
strategies
to
achieve
social
and
political
change
is
the
topic
of
this
presentation
.
Click
here
for
details
Naomi
L
Shitemi
Moi
University
,
Kenya
Email
:
nlshitemi
@
hotmail
.
com
Women
'
s
Grassroots
Welfare
Organizations
:
Towards
Empowerment
and
Gender
Equity
In
response
to
the
emergent
socio
-
economic
pressures
,
demands
and
challenges
of
women
,
a
number
of
welfare
organizations
have
mushroomed
in
Kenya
.
Using
the
collective
strategy
while
building
solidarity
,
these
organizations
contribute
enormously
to
socio
-
economic
development
at
individual
,
family
,
group
and
ultimately
society
levels
.
They
work
through
lobbying
and
advocacy
to
empower
people
.
This
presentation
is
based
on
a
study
of
women
'
s
welfare
groups
drawn
from
two
districts
of
Kenya
,
some
of
which
are
registered
with
the
Social
Welfare
government
department
.
The
paper
reflects
on
the
experiences
and
challenges
of
these
welfare
groups
including
the
reasons
for
their
formation
.
Click
here
for
details
Patricia
Daniel
University
of
Wolverhampton
,
Wales
Email
:
pat
.
daniel
@
virgin
.
net
Mainstreaming
Gender
into
NG0
Work
:
A
Case
Study
from
Nigeria
The
paper
will
describe
and
analyze
the
process
undertaken
by
the
Christian
Rural
and
Urban
Development
Association
of
Nigeria
(
CRUDAN
)
to
integrate
a
gender
perspective
into
its
work
.
This
has
entailed
the
development
of
a
gender
strategy
that
has
involved
organizational
change
in
CRUDAN
at
several
levels
:
the
constitution
;
staffing
;
approaches
to
training
;
use
of
language
;
as
well
as
monitoring
criteria
.
This
process
has
taken
place
within
the
framework
of
a
UK
Department
for
International
Development
(
DFID
)
-
funded
program
,
which
aims
to
strengthen
Nigerian
NGOs
who
support
and
train
Civil
Society
Organizations
in
aspects
of
community
development
.
Within
this
program
,
CIDT
University
of
Wolverhampton
and
CRUDAN
have
worked
in
partnership
.
The
paper
will
examine
the
impact
of
the
strategy
on
CRUDAN
as
an
institution
,
on
individual
staff
members
plus
member
organizations
.
It
will
highlight
the
key
problems
in
this
on
-
going
process
,
how
they
have
been
addressed
so
far
and
what
still
has
to
be
overcome
.
Finally
,
it
will
touch
on
the
CIDT
-
CRUDAN
(
North
-
South
)
partnership
and
how
an
approach
to
gender
strategy
from
the
North
has
been
adapted
to
meet
the
needs
of
Nigerian
institutions
.
Click
here
for
details
Margaret
Snyder
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
Pegsnyder
@
aol
.
com
Research
on
Women
in
Uganda
This
paper
will
review
the
recent
literature
on
women
in
Uganda
and
will
look
at
such
books
as
Margaret
Snyder
'
s
Women
in
African
Economies
:
From
Burning
Sun
to
Boardroom
(
2000
)
,
Aili
Mari
Tripp
'
s
Women
&
Politics
in
Uganda
(
2000
)
,
Sylvia
Tamale
'
s
When
Hens
Begin
to
Crow
:
Gender
and
Parliamentary
Politics
in
Uganda
(
1999
)
,
Lillian
Tibatemwa
-
Ekirikubinza
'
s
Women
'
s
Violent
Crime
in
Uganda
:
More
Sinned
against
than
Sinning
(
1999
)
;
Els
de
Temmerman
'
s
Aboke
Girls
:
Children
Abducted
in
Northern
Uganda
(
2001
)
,
and
Sandra
Wallman
et
al
.
'
s
Kampala
Women
Getting
By
,
Jennifer
Okumu
Wengi
'
s
Weeding
the
Millet
Field
:
Women
'
s
Law
and
Grassroots
Justice
in
Uganda
(
1997
)
,
Abby
Justine
Nalwanga
Sebina
-
Zziwa
'
s
The
Paradox
of
Tradition
:
Gender
,
Land
and
Inheritance
Rights
Among
the
Baganda
(
1999
)
,
Noerine
Kaleeba
'
s
We
Miss
You
All
:
AIDS
in
the
Family
(
1991
)
,
and
a
new
book
soon
coming
out
by
Joy
Kwesiga
on
Women
and
Education
.
Key
articles
and
chapters
in
the
international
press
on
Ugandan
women
will
also
be
reviewed
,
including
those
by
authors
like
Nakanyike
Musisi
,
Carol
Summers
,
Sylvia
Tamale
,
Aili
Tripp
,
Rosalind
Boyd
,
Anne
Marie
Goetz
,
Hilda
Tadria
,
Dan
Ottemoeller
and
others
.
The
paper
will
show
how
the
research
in
this
area
has
evolved
and
situate
it
in
a
wider
African
and
international
context
to
show
the
ways
in
which
it
contributes
to
and
compares
with
the
broader
literature
in
women
'
s
studies
.
Click
here
for
details
Peiying
Chen
,
Jennifer
Chan
-
Tiberghien
and
Christina
Vogt
University
of
Southern
California
,
U
.
S
.
A
,
University
of
British
Columbia
,
Canada
,
University
of
Southern
California
,
U
.
S
.
A
.
Email
:
peiying
@
scf
-
fs
.
usc
.
edu
,
jentiber
@
stanford
.
edu
Engendering
Global
Governance
:
The
Role
of
the
Internet
in
Fostering
a
Global
Feminist
Epistemic
Network
The
panel
uses
a
transnational
advocacy
network
approach
to
look
at
the
"
broadening
"
and
"
strengthening
"
of
a
feminist
-
led
global
civil
society
,
referred
to
in
this
presentation
as
the
global
feminist
epistemic
network
.
"
Broadening
,
"
related
to
the
extent
of
cross
-
issue
mobilization
and
networking
on
the
Internet
.
As
regards
"
strengthening
"
,
the
presentation
looks
at
the
impact
of
a
global
feminist
epistemic
network
on
international
organizational
structures
,
processes
,
and
policy
outcomes
.
The
presentation
is
based
on
website
analysis
of
eight
transnational
feminist
networks
in
the
areas
of
human
rights
,
environment
,
population
,
children
'
s
rights
,
minority
rights
,
trafficking
,
peace
,
and
trade
;
follow
-
up
interviews
;
and
a
focus
study
on
the
World
Conference
Against
Racism
in
Durban
,
South
Africa
,
in
2001
.
While
there
is
evidence
that
there
has
been
increasing
cross
-
issue
networking
and
mobilization
on
the
internet
among
transnational
feminist
networks
,
suggesting
an
embryonic
global
feminist
epistemic
by
the
late
1990s
,
its
impact
on
international
organizational
structures
,
processes
,
and
outcomes
is
much
harder
to
ascertain
.
Click
here
for
details
Roselyne
Hellen
Lung
'
aho
Moi
University
,
Kenya
Email
:
rongaho
@
primus
.
africaonline
.
com
Research
in
Search
of
Ideology
for
the
Women
'
s
Movements
in
Kenya
:
Linking
Theory
and
Practice
Little
progress
has
been
made
towards
the
realization
of
gender
equity
in
Kenya
.
Compared
to
neighboring
Uganda
,
and
even
Tanzania
,
there
is
little
to
show
for
all
the
Kenyan
women
'
s
activism
since
independence
in
1963
.
The
paper
argues
that
the
major
challenge
to
the
realization
of
gender
equity
in
Kenya
is
ideological
.
The
struggle
for
gender
equity
is
generally
viewed
,
by
the
dominant
(
male
)
powers
,
as
an
enactment
of
anti
-
African
Western
feminism
.
And
all
Western
feminism
is
erroneously
combined
and
defined
from
a
lopsided
radical
-
separatist
/
male
-
exclusion
perspective
.
This
view
forces
the
national
women
'
s
movement
to
be
on
the
defensive
.
Yet
the
movement
'
s
leadership
has
been
unable
to
mount
effective
defense
because
it
lacks
a
cohesive
theoretical
construct
defining
its
aims
,
vision
,
principles
,
and
practices
.
In
other
words
,
it
lacks
the
vital
linkages
between
theory
and
practice
as
well
as
scholarship
and
activism
.
In
the
absence
of
these
linkages
it
is
difficult
to
lobby
for
emancipatory
policies
from
threatened
male
political
leaders
who
conceptualize
equity
as
reversal
domination
.
The
paper
discusses
the
necessity
of
conceptualizing
feminism
rather
than
pressure
a
"
cross
-
culturalness
"
/
universality
of
Euro
American
feminism
.
Click
here
for
details
Ruth
Mukama
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Ugandan
Media
This
paper
will
discuss
the
impact
of
women
'
s
organizations
like
the
Uganda
Media
Women
'
s
Association
in
assisting
women
media
workers
in
their
profession
.
It
will
explore
efforts
to
change
the
ways
in
which
women
are
portrayed
in
the
commercial
media
through
advocacy
and
education
.
It
also
will
discuss
the
various
efforts
in
print
as
well
as
electronic
media
to
improve
gender
portrayal
.
The
paper
will
also
assess
the
extent
to
which
the
media
has
been
influenced
by
such
pressures
.
Click
here
for
details
Shoma
Choudhury
Email
:
schoudhury2000
@
yahoo
.
com
Women
in
the
Kerala
Sastra
Sahitya
Parishad
:
Experiences
in
an
Indian
Social
Movement
This
paper
draws
from
the
author
'
s
doctoral
fieldwork
and
experiences
of
women
in
the
Peoples
'
Science
Movement
in
the
state
of
Kerala
,
India
.
Kerala
presents
a
paradoxical
'
model
'
of
development
,
having
achieved
a
relatively
high
level
of
social
development
and
a
'
better
'
quality
of
life
at
a
low
level
of
economic
development
.
But
despite
its
high
developmental
indices
,
the
sustainability
of
the
Kerala
model
is
increasingly
called
into
question
.
Despite
a
high
rate
of
female
literacy
and
high
work
participation
rate
and
a
history
of
matriliny
among
two
of
its
numerically
dominant
caste
groups
,
experiences
of
working
with
Kerala
have
shown
that
a
'
culture
of
silence
'
characterizes
the
large
majority
of
women
who
belong
to
the
middle
classes
.
The
paper
examines
the
ways
in
which
the
women
in
the
movement
perceive
their
role
in
the
public
sphere
and
how
they
negotiate
between
their
traditional
roles
and
modern
expectations
,
their
individual
aspirations
and
a
changing
self
-
perception
and
their
collective
identities
,
as
well
as
between
the
private
and
the
public
sphere
.
Click
here
for
details
Sister
Therese
Tinkasimire
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Religion
This
paper
will
contrast
the
current
status
of
women
in
religious
institutions
(
Catholic
,
Protestant
,
Muslim
,
Balokole
)
with
earlier
periods
.
It
will
discuss
the
role
of
women
in
the
leadership
of
religious
institutions
and
at
their
particular
role
in
lay
organizations
within
the
church
.
It
will
also
look
at
women
in
contemporary
revivalist
movements
.
It
will
explore
the
role
of
religion
as
a
constraint
on
women
'
s
advancement
as
well
as
the
opportunities
it
provides
for
women
'
s
leadership
,
the
solace
it
brings
women
enduring
difficulties
,
and
other
such
benefits
.
Click
here
for
details
Skalska
Olga
University
of
Lodz
,
Poland
Email
:
scala1
@
poczta
.
wp
.
pl
Changing
Role
of
Women
in
Transition
:
From
Socialism
to
Capitalism
in
Poland
The
paper
presents
the
current
situation
of
women
in
Poland
,
a
post
-
socialistic
country
.
The
role
of
women
has
changed
dramatically
from
the
hard
working
activists
,
driving
field
agri
-
motors
,
hardly
recognizable
from
men
in
their
style
-
less
uniforms
,
and
lacking
a
feminine
side
,
to
the
modern
Polish
woman
.
The
Polish
woman
of
today
,
just
like
her
American
counterpart
,
is
a
devoted
feminist
fighting
for
women
'
s
rights
as
well
as
gender
equality
.
She
strives
hard
to
prove
that
she
is
as
brave
,
capable
,
intelligent
and
independent
as
a
man
.
But
is
this
the
right
direction
for
women
?
Do
we
not
forget
that
our
real
strength
lies
in
femininity
,
natural
wisdom
and
intuition
?
The
real
role
of
women
in
Poland
still
needs
to
be
redefined
.
Click
here
for
details
Stella
Neema
Makerere
Institute
of
Social
Research
,
Uganda
Health
This
paper
will
focus
on
the
work
of
women
'
s
organizations
in
improving
health
provisioning
for
women
and
in
assisting
women
who
are
health
providers
and
care
givers
in
Uganda
.
It
will
look
at
the
role
of
women
'
s
organizations
in
working
with
traditional
birth
attendants
and
midwives
,
in
providing
support
groups
for
women
and
raising
public
awareness
around
issues
of
HIV
/
AIDS
and
STDs
;
offering
counseling
services
and
other
assistance
to
pregnant
young
women
;
advocating
for
improved
sex
education
in
schools
;
in
raising
debates
around
abortion
and
reproductive
rights
more
generally
;
and
other
such
issues
.
The
paper
also
deals
with
the
role
of
women
'
s
organizations
in
addressing
the
needs
of
women
as
the
main
health
care
providers
in
the
household
and
the
main
participants
in
community
healthcare
programs
.
It
examines
the
contributions
of
organizations
like
the
National
Community
of
Women
Living
with
HIV
/
AIDS
in
Uganda
(
NACWOLA
)
,
which
have
been
pioneers
in
AIDS
advocacy
,
and
in
working
on
such
initiatives
as
the
"
Memory
Project
"
for
children
whose
parents
are
dying
of
AIDS
.
It
will
look
at
the
role
of
Safe
Motherhood
,
Family
Planning
Association
and
other
such
organizations
.
Click
here
for
details
Mary
Ssonko
Nabacwa
Action
Aid
,
Uganda
Email
:
marys
@
actionaiduganda
.
org
Policies
and
Practices
Towards
Women
'
s
Empowerment
:
Policy
Advocacy
by
Gender
Focused
NGO
'
s
and
the
Realties
of
Grassroots
Women
in
Uganda
This
paper
is
based
on
an
exploratory
study
that
sought
to
analyze
the
gaps
between
the
policy
advocacy
work
of
gender
focused
NGOs
at
the
national
level
and
the
realties
of
grassroots
women
in
Uganda
.
Data
was
elicited
from
six
NGOs
:
the
National
Association
of
Women
Organizations
in
Uganda
(
NAWOU
)
,
Uganda
Women
'
s
Network
(
UWONET
)
,
OXFAM
,
Forum
for
Women
in
Democracy
FOWODE
)
,
Federation
of
Uganda
Women
Lawyers
(
FIDA
)
as
well
as
Action
Aid
Uganda
(
AAU
)
.
This
was
supplemented
by
the
experiences
of
the
author
based
on
an
active
participation
in
gender
focused
NGOs
at
the
national
level
.
The
paper
discusses
the
major
findings
of
the
study
that
show
that
while
Uganda
presents
a
very
good
opportunity
to
ensure
that
grassroots
women
actively
participate
and
benefit
from
advocacy
processes
,
this
opportunity
has
not
been
fully
exploited
.
Click
here
for
details
Winifred
Poster
and
Zakia
Salime
University
of
Illinois
,
USA
Email
:
poster
@
uiuc
.
edu
Micro
-
Credit
and
the
limits
of
Transnational
Feminism
:
USAID
Activities
in
the
United
States
and
Morocco
.
As
one
of
the
most
and
dominant
non
-
governmental
organisations
(
NGOs
)
for
women
'
s
causes
,
the
United
States
Agency
for
International
Development
(
USAID
)
has
been
instrumental
in
facilitating
transnational
alliances
among
women
in
the
last
decade
.
It
has
done
this
by
sponsoring
global
conferences
,
and
by
linking
international
organisations
like
the
United
Nations
to
grassroots
organizations
,
and
by
funding
local
associations
,
which
provide
services
to
women
.
However
,
such
activities
are
also
highly
contested
,
with
questions
raised
about
whose
interests
are
actually
represented
.
Many
feminist
scholars
have
begun
to
reassess
USAID
,
critically
examining
its
efforts
in
various
regions
of
the
world
.
In
order
to
observe
ore
directly
the
transnational
influences
on
these
dynamics
however
,
we
compare
USAID
-
sponsored
organisations
in
two
contexts
-
the
United
States
and
Morocco
.
Activists
in
these
locations
organize
around
the
common
theme
of
micro
-
credit
,
yet
the
type
of
women
involved
and
the
strategies
they
propose
vary
considerably
.
We
start
in
the
United
States
with
the
USAID
head
office
in
Washington
D
.
C
.
where
its
global
micro
-
credit
policy
is
formulated
,
and
Chicago
,
Illinois
,
where
USAID
hosted
its
annual
International
Women
'
s
Business
conference
in
1999
,
convening
entrepreneurs
and
political
leaders
from
around
the
world
for
discussions
of
micro
credit
.
Subsequently
,
we
turn
Fez
,
Morocco
and
the
Moroccan
Association
for
solidarity
without
Boarders
,
a
USAID
-
funded
grassroots
women
'
s
organisation
administering
micro
-
credit
to
poor
women
.
Although
slightly
different
in
their
organisational
forms
,
both
of
these
settings
represent
locations
where
micro
-
credit
discourse
is
constructed
and
implemented
.
We
contrast
them
to
reveal
how
-
within
the
larger
context
of
USAID
-
activism
surrounding
micro
-
credit
transforms
across
the
North
and
South
.
Through
participation
observation
,
document
analysis
,
and
in
-
depth
interviews
of
these
organizational
contexts
,
we
address
two
issues
.
First
,
we
contrast
the
first
world
discourses
of
micro
-
credit
as
a
global
strategy
for
women
'
s
empowerment
,
with
the
third
world
application
and
experience
of
these
policies
.
In
particular
,
we
chart
the
contradictions
in
policies
which
aim
to
put
women
at
the
centre
of
development
programs
,
but
have
unintended
consequences
in
shifting
the
responsibility
of
household
income
support
from
men
to
women
and
household
labour
from
women
to
their
daughters
.
Similarly
,
policies
aimed
at
invoking
"
solidarity
"
among
women
(
by
disbursing
loans
to
groups
rather
than
individuals
)
have
counterproductive
effects
in
creating
tension
as
well
as
cooperation
among
women
.
Second
,
we
discuss
the
international
political
relations
,
which
obstruct
the
process
of
organizing
among
women
'
s
micro
-
credit
groups
locally
and
transnationally
.
We
reveal
a
complicated
transnational
web
of
funding
,
which
involves
not
only
the
international
agencies
and
the
state
,
but
varying
forms
of
big
and
small
local
women
'
s
organisations
.
The
resulting
hierarchy
among
the
NGOs
hampers
the
possibility
of
linkages
of
women
'
s
micro
-
credit
associations
-
either
within
the
same
region
or
across
national
borders
.
Thus
,
rather
than
being
the
saviour
of
poor
women
around
the
world
,
these
micro
-
credit
programs
and
the
highly
tense
relations
they
create
between
NGOs
,
the
state
,
and
international
donors
can
be
antithetical
to
women
'
s
empowerment
and
transnational
feminist
movements
.
Click
here
for
details
Susan
Ware
Penn
State
University
Delaware
County
Email
:
saw4
@
psu
.
edu
A
Comparative
Analysis
of
Women
'
s
Activism
on
the
Web
From
1995
to
1998
,
the
presence
of
women
online
increased
from
1
.
8
million
to
30
.
1
million
globally
,
and
the
United
Nations
predicted
43
.
3
million
women
online
by
2000
.
As
more
women
gain
access
to
computer
technology
and
the
Internet
,
the
push
for
Web
-
based
women
'
s
activism
is
growing
.
The
Web
offers
both
large
and
small
organizations
an
opportunity
to
educate
a
wider
audience
about
critical
women
'
s
empowerment
issues
and
a
platform
to
support
online
networking
through
email
,
listservs
and
bulletin
boards
.
This
presentation
will
describe
a
comparative
case
study
of
the
external
web
-
links
and
the
design
/
content
of
the
long
-
standing
website
of
the
National
Organization
for
Women
(
NOW
)
and
four
newly
developed
global
websites
showcased
by
the
WomenAction2000
website
.
NOW
(
http
:
//
www
.
now
.
org
)
is
the
largest
organization
of
feminist
activists
in
the
United
States
with
500
,
000
contributing
members
and
550
chapters
in
all
50
states
and
the
District
of
Columbia
.
Since
its
founding
in
1966
,
NOW
'
s
goal
has
been
"
to
take
action
"
to
bring
about
equality
for
all
women
.
The
four
other
sites
to
be
discussed
include
Flame
/
Flamme
(
http
:
//
flamme
.
org
)
,
the
Association
of
Iranian
Women
(
www
.
aiwusa
.
org
)
,
Asian
Women
'
s
Resource
Exchange
(
www
.
jca
.
apc
.
org
/
aworc
)
,
as
well
as
European
WomenAction2000
(
www
.
iiavnl
/
european
-
womenaction
-
2000
/
)
.
Click
here
for
details
Sylvia
Tamale
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Email
:
deanfss
@
mak
.
ac
.
ug
Women
and
the
Law
in
Uganda
This
paper
will
examine
the
influence
of
the
women
'
s
movement
on
the
status
of
various
legislation
affecting
women
,
including
laws
pertaining
to
rape
and
defilement
,
domestic
relations
,
police
practices
,
land
,
women
'
s
councils
,
NGOs
,
and
other
such
issues
.
Debates
over
such
legislation
will
be
discussed
;
for
instance
differences
with
human
rights
activists
over
rape
legislation
.
The
paper
will
highlight
the
ways
in
which
women
engage
the
legal
system
,
including
the
LC
courts
,
magistrates
'
courts
as
well
as
alternative
dispute
mechanisms
.
It
will
discuss
the
legal
aid
services
provided
by
women
'
s
organizations
like
FIDA
.
Finally
,
it
will
consider
the
way
in
which
women
'
s
rights
can
be
seen
as
human
rights
as
well
as
how
the
two
concepts
have
been
interpreted
in
Uganda
.
Click
here
for
details
Tabitha
Mulyampiti
Makerere
University
,
Uganda
Email
:
gendermu
@
africaonline
.
co
.
ug
Politics
/
Decision
-
Making
in
Uganda
This
paper
will
focus
on
women
'
s
struggles
for
political
representation
and
leadership
in
government
,
in
the
legislature
,
on
commissions
,
and
other
policy
-
making
bodies
.
It
will
discuss
the
debates
over
affirmative
action
in
parliament
,
the
one
-
third
seats
reserved
for
women
in
local
government
,
the
Electoral
College
system
of
selecting
those
occupying
the
women
'
s
seats
in
parliament
,
and
other
such
controversial
topics
.
It
will
look
at
problems
of
tokenism
,
co
-
optation
,
and
other
issues
relating
to
women
'
s
leadership
.
It
will
also
explore
constraints
on
women
'
s
participation
,
ranging
from
cultural
norms
,
patronage
politics
,
to
economic
disincentives
.
At
the
same
time
,
it
will
discuss
the
role
of
the
women
'
s
movement
as
well
as
other
factors
in
promoting
women
'
s
leadership
,
civic
education
,
assisting
women
parliamentarians
and
earlier
in
assisting
women
members
of
the
constituent
assembly
.
The
paper
will
demonstrate
the
spillover
effect
of
women
'
s
political
leadership
into
other
arenas
and
women
'
s
leadership
in
law
societies
,
human
rights
groups
,
and
many
other
NGOs
and
sectors
that
do
not
pertain
explicitly
to
politics
.
Click
here
for
details
Susan
M
.
Fredricks
Penn
State
University
,
U
.
S
.
A
Email
:
smf17
@
psu
.
edu
Advancing
Women
through
Leadership
Training
Programs
The
paper
is
based
on
community
based
leadership
training
programs
designed
to
cultivate
leadership
qualities
and
skills
.
The
programs
have
become
a
popular
and
major
component
in
meeting
the
development
challenges
of
current
society
in
the
United
States
,
Australia
,
Canada
,
and
Great
Britain
.
In
the
US
alone
,
there
are
around
650
to
750
such
programs
.
The
program
typically
has
30
to
35
participants
who
meet
once
a
month
for
a
full
day
of
activities
.
The
program
usually
runs
over
a
nine
-
month
period
with
over
60
hours
of
training
time
.
Tuition
ranges
from
$
50
to
$
1000
.
The
curriculum
is
developed
around
community
awareness
issues
including
education
,
government
,
local
,
and
state
business
,
plus
the
justice
system
.
Community
leadership
programs
receive
support
from
a
local
organization
,
usually
the
chamber
of
commerce
.
Women
constitute
45
.
8
percent
of
the
participants
,
who
are
predominantly
white
(
approximately
83
percent
)
white
.
The
rest
are
12
.
4
percent
-
African
American
,
3
.
1
percent
-
Hispanic
,
0
.
9
percent
-
Asian
,
and
0
.
6
percent
other
.
Click
here
for
details
Yevgeniya
Kozyreva
Feminist
League
,
Kazakhstan
Email
:
feminist
@
women
.
kz
The
Women
'
s
Movement
in
Kazakhstan
The
paper
maps
the
growth
of
the
women
'
s
movement
in
Kazakhstan
from
1993
to
the
present
.
It
discusses
the
challenges
experienced
as
well
as
the
gains
made
by
the
movement
overtime
.
The
periods
of
growth
of
the
movement
are
categorized
into
four
phases
of
development
:
the
formation
period
-
1993
-
1994
,
extensive
distribution
-
1995
-
1997
,
political
activity
-
1998
-
1999
.
Since
2000
,
the
movement
has
been
consolidating
its
efforts
and
it
is
expected
that
these
will
be
sustained
.
Click
here
for
details
RHODA
NSIBIRWA
KALEMA
"
The
Struggle
for
Women
'
s
Emancipation
and
Empowerment
"
The
paper
is
based
on
a
spontaneous
women
'
s
movement
dating
back
about
ninety
years
.
The
story
tells
of
how
Gayaza
High
School
,
the
first
girls
'
school
in
1905
,
created
the
early
women
leaders
.
They
started
a
Namirembe
Mothers
'
Union
and
later
got
affiliated
to
Mothers
Union
in
London
in
1914
.
All
this
being
encouraged
by
the
Anglican
women
missionaries
particularly
the
Bishop
'
s
wives
.
The
paper
signifies
the
desire
of
Mrs
.
Mary
Stuart
for
Women
'
s
higher
education
and
her
successful
opening
of
the
Makerere
College
(
now
MUK
)
doors
to
the
first
6
women
in
1945
.
Uganda
Council
of
Women
started
in
1946
by
women
of
all
races
and
religious
groups
,
and
more
women
'
s
groups
sprung
up
.
The
paper
mentions
the
historic
1960
Uganda
Council
of
Women
Conference
based
on
a
countrywide
grassroot
questionnaire
,
and
the
success
of
many
resolutions
passed
therefrom
.
All
individual
women
groups
cooperated
with
the
common
concern
of
the
Women
'
s
betterment
.
The
women
pressed
Government
basically
for
women
'
s
recognition
and
social
justice
,
starting
with
the
Governor
(
pre
-
independence
era
)
.
The
3
major
issues
being
:
to
get
women
into
the
Legislative
Council
,
to
include
women
to
vote
in
the
1962
Constitution
and
to
legislate
for
the
Registration
of
ALL
marriages
,
the
last
one
led
to
the
Kalema
Commission
Report
.
Amin
by
decree
in
1972
banned
all
women
'
s
organisations
and
formed
only
one
umbrella
body
.
Some
defied
him
,
though
.
Affirmative
Action
came
under
the
NRM
Government
in
1986
and
became
consitutionalized
in
1995
,
hence
inspiring
women
on
an
increasing
scale
into
political
participation
.
However
,
the
gains
of
Emancipation
and
Empowerment
still
face
certain
challenges
.
Click
here
for
details
THE
PARLIAMENT
HAS
ADOPTED
AND
WE
SANCTION
,
PROMULGATE
THE
FOLLOWING
LAW
AND
ORDER
IT
TO
BE
PUBLISHED
IN
THE
OFFICIAL
GAZETTE
OF
THE
REPUBLIC
OF
RWANDA
.
The
Parliament
:
The
Chamber
of
Deputies
,
in
its
session
of
June
21
,
2004
;
The
Senate
,
in
its
session
of
October
5
,
2004
;
Given
the
Constitution
of
the
Republic
of
Rwanda
of
June
4
,
2003
as
amended
to
date
especially
in
its
Articles
7
,
62
,
88
,
90
,
92
,
93
,
108
,
118
-
7
0
and201
;
Revisited
the
law
of
September
28
,
1963
on
Rwandan
nationality
code
,
as
modified
to
date
;
ADOPTS
:
TITLE
I
:
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
Article
1
:
A
Rwandan
national
is
anyone
who
holds
the
Rwandan
nationality
under
the
provisions
of
this
organic
law
or
whoever
acquired
it
under
earlier
laws
on
Rwandan
nationality
.
Article
2
:
Dual
Nationality
is
permitted
.
Article
3
:
Under
this
organic
law
,
the
majority
age
is
fixed
at
eighteen
(
18
)
complete
years
of
age
.
TITLE
II
:
RWANDAN
NATIONALITY
BY
ORIGIN
CHAPTER
I
:
RWANDAN
NATIONALITY
BY
DESCENT
Article
4
:
Any
child
whose
one
of
his
or
her
parents
is
a
Rwandan
,
is
a
Rwandan
.
Article
5
:
Parental
descent
is
effective
in
matters
of
granting
nationality
only
where
it
has
been
provided
for
by
laws
in
force
in
Rwanda
.
CHAPTER
II
:
RWANDAN
NATIONALITY
BY
BIRTH
IN
RWANDA
Article
6
:
A
child
born
in
Rwanda
from
unknown
or
stateless
parents
or
to
whom
at
least
one
of
his
or
her
parents
’
nationality
cannot
be
granted
is
a
Rwandan
.
New
born
babies
found
on
the
Rwandan
territory
are
considered
as
born
in
Rwanda
at
their
birth
in
case
of
default
of
proof
to
the
contrary
.
Article
7
:
Every
foreigner
born
from
alien
parents
on
Rwandan
territory
residing
in
Rwanda
can
,
from
the
age
of
eighteen
(
18
)
years
acquire
the
Rwandan
nationality
provided
he
or
she
applies
for
it
to
the
Registrar
of
civil
status
in
his
or
her
area
of
residence
in
accordance
with
procedures
provided
for
by
the
Minister
having
civil
status
in
his
or
her
attributions
.
Article
8
:
In
this
organic
law
,
Rwandan
territory
means
such
area
of
land
,
water
,
marshland
and
airspace
within
the
borders
of
the
Republic
of
Rwanda
.
In
determining
the
Rwandan
territory
,
consideration
is
given
to
Rwanda
boundaries
as
indicated
by
public
deeds
of
the
Rwandan
Administration
or
by
International
treaties
signed
by
Rwanda
.
TITLE
III
:
ACQUIRED
RWANDAN
NATIONALITY
CHAPTER
I
:
RWANDAN
NATIONALITY
BY
MARRIAGE
Article
9
:
A
foreigner
or
state
less
person
married
to
a
Rwandan
after
two
(
2
)
years
from
the
date
of
civil
marriage
celebration
,
can
acquire
the
Rwandan
nationality
upon
his
or
her
request
made
before
the
Registrar
of
civil
status
in
accordance
with
procedure
determined
by
the
order
of
the
Minister
having
civil
status
in
his
or
her
attributions
and
should
have
continued
to
stay
together
with
his
or
her
spouse
until
the
day
of
his
or
her
request
.
The
marriage
however
,
can
not
grant
one
nationality
if
not
found
recorded
in
a
Rwandan
Registry
of
civil
status
.
The
Government
of
Rwanda
can
within
a
period
of
one
year
from
the
day
the
request
of
Rwandan
nationality
was
accepted
,
reject
the
alien
or
stateless
person
married
to
a
Rwandan
from
acquiring
the
Rwandan
nationality
if
it
deems
it
unworthy
.
When
the
Rwandan
Government
rejects
to
grant
the
foreigner
a
Rwandan
nationality
,
he
or
she
is
considered
to
have
never
acquired
it
.
However
,
such
deeds
made
within
the
time
of
the
request
and
the
rejection
by
the
Rwandan
Government
can
not
be
invalid
for
the
reason
that
he
or
she
could
not
acquire
the
Rwandan
nationality
.
Dissolution
of
marriage
after
acquisition
of
Rwanda
nationality
cannot
have
adverse
effects
on
the
Nationality
acquired
by
the
spouse
and
his
or
her
children
in
good
faith
.
Article
10
:
A
foreigner
or
a
stateless
person
married
to
a
Rwandan
acquires
Rwandan
Nationality
from
the
day
the
Registrar
of
civil
status
registers
him
or
her
in
a
relevant
register
as
a
Rwandan
in
accordance
with
provisions
of
article
9
of
this
Organic
law
.
CHAPTER
II
:
RWANDAN
NATIONALITY
BY
BIRTH
OR
ADOPTION
Article
11
:
A
child
who
possesses
a
foreign
nationality
or
who
is
stateless
,
who
has
not
yet
attained
the
majority
age
or
who
has
never
been
emancipated
,
is
automatically
a
Rwandan
if
he
or
she
is
adopted
by
a
Rwandan
.
Article
12
:
A
minor
who
is
not
emancipated
as
well
as
his
or
her
parents
whose
birth
was
accepted
by
Rwandan
laws
is
automatically
a
Rwandan
if
his
or
her
father
or
mother
acquired
Rwandan
nationality
.
Article
13
:
Without
prejudice
to
Government
’
s
right
of
rejection
,
every
emancipated
person
adopted
by
a
Rwandan
in
accordance
with
law
acquires
the
Rwandan
nationality
if
he
or
she
fulfils
the
following
conditions
:
1
.
demonstration
of
the
will
of
being
a
Rwandan
;
2
.
he
or
she
should
have
resided
in
Rwanda
at
least
for
the
past
five
(
5
)
years
;
3
.
he
or
she
should
be
of
good
morals
,
characterised
by
patriotism
and
not
to
have
been
finally
convicted
to
a
sentence
of
imprisonment
equal
to
or
above
five
(
5
)
years
for
any
offence
committed
and
has
never
been
rehabilitated
.
He
or
she
is
considered
as
a
resident
in
Rwanda
,
where
he
or
she
is
outside
Rwanda
either
on
a
state
mission
or
on
studies
with
the
direct
or
indirect
permission
from
the
Rwandan
Authorities
.
CHAPTER
III
:
RWANDAN
NATIONALITY
BY
NATURALISATION
Article
14
:
Rwandan
nationality
is
granted
through
an
order
of
the
Minister
having
civil
status
in
his
or
her
attributions
and
published
in
the
Official
Gazette
of
the
Republic
of
Rwanda
.
Article
15
:
Every
applicant
for
nationality
by
naturalisation
is
required
to
fulfill
the
following
conditions
:
1
.
be
of
at
least
eighteen
(
18
)
years
of
age
and
a
resident
in
Rwanda
for
at
least
the
past
five
(
5
)
years
at
the
time
of
submission
of
his
or
her
application
,
including
time
spent
abroad
either
on
state
mission
or
on
studies
with
the
direct
or
indirect
permission
from
the
Rwandan
Authorities
.
Such
a
period
of
five
(
5
)
years
is
reduced
to
two
(
2
)
years
if
the
applicant
performed
outstanding
services
to
Rwanda
;
2
.
be
of
good
behaviour
and
morals
and
not
to
have
been
finally
convicted
to
a
sentence
of
a
non
deferred
imprisonment
of
above
six
(
6
)
months
or
there
existed
no
rehabilitation
.
Sentences
made
abroad
may
not
be
considered
;
3
.
not
to
have
been
subjected
to
a
definitive
decision
of
expelling
him
or
her
from
the
country
;
4
.
not
to
be
a
burden
to
the
nation
and
the
people
;
5
.
must
know
Kinyarwanda
.
However
,
this
may
not
be
considered
due
to
the
national
interest
;
6
.
present
a
receipt
of
payment
to
the
Public
Treasury
of
a
non
-
refundable
fee
7
.
determined
by
an
Order
of
the
Minister
having
civil
status
in
his
or
her
attributions
.
Article
16
:
Every
applicant
for
nationality
writes
a
letter
to
the
Minister
having
civil
status
in
his
or
her
attributions
with
a
copy
to
the
Prefect
of
Province
or
the
Mayor
of
the
City
of
Kigali
depending
on
the
applicant
’
s
residence
.
The
application
shall
be
accompanied
by
all
the
necessary
documents
to
ascertain
the
applicant
’
s
legal
status
together
with
justifying
reasons
for
the
acceptance
of
his
or
her
request
.
The
Prefect
of
Province
or
Mayor
of
City
of
Kigali
,
upon
receiving
the
copy
of
the
application
for
nationality
,
forwards
without
delay
to
the
Public
Prosecutor
the
file
containing
the
documents
mentioned
above
together
with
his
or
her
opinion
and
the
general
conduct
of
the
applicant
.
After
the
Prosecutor
of
the
Province
or
that
of
the
City
of
Kigali
receives
the
file
of
the
applicant
of
nationality
,
he
or
she
makes
a
brief
statement
which
is
published
in
Official
Gazette
of
the
Republic
of
Rwanda
and
it
is
displayed
in
an
appropriate
place
.
Thereafter
he
or
she
shall
conduct
an
inquiry
on
the
acceptance
of
the
request
and
seek
the
advice
of
the
National
Security
Service
on
the
application
.
Within
two
(
2
)
months
following
the
reception
of
the
file
,
the
Public
Prosecutor
of
the
Province
or
that
of
the
City
of
Kigali
forwards
to
the
Minister
having
the
registry
of
civil
status
in
his
or
her
attributions
a
complete
file
of
application
containing
letters
of
the
applicant
and
the
following
documents
:
-
1
.
report
of
the
inquiry
on
the
admission
of
the
file
of
the
applicant
;
2
.
opinion
from
the
National
Security
Service
;
3
.
his
or
her
own
legal
opinion
on
the
admission
of
the
applicant
and
the
appropriate
action
.
The
Minister
verifies
whether
the
legal
requirements
are
satisfied
.
If
not
,
he
or
she
declares
the
application
unsuccessful
and
informs
the
applicant
by
a
legally
decisive
letter
indicating
the
reasons
of
rejection
.
Where
the
application
is
accepted
,
the
Minister
following
a
complimentary
inquiry
if
deemed
necessary
,
decides
whether
the
nationality
may
be
granted
or
not
.
Where
in
his
or
her
opinion
,
there
is
cause
not
to
grant
nationality
,
he
or
she
rejects
the
application
and
informs
the
applicant
.
And
when
he
or
she
deems
it
necessary
that
nationality
may
be
granted
,
he
or
she
makes
an
order
to
grant
it
.
The
order
to
grant
nationality
is
recorded
in
the
Registry
of
civil
status
of
the
area
where
he
or
she
wishes
to
reside
upon
request
of
the
applicant
and
after
payment
of
charges
mentioned
in
article
18
of
this
organic
law
.
Its
effectiveness
starts
from
the
day
of
its
transcription
.
Article
17
:
Every
person
,
upon
acquiring
the
Rwandan
nationality
,
as
provided
by
law
,
enjoys
as
from
such
a
date
on
which
he
or
she
acquired
it
all
rights
there
to
attached
,
except
where
otherwise
provided
for
by
particular
laws
.
Article
18
:
At
every
time
nationality
is
granted
,
the
applicant
pays
a
chancery
fee
determined
by
the
order
of
the
Minister
having
the
Registry
of
Civil
Status
in
his
or
her
attributions
.
TITLE
IV
:
RENOUNCING
THE
RWANDAN
NATIONALITY
Article
19
:
Persons
with
the
majority
age
having
any
other
nationality
or
willing
to
acquire
another
nationality
from
another
country
,
shall
be
deprived
of
the
Rwandan
nationality
if
they
demonstrate
the
will
to
renounce
it
.
Article
20
:
Renouncing
the
Rwandan
Nationality
must
,
in
order
not
to
be
null
and
void
,
be
recorded
with
the
registry
of
civil
status
of
the
residence
or
domicile
of
the
stating
person
when
he
or
she
is
a
resident
in
Rwanda
or
at
the
Rwandan
Embassy
or
Consulate
for
statements
made
abroad
.
It
shall
also
be
published
in
the
Offic